Perfecting the Judicial Peremptory Challenge: A New Approach Using Preliminary Data on California Judges in 2021

Even the most carefully planned and genius strategies are pointless without an assumption of fairness: chess depends on a fair arbiter, soccer depends on a fair referee, and litigation depends on a fair judge. Just as arbiters and referees are frequently criticized for questionable decisions, judges also deal with accusations that bias has impermissibly clouded their judgment. To protect litigants, the California Legislature presented a solutionthe California Code of Civil Procedure section 170.6, a statute arming litigants with the option to replace their assigned judge if they declare that judge biased. This judicial peremptory challenge asks for no evidence of bias, further frustrating the disagreement between proponents who claim that this right will trigger a chain reaction to increased public confidence and decreased discrimination against litigants, and opponents who conversely warn that it will open a Pandora’s box of abuse, intimidation, and discrimination against innocent judges. The difficulty of constraining various harmful human tendencies is the problem of judicial peremptory challenges writ large.

It appears that much of this policy debate about judicial peremptory disqualification is informed by theory rather than empirical data. The study conducted by this Note reveals that, at least in 2021, (1) peremptory challenges do not occur often but abuse still occurs among the few times they are asserted, and (2) timing and form rules are weak procedural obstacles. My proposal acknowledges that judges are sometimes not the epitome of neutrality but takes issue with litigants who may inflict damage on undeserving judges and the adjudication generally. Instead of the current “no-questions-asked” regime, the recommended procedure is the following: after litigants receive judicial analytics, they can file the disqualification motion with an independent judge who will review both the motion and the challenged judge’s evidentiary explanation for factual and legal sufficiency. Admittedly, like its federal counterpart, this is not peremptory per se, but it is preferrable as it will perfect the peremptory challenge and diminish the risk of abuse even more than the current model.

INTRODUCTION

There is in each of us a stream of tendency, whether you choose to call it philosophy or not, which gives coherence and direction to thought and action. Judges cannot escape that current any more than other mortals.

—Justice Cardozo1Benjamin N. Cardozo, The Nature of the Judicial Process 12 (1964) (footnote omitted).

The Lady Justice sculptures that adorn the United States Supreme Court building serve as a reminder of the high standards to which we hold judges: her blindfold and scales represent unwavering impartiality.2Figures of Justice, Sup. Ct., https://www.supremecourt.gov/about/figuresofjustice.pdf [https://perma.cc/FPG3-33M4]. But juxtaposing Lady Justice, a godlike figure from ancient mythology,3Id. with judges, human beings vulnerable to inevitable fallibility,4Understandably, judges may find it challenging to be “patient, dignified and courteous” at all times given stressors in their personal life. Debra C. Weiss, Judge Agrees to Reprimand after Outbursts Directed at Plaintiff’s Attorney, Scheduling Clerk, ABA Journal (Sept. 26, 2022, 9:55 AM), https://www.abajournal.com/news/article/judge-agrees-to-reprimand-after-outbursts-directed-at-plaintiffs-attorney-scheduling-clerk [https://perma.cc/LZS9-K3D9]. For example, a magistrate judge in South Carolina self-reported himself to the Office of Disciplinary Counsel for using profanity in a comment directed at the plaintiff’s attorney and subsequently completed anger management counseling under the direction of the South Carolina Supreme Court. Id. At the time of his outburst, the judge was struggling to take care of his severely autistic son with epilepsy and his wife who had recently experienced serious health issues. Id. begs the question of whether these standards are unattainable ideals. What happens when judges cannot wear the blindfold and hold the scales yet still wield the sword symbolizing power?5Figures of Justice, supra note 2. The California Legislature responded to this reality by enacting California Code of Civil Procedure section 170.6 (“Section 170.6”) which grants judicial peremptory6“Peremptory” is defined as “putting an end to or precluding a right of action, debate, or delay” and “not providing an opportunity to show cause why one should not comply.” Peremptory, Merriam-Webster, https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/peremptory [https://perma.cc/CKA8-53S2]; see also Peremptory, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/peremptory [https://perma.cc/7PLM-B7SZ] (“Peremptory means final and absolute, without needing any underlying justification.”). The alternative definition that “peremptory” means “expressive of urgency or command” seems befitting as well considering the nature of these challenges. Peremptory, Merriam-Webster, https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/peremptory [https://perma.cc/CKA8-53S2]. challenges, or the power to automatically disqualify a judge for bias even without any evidence of such bias, to litigants.7Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.6 (Deering 2023). Given that plaintiffs and defendants in the United States bear the burden of proof to succeed in their claims and defenses respectively, the significance of this exceptional legal right is apparent. But the California Legislature was not blind to the potential for this statute to act as a double-edged sword:8Johnson v. Superior Ct., 329 P.2d 5, 8 (Cal. 1958) (“The possibility that [Section 170.6] may be abused by parties seeking to delay trial or to obtain a favorable judge was a matter to be balanced by the Legislature against the desirability of the objective of the statute.”). litigants and their attorneys are naturally inclined to exploit this power to “shop” for a judge that is likely to favor their cause.9Consider former President Trump’s lawsuit against Hillary Clinton, among others, in which “Trump’s legal team . . . was specifically seeking out a particular federal judge: one he appointed as president.” Jose Pagliery, Trump Went Judge Shopping and It Paid Off in Mar-a-Lago Case, Daily Beast (Sept. 6, 2022, 11:07 AM), https://www.thedailybeast.com/donald-trump-went-judge-shopping-and-it-paid-off-in-mar-a-lago-case [https://perma.cc/VY8M-JMMK]. This cost-benefit analysis (“judge shopping,” which seems contradictory to the very essence of judging, weighed against public confidence in the judiciary) still plagues practitioners, legal academics, and judges today, decades after Section 170.6 was added to the California Code of Civil Procedure.

Although peremptory challenges are more commonly associated with jurors rather than judges,10See Peremptory Challenge, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/peremptory_challenge [https://perma.cc/XY5T-693M] (defining “peremptory challenge” only in the context of juror exclusion). the ability to change the assigned judge cannot be understated. The jury has indisputable influence over a case’s outcome by “mak[ing] findings of fact and render[ing] a verdict for [] trial.”11Jury, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/jury [https://perma.cc/7APK-JMEP]. Indeed, the foundational right to a judgment by one’s peers in the community dates back to the Magna Carta.12What Does the Magna Carta Mean?, Magna Carta, https://ipamagnacarta.org.au/what-does-magna-carta-mean [https://perma.cc/V6F9-F7SK]. Nonetheless, the judge still decides questions of law13Jury, supra note 11. and thus arguably holds equal, if not more, influence than the jury.14How Courts Work, Am. Bar Ass’n (Sept. 9, 2019), https://www.americanbar.org/groups/public_education/resources/law_related_education_network/how_courts_work/jury_role [https://perma.cc/2CC8-F4FC]. This is especially so given all cases have a judge but not all of them have a jury.15Bridey Heing, What Does a Juror Do? 7 (2018). In a bench trial without a jury, the judge “decides the facts of the case and applies the law.” Bench Trial, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/bench_trial [https://perma.cc/E4P7-BX5Q]. Unlike criminal cases in which defendants are guaranteed the right to a trial by jury under the Sixth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, civil cases are not always afforded the same right. Jury, supra note 11. Moreover, a majority of cases do not proceed to trial: a judge’s ruling on a summary judgment motion has a conclusory effect akin to the end of trial.16Summary Judgment, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/summary_judgment [https://perma.cc/J8WW-HES5]. Even if a case reaches trial, a successful motion for judgment as a matter of law17Rule 50. Judgment as a Matter of Law in a Jury Trial; Related Motion for a New Trial; Conditional Ruling, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/rules/frcp/rule_50 [https://perma.cc/7822-FHUR]. or a motion for new trial18Motion for New Trial, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/motion_for_new_trial [https://perma.cc/XJ9E-DBKR]. can subvert the jury’s verdict.

Considering judges’ unparalleled authority over litigants’ fate, notwithstanding the jury’s role, it is no surprise that judges must not “manifest bias . . . including but not limited to bias . . . based upon race, sex, gender, religion, national origin, ethnicity, disability, age, sexual orientation, marital status, socioeconomic status, or political affiliation . . . .”19Model Code of Jud. Conduct r. 2.3 (Am. Bar Ass’n 2020); see also Model Code of Jud. Conduct Canon 2 (Am. Bar Ass’n 2020) (“A judge shall perform the duties of judicial office impartially, competently, and diligently.”). Judicial independence not only has a rich history predating Enlightenment philosophy,20See, e.g., Ben W. Palmer, Books for Lawyers, 36 Am. Bar Ass’n J. 744, 768–69 (1950) (reviewing The Code of Maimonides: The Book of Judges (A.M. Hershman trans., 1949) to reveal how early Jewish law valued “perfect impartiality” in judges). but is also at the core of national identity in the United States: former President Adams, one of the Founding Fathers, wrote about the right to trial by “judges as free, impartial, and independent as the lot of humanity will admit” in the original Massachusetts Constitution.21Roy A. Schotland, New Challenges to States’ Judicial Selection, 95 Geo. L.J. 1077, 1079 (2007) (quoting John Adams in the original Massachusetts Constitution of 1780). Judges are supposed to represent the best of human nature, maintaining superior morals and ethics. This image erodes when judges rule with regard to “which side is popular” and “who is ‘favored.’ ”22How Courts Work, supra note 14. Impartiality in the courts is not a mere exercise in political correctness but a vital component of a fair, just, and democratic society rid of corruption. Once the public no longer trusts judges to treat them equally with their adversary, a domino effect to anarchy may ensue whereby people will stop respecting and therefore complying with orders from the judiciary and government at large. However, judicial discretion is as crucial to the proper functioning of the legal system as judicial impartiality because indeterminate laws require judges to “consider practical consequences and the overall context of a matter.”23David F. Levi, What Does Fair and Impartial Judiciary Mean and Why Is It Important?, Duke L. Bolch Jud. Inst. (Nov. 5, 2019), https://judicialstudies.duke.edu/2019/11/what-does-fair-and-impartial-judiciary-mean-and-why-is-it-important [https://perma.cc/RY6S-4NPW]. Alexander Hamilton, one of the Framers of the U.S. Constitution, distinguished between the “guided exercise of discretion” and the “imposition of personal will and preference” by highlighting the “importance of courageous judges to the preservation of individual liberty and to the amelioration of oppressive legislation.”24Id.

Ideally, litigants would always use Section 170.6 in good faith to defend themselves from judicial bias. Unfortunately, courts confront the ironic truth that some litigants abuse this ability as an offensive maneuver instead. Litigants may take advantage of peremptory challenges to substitute their judge with one that has aligned interests—that is, a biased judge. Section 170.6 can accordingly exacerbate the very problem it was designed to minimize. Bias is a two-way street in which litigants can also discriminate against judges of a particular gender, race, or ethnicity, among other demographics. There was increased legislative movement toward eliminating peremptory juror challenges for this reason in 202125See, e.g., S. 212, 2021 Leg., Reg. Sess. (Cal. 2021); S. 2211, 2021 Leg., Reg. Sess. (Miss. 2021); S. S6066, 2021 Leg., Reg. Sess. (N.Y. 2021). and publicity on race-based discrimination in jury selection in 2022.26See, e.g., Janet Miranda, Race-Based Jury Strikes at Issue in New Texas Supreme Court Case, Bloomberg L. (Sept. 2, 2022, 11:31 AM), https://www.bloomberglaw.com/bloomberglawnews/us-law-week/XHUTRFG000000 [https://perma.cc/H5HR-SRN4] (reporting on a controversial case in which attorneys peremptorily challenged all of the white, male jurors); Jason Meisner & Megan Crepeau, Jury in R. Kelly’s Chicago Federal Case Selected; Opening Statements Set for Wednesday, Chi. Trib. (Aug. 16, 2022, 7:43 PM), https://www.chicagotribune.com/news/criminal-justice/ct-r-kelly-chicago-federal-trial-jury-selection-day-two-20220816-i2gavfvjm5cp5enqy2cwulzpbq-story.html [https://perma.cc/8CNS-YGBG] (“Things got testy when Kelly’s lead attorney . . . successfully challenged three of the prosecution’s strikes of Black jurors, alleging they were based solely on race.”). If attorneys can discriminate against potential jury members, they can discriminate against judges as well, and the legal field should brace for any future spillover on peremptory challenges to judges. In 2022, 60.1% of judges in California were male, and 61.4% of them were white.27Jud. Couns. of Cal., Demographic Data Provided by Justices and Judges 1 (2022), https://www.courts.ca.gov/documents/2023-JO-Demographic-Data.pdf [https://perma.cc/Q6CU-UU6P]. Imagine the harm that would result if most of the disqualified judges were members of groups that have historically endured discrimination. The judiciary would subsequently lose the diversity of thought and experiences necessary to adequately understand and evaluate heterogeneous litigants from the United States, a country often referred to as a melting pot.

This Note illustrates the need to abandon the judicial peremptory challenge as it exists today and instead opt for a blend of other variations—specifically, the challenge should be less peremptory and more stringent. Preliminary empirical data in 2021 reveals that (1) peremptory challenges do not occur frequently but abuse still occurs among the few times they are asserted, and (2) timing and form rules are weak procedural obstacles. Although the challenge is not widely abused, a different model will decrease the incidences of abuse even further. In lieu of a conclusory allegation of bias that is instantaneously granted, the proposed disqualification approach allows the challenged judge to refute the allegation with evidentiary explanations. This will hopefully pull the reins on the litigants, however few, who make an unwarranted, illusory charge of bias against their judge in order to gain a tactical advantage.

This Note begins by providing a high-level overview of how peremptory challenges to judges are treated by federal courts and other state courts besides California. It also explores Section 170.6 in detail, particularly the statute’s legislative history and interplay with judicial rules and peremptory juror challenges. Next, it summarizes the current policy arguments both in favor and against peremptory disqualification of judges: points of contention include discrimination against judges and confidence in the judiciary, among others. It continues with an analysis of data collected from every order in 2021 in which a California superior court judge decided on a Section 170.6 motion, tracking for the number of filed motions, number of denied motions and why they were rejected, number of disqualified judges, and the disqualified judges’ political party. It then synthesizes the findings with judicial disciplinary actions due to bias in 2021, which informs the policy debate by revealing the concerns that actually come to fruition in practice, rather than in theory only, at least in the context of California for this time frame. It additionally explores the reasons behind challenging a judge using The Robing Room, a public forum. Afterwards, it discusses alternative disqualification procedures offered by some legal scholars before advocating a new approach. Finally, the Note ends with recommendations for future research.

I.  MODERN LAW OF JUDICIAL PEREMPTORY DISQUALIFICATION

Section 170.6 is a relatively recent addition to judicial disqualification law28Act of 1957, ch. 1055, 1957 Cal. Stat. 2288, https://clerk.assembly.ca.gov/sites/clerk.assembly.ca.gov/files/archive/Statutes/1957/57Vol1_57Chapters.pdf#page=2 [https://perma.cc/3MFS-HRVV].—the decades since its enactment pale in comparison to the more than one thousand years people have spent developing legal justifications for disqualifying judges.29See, e.g., The Codex of Justinian 619 (Bruce W. Frier & Serena Connolly, eds., Fred H. Blume trans., 2016) (stating that Roman law allowed for judicial disqualification if it occurred before trial). In the mid-eighteenth century, the thirteen American colonies adopted English jurisprudence that,30John P. Frank, Disqualification of Judges, 56 Yale L.J. 605, 609 (1947). unlike civil law countries, narrowed the scope of judicial disqualification so that a judge could only face disqualification if they had a direct pecuniary interest in the case.31Richard E. Flamm, Judicial Disqualification: Recusal and Disqualification of Judges 6 (2d ed. 2007). Thus, lacking basis in common law,32Frank, supra note 30, at 612. disqualification for bias did not enter the stage until 1903, well after the founding of the United States, when Montana’s legislature answered the cries of a losing litigant.33See id. at 608 n.8. This win for victims of judicial bias was part of a growing focus on ensuring that judges apply the law in an evenhanded manner,34See, e.g., Act of Mar. 3, 1821, ch. 51, 3 Stat. 643 (ordering recusal if a judge believes they are so related or connected to a party that their decision would be improper) (codified at 28 U.S.C. § 144); Act of Mar. 3, 1891, ch. 517, § 3, 26 Stat. 826, 827 (forbidding a judge from hearing the appeal of a case they tried) (codified at 28 U.S.C. § 47). eventually escalating into the federal law’s official acknowledgment.35Act of Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, § 21, 36 Stat. 1087, 1090 (allowing disqualification if a party files a sufficient affidavit asserting bias) (codified at 28 U.S.C. § 144). The evolution of judicial disqualification finds itself at a fork in the road: some states in the West and Midwest, including California, allow disqualification with an allegation of bias alone—known as a peremptory challenge—while other states in the East and South join the federal courts in imposing stricter standards by requiring support for the allegation as well.36See, e.g., Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.6 (Deering 2023); 725 Ill. Comp. Stat. Ann. 5/114–5 (LexisNexis 2023); N.Y. Jud. Law § 14 (Consol. 2023); Tex. Gov’t Code Ann. § 25.00255 (LexisNexis 2023); Wamser v. State, 587 P.2d 232, 234–35 (Alaska 1978) (“In the absence of a challenge for cause, no such right [to peremptory challenges] existed at common law, and it is not afforded in the federal courts or in many states in the absence of a showing of factual bias.” (footnotes omitted)).

A.  Federal Law

In 1911, 28 U.S.C. § 144 introduced judicial peremptory challenges into the federal realm.37See, e.g., Alan J. Chaset, Disqualification of Federal Judges by Peremptory Challenge 5–6 (1981) (“[28 U.S.C. § 144] has remained virtually unchanged since it was enacted in 1911.” (footnote omitted)). This federal statute closely mirrors Section 170.6 as it permits the disqualification of a district court judge upon a timely affidavit claiming bias. However, it departs from Section 170.6 in a significant way: it requires the affidavit to “state the facts and the reasons for the belief that bias or prejudice exists” and accordingly affords less leeway to litigants.3828 U.S.C. § 144. On its face, its wording and legislative history hint at the intent for peremptory disqualification;39Chaset, supra note 37, at 7 n.11 (“Congressman Cullop of Indiana, the chief sponsor of the legislation, [stated that 28 U.S.C. § 144] ‘provides that the [challenged] judge shall proceed no further with the case.’ ” (citing 46 Cong. Rec. 2627 (1911)); Charles Gardner Geyh & Kris Markarian, Judicial Disqualification 83 (2010) (“Such an interpretation would render [28 U.S.C. § 144] akin to peremptory disqualification procedures . . . and the legislative history of [28 U.S.C. § 144] lends some support for this interpretation.”); Debra Lyn Basssett, Judicial Disqualification in the Federal Appellate Courts, 87 Iowa L. Rev. 1213, 1224 n.54 (2002) (“Congress modeled the federal statute on an Indiana statute, which provided for automatic disqualification upon the filing of the affidavit.”). judicial interpretation steered it on the opposite trajectory.40Frank, supra note 30, at 629 (“Frequent escape from the statute has been effected through narrow construction of the phrase ‘bias and prejudice.’ ”). Judges are incentivized to narrowly interpret the statute when applying it to themselves. Amanda Frost, Keeping Up Appearances: A Process-Oriented Approach to Judicial Recusal, 53 U. Kan. L. Rev. 531, 551 (2005). One attorney argued that 28 U.S.C. § 144 should be amended to include a “clear directive that the federal peremptory disqualification statute is to be construed liberally in favor of disqualification, and not as a nit to be picked until the peremptory purpose of the statute is eviscerated by judicial interpretation”; otherwise, it should be repealed so the other federal judicial disqualification statute, 28 U.S.C. § 455, can take the lead. Richard E. Flamm, History of and Problems with the Federal Judicial Disqualification Framework, 58 Drake L. Rev. 751, 763 (2010). After the Supreme Court in Berger v. United States opined that the challenged judge may conduct a hearing to scrutinize the alleged facts for legal sufficiency,41Berger v. United States, 255 U.S. 22, 32 (1921). the Court clarified in Liteky v. United States that “expressions of impatience, dissatisfaction, annoyance, and even anger, that are within the bounds of what imperfect men and women, even after having been confirmed as federal judges, sometimes display” fall short of bias.42Liteky v. United States, 510 U.S. 540, 555–56 (1994). The latter case defined the extrajudicial source doctrine: critical, disapproving, or hostile opinions based on facts or events during the proceedings do not warrant disqualification unless “they reveal such a high degree of favoritism or antagonism as to make fair judgment impossible.”43Id. at 555. It is worth mentioning that the Ninth Circuit also adds a reasonable person test. Pesnell v. Arsenault, 543 F.3d 1038, 1043 (9th Cir. 2008). Congress largely acquiesced to this rejection of peremptory intent lest they infringe upon the separation of powers by attempting to regulate the judiciary.44Flamm, supra note 40, at 756 (“Congress could have taken steps to disabuse the federal judiciary of this notion, but it did not.”); Frost, supra note 40, at 551–52 (“The legislative and executive branches may feel that it is inappropriate to dictate the minutiae of procedures to be followed when litigants seek to remove a judge from a case, preferring to leave it to the judiciary to clean its own house.”). As a result, “disqualification under [28 U.S.C. § 144] has been rare.”45Gabriel D. Serbulea, Due Process and Judicial Disqualification: The Need for Reform, 38 Pepp. L. Rev. 1109, 1125 (2011); see Geyh & Markarian, supra note 39, at 83. Naturally, the statute could no longer be classified as fully peremptory, distinguishing it from its state counterparts that order automatic disqualification, like Section 170.6.

B.  California Law

1.  California Code of Civil Procedure Section 170.6

In 1957, the California legislature debated whether to accept or deny the legacy of judicial peremptory challenges and ultimately concluded with the birth of Section 170.6 through an “overwhelming vote of both houses of the Legislature” and approval by the Governor.46Johnson v. Superior Ct., 329 P.2d 5, 7 (Cal. 1958); Act of 1957, ch. 1055, 1957 Cal. Stat. 2288, https://clerk.assembly.ca.gov/sites/clerk.assembly.ca.gov/files/archive/Statutes/1957/57Vol1_57Chapters.pdf#page=2 [https://perma.cc/3MFS-HRVV]. The legislation was more radical47See, e.g., California Judges Benchbook: Civil Proceedings-Before Trial § 7.2 (West 2022) (“The right to exercise a peremptory challenge against a judge is a creation of statute: it did not exist before the enactment of [Section 170.6].”). than California Code of Civil Procedure section 170.1 which concerns challenges for cause48Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.1 (Deering 2023); CCP 170.6 – Disqualification of a Judge on Grounds of Prejudice, Shouse Cal. L. Grp., https://www.shouselaw.com/ca/defense/disqualification-of-judge-for-prejudice [https://perma.cc/LC5B-E6W8] (“Under [California Code of Civil Procedure section 170.1], a judge can be removed ‘for cause’ if any one or more of the following are true: the judge has personal knowledge of disputed facts in the case, the judge served as an attorney in the proceeding or advised a party in the proceeding, the judge has a financial interest in the proceeding, the judge, or the judge’s spouse, is a party in the case or an officer, director, or trustee of a party, or the judge, or a person related to the judge, is associated in private practice of law with an attorney in the case.”). Section 170.1 also permits self-removal if the judge believes their recusal would “further the interests of justice” or their impartiality is at risk. Id. Unlike Section 170.6, there are no limits on the number of challenges, Disqualification of a Judge for Prejudice, Eisner Gorin LLP, https://www.egattorneys.com/disqualification-of-a-judge [https://perma.cc/M72S-TTU7], and specific proof is required, How to Request to Change Your Judge, Res. Ctr for Self-Represented Litigants, https://www.courts.ca.gov/partners/documents/request_change_judge.doc [https://perma.cc/F764-FBN8]. See generally O’Connor’s California Practice Civil Pretrial Ch. 2-D § 3 (West 2023). and California Code of Civil Procedure section 170.5 (added as section 170.4 in 1897), which addresses bias as a ground for disqualification.49Civ. Proc. § 170.5 (Deering 2023); Johnson, 329 P.2d at 7–8. This was not the first time the Legislature dealt with judicial peremptory challenges: four previous measures failed to receive executive approval despite passage by the Legislature.50The four measures are A.B. 442 passed in 1941, A.B. 479 passed in 1951, S.B. 392 passed in 1953, and S.B. 89 passed in 1955. Johnson, 329 P.2d at 7 n.2. Therefore, Johnson v. Superior Court, the first case to apply Section 170.6, acknowledged how the “[s]tate [b]ar and the Legislature have long felt that there is a need for such a measure.”51Johnson, 329 P.2d at 7.

Unlike federal judges under 28 U.S.C. § 144, California judges generally fortified Section 170.6 by “liberally constru[ing it] with a view to effect its objects and to promote justice,”52Le Louis v. Superior Ct., 257 Cal. Rptr. 458, 466 (Ct. App. 1989); see, e.g., Pappa v. Superior Ct., 353 P.2d 311, 314–15 (Cal. 1960) (“[L]imiting each ‘side’ to one challenge [of a judge for prejudice] . . . does not arbitrarily discriminate against multiple parties,” since “[t]he Legislature could reasonably determine that this limited restriction was justified in order to prevent undue delays which could otherwise occur.” (citing Johnson, 329 P.2d at 5)); Mayr v. Superior Ct., 39 Cal. Rptr. 240, 243 (Ct. App. 1964) (“[Section 170.6] should not be so strictly construed that the legislative will is thwarted.”); Solberg v. Superior Ct., 561 P.2d 1148, 1159 (Cal. 1977) (“[Section 170.6] makes no provision for a detailed statement of facts, and it is reasonable to infer the Legislature did not intend to impose such a condition.”). starting with its constitutionality. Since the constitutionality of peremptorily disqualifying a judge has been debated since the early twentieth century,53Annotation, Constitutionality of Statute Making Mere Filing of Affidavit of Bias or Prejudice Sufficient to Disqualify Judge, 5 A.L.R. 1275 (1920) (summarizing cases that declared peremptory challenges of judges either constitutional or unconstitutional). it comes as no surprise that Section 170.6 came under attack almost immediately after its enactment. Even before the Legislature took action, the courts in the state ruled in several cases that a similar disqualification statute enacted in 1937 was unconstitutional.54Annotation, Constitutionality of Statute Which Disqualifies Judge upon Peremptory Challenge, 115 A.L.R. 855 (1938) (discussing how Austin v. Lambert, 77 P.2d 849 (Cal. 1938), Daigh v. Schaffer, 73 P.2d 927 (Cal. 1937), and Krug v. Superior Ct., 77 P.2d 854 (Cal. 1938), determined that the older disqualification statute from 1937 was unconstitutional). Johnson represented a turning point as the Supreme Court of California deemed Section 170.6 constitutional and overruled the lower court’s decision that “the statute makes an unconstitutional delegation of legislative and judicial powers to litigants and their attorneys and is an unwarranted interference with the powers of the courts.”55Johnson, 329 P.2d at 7. Section 170.6 is materially different from its unconstitutional predecessor because it calls for litigants to submit a sworn statement instead of a “judicial determination of the existence of the fact.”56Id. at 8–9 (“[The disqualification statute enacted in 1937] provided for a ‘peremptory challenge’ of the judge assigned to hear the case without requiring the person making the challenge to state the ground for his objection or to make a declaration under oath that the ground in fact existed.”). According to the court, Section 170.6 complies with the Constitution and deserves protection because “[p]rejudice, being a state of mind, is very difficult to prove, and, when a judge asserts that he is unbiased, courts are naturally reluctant to determine that he is prejudiced.”57Id. at 8. About twenty years later, Section 170.6’s constitutionality returned to the forefront in Solberg v. Superior Court—this court found no separation of powers violation under California Constitution Article III, Section 3.58Solberg v. Superior Ct., 561 P.2d 1148, 1162 (Cal. 1977). In a post-Johnson and Solberg world, the conversation between Section 170.6’s proponents and opponents has shifted away from constitutionality, but policy concerns persist. As this Note will later discuss, the thousand-year-old debate has still not found its rest.

Section 170.6 was amended to widen its scope: beginning in 1959, the statute extended to criminal, not just civil, cases,59Act effective Sept. 18, 1959, ch. 640, 1959 Cal. Stat. 2620, 2620. This amendment settled the dispute regarding whether withholding this right from criminal parties was unconstitutional discrimination under the Fourteenth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution and the California Constitution under Article I, Sections 11 and 21, and Article IV, Section 25 for unreasonable classifications. See Johnson, 329 P.2d at 9. and beginning in 1961, oral statements under oath, not just written documents.60Act effective Sept. 15, 1961, ch. 526, sec. 1, § 170.6(2), 1961 Cal. Stat. 1628, 1629. This trend halted in 1965, when the Legislature forbade litigants from receiving a judicial reassignment if their original judge already presided over a proceeding prior to trial that involved a “determination of contested fact issues relating to the merits.”61Act of 1965, ch. 1442, sec. 1, § 170.6(2), 1965 Cal. Stat. 3375, 3375–76; see Bambula v. Superior Ct., 220 Cal. Rptr. 223, 224 (Ct. App. 1985) (“This addition preserves the right of a party to disqualify a judge under [the statute,] notwithstanding the fact that the judge had heard and determined an earlier demurrer or motion, or other matter not involving ‘contested fact issues’ relating ‘to the merits’ without challenge in the same cause.”). For the next ten or so years, the statute was only amended twice—in 196762Act of 1967, ch. 1602, sec. 2, § 170.6(1), 1967 Cal. Stat. 3832, 3832. It also added the option of including a “declaration under penalty of perjury.” Id. at sec. 2, § 170.6(2) at 3833. and 197663Act of 1976, ch. 1071, sec. 1, § 170.6(1), 1976 Cal. Stat. 4814, 4815.—to subject court commissioners and referees to potential peremptory disqualification as well.64Although Section 170.6 applies to judges, court commissioners, and referees of a superior, municipal, or justice court, it does not affect a superior court judge who is appointed by an appellate court as a referee. People v. Gonzalez, 800 P.2d 1159, 1197 n.44 (Cal. 1990). The Legislature obviously did not shy away from its peremptory intent, given that the affidavit form was amended in 1981 to add “peremptory challenge.”65Act of 1981, ch. 192, sec. 1, § 170.6(5), 1981 Cal. Stat. 1116, 1117–18. After another amendment in 1982 that clarified the timeliness requirement for single-judge systems,66Act of 1982, ch. 1644, sec. 2, § 170.6(2), 1982 Cal. Stat. 6678, 6682–83. the statute was expanded yet again in 1985. Now, litigants who file an appeal that results in the reversal of the trial court’s judgment qualify for protection if the “trial judge in the prior proceeding is assigned to conduct a new trial on the matter.”67Act of 1985, ch. 715, sec. 1, § 170.6(2), 1985 Cal. Stats. 2350, 2351. Timeliness was then defined as ten days for criminal cases with an all-purpose assignment in 1989.68Act of 1989, ch. 537, sec. 1, § 170.6(2), 1989 Cal. Stats. 1803, 1803–04. The following two amendments in 199869Act of 1998, ch. 167, sec. 1, § 170.6(1), 1998 Cal. Stats. 932, 932–33. and 200270Act of 2002, ch. 784, sec. 36, § 170.6(1), 2002 Cal. Stats. 4710, 4744. There was also the technical change of updating the year on the affidavit form. Id. at sec. 36, § 170.6(5) at 4746–47. responded to modifications of the California Constitution—the elimination of the justice court71Cal. Const. art. VI, §§ 1, 5(b) (§ 5 repealed 2002). and unification of the municipal and superior courts, respectively72Cal. Const. art. VI, § 5(3) (repealed 2002).—which were products of the Legislature’s “stead[y] move[ment] towards completion of the courts’ restructuring.”73Senate Judiciary Comm., SB 1316 Senate Floor Analyses, at 2 (Cal. 2002). In 2003, the Legislature merely maintained the codes74Senate Judiciary Comm., SB 600 Senate Floor Analyses, at 2 (Cal. 2003) (“Each year, the Legislative Counsel’s Office identifies grammatical errors and other errors of a technical nature that have been inadvertently enacted into statutory law.”). and did not make any substantive changes.75Act of 2003, ch. 62, sec. 22, § 170.6, 2003 Cal. Stats. 264. The last amendment, in 2010, made similar corrections, but also extended the filing deadline for civil cases with an all-purpose assignment to fifteen days after receiving notice of the assignment76State Assembly 1894, 2010 Leg., Reg. Sess. (Cal. 2010). There was a need to reconcile the Code of Civil Procedure and the Trial Court Delay Reduction Act of 1990. Cal. Assembly Judiciary Comm., AB 1894 Assembly Floor Analysis, at 2 (Cal. 2010). and “codif[ied] existing court practices by requiring the party making the challenge to notify all other parties within five days after making the motion [to peremptorily disqualify the judge].”77Cal. Assembly Judiciary Comm., AB 1894 Assembly Floor Analysis, at 2 (Cal. 2010).

In general, Section 170.6 guarantees litigants the extraordinary right to have an alternate superior court judge hear their matter once they accuse their judge78This covers both retired judges who are assigned to temporarily act as a regular sitting judge to hear a case and active, full-time judges. People v. Superior Ct. (Mudge), 62 Cal. Rptr. 2d 721, 725 (Ct. App. 1997). of bias, even without any factual basis for actual bias.79General legal conclusions will do. Andrews v. Joint Clerks Port Lab. Rels. Comm., 48 Cal. Rptr. 646, 651 (Ct. App. 1966); People v. Rodgers, 121 Cal. Rptr. 346, 347 (Ct. App. 1975); CCP § 170.6 – Disqualification of a Judge on Grounds of Prejudice, supra note 48. See generally O’Connor’s California Practice Civil Pretrial, supra note 48, at Ch. 2-D § 4. Litigants can raise a challenge under Section 170.6 at any trial, special proceeding, or hearing involving a “contested issue of law or fact,”80Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.6(a)(1) (Deering 2023); Andrews, 48 Cal. Rptr. at 650–51; Est. of Cuneo, 29 Cal. Rptr. 497, 499 (Ct. App. 1963). From a policy standpoint, this stops litigants from seeking more favorable rulings from a different judge. People v. Richard, 149 Cal. Rptr. 344, 347 (Ct. App. 1978); People v. Paramount Citrus Ass’n, 2 Cal. Rptr. 216, 221 (Ct. App. 1960); Dennis v. Overholtzer, 3 Cal. Rptr. 458, 459 (Ct. App. 1960). including trial, law and motion proceedings, injunction hearings, and contested probate or family law proceedings, but excluding settlement or case management conferences.81Peremptory Challenge of a Judge: Remove the Judge from Your Case, Sacramento Cnty. Pub. L. Libr. 1 (Nov. 2021), https://saclaw.org/wp-content/uploads/sbs-peremptory-challenge-of-a-judge.pdf [https://perma.cc/GT8J-FEAR]. Litigants should not disregard local county rules—special courts like Dependency Court and Family Court might restrict or completely forbid peremptory challenges in certain types of proceedings. Id. Each side in a case, defined by whether the co-plaintiffs or co-defendants have substantially adverse interests,82Pappa v. Superior Ct., 353 P.2d 311, 314 (Cal. 1960) (“The privilege conferred by section 170.6, unlike the right to counsel, may be exercised by more than one codefendant only where they have substantially adverse interests, and obviously the mere fact that they choose to be represented by separate counsel does not show that such a conflict of interests exists.”). If co-parties share interests, but one party already moved forward with a challenge without the other parties’ consent, they all lose their one challenge. Louisiana-Pacific Corp. v. Philo Lumber Co., 210 Cal. Rptr. 368, 369 (Ct. App. 1985). is given one challenge—the norm.83Note that challenges for cause through California Code of Civil Procedure section 170.1 are still available after exhausting the peremptory challenge. Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1144. “[I]f the trial judge in the prior proceeding is assigned to conduct a new trial84If the issue to be resolved on remand requires the court to perform “merely a ministerial act,” there is no “new trial” within the meaning of Section 170.6. Stegs Invs. v. Superior Ct., 284 Cal. Rptr. 495, 495 (Ct. App. 1991); Overton v. Superior Ct., 27 Cal. Rptr. 2d 274, 275 (Ct. App. 1994). The “new trial” does not have to take place after trial: it can occur after any kind of final judgment, such as summary judgment. Stubblefield Constr. Co. v. Superior Ct., 97 Cal. Rptr. 2d 121, 124 (Ct. App. 2000). on the matter” after “reversal on appeal of a trial court’s final judgment,” the movant can still use Section 170.6 regardless of whether they have already availed themselves of this procedure.85Civ. Proc. § 170.6(a)(2) (emphasis added). They, however, cannot make the motion “for the first time in post-trial matters which are essentially a ‘continuation’ of the main proceeding,”86Solberg v. Superior Ct., 561 P.2d 1148, 1158 (Cal. 1977). meaning “action[s] . . . involv[ing] ‘substantially the same issues’ and ‘matters necessarily relevant and material to the issues involved in the original action.’ ”87Matthews v. Superior Ct., 42 Cal. Rptr. 2d 521, 523 (Ct. App. 1995). A proceeding can be a continuation even if it has a different county clerk’s file number. Andrews v. Joint Clerks Port Lab. Rels. Comm., 48 Cal. Rptr. 646, 653–54 (Ct. App. 2012). The court in Pickett v. Superior Court, 138 Cal. Rptr. 3d 36, 42 (Ct. App. 2012), opined that the second plaintiff’s action was not a continuation of the first plaintiff’s action despite both actions alleging the same wrongful conduct because the second action sought additional relief. Likewise, in Bravo v. Superior Court, 57 Cal. Rptr. 3d 910, 914 (Ct. App. 2007), the instant case was not a continuation even though it concerned the same plaintiff and defendant because “the [second] action [arose] out of later events distinct from those in the previous action.” Absent good cause, there is no continuance of the trial or hearing because of the motion; if a continuance is granted for other reasons, the matter must be continued for limited periods to be reassigned as soon as possible.88Civ. Proc. § 170.6(a)(4). In the aftermath of the 2010 amendment, civil litigants must serve notice on all parties within five days of making the motion.89Id. § 170.6(a)(3).

Either an affidavit accompanied with a declaration that a “fair and impartial hearing or trial cannot take place” under penalty of perjury90Tyler Perez, Disqualifying a Judge: An Early Strategic Move, CMF (Mar. 30, 2023), https://cafamlaw.com/disqualifying-a-judge-an-early-strategic-move [https://perma.cc/SW8Q-MCM6]. or an oral motion under oath will suffice as long as it is made before the hearing or trial commences.91Civ. Proc. § 170.6(a)(2) (“In no event shall a judge, court commissioner, or referee entertain the motion if it is made after the drawing of the name of the first juror, or if there is no jury, after the making of an opening statement by counsel for plaintiff, or if there is no opening statement by counsel for plaintiff, then after swearing in the first witness or the giving of any evidence or after trial of the cause has otherwise commenced. If the motion is directed to a hearing, other than the trial of a cause, the motion shall be made not later than the commencement of the hearing.”); Haldane v. Haldane, 26 Cal. Rptr. 670, 675 (Ct. App. 1962). Litigants should submit the written or oral motion “as soon as possible after [they] know[] with some reasonable certainty who the actual trial judge will be”92Augustyn v. Superior Ct., 231 Cal. Rptr. 298, 302 (Ct. App. 1986); see Lawrence v. Superior Ct., 253 Cal. Rptr. 748, 751 (Ct. App. 1988) (“Knowledge of the assignment does not mean actual knowledge on the part of the party or his attorney but only that, upon further investigation or inquiry, the identity of the judge assigned to a particular department is ascertainable.”). and must take care to abide by the timing rules governing master calendar, all-purpose, and single-judge systems. Table 1 below describes each of these various case-management systems and their nuances:

Table 1.
Case-Management SystemDefinitionRules
Master CalendarThe case is assigned to different departments for specific types of matters.aThe litigant should make the motion to the judge supervising the master calendar. When the case is set for immediate trial, litigants are instructed to make their challenge at the time of assignment, but when the case is set for a later trial date, they should comply with the 10-day/5-day rule.b The 10-day/5-day rule dictates that a litigant must make their challenge at least five days before the trial or hearing date if the judge’s identity is known at least ten days before the trial or hearing date.c If they wait until they appear before the judge, they will have essentially waived their right to challenge that judge.d However, a late-appearing or late-named party will not be penalized as long as they make the motion within ten days after their appearance.e
All-Purpose/ Direct-CalendarThe randomly assigned judge “maintain[s] [their] own calendar, set[s] and handl[es] all motions and other proceedings, and conduct[s] trial.”f At the time of the assignment, the judge must be expected to process all substantial matters in addition to trial.gOnce a civil litigant receives noticeh of an all-purpose assignment, they have fifteen days to make their challenge.i If the litigant receives service by mail, they are entitled to a five-day extension.j However, if the litigant has not yet appeared, they have fifteen days after their appearance.k For a criminal litigant, they have ten days instead of fifteen days.l
Single-JudgeThere is only one judge in the courts.mA litigant must make their challenge within thirty days after they first appear in the action.n
Sources:  a  O’Connor’s California Practice Civil Pretrial, supra note 48, at Ch. 3-E § 3.3(2)(a). b  See, e.g., People v. Roerman, 10 Cal. Rptr. 870, 878–79 (Ct. App. 1961) (rejecting the motion because it was not made until the day trial was scheduled to begin even though the case was calendared to the judge for more than a month). c  E.g., Eagle Maint. & Supply Co. v. Superior Ct., 16 Cal. Rptr. 745, 747 (Ct. App. 1961). d  See, e.g., Michaels v. Superior Ct., 7 Cal. Rptr. 858, 860–61 (Ct. App. 1960); Peremptory Challenges to a Judge in California, L. Off. of Stimmel, Stimmel & Roeser, https://stimmel-law.com/en/articles/peremptory-challenges-judge-california [https://perma.cc.6NLU-5PLS]. e  Sch. Dist. of Okaloosa Cnty v. Superior Ct., 68 Cal. Rptr. 2d 612, 612 (Ct. App. 1997). f  O’Connor’s California Practice Civil Pretrial, supra note 48, at Ch. 3-E § 3.3(2)(b). g  See, e.g., People v. Superior Ct. (Lavi), 847 P.2d 1031, 1043 (Cal. 1993). h  According to the opinion of Cybermedia, Inc. v. Superior Ct., 82 Cal. Rptr. 2d 126, 127 (Ct. App. 1999), notice should reference the case name and full case number and be addressed to the attorney if the party is represented; otherwise, it is insufficient. i  Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.6(a)(2) (Deering 2023). j  Motion Picture & Television Fund Hosp. v. Superior Ct., 105 Cal. Rptr. 2d 872, 876 (Ct. App. 2001). k  Civ. Proc. § 170.6(a)(2). l  Id. m  O’Connor’s California Practice Civil Pretrial, supra note 48, at Ch. 3-E § 3.3(2)(b). n  See, e.g., People v. Superior Ct. (Smith), 235 Cal. Rptr. 482, 484 (Ct. App. 1987) (refusing the movant’s argument that their motion was timely because it was made within thirty days after their attorney’s first appearance).

If litigants who successfully appeal the trial court’s judgment end up with the same trial judge, they must make the motion “within [sixty] days after the party or the party’s attorney has been notified of the assignment,”93Civ. Proc. § 170.6(a)(2). or else it will be time-barred. The motion must be directed to the very judge under attack (the particular department will not suffice) who will then determine if it has been duly presented.94See, e.g., Fry v. Superior Ct., 166 Cal. Rptr. 3d 328, 333 (Ct. App. 2013) (denying a peremptory challenge that was not made to anyone).

There are compelling policy reasons for these rules, namely that both litigants who “wish[] to postpone [the] motion until [they are] fully informed” and the court that needs “time to make adjustments after a disqualification” are satisfied.95See, e.g., L.A. Cnty. Dept. of Pub. Soc. Servs. v. Superior Ct., 138 Cal. Rptr. 43, 46 (Ct. App. 1977). Also, criminal litigants have less time to submit their motions than civil litigants because, like the Legislature probably thought, there are heightened concerns of abuse in criminal cases96Johnson v. Superior Ct., 329 P.2d 5, 9 (Cal. 1958). in which “the sides . . . are not in symmetrical positions,” as the prosecution possesses more power.97Anna Roberts, Defense Counsel’s Cross Purposes: Prior Conviction Impeachment of Prosecution Witnesses, 87 Brook. L. Rev. 1225, 1238 (2022). Criminal cases usually involve juries that dilute the judge’s influence, whereas civil cases are usually wholly decided by the judge.98The Differences Between a Criminal Case and a Civil Case, FindLaw, https://www.findlaw.com/criminal/criminal-law-basics/the-differences-between-a-criminal-case-and-a-civil-case.html [https://perma.cc/8NL2-5CKR]. Even so, criminal defendants are insulated from the “depriv[ation] of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law” by the Bill of Rights in the Fifth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution.99Unbiased Judge, Legal Info. Inst., https://www.law.cornell.edu/constitution-conan/amendment-5/unbiased-judge [https://perma.cc/DR8V-KLFE]. Given what they have to lose as compared to civil litigants, it is critical to avoid infringement on their right to a fair trial.

If the motion is timely filed with acceptable form,100Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.6(a)(6) (Deering 2023) and Peremptory Challenge to Judicial Officer (Code Civ. Proc., § 170.6), Superior Ct. of Cal., Cnty. Of L.A., https://www.lacourt.org/forms/pdf/laciv015.pdf [https://perma.cc/3EBJ-9QME], provide a template for the motion. For examples of a Motion for Peremptory Challenge, Declaration in Support of Peremptory Challenge, and Order of Transfer, see Peremptory Challenge of a Judge: Remove the Judge from Your Case, supra note 81, at 5–10. it will be granted, and the transition process is automatic in the sense that the affidavit is not contestable. The “judge immediately loses jurisdiction over the case,” and “any action that [they] make[] in the case [is] considered ‘void,’ ” save to transfer the case to another judge.101CCP § 170.6 – Disqualification of a Judge on Grounds of Prejudice, supra note 48; see, e.g., Est. of Cuneo, 29 Cal. Rptr. 497, 499 (Ct. App. 1963); Woodman v. Selvage, 69 Cal. Rptr. 687, 691 (Ct. App. 1968); Andrews v. Joint Clerks Port Lab. Rels. Comm., 48 Cal. Rptr. 646, 651 (Ct. App. 1966). A challenge is “exercised when the challenged judge transfers the case for reassignment,”102Truck Ins. Exch. v. Superior Ct., 78 Cal. Rptr. 2d 721, 724 (Ct. App. 1998) (permitting a party to file a second peremptory challenge because the first peremptory challenge was against the first judge who denied the motion and thereafter retired, rendering the issue moot). and it cannot be rescinded, no matter what—the dismissal of the movant makes no difference.103See Louisiana-Pacific Corp. v. Philo Lumber Co., 210 Cal. Rptr. 368, 369 (Ct. App. 1985). If no other judge is available, the disqualified judge should contact the Chairman of the Judicial Council to solicit the assignment of an outside judge.104Nail v. Osterholm, 91 Cal. Rptr. 908, 911 (Ct. App. 1970). In order to prevent the appearance of judicial impropriety, if the judge is assigned to more than one case concerning the same movant, they are disqualified from all such cases.105Woods v. Superior Ct., 235 Cal. Rptr. 687, 687–88 (Ct. App. 1987). A writ of mandate petition is the “exclusive means of appellate review” for the motion, irrespective of its success.106In re Sheila B., 23 Cal. Rptr. 2d 482, 485 (Ct. App. 1993). This process serves “judicial economy and fundamental fairness” by “eliminat[ing] the waste of time and money which inheres if the litigation is permitted to continue unabated, only to be vacated on appeal because the subsequent rulings and judgments were declared ‘void’ by virtue of the erroneously denied disqualification motion.” Id. Upon a failed motion, the litigant has two avenues of redress before appeal: review by a different judge, like the district’s chief judge, and mandamus review.107Jeffrey W. Stempel, Judicial Peremptory Challenges as Access Enhancers, 86 Fordham L. Rev. 2263, 2269 (2018). On the other hand, litigants who never assert a challenge will have “forfeited the right to complain about [how the trial court’s alleged bias affected subsequent rulings] on appeal.”108People v. Lewis, 140 P.3d 775, 798 (Cal. 2006); see Mueller v. Chandler, 31 Cal. Rptr. 646, 647 (Ct. App. 1963).

2.  Judicial Rules

Section 170.6 intersects with other bodies of judicial rules, complicating the tapestry of California peremptory disqualification law. Upholding impartiality in the courts permeates all the guidelines that judges should follow, regardless of origin—Standard 10.20(b)(3) of the California Rules of Court instructs judges to “ensure that all orders, rulings, and decisions are based on the sound exercise of judicial discretion and the balancing of competing rights and interests and are not influenced by stereotypes or biases.”1092023 Cal. Rules of Ct. § 10.20(b)(3) (Jud. Couns. of Cal. 2023). In light of this goal, the California Rules of Court encourage outreach to the community110Id. § 10.20(a) (“[E]ach court should work within its community to improve dialogue and engagement with members of various cultures, backgrounds, and groups to learn, understand, and appreciate the unique qualities and needs of each group.”); Id. § 10.20(c)(3) (“Each committee should . . . [e]ngage in regular outreach to the local community to learn about issues of importance to court users.”). and collaboration with local committees and bar associations that endorse programs designed to educate about unconscious biases.111Id. § 10.20(c)(2). When litigants encounter judges who ignore Standard 10.20 of the California Rules of Court, they can submit complaints of bias either directly to the court or to the Commission on Judicial Performance without losing their statutory remedy through Section 170.6.112Id. § 10.20(d). California Code of Judicial Ethics Canon 3D(4), Government Code section 68725, and Rule 104 of the Rules of the Commission on Judicial Performance obligates judges to cooperate with the Commission on Judicial Performance.113Cal. Code of Jud. Ethics Canon 3D(3), cmt. 3D(4) (Cal. Judges Ass’n 2015). In one instance, the Commission on Judicial Performance ordered the removal of a judge who communicated with the potential movant to stop their challenge.114Inquiry Concerning Laettner, 8 Cal. 5th CJP Supp. 1, 54 (Comm. on Jud. Performance 2019).

California Code of Judicial Ethics Canon 3B(5), Canon 3C(1), and Canon 3E(5)(f)(iii), among others, comport with the Model Code of Judicial Conduct rule 2.3115Model Code of Jud. Conduct r. 2.3 (Am. Bar Ass’n 2020). because they advise that judges should be free of bias.116Cal. Code of Jud. Ethics Canon 3B(5), 3C(1), and 3E(5)(f)(iii) (Cal. Judges Ass’n 2015). Similar to the California Standards of Judicial Administration, California Code of Judicial Ethics Canon 3B(6) directs judges to “require lawyers in proceedings before [them] to refrain from . . . bias.”117Id. at Canon 3B(6). They consequently may feel cognitive dissonance (psychological discomfort from simultaneously complying with incongruous beliefs118Cognitive Dissonance, Merriam-Webster (Dec. 3, 2022), https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/cognitive%20dissonance [https://perma.cc/VKG8-VVUW].) from essentially allowing litigants to discriminate against them using Section 170.6. Granted, these “standards, insofar as they may conflict with [S]ection 170.6, would be ‘invalid’ since the Judicial Council may only make rules which are not inconsistent with statute,”119People v. Superior Ct., 10 Cal. Rptr. 2d 873, 879 (Ct. App. 1992). but this paradox may still trouble them. Furthermore, California Code of Judicial Ethics Canon 3D(1) instructs judges with reliable information on the violations of other judges to report those violations to the appropriate authority and take any other corrective actions.120Jud. Ethics Canon 3D(1). The advisory committee’s commentary states that “[a]ppropriate corrective action could include direct communication with the judge or lawyer who has committed the violation, writing about the misconduct in a judicial decision, or other direct action, such as a confidential referral to a judicial or lawyer assistance program, or a report of the violation to the presiding judge, appropriate authority, or other agency or body.” Id. at Canon 3(D)(2). Considering these numerous regulations that either officially or informally punish judges who harbor biases, whether explicit or not, are peremptory disqualifications truly necessary?121Incentives are vital to eliminating bias in both judges and jurors. See Suzy J. Park, Racialized Self-Defense: Effects of Race Salience on Perceptions of Fear and Reasonableness, 55 Colum. J.L. & Soc. Probs. 541, 571 (2022) (“[S]ince the data suggest that it is difficult to make people ‘turn off’ their prejudices through the use of race salience, it is critical to choose jurors who are internally and genuinely motivated to be unprejudiced.”).

3.  Comparison to Peremptory Juror Challenges

In California, judicial peremptory challenges enjoy less resistance than in some other jurisdictions122See, e.g., Miller-El v. Dretke, 545 U.S. 231, 272 (2005) (Breyer, J., concurring) (criticizing the peremptory challenge system as a whole); Swain v. Alabama, 380 U.S. 202, 244 (1965) (Goldberg, J., dissenting) (“Were it necessary to make an absolute choice between the right of a defendant to have a jury chosen in conformity with the requirements of the Fourteenth Amendment and the right to challenge peremptorily, the Constitution compels a choice of the former.”); State v. Veal, 930 N.W.2d 319, 480 (Iowa 2019) (“[T]he only way to stop the misuse of peremptory challenges is to abolish them.”); Minetos v. City Univ. of N.Y., 925 F.Supp. 177, 183 (S.D.N.Y. 1996) (“[A]ll peremptory challenges should now be banned as an unnecessary waste of time and an obvious corruption of the judicial process.”). but are nonetheless more controversial than peremptory juror challenges. The California legislature passed AB 3070 in 2020—a proposal to require “the party exercising the peremptory challenge [to] show by clear and convincing evidence that an objectively reasonable person would view the rationale as unrelated to a prospective juror’s race, ethnicity, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, national origin, or religious affiliation.”123Cal. State Assemb. 3070, 2020 Leg., 2019–2020 Reg. Sess. (Cal. 2020) (emphasis added); see Brian T. Gravdal, AB 3070 and Peremptory Juror Challenges in California: Strengthening Protection Against Discriminatory Exclusion, Berman Berman Berman Schneider & Lowary LLP, https://b3law.com/all-cases-list/ab-3070-and-peremptory-juror-challenges-in-california [https://perma.cc/6B6Q-ELDK]. The Legislature deliberately replaced the need to show purposeful discrimination under an objective standard in order to better target unconscious bias.124Gravdal, supra note 123. Unlike judicial peremptory disqualification, in which there is confusion regarding who holds the cause of action for discriminatory exclusion,125Infra p. 281. the bill clearly gives the right to both the party and the trial court. California Governor Gavin Newsom signed the legislation into law (California Code of Civil Procedure § 231.7), which went into effect for criminal trials on January 1, 2022 and will take effect for civil trials starting January 1, 2026.126Cal. Civ. Proc. § 231.7 (Deering 2023). The statute joined reforms in other states:127See Batson Reform: State by State, Berkeley L., https://www.law.berkeley.edu/experiential/clinics/death-penalty-clinic/projects-and-cases/whitewashing-the-jury-box-how-california-perpetuates-the-discriminatory-exclusion-of-black-and-latinx-jurors/batson-reform-state-by-state [https://perma.cc/3L46-M5ZQ]. Washington enacted a similar procedure in 2018 that was praised as a solution to Batson v. Kentucky,128See Daniel Edwards, The Evolving Debate Over Batson’s Procedures for Peremptory Challenges, Nat’l Ass’n of Att’ys Gen. (Apr. 14, 2020), https://www.naag.org/attorney-general-journal/the-evolving-debate-over-batsons-procedures-for-peremptory-challenges [https://perma.cc/EQ49-8CZ5]; Am. Soc’y of Trial Consultants, ASTC Position Paper on the Elimination of Peremptory Challenges: And Then There Were None 16 (2022), https://www.astcweb.org/resources/Documents/ASTC%20Position%20Paper%20on%20the%20Elimination%20of%20Peremptory%20Challenges%20-%20FINAL%207-14-2022.pdf [https://perma.cc/6VAH-T4W2]. a landmark case prohibiting unconstitutional discrimination during jury selection.129Batson v. Kentucky, 476 U.S. 79, 99 (1985) (“By requiring trial courts to be sensitive to the racially discriminatory use of peremptory challenges, our decision enforces the mandate of equal protection and furthers the ends of justice.” (footnote omitted)); see Jim Frederick, New Jury Selection Procedure in California: Is This the End of Peremptory Challenges? Is This the End of Batson?, Nat’l L. Rev. (Dec. 2, 2020), https://www.natlawreview.com/article/new-jury-selection-procedure-california-end-peremptory-challenges-end-batson [https://perma.cc/3YMF-DJDE] (“[Batson] requires a prima facie case of discrimination to be made before a party must explain the exclusion of a prospective juror by offering a facially neutral justification for the strike.”). After observing Batson’s shortcomings in actually resolving racial bias and discrimination,130See, e.g., Paula Hannaford-Agor, The Changing Civil Jury: Getting Back to “Normal”: Jury Trials in the Post-Covid Era, 98 Advocate 38, 40 (2022) (“[M]ost judges and lawyers privately agree that the Batson framework has been ineffective at curbing discrimination in jury selection.”); Gregg Costa, A Judge Comments, 48 Litigation 36, 36 (2022) (“According to a study aptly titled Thirty Years of Disappointment, as of 2016, North Carolina appellate courts had never found that a prosecutor violated Batson!”). See generally Anna Offit, Race-Conscious Jury Selection, 82 Ohio St. L.J. 201 (2021) (reporting a study of Assistant U.S. Attorneys showing how prosecutors consider race when striking jurors due to Batson). supporters argue that the spirit and letter of this legislative decision carries the promise of giving life to the federal precedent.131See La Rond Baker, Salvador A. Mungia, Jeffrey Robinson, Lila J. Silverstein, & Nancy Talner, Fixing Batson, 48 Litigation 32, 38 (2022); Robert Gavin, Chief Judge Highlights Proposal to Weed Out ‘Unconscious Racism’ on Juries, Times Union (Aug. 16, 2022), https://www.timesunion.com/news/article/Chief-judge-highlights-proposal-to-weed-out-17374759.php [https://perma.cc/Q6ET-PEXE]; Reforms Addressing Jury Selection Bias Proposed in New York and New Jersey, Equal Just. Initiative (Aug. 25, 2022), https://eji.org/news/reforms-addressing-jury-selection-bias-proposed-in-new-york-and-new-jersey [https://perma.cc/YQB9-URNE].

But this law is not without dissenters. The Alliance of California Judges rebukes it for creating “confusion and delay” since “lawyers could challenge every peremptory challenge made by the other side.”132Jim Frederick, New Jury Selection Procedure in California: Is This the End of Peremptory Challenges? Is This the End of Batson?, Faegre Drinker on Products (Dec. 2, 2020), https://www.faegredrinkeronproducts.com/2020/12/new-jury-selection-procedure-in-california-is-this-the-end-of-peremptory-challenges-is-this-the-end-of-batson [https://perma.cc/37UD-FBH8]. Coburn R. Beck, The Current State of the Peremptory Challenge, 39 Wm. & Mary L. Rev. 961, 1000 (1998) also stresses the restoration of peremptory juror challenges to its traditional form, not Batson-like modifications that can “produce[] a [confusing] circuit split over a trial procedure firmly established since the beginning of our nation.” Ultimately, it falls short of putting an end to peremptory juror challenges altogether, making others think that the change is not enough: Senate Bill 212 was introduced in 2021, which would have abolished peremptory challenges in criminal cases.133S. 212, 2021–2022 Leg., Reg. Sess. (Cal. 2021). One wonders at the end of the day if it is still accurate to classify this challenge as peremptory as “[a] challenge subject to questioning and explanation is, by definition, not peremptory.”134Beck, supra note 132, at 997–98. Whether judicial peremptory challenges can inherit this reform such that it is workable to judges poses an interesting question.

C.  Comparison Between California Law and Other States’ Law

Section 170.6 is one of the two forms of judicial peremptory challenges practiced by twenty states. Judicial officers in thirteen states, like jurors, can be substituted upon request without any accusation of improper personal interest, while those in the remaining seven states can only be substituted upon an affidavit of bias.135The states are Alaska, Arizona, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. Gary L. Clingman, A Clash of Branches: The History of New Mexico’s Judicial Peremptory Excusal Statute and a Review of the Impact and Aftermath of Quality Automotive Center, LLC v. Arrieta, 46 N.M. L. Rev. 309, 336–37 (2016); see Alaska Stat. § 22.20.022 (LexisNexis 2023); Ariz. Rev. Stat. § 12-409 (LexisNexis 2023); Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.6 (Deering 2023); Haw. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 601-7 (LexisNexis 2023); Idaho Code § 40(d)(1) (LexisNexis 2023); 725 Ill. Comp. Stat. Ann. 5/114-5(a) (LexisNexis 2023); Ind. Code § 35-36-5-1 (2023); Kan. Stat. Ann. § 20.311(d) (LexisNexis 2023); Minn. Stat. § 542.16 (2023); Mo. R. Civ. Pro. § 51.05 (LexisNexis 2023); Mont. Code Ann. § 3-1-804 (West 2023); Nev. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 1.230 (West 2023); N.M. Stat. Ann. § 38-3-9 (2023); N.D. Cent. Code § 29-15-21 (2023); Or. Rev. Stat. § 14.260 (West 2023); S.D. Codified Laws § 15-12-22 (LexisNexis 2023); Tex. Gov’t Code Ann. § 74.053 (LexisNexis 2023); Wash. Rev. Code Ann. § 4.12.040-50 (LexisNexis 2023); Wis. Stat. § 801.58 (LexisNexis 2023); Wyo. R. Civ. P. 40.1(b)(1). Table 2 below describes some differences between Section 170.6 and peremptory challenge statutes in other states:

Table 2.
ParametersSection 170.6Statutes in Other States
Is there a fee for reassignment to a new judge?NoYesa
How many challenges to a party per case?OneTwob
Does alignment of interest or lack thereof define a party (or side)?YesNoc
Must litigants informally ask the judge to voluntarily recuse from the case before filing an affidavit?NoYesd
Can criminal litigants transfer their case to a different judge?YesNoe
Sources:  a  See, e.g., Mont. Code Ann. § 3-1-804 (West 2023); Nev. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 1.230 (West 2023). b  E.g., Or. Rev. Stat. § 14-250-70 (West 2023). c  Mo. R. Civ. Pro. § 51.05 “divides the parties into classes (e.g. plaintiffs, defendants, third party plaintiffs, third party defendants, interveners) and affords one change of judge per class” and Nev. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 1.230 treats “[e]ach action, whether single or consolidated . . . as having only two sides. Clingman, supra note 135, at 337–38. d  S.D. Codified Laws § 15-12-22 (2023); see Clingman, supra note 135, at 338. e  Ind. Code Ann. § 35-36-5-1, Nev. Rev. Stat. Ann. § 1.230, Tex. Gov’t Code Ann. § 74.053, and Wyo. R. Civ. P. 40.1(b)(1) are some statutes that recognize this right in civil cases only. Clingman, supra note 135, at 338.

Although these states are not uniform in protocol, they all place weight on a movant’s good faith and decline to investigate whether the movant’s reasons, if even stated, are true, differentiating state law from federal law, which demands supporting facts.

II.  THE POLICY TRADE-OFFS

A.  Public Confidence in the Judiciary

Those who applaud the judicial peremptory challenge, a device that makes it easier to disqualify judges, emphasize its utility in maintaining and increasing public confidence that the judiciary will deliver equal justice under the law. Although “the law, not any individual or group, is a judge’s only legitimate constituent,” judges have free speech protections in judicial election campaigns.136Thomas R. Phillips & Karlene Dunn Poll, Free Speech for Judges and Fair Appeals for Litigants: Judicial Recusal in a Post-White World, 55 Drake L. Rev. 691, 694 (2007); David K. Stott, Zero-Sum Judicial Elections: Balancing Free Speech and Impartiality Through Recusal Reform, 2009 BYU L. Rev. 481, 481 (2009) (arguing that judicial candidates have a First Amendment right to express their opinions to the electorate and receive campaign contributions—hence, judicial elections create a zero-sum game). If their views on controversial legal and political issues are broadcast through various media outlets, the public will naturally lose hope that due process137Marshall v. Jerrico, Inc., 446 U.S. 238, 242 (1980) (“The Due Process Clause entitles a person to an impartial and disinterested tribunal in both civil and criminal cases.”); see Procedural Due Process Civil, Justia, https://law.justia.com/constitution/us/amendment-14/05-procedural-due-process-civil.html [https://perma.cc/C9KT-QPBM]. Judge Friendly argued that an unbiased tribunal is indispensable to due process. Peter Strauss, Due Process, Legal Info. Inst. (Oct. 2022), https://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/due_process [https://perma.cc/2AWK-UMJL]. still exists in the courtroom. Since judges will likely reveal their biases, there are practitioners who advocate for appellate courts to adopt the peremptory strike system, as in California trial courts through Section 170.6, so the public can trust that their matters will be heard by a neutral arbitrator.138Phillips & Poll, supra note 136, at 718–20. They echo Justice Kennedy’s advice for states to “adopt[] recusal standards more rigorous than due process requires” in an effort to protect judicial integrity.139Republican Party of Minn. v. White, 536 U.S. 765, 794 (2002); see Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1146 (“Recusal motions are different than other procedural motions because they implicate the very legitimacy of the legal system.”). Meanwhile, worried about the increasing caseload burdening the federal judiciary, some academics urge Congress to set up a commission responsible for establishing a judiciary reform act that would go into effect in 2030.140Peter S. Menell & Ryan Vacca, Revisiting and Confronting the Federal Judiciary Capacity “Crisis”: Charting a Path for Federal Judiciary Reform, 108 Cal. L. Rev. 789, 879 (2020). As the judiciary becomes more congested with inefficient case management and reduced dockets, judicial competence suffers, especially considering the “10% problem,” which is a “rough estimate of the percentage of district court judges who are considered unfit or limited in their capacity to dispense justice fairly.”141Id. at 884–85. These academics provide the 2030 Commission with a solution: peremptory challenges.142Id. at 885.

Curiously, the reason cited for condemning the challenge sounds familiar—increasing public confidence in the administration of justice. One legal scholar believes peremptory disqualification injures the judiciary’s reputation because “automatic transfer does not permit a judge to refute the allegations of bias, and so may create the public impression that more judges are biased, or have conflicts of interests, than is actually the case.”143Frost, supra note 40, at 587; see Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1144 (“Allowing peremptory challenges will most likely result in an increased number of disqualifications.”). Regrettably, judicial discretion, in which “the law gives the judge a range of options and choices, or relies on the judge’s assessment of the circumstances in drawing further conclusions,” exposes judges to criticism without crisis managers to guide them through this era of social media.144Levi, supra note 23. As committees and organizations dedicated to judicial independence face extinction, many stress the need for the legal profession to rally in defense of judges, perhaps by devoting resources to educating the public on what judges actually do.145See, e.g., id. (“It is distressing that in recent years we have seen the demise of two leading organizations most devoted to judicial independence—the American Judicature Society and Justice at Stake—as well as the defunding of the one American Bar Association committee dedicated to judicial independence.”); Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1149 (“Educating the people about the judicial system and its inner workings will increase the public’s confidence in the judicial system.”).

B.  Abuse of the Challenge

Peremptory challenges to judges can disrupt the harmony between not just a litigant and their judge, but also the litigant’s attorney and the judge, as well as the litigant and their attorney, essentially poisoning the most material relationships in the courtroom. First, the litigant must present the motion to the very judge they want disqualified.146E.g., Lewis v. Linn, 26 Cal. Rptr. 6, 9 (Ct. App. 1962). Since the judge knows the movant’s identity, they may feel “frustrated at being required to grant relief to a party who had made what [they] consider to be an unwarranted slight to their integrity.”147Geoffrey P. Miller, Bad Judges, 83 Tex. L. Rev. 431, 481 (2004). If the motion is rejected, the litigant is stuck with the allegedly biased (and now insulted) judge until appeal because it is difficult to prevail on other review proceedings.148See Stempel, supra note 107, at 2269. Second, although the attorney might wish to evade a particular judge for their entire legal career, a successful motion in one case does not insulate them from the judge’s hostility in future cases.149Miller, supra note 147, at 481–82 (“While litigants may never appear in the judge’s courtroom again, the attorney probably will, and judges have long memories. Judges may bide their time and then take out their frustration on an attorney in another case.”). Third, caught in a web of ethical obligations, the attorney deals with an uncomfortable dilemma: Are they loyal to the judge or their client? No matter their self-interest to stay on good terms with the judge, they must reconcile their duty of vigorous advocacy on behalf of their client with their duty of honesty and respect to the court. They are probably tempted to use their affidavit power (that is, to capitalize on the boilerplate affidavit requesting only a conclusory accusation of bias) to win their client’s case, for they are given the benefit of the doubt.150For explanatory hypotheticals, see Miller, supra note 147, at 482. This temptation is why “allow[ing] peremptory challenges only on consent of both parties with the challenges waived if no agreement is reached,” a proposal to remedy peremptory juror challenges, would not work, at least in the context of judicial disqualification. Caren Myers Morrison, Negotiating Peremptory Challenges, 104 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 1, 7 (2014). However, their capability as “true advocates” is impeded by ethical rules that impose professional discipline should they lie about judges.151See, e.g., Model Rules of Pro. Conduct r. 8.2(a) (Am. Bar Ass’n 2023) (“A lawyer shall not make a statement that the lawyer knows to be false or with reckless disregard as to its truth or falsity concerning the qualifications or integrity of a judge . . . .”); Model Rules of Pro. Conduct r. 8.4(d) (Am. Bar Ass’n 2023) (“It is professional misconduct for a lawyer to . . . engage in conduct that is prejudicial to the administration of justice . . . .”). They also cannot claim the full extent of free speech rights under the First Amendment, presumably fueling their apprehension at the growing number of sanctions in 2022.152See generally John B. Harris, Lawyers Beware: Criticizing Judges Can Be Hazardous to Your Professional Health, Frankfurt Kurnit Klein + Selz PC (Feb. 1, 2022), https://professionalresponsibility.fkks.com/post/102hhmt/lawyers-beware-criticizing-judges-can-be-hazardous-to-your-professional-health [https://perma.cc/YCZ6-YGPZ] (discussing both new and old cases regarding attorneys’ criticism of judges to demonstrate a trend toward discipline).

Since the genesis of peremptory disqualification statutes, the risk of “judge shopping” has haunted legal scholars and practitioners alike. They argue that marginal improvements to judicial accountability do not warrant sacrificing judicial independence and integrity. When litigants judge shop under the guise of eliminating bias, they perpetuate the narrative that judges are simply “politicians in black robes” even though the Model Code of Judicial Conduct, court rules, judicial discipline sanctions,153See generally Cynthia Gray, A Study of State Judicial Discipline Sanctions (2002). and public opinion motivate judges to act properly. Admittedly, this illegitimate purpose is not allowed; the challenge, however, is an absolute right without regard for pretenses. For instance, according to one columnist, “[Section 170.6] could be warranted against the judge who tends to let all of [their] cases go to trial” if the attorney is “hoping to escape [the case] via summary judgment.”154Rick Merrill, Tech Tip: Using Judicial Analytics to Stay One Step Ahead, 60 Orange Cnty. Law. 50, 50–51 (2018).

To rebut these complaints of abuse, the challenge’s supporters point to the stringent rules governing the motion: specifically, its timing (framed as rushing litigants to “move[] as expeditiously as . . . is possible . . . after theretofore agreed on matter becomes litigated”155Mayr v. Superior Ct., 39 Cal. Rptr. 240, 242 (Ct. App. 1964).) and form. These restrictions should discourage litigants from not only judge shopping, but also “from waiting to see how the judge views the case and rules on motions before making the peremptory challenge decision.”156Stempel, supra note 107, at 2273–74. In People v. Rojas, 31 Cal. Rptr. 417, 420 (Ct. App. 1963), the defendants peremptorily challenged the judge over three years after judicial assignment when the judge had already heard their case and found them guilty. Section 170.6, for example, is a “limited right and is not a vehicle for disqualifying judges in all situations in which there is a potential for bias.”157Matthews v. Superior Ct., 42 Cal. Rptr. 2d 521, 524 (Ct. App. 1995) (emphasis added). One law professor advances a limited conception of misuse such that litigants (1) can avoid extremist judges who are not necessarily biased but (2) cannot technically judge shop since a randomly assigned judge will preside over the previously assigned judge’s disqualification.158Stempel, supra note 107, at 2274–75 (“For example, a defense attorney may want to eject a harsh sentencing ‘hanging’ judge from the case . . . . But it hardly makes the challenge improper when used to avoid judges at the extremes in terms of both jurisprudential tendencies and competence.”). Peremptory disqualification increases the chance of the new judge sharing the same beliefs as most judges, which promotes a representative judiciary that reflects the citizenry because “an average judge may be more representative than a random one.”159John Leubsdorf, Theories of Judging and Judge Disqualification, 62 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 237, 273 (1987). This kind of judge shopping, as defined by the challenge’s opponents, is akin to “forum shopping,”160Stempel, supra note 107, at 2275–76 (“For example, litigants may employ the following strategies: removal to federal court; a “minimum contacts” approach to personal jurisdiction; a liberal approach to venue (but subject to the possibility of transfer to a more convenient venue); stringent enforcement of forum selection and choice of law clauses, including arbitration or other forum-specific dispute-resolution clauses; and clever selection of particular plaintiffs or claims in order to bring a test case or a potentially precedent-setting case in a favorable forum.” (footnotes omitted)). but the former is attacked as a radical threat to American ideals, while the latter enjoys more forgiveness from critics. The same can be said of “filing several cases simultaneously and dismissing all but the case before one’s preferred judge.”161Nancy J. King, Symposium on Race and Criminal Law: Batson for the Bench? Regulating the Peremptory Challenge of Judges, 73 Chi.-Kent L. Rev. 509, 523 (1998). Besides statutory safeguards, like the very short window of opportunity to exercise a challenge, litigants might eschew the challenges—if their motion succeeds, they risk an even more unfavorable judicial draw, but if their motion fails, they risk a resentful judge.

C.  Intimidation of Judges

There is also a strong assertion that judges will encounter intimidation, further cementing the deadlock between the two stances. A judge is more likely to be influenced by pressure from the litigant and their attorney when the defendant’s life, liberty, and property are hanging in the balance—in other words, criminal cases. Does the judicial peremptory challenge enable prosecutors to shop for “law and order” judges who are “tough on crime”?162Per a study of San Diego courts in the late 1970s, district attorneys used the challenge against defendant-friendly judges. Pamela J. Utz, Settling the Facts: Discretion and Negotiation in Criminal Court 78, 84 (1978). If a judge is peremptorily disqualified from every criminal matter to which they are assigned (colloquially known as “papering” or “blanket challenges”),163See, e.g., Roger M. Grace, Gascón Crosses the Line—Again, Metro. News–Enter. (May 3, 2022), http://www.metnews.com/articles/2022/PERSPECTIVES_050322.htm [https://perma.cc/GMF9-882M] (reporting that a head deputy District Attorney instructed all deputy District Attorneys to file a disqualification motion under section 170.6 every time a case was assigned to a certain judge in 2022); Dakota Morlan, Calaveras County DA ‘Papering’ Superior Court Judge with Disqualifications, Calaveras Enter. (May 7, 2021), https://www.calaverasenterprise.com/articles/crime/calaveras-county-da-papering-superior-court-judge-with-disqualifications [https://perma.cc/4C9B-ED8P] (reporting that the Calaveras County District Attorney’s office filed dozens of peremptory challenges against a single judge within ten days in 2021). they risk not only a non-criminal reassignment that poses a “very serious problem for a judge whose entire legal career has been spent in the criminal justice system,”164James Michael Scheppele, Are We Turning Judges into Politicians?, 38 Loy. L.A. L. Rev. 1517, 1524 (2005). but also transfer to a court that is, in their opinion, more inconvenient or less prestigious.165Ted Rohrlich, Scandal Shows Why Innocent People Plead Guilty, L.A. Times, Dec. 31, 1999, at A1 (“If you called the police liars, they’d [issue a peremptory challenge against] you . . . . [I]nstead of working on a nice assignment near your home, they [your fellow judges] send you downtown or to juvenile or dependency court, where they send the slugs.”). As judges try to appease prosecutors to avoid repeated disqualification, the pool of judges actually deciding criminal cases becomes undersaturated with lenient and liberal judges.166Adam Peterson, The Future of Bail in California: Analyzing SB 10 Through the Prism of Past Reforms, 53 Loy. L.A. L. Rev. 263, 268 (2019). Prosecutorial control over judges (along with other challenges due to unusual judicial philosophies) results in a much smaller spectrum of worldviews among judges, hampering the development of legal interpretations and encumbering healthy debate.167For an article discussing how peremptory juror challenges make it more probable that the jury will be composed entirely of jurors on one extreme of an ideological spectrum, see Francis X. Flanagan, Peremptory Challenges and Jury Selection, 58 J.L. & Econ. 385, 385 (2015). One law professor argues that the challenges hurt jurors’ ability to render accurate verdicts by “systematically eliminating jurors with a range of perspectives who might have challenged erroneous or mistaken ideas.” Nancy S. Marder, Beyond Gender: Peremptory Challenges and the Roles of the Jury, 73 Tex. L. Rev. 1041, 1045 (1995). Erwin Chemerinsky responds to the “unlimited use of peremptory challenges against a single judge, albeit in different cases,” by prescribing even greater procedural protections.168Laurie L. Levenson, The Rampart Scandal: Policing the Criminal Justice System: Unnerving the Judges: Judicial Responsibility for the Rampart Scandal, 34 Loy. L.A. L. Rev. 787, 812–13 (2001) (commenting on Erwin Chemerinsky, An Independent Analysis of the Los Angeles Police Department’s Board of Inquiry Report on the Rampart Scandal, 40 Loy. L.A. L. REV. 545 (2001)).  However, even if litigants manipulate this mechanism to pressure judges,169Scheppele, supra note 164, at 1523. it is hard to imagine judges succumbing to partiality after only one or even a few cases. Perhaps district attorneys or public defenders who frequently appear in the same court can effectively intimidate judges,170See id. at 1523–24. but in the big picture, criminal cases make up a small subset of total filings.171In 2022, for instance, there were 309,102 civil filings and 71,111 criminal filings in the U.S. district courts. Federal Judicial Caseload Statistics 2022, U.S. Cts., https://www.uscourts.gov/statistics-reports/federal-judicial-caseload-statistics-2022 [https://perma.cc/W74D-NVX6].

D.  Discrimination Against Judges

Two law professors illustrate how judicial peremptory challenges can act as a vehicle for discrimination: one uses a hypothetical,172Jack H. Friedenthal, Exploring Some Unexplored Practical Issues, 47 St. Louis L.J. 3, 9 (2003) (“Suppose that an employment discrimination case is filed by a woman in a state court which has an automatic dismissal law, against a handful of male defendants with related yet somewhat factually divergent interests that, at least technically, are hostile to one another. The pool of judges available to try the case consists of a number of females whom the lawyers for the defendants fear may tend to favor plaintiff’s case. Suppose further that counsel for each of the defendants agrees that each, in turn, will automatically eliminate any female judge who is initially or subsequently assigned to try the case, thus virtually ensuring that a male judge will ultimately be selected.”). while the other uses two cases in which attorneys were accused of discriminating against their judges.173King, supra note 161, at 512–13 (summarizing People v. Williams, 54 Cal. Rptr. 2d 521 (Ct. App. 1996), in which the prosecution’s peremptory challenge against a Black judge in a case concerning two Black criminal defendants was scorned by the public as racist, and People v. Williams, 774 P.2d 146 (Cal. 1989), in which a Black judge rejected a race-based peremptory challenge against him). There is a 1985 study suggesting that race-based abuse of the challenge was rare,174See Larry C. Berkson & Sally Dorfmann, Judicial Substitution: An Examination of Judicial Peremptory Challenges in the States 142 tbl.VII-9 (1986) (reporting the 1985 study’s findings—among those surveyed, 10% of defense attorneys, 4% of chief judges, and 1% of prosecutors thought judges were peremptorily disqualified due to race). but the latter professor dismisses its applicability because there is now greater awareness about the unconstitutionality of racially charged decisions,175Consider the Black Lives Matter and Anti-Asian Hate movements that shed light on racial inequality. See Hannaford-Agor, supra note 130, at 39 (“Within weeks of George Floyd’s murder, dozens of state-court systems had convened task forces and commissions charged with identifying the root causes and drafting recommendations to address the lack of demographic diversity in jury pools and juries.”). especially after Batson and J.E.B. v. Alabama ex rel. T.B.176J.E.B. v. Ala. ex rel. T.B., 511 U.S. 127, 146 (1994) (“When persons are excluded from participation in our democratic processes solely because of race or gender, this promise of equality dims, and the integrity of our judicial system is jeopardized.”). With more judges who identify with marginalized groups, there are consequently more opportunities for challenges based on protected characteristics (leading to disproportionate disqualifications along racial lines, for example).177King, supra note 161, at 517 (“Because the bench has consisted almost entirely of white judges until the last several years, only recently have litigants had the ability to shop for a judge of a particular race or ethnicity. In particular, there were very few, if any, judges of color on the bench in the predominantly western and mid-western states that authorized judicial peremptory challenges at the time when past studies were conducted.” (footnotes omitted)); see Mentoring Program Aims to Increase Diversity of Judge Applicants, Cal. Cts. Newsroom (Mar. 5, 2021), https://newsroom.courts.ca.gov/news/mentoring-program-aims-increase-diversity-judge-applicants (“For the 15th straight year, California’s judicial bench has grown more diverse . . . . [A] new mentorship program in Los Angeles County seeks to accelerate the diversity of the bench . . . .”). In California, where 63.1% of judges are white, a white judge will probably substitute a disqualified judge of color.178Jud. Couns. of Cal., supra note 27, at 1. These removals are contrary to a socioeconomically representative judiciary—judicial officers from historically oppressed groups are more likely to have public-interest experience and less likely to have a upper-class background than their colleagues.179King, supra note 161, at 521. Additionally, empirical studies implying that age and gender are outcome determinative may tempt litigants into issuing ageist or sexist challenges.180See, e.g., Morris B. Hoffman, Francis X. Shen, Vijeth Iyengar & Frank Krueger, The Intersectionality of Age and Gender on the Bench: Are Younger Female Judges Harsher with Serious Crimes?, 40 Colum. J. Gender & L. 128, 164 (2020) (“Younger female judges sentence high-harm cases significantly more harshly than their male and older female colleagues.”); Maureen A. Howard, Taking the High Road: Why Prosecutors Should Voluntarily Waive Peremptory Challenges, 23 Geo. J. Legal Ethics 369, 401 (2010) (“Ironically, research suggests that the two demographics that actually have some empirical validity (and are thus ‘rational’ bases for peremptories), are those that are specifically prohibited by the Constitution: race and gender.”). Other studies have confirmed the discriminatory effects of peremptory juror challenges,181See, e.g., C.J. Williams, Striking Some Strikes: A Proposal for Reducing the Number of Peremptory Strikes, 68 Drake L. Rev. 789, 817–18 (2020) (“The broader conclusion that can be reached from these studies is that the greater the number of peremptory strikes available to the parties, the less diverse the petit jury becomes regardless of the diversity of the jury venire.”). substantiating arguments that the challenge is inherently flawed and does more discriminatory harm than any good.182See, e.g., Alen v. State, 596 So.2d 1083, 1086 (Fla. Dist. Ct. App. 1992) (Hubbart, J., concurring) (“Rather than engage in a prolonged case-by-case strangulation of the peremptory challenge over a period of many years which in the end will effectively eviscerate the peremptory challenge or, at best, result in a convoluted and unpredictable system of jury selection enormously difficult to administer—I think the time has come, as Mr. Justice Marshall has urged, to abolish the peremptory challenge as inherently discriminatory.”); Morris B. Hoffman, Peremptory Challenges Should Be Abolished: A Trial Judge’s Perspective, 64 U. Chi. L. Rev. 809, 871 (1997) (“[E]ven assuming the peremptory challenge ever worked in this country as anything other than a tool for racial purity, and even assuming it is working today in its post-Batson configuration to eliminate hidden juror biases without being either unconstitutionally discriminating or unconstitutionally irrational, I submit that its institutional costs outweigh any of its most highly-touted benefits. Those costs—in juror distrust, cynicism, and prejudice—simply obliterate any benefits achieved by permitting trial attorneys to test their homegrown theories of human behavior on the most precious commodity we have—impartial citizens.”). This could ring true for judicial peremptory challenges as well: What is stopping attorneys who discriminate against jurors from also discriminating against judges?

Then again, litigants are forbidden from exercising the challenges solely based on group affiliation like race and ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, religion, and so forth.183Peter David Blanck, The Appearance of Justice: The Appearance of Justice Revisited, 86 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 887, 903 (1996); see People v. Superior Ct., 10 Cal. Rptr. 2d 873, 884 (Ct. App. 1992) (“Section 170.6 cannot be employed to disqualify a judge on account of the judge’s race.”). They may not even want to rely on such factors—a judge’s “prior decisions made while on the bench, statements made in public forums, [and] professional and political reputations years deep”184King, supra note 161, at 521. But see Howard, supra note 180, at 401 (“Ironically, research suggests that the two demographics that actually have some empirical validity (and are thus ‘rational’ bases for peremptories), are those that are specifically prohibited by the Constitution: race and gender.”). better predict judicial propensity, after all. According to a member of the Alaska Judicial Council, the challenges in that state did not, in fact, depend on race or gender.185King, supra note 161, at 521 n.75. The problem, however, is not simply solved. Take California Code of Civil Procedure section 170.2, Section 170.6’s sister judicial disqualification statute, for example. It prohibits discrimination against judges, yet it does not seem to apply to Section 170.6.186Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 170.2 (Deering 2023). Despite precedent that judges deserve shelter under the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment,187See City of Cleburne v. Cleburne Living Ctr., 473 U.S. 432, 439 (1985) (“The Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment commands that no State shall ‘deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws,’ which is essentially a direction that all persons similarly situated should be treated alike.” (citing Plyler v. Doe, 457 U.S. 202, 216 (1982)). “any party charging that [their] adversary has used a [S]ection 170.6 challenge in a manner violating equal protection bears the burden of proving purposeful discrimination,”188People v. Superior Ct., 10 Cal. Rptr. 2d 873, 884 (Ct. App. 1992). which is a high, if not unattainable, standard. Historical patterns of a movant’s discrimination could replace direct evidence of discriminatory intent, but there is a caveat: Is it possible to discern a pattern from a relatively small sample size?189King, supra note 161, at 524. Moreover, in the event the judge, as the right holder, declines to pursue their cause of action for discriminatory challenges, there is much uncertainty about whether litigants then have standing to object.190Id. at 528–32.

III.  EMPIRICAL FINDINGS IN CALIFORNIA

A.  Research Methodology

It appears that much of the policy debate about judicial peremptory disqualification is informed by theory rather than empirical data. Where are the surveys asking the public in states that allow the challenge about their confidence in the judiciary and perception of judicial bias? There is some research investigating how the challenges can intimidate judges (especially if initiated by prosecutors191See Utz, supra note 162, at 84 regarding the study of San Diego courts in the late 1970s and infra note 163 regarding District Attorneys’ offices and “papering” or “blanket challenges.”) and discriminate against judges of a certain race or gender.192See infra note 161 regarding the Alaska Judicial Council’s research and infra note 174 regarding the 1985 survey. Nonetheless, there remains a dearth of statistical findings regarding the frequency and type of abuses resulting from peremptory challenges in actual operation.193See, e.g., Miller, supra note 147, at 482 (“The frequency of peremptory challenges . . . do not appear to be maintained or distributed.”). “[W]ithout [the collection of empirical data], predictions about what attorneys will do [or cause] with peremptory challenges are guesswork,” leaving the aforementioned hypotheses with no answers.194King, supra note 161, at 515 n.49. Therefore, this Note aims to paint a more complete picture by tackling two questions: (1) do strict procedural rules really act as a barrier to slow the number of disqualifications, so the number of disqualified judges is roughly equal to the number of judges disciplined for bias, and (2) are there discriminatory effects based on judges’ political parties that prevent a representative judiciary? It will do so by adhering to the recommendations to examine orders on peremptory challenges in cases.195E.g., N.Y. State Just. Task Force, Recommendations Regarding Reforms to Jury Selection in New York 18–19 (2022) (“[E]xamination would likely take place through the creation of records . . . on peremptory challenges across cases, including tracking the stated reasons, if any, given for a challenge, and the judge’s ruling on the challenge.”).

Due to limited time and resources, only the available orders on LexisNexis (specifically, the 240 citing decisions of Section 170.6 after filtering for a timeline of January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021) are analyzed. LexisNexis is a trustworthy source,196LexisNexis boasts the largest collection of caselaw, Products, LexisNexis, https://www.lexisnexis.com/en-us/products/lexis.page [https://perma.cc/3SHH-Z65F], with 1.2 million new legal documents added daily, About LexisNexis, LexisNexis, https://www.lexisnexis.com/en-us/about-us/
about-us.page [https://perma.cc/BRE6-WA5W], using a 29-step editorial process, Lexis Case Law Research by State, LexisNexis, https://www.lexisnexis.com/en-us/products/lexis/case-law-research.page [https://perma.cc/N9T8-BDCL].
but checking other databases, such as Westlaw, would have ensured that this methodology did not overlook orders. This truncated sample is largely not generalizable to the years before or after 2021. California is also not a microcosm for the entire nation: when interpreting the number of disqualified judges who were registered Democrats versus the number of disqualified judges who were registered Republicans, one should remember that California is a “blue” state that is considered a Democratic stronghold. Further, this Note interprets suggestive trends, not causal relationships, from the data as no formal statistical methods are used. Lastly, given that the cases’ dockets, including other related orders, opinions, and filings are not reviewed, there is missing information for some orders (for instance, the disqualified judge’s identity, the order’s date, whether the order was accepted or denied, and the reason behind the decision), which could misrepresent the results. For decisions that anonymously mention both the disqualified judge and the supervising or presiding judge, and hence create confusion about the role of the decision’s author, the analysis below errs on the side of caution and excludes these orders when tracking disqualified judges. Ideally, the study would only include orders from 2021; for consistency, it includes orders both without a date and from before 2021 if the decision that discusses the order is from 2021.

B.  Preliminary Empirical Data

There were 134 cases from January 8, 2021 to December 30, 2021 that revealed 158 ascertainable orders either accepting, denying, or discussing previously accepted or denied judicial peremptory challenges. For reference, there were 4,464,380 total filings in California superior courts in 2021.197Jud. Council of Cal., 2022 Court Statistics Report: Statewide Caseload Trends 78 (2022), https://www.courts.ca.gov/documents/2022-Court-Statistics-Report.pdf [https://perma.cc/M9FH-V6HZ]. Curiously, out of the 58 counties in California, only 11 (19%) had reported orders: Los Angeles (76 filed motions), Orange (41 filed motions), Sacramento (24 filed motions), San Diego (5 filed motions), Alameda (3 filed motions), Riverside (3 filed motions), Contra Costa (2 filed motions), Butte (1 filed motion), Madera (1 filed motion), San Francisco (1 filed motion), and Santa Clara (1 filed motion). Given that the study found 158 motions from just 134 cases and movants in only 11 out of 58 counties, this low occurrence of the challenges suggests that (1) litigants are generally not taking advantage of this litigation tool for improper purposes and (2) a majority of judges are perceived to be impartial. Since succeeding judges are randomly selected, there is a chance that litigants who detected bias in their judge would have issued a challenge if not for the fear that they might have to litigate under an even more biased judge. But, excluding pessimistic litigants who have little faith in judicial officers as a whole, it is unlikely that they will choose not to file a motion and endure a laborious litigation under a biased judge.

Among the 158 motions under Section 170.6, only 54 (34%) denied the challenge—Figure 1 displays the number of denials per specific reason:

Figure 1.

Section 170.6 is replete with rigorous procedural rules to make it harder for litigants to recklessly eliminate a qualified judge assigned to their matter. First, a little more than half of the denied motions (52%) failed to comply with Section 170.6(a)(2)’s timing standards.198E.g., Minute Order, Shurr v. Zuniga, No. 37-2018-00046744-CL-PA-CTL, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 42241 (Dec. 10, 2021). Second, 4 challenges (7%) were defeated because they were addressed to an appellate judge and thus did not survive Section 170.6(a)(1).199E.g., Minute Order, Healy v. Orange Cnty. Super. Ct., No. 30-2021-01223007-CL-MC-CJC, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 118829 (Sept. 29, 2021). Third, there was a three-way tie for reasons that blocked 3 motions (5.5%) each: submitting more than one challenge, in violation of Section 170.6(a)(4), whether it was from one party or one determined side;200E.g., Minute Order, Amezcua-Moll & Assoc. v. Modarres, No. 30-2017-00927161-CU-FR-NJC, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 136812 (July 26, 2021). the continuation rule, codified by Section 170.6(a)(5); and the form standards, mandated by Section 170.6(a)(5) for written affidavits and Section 170.6(a)(6) for oral statements.201The three decisions for the continuation rule are Denny v. Arntz, No. A160234, 2021 Cal. App. Unpub. LEXIS 3104 (Cal. Ct. App., May 12, 2021); Minute Order, Cabral v. Walgreens Co., No. RG21093196, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 64016 (July 13, 2021); and Order, Boesen v. Erickson, No. 20STCV36810, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 98400 (Apr. 5, 2021). For the three motions that did not have proper form, some clarification may be helpful. One of the three orders is Minute Order, Simon v. Mercedes Benz United States, No. 30-2020-01157389, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 106866 (Aug. 5, 2021), concerning a motion that did not address the correct judge. Another order is Order, Ramsey v. Uber Techs., No. MCC2000229, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 142274 (Aug. 4, 2021), which ruled that the motion was not made under oath. The remaining order is Minute Order, Velasquez v. Doe #1, No. 30-2016-00833070-CU-PA-NJC, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 27046 (Mar. 11, 2021), regarding a motion that did not name a judge at all. Fourth, 2 others (4%) were unsuccessful because the court had no authority.202E.g., People v. Moon, No. B306195, 2021 Cal. App. Unpub. LEXIS 5485 (Cal. Ct. App., Aug. 25, 2021). Fifth, 1 (2%) was denied as the movant had not yet appeared in the action.203Court Order, Second Site LLC v. Scott, No. BC723513, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 73877 (Apr. 22, 2021). There was also a strange motion that was declared a “sham” since the litigant who filed the challenge was not a real person—as a result, the judge denied the challenge as it was not “duly presented” in accordance with Section 170.6(a)(4).204Minute Order, Hannaford v. Seven Satellite Pty, No. 19STCV13245, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 76672, at *10 (July 30, 2021). Regrettably, the reasons for 9 denials (17%) could not be gleaned from the publicly available case material.205E.g., Order Resetting the Order to Show Cause Hearing for Why a Preliminary Injunction Should Not Issue and to Extend the Temporary Restraining Order, Genuis Fund I ABC v. Co. V, No. 20STCV39545, 2021 Cal. Super. LEXIS 25876 (May 28, 2021).

In line with the empirical finding that 66% of challenges were granted, attorneys, at least competent ones, are not only aware of the timing and form rules, but also successfully follow them. This comes as no surprise considering they are used to meeting the many deadlines that make up litigation. The odds of submitting a faulty challenge and consequently suffering under an offended judge are negligible—presumably, counsel would not carelessly file a motion that they know or should know is bound to fail. There are several safeguards that litigants must navigate, but untimeliness, the most frequent reason for rejected motions, was a weak barrier, stopping just 18% of the challenges. The statute counts on the time limit for filing the motion to prevent litigants from peremptorily disqualifying their judge based on how the judge has been ruling on the case. However, litigants or their attorneys may already know how the judge will view their case as soon as they receive the judicial assignment (or at least within the designated time frame) due to “random internet searches, anecdotal opinions from colleagues, or perhaps printed biographical material about the judge.”206Merrill, supra note 154, at 50. Hence, it looks like the limit on the number of challenges per case is the only statutory design that might effectively stall abuse, as litigants are reluctant to gamble that their new judge will not be worse.

The remaining 104 successful challenges (66%) disqualified at least 37 judges from 1 or more cases. Figure 2 below illustrates this proportion:

Figure 2.

Given there were 1,755 superior court judges in 2021,207State of Cal. Comm’n on Jud. Performance, 2021 Annual Report 11 (2021). 2% of those judges (notwithstanding both the unnamed judges and judges who ruled prior to 2021) were peremptorily disqualified. According to the California Commission on Judicial Performance’s 2021 Annual Report, a judge was disciplined for bias on 8 occasions: 5 times for “bias or appearance of bias not directed toward a particular class (includes embroilment, prejudgment, favoritism)” and 3 times for “bias or appearance of bias toward a particular class.”208Id. at 17. In 2021, three of the four private admonishments, id. at 40, and one of the eleven advisory letters dealt with bias, id. at 41–42. For context, there were “1,868 judgeships within the commission’s jurisdiction” including the judicial positions at the supreme court, courts of appeal, and superior courts.209Id. at 11. Even if all 8 instances of bias were from different superior court judges, less than 1% (0.5%) of all superior court judges would have faced discipline.

According to this data, there were more disqualified judges (2%) than judges disciplined for bias (0.5%). Judicial accountability was promoted when the 0.5% of judges who deviated from ethical guidelines were disqualified; what about the remaining 1.5% of judges? Of course, these judges might have just luckily evaded discipline for their bias. Discipline, unlike peremptory challenges, requires an investigation, not solely a mere allegation.210Id. at 10 (“[T]he standard of proof in [commission proceedings is] proof by clear and convincing evidence sufficient to sustain a charge to a reasonable certainty.” (citing Geiler v. Comm’n on Jud. Qualifications, 515 P.2d 1, 4 (Cal. 1973))). That being said, if the litigants and their attorneys truly thought their judge was biased, they could have complained to the Commission on Judicial Performance (at least anonymously) in order to avoid facing the same judge again.211Id. at 1.

A disqualified judge’s age, race, and gender, among other characteristics, were not easily identifiable. However, the judge’s political leanings (determined by which political party they were registered for) were discoverable for 21 out of the 37 disqualified judges. Thirteen judges (62%)  were Democrats, 7 judges (33%) were Republicans, and 1 judge (5%) was a Libertarian. This Note is committed to preserving these judges’ anonymity as they may understandably want to keep their politics confidential. Unfortunately, the distribution of party affiliation in the state judiciary was not readily ascertainable, but the total voter registration by political party provided some context—in 2021, 46.5% of voters were Democrats, and 24% of voters were Republican.21215-Day Report of Registration, Cal. Sec’y of State (Aug. 30, 2021), https://elections.cdn.sos.ca.gov/ror/15day-recall-2021/historical-reg-stats.pdf [https://perma.cc/2BTT-MGFN]. The comparison is illustrated by Figure 3 below:

Figure 3.

The law does not and cannot cover every kind of situation, so judicial discretion in the interpretation of the law maintains the legal system. Accordingly, judicial disqualification must take into account the diversity of experiences and legal philosophies that make up the bench. Each judge should have opportunities to arbitrate cases; otherwise, caselaw will cease to think outside the box. Yet, the data reveals that 62% of the disqualified judges were registered Democrats, and 33% of those judges were registered Republicans. Granted, without knowing how many California judges in sum have a Democratic-party affiliation, this is weak evidence for party-affiliation bias. But it is at least some insight that may suggest at best discriminatory effects and at worst purposeful discrimination against Democrat judges—for not only criminal, but also civil cases.213See infra Section II.C. If judges from a particular political party are systematically taken off matters through peremptory challenges, the judiciary becomes less representative. Consider how there are “persuasive correlations between the political party of the appointing authority and the judge’s decisions on certain issues,” according to an academic study of judicial decision-making.214Levi, supra note 23. Other group affiliations are also implicated: Black, Hispanic, and Asian voters are typically more liberal than conservative.215Midterm Election Preferences, Voter Engagement, Views of Campaign Issues, Pew Rsch. Ctr. (Aug. 23, 2022), https://www.pewresearch.org/politics/2022/08/23/midterm-election-preferences-voter-engagement-views-of-campaign-issues [https://perma.cc/U7N6-N5XD].

Of 37 disqualified judges, 33 of them had reviews on The Robing Room—a forum “by attorneys for attorneys” in which “judges are judged.”216FAQs, The Robing Room, http://www.therobingroom.com/california/FAQs.aspx?state=CA [https://perma.cc/FSY6-LW5S]. The Robing Room is “owned and operated by North Law Publishers, Inc., a New York Corporation, whose principal shareholders are attorneys.” Id. Fifteen judicial profiles had at least 1 comment from or before 2021 that mentioned a Section 170.6 motion—all but 1 recommended a peremptory challenge. Out of the 32 comments urging others to use Section 170.6 (many of which listed more than one reason), only 15 comments (47%)  complained of the judge’s bias. While 3 comments (9%) gave no reason at all, the remaining 17 comments cited explanations that did not concern bias: 17 (53%) for incompetence, 9 (28%) for unpleasant temperament, 4 (12.5%) for unnecessary delay, and 4 (12.5%) for disliked persons working in the judge’s chambers. Out of respect for these judges, their identities will remain anonymous, especially since the information is not necessary to this Note’s analytical aims. Figure 4 below demonstrates this distribution of motives:

Figure 4.

Section 170.6 blatantly spells out the one acceptable rationale for challenging the judge—bias. When litigants abuse their affidavit power against unbiased judges (that is, “judge shopping,” although the term does not quite capture the concept), they are admitting their search for a judge who will favor their side. The sample of comments from The Robing Room implies that Section 170.6 is not an obscure and hidden procedure. Rather, attorneys understand that they can peremptorily disqualify their judge through Section 170.6. Fifty-three percent of these comments recommending a challenge did not complain that the judge was biased. Admittedly, it is uncertain whether the litigants who challenged their judge in this study held the same beliefs as these reviewers or were influenced by these reviews in making their challenge. Though the data does not definitively prove that reasons outside of bias motivated these challenges, it still exposes what some practitioners think these challenges should be used for. Incompetence, unpleasant temperament, unnecessary delay, and disliked persons working in the judge’s chambers are undoubtedly serious problems, but they are problems that nevertheless affect both the plaintiff and defendant—there is no favoritism and therefore no bias. The duty of vigorous advocacy on behalf of the client is not a free pass for attorneys to bend the law to their will.

Besides The Robing Room, there were other published sources documenting criticism of the disqualified judges: circulating petitions for removal, judicial corruption activism pages, and news articles about their behavior in their private or public lives. One news outlet asked a disqualified judge about her alleged bias toward women to which she responded that there is probably an equally strong sentiment that she is biased toward men. Notably, the Commission on Judicial Performance publicly admonished one of the disqualified judges for improper conduct extraneous to bias.

There is arguably universal consensus that public confidence in the judiciary is of the utmost importance—the public needs assurance that they can rely on the courts for remedies to their legal grievances. The uproar against judges on the Internet (that is, the petitions, activism pages, news reports, and so forth) feeds the public impression that judicial independence is forgotten and left behind on the courthouse’s steps. Even if a judge’s attitudes on contentious issues in the legal and political community escape the public eye, the seemingly innocuous knowledge of the judge’s political-party registration can speak volumes given modern political polarization.217See Levi, supra note 23 (“[F]or judges to consider or present themselves as of different political teams . . . and for the experience of parties and lawyers to see judges so arrayed, would be highly destructive of the reality and appearance of fair and impartial, non-partisan courts.”). Republican litigants confronting Democrat judges may believe the “politicians in black robes” will unequivocally rule left, and vice versa for Democrat litigants. The perception of bias in the courts is disconnected from whether bias is actually rampant among judges.

IV.  ALTERNATIVES TO CALIFORNIA’S JUDICIAL PEREMPTORY CHALLENGE

A.  Existing Alternative Procedures

Despite an overall low risk of abuse, since judicial peremptory challenges are seemingly infrequent, there is little need for the challenge at all, at least in its current form. The empirical findings cast alternative approaches in a new light. This Note focuses on three ideas for compromise: the panel-exclusion approach, the interlocutory appeal approach, and the independent judge approach.

1.  The Panel-Exclusion Approach

The panel-exclusion approach advocates the adoption of a procedure similar to that used in arbitration.218See, e.g., Lab. Arb. Rules r. 12 (Am. Arb. Ass’n 2019) (“If the parties have agreed that the arbitrators shall appoint the neutral arbitrator from the National Roster, the AAA shall furnish to the party-appointed arbitrators . . . a list selected from the National Roster, and the appointment of the neutral arbitrator shall be made as prescribed in that section.”). Litigants would anonymously exclude judges who are randomly placed on the case’s panel.219Miller, supra note 147, at 482–83. Unlike the challenge as it currently stands, court administrators would provide litigants with a “compilation of numerous exclusion decisions,” including rates, prior to any challenge, so litigants can make informed decisions without relying solely on “mistakes in individual cases.”220Id. at 483–84. Disclosure of campaign activities could also help. Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1145 (“It would be difficult and costly for litigants to discover relevant information, so judges could be required to have on file copies of their campaign statements, as well as information on their campaign finances.”). This is an especially fruitful modification considering the overwhelming amount of unsolicited opinions and false stories online. Judicial analytics not only puts judges on notice about their inappropriate behavior and thus provides opportunities to cure such behavior, but also wins trust from the public by prioritizing transparency and honesty.

2.  The Interlocutory Appeal Approach

A retired Associate Justice of the Arkansas Supreme Court admires Tennessee’s civil procedure in which “[t]he judge refusing to recuse, following a motion to do so accompanied by an affidavit, must enter an order stating his or her reasons for not recusing and any other pertinent information from the record for an immediate, interlocutory appeal to the Tennessee Court of Appeals, where that court will expedite and conduct a de novo review.”221Justice Robert L. Brown, Retired, Judicial Recusal: It’s Time to Take Another Look Post-Caperton, 38 U. Ark. Little Rock L. Rev. 63, 73 (2015); see Tenn. Sup. Ct. R. 10B, § 2.01. Through the appeal, parties who failed to disqualify their judge would not have to endure a lengthy trial with an offended judge. Therefore, the challenge’s opponents might appreciate this third type of recourse before appeal of the entire case (joining review by a different judge, like the district’s chief judge, and mandamus review). The retired Associate Justice praises its efficacy in guarding judicial integrity and due process and urges Arkansas, a state where judges have discretion to deny disqualification motions without stating reasons, to follow suit.222Brown, supra note 221, at 73. His argument has merit in other jurisdictions with automatic disqualification, such as California, because appellate review will presumably lead to fewer judicial removals and prevent the public from falsely believing that there are more biased judges than is actually the case. The remedy provides no relief to litigants and attorneys who fear the insulted judge’s retaliation, but it should curtail judge shopping, especially on discriminatory grounds like race or gender, and minimize the odds of judicial intimidation. There is instinctive apprehension about crowding the appellate dockets, including the Supreme Court, but the Tennessee Administrative Office of the Courts—finding only ten or less appeals per year in a span of three years—and a Tennessee Court of Appeals judge—a “self-described ‘fan of the rule’ ”—calm these concerns.223Id. at 73 & nn.75–77. However, litigants lacking sufficient resources may not appeal even if their judge’s personal views have irreparably infected the proceeding.224Frost, supra note 40, at 571–72; see also Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1143 (“[F]inding an impartial appellate judge for an interlocutory appeal places a heavy burden on litigants.”).

3.  The Independent Judge Approach

Although his analysis revolves around a federal recusal statute’s reform, one legal scholar contributes a slightly different antidote to this dialogue. Another disinterested trial judge (that is, not the affected judge with a personal stake in the challenge) should rule on the disqualification motion because even the best-intentioned judge might be oblivious to their own faults. He further diverges from the affidavit procedure by suggesting that “the challenged judge be encouraged to file evidence refuting facts asserted in the recusal motion, and perhaps also an explanation of why disqualification is not justified,” so there is an “adversarial presentation of the issue.”225Frost, supra note 40, at 588; see, e.g., Tony Mauro, Courtside: When Planets Collide, Legal Times, Mar. 29, 2004, at 10 (“We are the only branch of government that must give reasons for what we do.”) (quoting Justice Kennedy); Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1142–43 (“It is . . . the judge who plays the role of the adversary party, but in an unfair way: getting to decide the matter, and rarely giving a reasoned (and written) explanation . . . . [J]udge impartiality[] is not consistent with the self-judging of recusal motions, which is the law in most states and the federal system . . . .”). Judges may worry about offending their colleagues,226Frost, supra note 40, at 552 (“Judges who wish to maintain collegial relations with one another hesitate to set in stone recusal procedures that might be viewed as disrespectful of their fellow judges.”). but given dissenting opinions and reversals of lower courts’ judgments, they are likely already accustomed to internal disagreement and can consequently stomach any potential discomfort.227See, e.g., United States v. Microsoft Corp., 253 F.3d 34, 116 (D.C. Cir. 2001) (per curiam) (disqualifying a district court judge from a highly publicized case even though the circuit judges who made the decision worked in the same courthouse as the disqualified judge). Additionally, he contends that “the appearance of justice will be better served, even if the actual rate of recusal remains unchanged.”228Frost, supra note 40, at 586.

B.  The Proposed Alternative Procedure

A more promising solution is a hybrid model between the panel-exclusion approach (specifically, the dissemination of judicial analytics) and the independent judge approach. After litigants receive the exclusion decisions and rates, they can file the motion with a different trial judge who will review both the motion and the challenged judge’s evidentiary explanation for factual and legal sufficiency. An interlocutory appeal is rendered unnecessary if an independent judge can accurately filter for allegations that actually deserve a judicial peremptory challenge. Admittedly, like federal law, this is not peremptory per se, but it will hopefully further reduce the number of “uninformed, misinformed, [and] delusional”229Raymond J. McKoski, Rewriting Judicial Recusal Rules with Big Data, 2020 Utah L. Rev. 383, 404. litigants who exercise the challenge.

As judges lack crisis managers, it is imperative that resources are invested into educating the public on judicial duties and verified statistics on judicial bias. Unlike news outlets, petitions, social media posts, and activism pages probably do not check the accuracy of the information they release. With the help of Big Data230See generally id. and artificial intelligence, judicial analytics will become more accurate over time, which will better alert litigants about the judges who are actually biased than other unverified sources. By making such information accessible, perhaps litigants will place less weight on factors like the judge’s race and gender, for example. The Robing Room states that slanderous comments posted in bad faith are subject to removal;231FAQs, supra note 216 (“We reserve the right to delete comments and ratings which we believe are libelous or not submitted in good faith.”). realistically, it can hardly stop all “sour grapes” who harbor disdain toward their judge for merely siding with the opposing party after fairly applying the law to the facts. Consider how one of the disqualified judges in the study asserted that there are an equal number of people who think she is biased toward either women or men. There is a possibility that the other sources noted in the study, besides the public admonishment, are campaigns by losing litigants to unjustifiably vilify their judge.

It seems problematic to allow judges to entertain motions petitioning their own disqualification, and the public agrees.232Press Release, Justice at Stake, Harris Interactive Public Opinion Poll on Judges and Money 1–2 (Feb. 12–15, 2009), https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/2009%20Harris%20Interactive%20National%20Public%20Opinion%20Poll%20on%20Judges%20and%20Money_0.pdf [https://perma.cc/MAD4-HQA4] (reporting that 81% of the surveyed public stated that judges should not decide motions calling for their recusal). An independent adjudicator should handle the challenge, so the challenged judge does not have to awkwardly decide their own neutrality. It is a win-win situation—if the reviewing judge finds the challenged judge corrupted with partiality, then the public will trust that the judiciary is void of collusion, but if the reviewing judge deems the challenged judge unbiased, then the public will have faith in the judiciary’s independence, and the judge will be guarded from discrimination. Some argue that the challenged judge is ideal because they are closest to the alleged facts;233Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1146 n.346. this is precisely the issue. That said, the reviewing judge may have a connection to the challenged judge—for example, a friendship—that skews their decision in favor of a denial. Perhaps the reviewing judge should show that there is no personal relationship to the challenged judge, but at some point, judges have to be trusted to rule fairly.

In lieu of an automatic transfer, judges can defend their fitness to serve and expose the litigants who use bias as a pretense for prohibited reasons, like discrimination based on party affiliation. It is easy for Section 170.6 to act as a Trojan horse carrying ulterior motives because automatic reassignment is swiftly delivered following a quick evaluation of procedural adequacy. If judges have no chance to prove the allegations of bias wrong, these litigants unwittingly trigger an endless feedback loop in which their baseless challenges inflate the number of “biased” judges which, in turn, instigates more challenges. The expectation is that fewer than 1.5% of judges will encounter peremptory disqualification, closing the disparity between the number of disqualified judges and the number of judges disciplined for bias. This will then demonstrate to the public that judges are not always predisposed to bias. To play devil’s advocate, the public may feel disheartened upon witnessing too many judges found guilty of bias, but the judiciary should commit to their integrity and weed out the “10% problem,”234Menell & Vacca, supra note 140, at 884–85. the estimate of incompetent judges. Judges inevitably do not command from Olympian heights; rather, they are subject to their beliefs and attitudes. It is difficult to procure solid evidence of judges’ unconscious biases,235See, e.g., Deborah Goldberg, James Sample & David E. Pozen, The Best Defense: Why Elected Courts Should Lead Recusal Reform, 46 Washburn L.J. 503, 525 (2007) (reporting that most people underestimate and undercorrect for their biases, according to social psychology research); Tobin A. Sparling, Keeping Up Appearances: The Constitutionality of the Model Code of Judicial Conduct’s Prohibition of Extrajudicial Speech Creating the Appearance of Bias, 19 Geo. L. Legal Ethics 441, 480 (2006) (“[J]udges may convince themselves they can rule fairly, unaware that the currents of bias often run deep.”). but litigants should still explain what manifestations, whether inside or outside the courtroom, caused them to suspect such biases.236For example, the judge addresses male attorneys as “counsel” but refers to female attorneys by their first name. They should not have free reign to judge shop due to a random feeling, especially in the U.S. legal system that is rooted in proof. Judicial economy is indeed lost if an inquiry is made into the merits as well,237Serbulea, supra note 45, at 1146 n.346. but it is a wiser alternative than the current framework that passively allows litigants to chase unequal justice.

V.  RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH

Regrettably, without formal statistical methods to control for irrelevant factors, this Note is unable to confirm a causal relationship between a judge’s peremptory disqualification and any complaints of bias on their Robing Room profile. For the same reason, it is unknown if failed judicial peremptory challenges affected case outcomes (comparing the case in which the challenge was initiated to any future cases with the disqualified judge—this would have informed the policy debate on whether disqualified judges are truly hostile). Therefore, the first recommendation for future research is setting up a more sophisticated study in order to discover results beyond mere correlations. Another recommendation is conducting surveys directed to (1) the public asking about their impression of judicial bias,238Surveys should be carefully formulated as people do not always answer honestly. See Park, supra note 121, at 571. (2) judges asking about their various group affiliations (especially characteristics that are not available through public materials such as race and ethnicity, gender, and age), and (3) attorneys asking what resources they have at their disposal when deciding whether they should use Section 170.6. Since judicial disciplinary proceedings for bias may miss judges with more subtle manifestations of bias, one suggestion is to conduct an experiment239See id. at 571–72 for one of the methods of uncovering unconscious biases. testing how widespread conscious and unconscious biases are among superior court judges in California. Ideally, this Note would analyze the relationship between the type of case (for example, personal injury) and judge shopping; unfortunately, there were not enough free and accessible documents online. For this pursuit, as a judge’s area of professional expertise is easy to find, future researchers should investigate whether movants of a specific type of case are strategically challenging judges with or without experience in that practice area. Lastly, the challenge’s prevalence is a regional phenomenon in the United States, so studies conducted in other states are recommended as well.

CONCLUSION

Notwithstanding limitations, the empirical data reported in this Note has value—it discovered that judicial peremptory challenges were quite rare and therefore abuse from these challenges was not out of hand. Among the few filed motions, most were automatically granted, indicating that the procedural protections were a flimsier shield than the statute had planned. Juxtaposing the higher percentage of disqualified judges with the lower percentage of judges reprimanded for bias implies that litigants are alleging bias as a mere formality. This is further corroborated by the finding that more than half of the comments on The Robing Room recommending others to challenge a certain judge did not mention bias.240To reiterate, this Note acknowledges issues other than bias—the California Legislature can determine whether these additional grounds for disqualification are warranted. In regard to discrimination, it found significantly more Democrat judges disqualified than Republican judges. Without additional research, this Note can only surmise about possible fixes to prevent discrimination, like the standard for employment law in which the judge’s ability to perform their duties must relate to the reasons for exclusion.241For an article proposing peremptory juror challenges to adopt this standard, see Ted A. Donner, Illinois Courts Struggle with Implicit Bias and Justice Stevens’s Legacy: Why Illinois Should Revisit His Dissenting Opinion in Purkett v. Elem, 53 Loy. U. Chi. L.J. 717, 745 (2022). Whether the challenge can inherit AB 3070 (the 2020 law that “requir[es] an attorney exercising peremptory strikes to show clear and convincing evidence [under an objective standard] that [their] action is unrelated to that juror’s membership in a protected group or class”242Gravdal, supra note 123 (emphasis omitted).) such that it is workable to judges poses an interesting question. Altogether, this Note concludes that there is not a serious risk of abuse from the challenge but Section 170.6 is still not a satisfactory remedy by legislation—there is no need to settle for less when there is a better solution. As Justice Kennedy wrote, judicial disqualification standards should extend beyond the minimum requirement of due process; however, they should not stretch so thin when judicial integrity is not completely broken. The proposed alternative will heal the issues produced when the challenge is granted as a matter of right by implementing an audit into the accusation’s truth. In other words, as a middle ground in the policy dichotomy, it will perfect the peremptory challenge and diminish the risk of abuse even more than the current model.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 253

Download

* Executive Senior Editor, Southern California Law Review, Volume 97; J.D. Candidate 2024, University of Southern California Gould School of Law; B.A. Communication 2019, University of California, Santa Barbara. Thank you to Professor Jonathan Barnett and Professor Robin Craig for serving as my advisors. To my family and friends—law school, much less this Note, would not be possible without your continuous support. I would also like to express my gratitude to the dedicated members of the Southern California Law Review for their hard work.

Restraining the Second Amendment in the Era of the Individual Right: Adopting a Modified South African Gun Control Model

In New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen, the Supreme Court announced a novel historical test for judging the constitutionality of firearm laws. In combination with its earlier decisions in District of Columbia v. Heller and McDonald v. City of Chicago, the Court has created an onerous burden on federal and state legislatures attempting to regulate civilian firearm ownership. Given Heller’s individual right ruling, McDonald’s incorporation, and Bruen’s historical precedent requirement, it is clear that designing a restrictive firearm ownership system based on models that have proven successful in other Western countries is not possible, as most, if not all, of these would run afoul of these precedents. South Africa’s firearm licensing system, on the other hand, can provide a useful starting point for creating a framework that states can adopt. South Africa has significant private firearm ownership, its licensing system is not unduly restrictive, and it has proven successful in reducing gun violence. This Note therefore proposes adopting a version of South Africa’s firearm licensing system modified to survive judicial review in the United States. This Model Act likely represents close to the most restrictive licensing system that can pass judicial review following Bruen and might prove similarly effective in reducing gun violence in the United States.

There is almost no political question in the United States that is not resolved sooner or later into a judicial question.

—Alexis de Tocqueville1Alexis de Tocqueville, Democracy in America 257 (Harvey C. Mansfield & Delba Winthrop eds. & trans., 2000) (1835).

INTRODUCTION

The United States is in many ways an odd country, and there are few things more quintessentially American than the sheer quantity of firearms and relative frequency of mass shootings in this country. Presently, the United States has about 120 guns for every 100 citizens,2Global Firearms Holdings, Small Arms Surv. (Mar. 29, 2020), https://www.smallarmssurvey.org/database/global-firearms-holdings [https://perma.cc/6UY8-GCHP]. and a higher rate of gun violence than any other wealthy, developed country.3Gun Violence in the US Far Exceeds Levels in Other Rich Nations, Bloomberg (May 26, 2022, 5:00 PM), https://www.bloomberg.com/graphics/2022-us-gun-violence-world-comparison [https://perma.cc/TQF9-U8TY]. In addition to issues of gun violence, a high proportion of firearm ownership is closely associated with firearm suicide rates. See Michael Siegel & Emily F. Rothman, Firearm Ownership and Suicide Rates Among US Men and Women, 1981–2013, 106 Am. J. Pub. Health 1316, 1319 (2016) (finding a correlation between state-level firearm ownership and suicide rates of 0.71 among men and 0.49 among women). The tragic reality is that the gun control debate in the United States is never untimely. In light of the level of gun violence and ready availability of firearms in the United States, one solution seems simple: restrict access to firearms. After all, there is evidence that this approach can be successful.4See S. Chapman, P. Alpers, K. Agho & M. Jones, Australia’s 1996 Gun Law Reforms: Faster Falls in Firearm Deaths, Firearm Suicides, and a Decade Without Mass Shootings, 12 Inj. Prevention 365, 366 (2006). However, since the Second Amendment5U.S. Const. amend. II. has been interpreted to protect a broad, individual right to keep and bear arms,6District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 592 (2008); N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2121 (2022). and any realistic prediction of the foreseeable future provides little reason to expect that the Second Amendment will be repealed, designing a perfect gun control statute from scratch is simply not an option. Moreover, our federal governmental structure further restricts our options. Promulgating a comprehensive, federal regulatory scheme that does not run afoul of the individual rights in, or the structural aspects of, the Constitution is infeasible.

Apart from the legal constraints on gun control, political, cultural, and economic roadblocks abound. Firearms are a prominent aspect of modern American culture,7Michael Waldman, The Second Amendment: A Biography 166 (2014); B. Bruce-Briggs, The Great American Gun War, 45 Pub. Int. 37, 41 (1976). and many Americans enjoy firearm ownership for safe, legitimate purposes like self-defense, hunting, and sport shooting.8Lydia Saad, What Percentage of Americans Own Guns?, Gallup (Nov. 13, 2020), https://news.gallup.com/poll/264932/percentage-americans-own-guns.aspx [https://perma.cc/B27Z-KY9R] (“Thirty-two percent of U.S. adults say they personally own a gun, while a larger percentage, 44%, report living in a gun household.”). Additionally, the United States firearms market is a $28 billion industry with significant lobbying strength.9Elizabeth MacBride, America’s Gun Business Is $28B. The Gun Violence Business Is Bigger, Forbes (Nov. 25, 2018, 5:00 AM), https://www.forbes.com/sites/elizabethmacbride/2018/11/25/americas-gun-business-is-28b-the-gun-violence-business-is-bigger [https://perma.cc/B2L2-UWUS]. Suffice it to say, there are significant constraints within which any regulatory structure must fit. Fortunately, however, it is not necessary to start from scratch. Foreign practices that have proven effective can be tailored to our constitutional constraints to develop a model gun control act for the several states to adopt. In particular, this Note proposes a distinctive approach: start with South Africa’s Firearms Control Act of 200010Firearms Control Act 60 of 2000 JSRSA (S. Afr.) (updated through 2014). and modify it to create an act that satisfies the U.S. Constitution and serves the policy goals of reducing access to firearms by those who would misuse them while keeping them available to responsible citizens. The purpose of this act is to provide a framework for the states to create a comprehensive firearm licensing system that can survive judicial review under current Second Amendment doctrine.11This Note proposes a model act for the states to adopt—rather than a proposed federal statute—because the amount of state and local law enforcement cooperation that would have to be demanded would be at risk of violating the anti-commandeering doctrine. See Printz v. United States, 521 U.S. 898, 929 (1997). This Model Act serves as a starting point for responsible firearm regulation in the era of the individual right and does not purport to be the final word on the Second Amendment question.

South Africa’s gun control system may be a surprising basis for a new federal gun control law in the United States; its intentional homicide rate far surpasses ours.12See Victims of Intentional Homicide, U.N. Office on Drugs and Crime https://dataunodc.un.org/dp-intentional-homicide-victims [https://perma.cc/2T6S-7XJQ]. However, South Africa has seen a steady decrease in gunshot-related deaths since it adopted the Firearms Control Act of 2000.13R. Matzopoulos, P. Groenewald, N. Abrahams & D. Bradshaw, Where Have All the Gun Deaths Gone?, 106 S. Afr. Med. J. 589, 590 (2016). The United States could see a reduction in its gunshot-related deaths by adopting a similar model. In any case, the large-scale empirical questions over the efficacy of various gun control systems are beyond the scope of this Note. The Note instead focuses on how we might adapt a comprehensive, firearms licensing scheme to our constitutional framework. South Africa’s model is an excellent starting point because it restricts access to especially dangerous firearms while providing individuals the opportunity to own firearms for self-defense, which the U.S. Supreme Court has said is the core right of the Second Amendment.14See District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 592 (2008). The Firearms Control Act of 2000 also does not completely prohibit ownership of AR-15’s and other similar firearms. This is important because a law completely banning AR-15’s and similar rifles could be in danger of being declared unconstitutional and setting an even more cumbersome precedent.15See Miller v. Bonta, No. 19-cv-01537, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 188421, at *97 (S.D. Cal. Oct. 19, 2023) (declaring California’s assault weapons ban unconstitutional). Additionally, other potential solutions devised to completely side-step the Supreme Court’s latest precedents are not only unlikely to succeed beyond perhaps the short term, but, if successful, could also create a worrying trend whereby state governments could close off its courts to citizens seeking to vindicate their constitutional rights. California, for instance, has created a one-way fee-shifting penalty that allows government defendants to recover costs from a plaintiff who loses on any claim in a case challenging a state or local firearm regulation, but never allows a plaintiff to recover attorneys’ fees from the government, even if the plaintiff wins on every claim.16Act of July 22, 2022, ch. 146, 2022 Cal. Stat. 15 (codified at Cal. Civ. Proc. Code § 1021.11(a) (West 2022)); see also Complaint for Declaratory, Injunctive, or Other Relief at 1, Miller v. Bonta, 646 F. Supp. 3d 1218 (S.D. Cal. 2022). If held constitutional,17At present, a federal district court has enjoined enforcement of this fee-shifting statute. Miller v. Bonta, 646 F. Supp. 3d 1218, 1227 (S.D. Cal. 2022); S. Bay Rod & Gun Club, Inc. v. Bonta, 646 F. Supp. 3d 1232, 1235 (S.D. Cal. 2022). this fee-shifting statute would chill future lawsuits by citizens seeking enforcement of their right to bear arms and would, at the very least, force them into a federal forum, unduly burdening the district courts.18If this practice of closing off state courts to claims the legislature does not want them to hear becomes widespread, federal courts would be unduly burdened with 42 U.S.C. § 1983 claims for rights the states do not want to respect. This has implications far beyond the gun control debate and could threaten other enumerated constitutional rights.19See Miller v. Bonta, 646 F. Supp. 3d 1218, 1224 (S.D. Cal. 2022) (“The principal defect of § 1021.11 is that it threatens to financially punish plaintiffs and their attorneys who seek judicial review of laws impinging on federal constitutional rights. Today, it applies to Second Amendment rights. Tomorrow, with a slight amendment, it could be any other constitutional right . . . .”) (footnotes omitted). Such jerry-rigging of procedural laws bearing on a constitutional right is bad policy that could encourage other states to similarly attempt to sabotage any constitutional right it wishes to infringe.20See Whole Woman’s Health v. Jackson, 595 U.S. 30, 65 (2021) (Sotomayor, J., concurring in part) (“[S]tate courts cannot restrict constitutional rights or defenses that our precedents recognize . . . . Such actions would violate a state officer’s oath to the Constitution.”). Rather than venturing down this destructive path, it is more effective to work within governing caselaw to achieve legitimate policy goals like gun safety and gun violence prevention.21A more dangerous exercise in legislative draftsmanship is to enact new statutes that criminalize ownership of commonly owned weapons like the AR-15. See, e.g., 720 Ill. Comp. Stat. 5/24–1.9(b) (2023). Acts such as these are not only unlikely to survive judicial review but could also create sweeping precedent severely limiting how a future Supreme Court might approach the Second Amendment question. In fact, within days, three lawsuits were filed in federal and state court, challenging the law as unconstitutional. See Mitch Smith, Illinois Passed a Sweeping Ban on High-Powered Guns. Now Come the Lawsuits., N.Y. Times (Jan. 20, 2023), https://www.nytimes.com/2023/01/20/us/illinois-gun-ban-second-amendment.html [https://perma.cc/X7P7-4CKV]. Even if many or all of the Supreme Court’s recent Second Amendment cases were incorrectly decided, they remain binding precedent.22As any realist would point out, we have no choice but to adhere to precedent in the Second Amendment context at least until the composition of the Supreme Court changes dramatically. At minimum, two of the six conservative Supreme Court Justices (Chief Justice Roberts and Justices Thomas, Alito, Gorsuch, Kavanaugh, and Barrett) would have to be replaced to provide a chance to overrule District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570 (2008), McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742 (2010), or N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 (2022). Thus, a detailed look at the Court’s recent Second Amendment precedents is necessary to develop a statutory scheme that will survive judicial review.

Part I begins with a breakdown of the Supreme Court’s recent Second Amendment jurisprudence from Heller through Bruen, analyzing the various doctrines articulated in these cases. Part I ends with a summary of the constitutional limitations that the model gun control statute must satisfy. Part II summarizes the salient points of South Africa’s Firearms Control Act of 2000. Part III provides the full text of the Model Firearms Control Act. Part IV argues that this Model Act is likely to be upheld by the Court.

I.  CONSTITUTIONAL LIMITATIONS OF GUN CONTROL

Second Amendment jurisprudence has been rather scant from its ratification in 1791 until the Heller decision in 2008, when the Amendment took on its modern meaning.23See generally District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570 (2008). Before the swell in revisionist legal scholarship that began in the 1960s, “[t]here was no more settled view in constitutional law than that the Second Amendment did not protect an individual right to own a gun.”24Waldman, supra note 7, at 97. Yet, the Second Amendment is now interpreted to protect a broad, individual right to own a firearm for self-defense.25See Heller, 554 U.S. 570; McDonald, 561 U.S. 742; Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111. Because of this recent, dramatic shift in case law, an investigation into the Court’s modern Second Amendment jurisprudence is required to create a model gun control act that is likely to survive judicial review.

A.  The Trilogy of Modern Second Amendment Jurisprudence

In a trilogy of cases—District of Columbia v. Heller,26Heller, 554 U.S. at 570. McDonald v. City of Chicago,27McDonald, 561 U.S. at 742. and New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen28Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2121.—the Supreme Court established a broad, individual right to keep and bear arms, irrespective of any militia service, effective against both the federal and state governments. This broad protection of firearm ownership is built on four main principles: (1) the individual right approach, (2) the pre-existing right doctrine, (3) the common use doctrine, and (4) incorporation. To shape a gun control scheme to fit within controlling Supreme Court precedent, these four doctrines flowing from this trilogy of cases must be mapped out and understood.

1.  The Necessity of an Individual Right

Before the Court would have an opportunity to incorporate the Second Amendment to the states, it had to lay some precedential groundwork to convert the Second Amendment into a right that could be incorporated. To a large extent, finding an individual right to keep and bear arms for the purpose of self-defense without any militia service requirement was a prerequisite to incorporating the right. Prior to Heller, scholars and jurists had proposed three main approaches to interpreting the Second Amendment.29See David A. Lieber, Comment, The Cruikshank Redemption: The Enduring Rationale for Excluding the Second Amendment from the Court’s Modern Incorporation Doctrine, 95 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 1079, 1080–81 (2005). First, the “collective right” approach argued that the right to keep and bear arms protected the right of the states to arm and organize militias.30Id. at 1080. Second, the “limited individual right” or “sophisticated individual right” approach suggested that the right to keep and bear arms does protect an individual right, but only to the extent that individuals participate in a well-regulated militia.31Id. at 1080–81. Third, the unmodified “individual right” approach embraced the idea that the Second Amendment protects an individual’s right to keep and bear arms irrespective of any participation in a well-regulated militia, essentially reading the prefatory clause out of the amendment.32Id. at 1081.

Throughout pre-Heller Second Amendment case law and scholarship, the individual right approach was overwhelmingly disfavored.33From 1888, when law review articles began to be indexed, to 1960, no law review articles concluded that the Second Amendment guaranteed an individual right. Waldman, supra note 7, at 97. The first law review article to argue otherwise, published in 1960, was a student-written note which concluded that the Second Amendment provided a “right of revolution” that the Southern States availed themselves of during the Civil War. Stuart R. Hays, The Right to Bear Arms, A Study in Judicial Misinterpretation, 2 Wm. & Mary L. Rev. 381, 387–88 (1960). Between 1970 and 1989, however, twenty-five articles endorsing the individual right were written, at least sixteen of which were written by lawyers who had represented or been employed by the National Rifle Association (“NRA”) or other gun rights organizations. Carl T. Bogus, The History and Politics of Second Amendment Scholarship: A Primer, 76 Chi.-Kent L. Rev. 3, 8 (2000). From ratification until 2001, no federal appellate court had ever endorsed the individual right approach to the Second Amendment,34See Lieber, supra note 29, at 1097–98. and the first case to adopt this approach, United States v. Emerson,35United States v. Emerson, 270 F.3d 203 (5th Cir. 2001), abrogated by United States v. Rahimi, 61 F.4th 443 (5th Cir. 2023). did so only in dictum.36Id. at 260; Lieber, supra note 29, at 1081. Shortly following Emerson, then Attorney General John Ashcroft issued a memorandum to all United States Attorneys stating that the individual right approach reflects the correct understanding of the Second Amendment, reversing the Department of Justice’s longstanding policy regarding Second Amendment interpretation.37Memorandum from Attorney General John Ashcroft to All United States’ Attorneys (Nov. 9, 2001), https://www.justice.gov/archives/ag/attorney-general-memorandum-regarding-5th-circuit-united-states-court-appeals-decision-united [https://perma.cc/T6NT-XKH5]; Lieber, supra note 29, at 1081. Had the Court endorsed the collective right approach in Heller, as it had 132 years earlier,38United States v. Cruikshank, 92 U.S. 542, 549 (1875), overruled in part by McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742 (2010). the right to bear arms would essentially be a right belonging to the states, making incorporation nonsensical as a state could not meaningfully infringe its own right.39Possession of a right implies the possession of an option. See Right, Black’s Law Dictionary (11th ed. 2019). It therefore follows that a decision to not exercise a right is unassailable. Thus, incorporating the “collective right” of a state to arm its own militias would be nonsensical, since it would have a concomitant right to not arm its militias. Alternatively, had the Court endorsed the limited individual right in Heller, a subsequent decision incorporating that right would only prevent states from disarming individuals serving in its own militias, which would provide no protection to anyone outside the National Guard.40See Lieber, supra note 29, at 1080–81, 1120. Thus, it was necessary for the Court to find an individual right to keep and bear arms in the Second Amendment, independent of any militia service, to meaningfully incorporate that amendment against the states.

2.  The Pre-Existence Doctrine: Finding the Individual Right in Text and History

In finding a free-standing, individual right to bear arms in the Second Amendment, the Court relied on the notion of some constitutional rights having pre-existed the ratification of the clauses protecting them.41District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 592 (2008) (“[T]he Second Amendment, like the First and Fourth Amendments, codified a pre-existing right.”). Although the Court did not cite any authority for this proposition, this quote from Heller has been parroted by numerous cases and law review articles, but there is a paucity of literature or case law substantively discussing the idea that the First and Fourth Amendments codified a pre-existing right. The discussion of the pre-existence and codification of the rights enshrined in the First and Fourth Amendments scarcely goes deeper than to quote Heller, and possibly to analogize the First Amendment to the Second. See, e.g., David B. Kopel, The First Amendment Guide to the Second Amendment, 81 Tenn. L. Rev. 417, 419 (2014) (“[T]he Supreme Court has strongly indicated that First Amendment tools should be employed to help resolve Second Amendment issues.”); Tyler v. Hillsdale Cnty. Sherriff’s Dep’t, 837 F.3d 678, 711 (6th Cir. 2016) (Sutton, J., concurring in part) (“The First Amendment offers a useful analogy [to the Second Amendment].”); United States v. Marzzarella, 614 F.3d 85, 96–97 (3d Cir. 2010) (applying a sliding scale test to the Second Amendment whereby the stringency of the standard varies according to the degree to which the statute burdens the right), abrogated by N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 (2022). According to the Court, the Second Amendment did not create a new right but constitutionalized a pre-existing right.42Heller, 554 U.S. at 592 (“[T]his is not a right granted by the Constitution. Neither is it in any manner dependent on that instrument for its existence. The second amendment declares that it shall not be infringed . . . .”) (quoting United States v. Cruikshank, 92 U.S. 542, 553 (1876)). This pre-existence argument relies on the proposition that the framers of the Second Amendment intended to codify a right to bear arms that already existed in English law43See id. at 593–94. and simply wished to create a stronger protection for it. The Court purported to find a textual basis for this conclusion, stating that “[t]he very text of the Second Amendment implicitly recognizes the pre-existence of the right and declares only that it ‘shall not be infringed.’ ”44Id. at 592. Even if it is assumed that the text of the amendment implies a pre-existing right, it is not clear that this right comes from old English and Colonial law. An at least equally plausible explanation is that the Second Amendment confirms that the federal government does not have the power to disarm state militias. See The Federalist No. 46 (James Madison).

The Heller Court began its historical analysis by stating that “[t]he Second Amendment is naturally divided into two parts: its prefatory clause and its operative clause.”45Heller, 554 U.S. at 577. The prefatory clause states “[a] well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State . . . .” The operative clause states that “the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed.”46Id. at 579–98; U.S. Const. amend. II. The Court asserted that the prefatory clause announces only the amendment’s justification, and does not limit the scope of the operative clause.47Heller, 554 U.S. at 577–78. After its explication, the Court concluded that the prefatory clause “fits perfectly” with an operative clause understood to grant an individual right to keep and bear arms because the pre-constitutional history showed that tyrants had eliminated militias not by banning them but by disarming them.48Id. at 598.

The Court supported its individual right approach through a sort of reverse incorporation argument limited to “analogous arms-bearing rights in state constitutions that preceded and immediately followed adoption of the Second Amendment.”49Id. at 600–01; see Joseph Blocher, Reverse Incorporation of State Constitutional Law, 84 S. Cal. L. Rev. 323, 381 (2011). Although many of the state constitutions had more individualistic wording,50Heller, 554 U.S. at 600–03. Even at the time Heller was being decided, the vast majority of states recognized an individual right to keep and bear arms. Eugene Volokh, State Constitutional Rights to Keep and Bear Arms, 11 Tex. Rev. L. & Pol. 191, 192 (2006) (concluding forty-four states recognize an individual right to bear arms); Adam Winkler, Scrutinizing the Second Amendment, 105 Mich. L. Rev. 683, 686, 711 (2007) (concluding that forty-two states protect an individual right to bear arms). the Court did not take this to conclude that the Second Amendment was materially different from its state analogues. To the contrary, the Court used the more individual rights-focused arms-bearing provisions of state constitutions—and state supreme court decisions interpreting those provisions—to read the Second Amendment as conferring a broad individual right.51Heller, 554 U.S. at 600–03. Pennsylvania’s Declaration of Rights of 1776 read “the people have a right to bear arms for the defence of themselves and the state . . . .”52Id. at 601; Pa. Const. of 1776, art. I, cl. 13, amended by Pa. Const. art. I, § 21 (emphasis added). and Vermont’s 1777 Declaration of Rights contained a nearly identical provision.53Heller, 554 U.S. at 601; Vt. Const. of 1777, ch. I, cl. XV, amended by Vt. Const. ch I, art. XVI. The Court further supported its argument by describing roughly contemporaneous state analogues.

Between 1789 and 1820, nine States adopted Second Amendment analogues. Four of them—Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana, and Missouri—referred to the right of the people to “bear arms in defence of themselves and the State.” Another three States—Mississippi, Connecticut, and Alabama—used the even more individualistic phrasing that each citizen has the “right to bear arms in defence of himself and the State.” Finally, two States—Tennessee and Maine—used the “common defence” language of Massachusetts.54Heller, 554 U.S. at 602–03 (citations omitted).

The Court noted that the decision of at least seven of these nine states to unequivocally protect an individual right to bear arms is strong evidence that the framers of the Second Amendment conceived of the right to bear arms as an individual right.55Id. at 603. Contrary to the Court’s conclusion, however, the inclusion of language clearly protecting an individual right to bear arms in state constitutional analogues to the Second Amendment might be indicative of a structural difference between state and federal governments. The federal right to bear arms could simply prevent the federal government from disarming state militias while states might be best understood to have the right to arm and disarm their own militias and citizens as they see fit. For further discussion on the incorporation issue, which is by its very nature intertwined with the individual right issue, see infra Section I.A.4.

The Court next sought precedential support for its individual right interpretation.56Id. at 600–01. The Court first cited Nunn v. State, an 1846 case in which the Georgia Supreme Court struck down a ban on carrying pistols openly, stating that the Second Amendment protects “the natural right of self-defense.”57Nunn v. State, 1 Ga. 243, 251 (1846). The Heller Court noted that the Georgia Supreme Court “perfectly captured the way in which the operative clause of the Second Amendment furthers the purpose announced in the prefatory clause, in continuity with the English right.”58Heller, 554 U.S. at 612. Despite what the Heller Court and Tennessee Supreme Court’s wording might suggest, it is important to note that the “English right” in question is not easily analogized to the Second Amendment. Importantly, the right to bear arms for self-defense in the pre-constitutional English right contains clearer limiting language and was a concession by the English Crown and subject to the will of parliament. See Bill of Rights 1689 1 W. & M., 2d sess. c. 2, § 7; see also 1 William Blackstone, Commentaries on the Laws of England *130 (William Carey Jones ed., Claitor’s Publ’g Div. 1976) (1765). In further support of its position, the Court cited State v. Chandler, an 1850 case in which the Louisiana Supreme Court held that United States constitution guaranteed citizens the right to carry arms openly.59State v. Chandler, 5 La. Ann. 489, 490 (1850). In response to the dissent’s reliance on Aymette v. State, an 1840 decision in which the Tennessee Supreme Court adopted a limited individual right approach for its own state constitutional right to bear arms,60Aymette v. State, 21 Tenn. 154, 161 (1840) (“[W]e must understand the expressions as . . . relating to public, and not private, to the common, and not the individual, defence.”). the Court reasoned that more important than this decision was the Tennessee Supreme Court’s later decision in Andrews v. State.61Andrews v. State, 50 Tenn. 165 (1871). In Andrews, the Tennessee Supreme Court concluded that its state constitutional right to bear arms protected the right to bear arms for personal self-defense, overruling Aymette.62Id. at 178–79. However, the relevant state constitutional provision reads: “[T]he citizens of this State have a right to keep and to bear arms for their common defense; but the Legislature shall have power, by law, to regulate the wearing of arms with a view to prevent crime.” Tenn. Const. art. I, § 26. This is notable because the text of the Tennessee Constitution’s arms-bearing provision is manifestly different from the text of the Second Amendment. The Andrews court itself held—on anti-incorporation grounds—that the Second Amendment does not protect a right to bear arms for self-defense against state infringement. Andrews, 50 Tenn. at 175, 178–79. In other words, Tennessee’s counterpart to the Second Amendment protected an individual right where the Second Amendment did not. This indicates that the Andrews court considered the Second Amendment to be not only meaningfully different from, but also narrower than, its state counterpart. Id.; see also Simpson v. State, 13 Tenn. 356, 360 (1833) (construing the state constitution to protect an individual right to bear arms); cf. State v. Reid, 1 Ala. 612, 616 (“[T]he act, ‘To suppress the evil practice of carrying weapons secretly,’ [does not] trench upon the [Alabama] constitutional rights of the citizen.”).

Turning to its own precedents, the Court asked whether any of its prior decisions foreclosed its ultimate conclusion in Heller. The Court began with its decision in United States v. Cruikshank,63United States v. Cruikshank, 92 U.S. 542 (1875), overruled in part by McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742 (2010). in which the Court vacated a white mob’s convictions for depriving black militia men of their right to bear arms, holding that the Second Amendment “means no more than that it shall not be infringed by Congress.”64Id. at 553. The Heller Court reasoned that there was no claim in Cruikshank that the defendants had violated the victims’ right to carry arms in a militia, and that the Cruikshank Court’s discussion made little sense if it was speaking of a collective rather than an individual right.65District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 620 (2008). The Court rests this argument on the Cruikshank Court’s conclusion that “ ‘the people [must] look for their protection against any violation by their fellow-citizens of the rights it recognizes’ to the States’ police power.”66Id. (quoting Cruikshank, 92 U.S. at 553) (alteration in original).

The Heller Court next turned to United States v. Miller,67United States v. Miller, 307 U.S. 174 (1939), abrogated by McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742 (2010). reasoning that it not only failed to foreclose the possibility of an individual right, but also “positively suggests” it.68Heller, 554 U.S. at 622. Miller considered whether a law prohibiting the unregistered possession of a short-barreled shotgun ran afoul of the Second Amendment.69Miller, 307 U.S. at 175–76. In concluding that it did not, the Miller Court announced its interpretation of the Second Amendment’s purpose.

In the absence of any evidence tending to show that possession or use of a ‘shotgun having a barrel of less than eighteen inches in length’ at this time has some reasonable relationship to the preservation or efficiency of a well regulated militia, we cannot say that the Second Amendment guarantees the right to keep and bear such an instrument.70Id. at 178.

The Court reasoned that the Miller Court’s basis for concluding that the Second Amendment did not apply was not that the Second Amendment failed to protect non-military use, but that it did not protect the type of firearm at issue.71Heller, 554 U.S. at 622. Before announcing its “common use” doctrine, however, the Court acknowledged some limitations on the individual right to bear arms, such as the historical precedence for prohibiting the public carry of “dangerous and unusual weapons.”72Id. at 627 (citing 4 William Blackstone, Commentaries on the Laws of England *149 (William Carey Jones ed., Claitor’s Publ’g Div. 1976) (1765) (“The offense of riding or going armed with dangerous or unusual weapons is a crime against the public peace . . . .”)).

3.  Market Share as Constitutionality: The Common Use Doctrine

With the individual right in hand, the Heller Court turned to the law at issue, which totally banned handgun possession in the home and required any lawfully owned firearm to be disassembled and bound by a trigger lock.73Id. at 628. In determining that the law was unconstitutional, the Court began by concluding that “the inherent right to self-defense has been central to the Second Amendment right.”74Id. True enough, there is no serious doubt that the right to self-defense predates the constitution as part of the common law75See, e.g., Blackstone, supra note 58. and continues to exist in the United States today.76See Restatement (Second) of Torts §§ 63–68 (Am. L. Inst. 1965). It would be a novel legal principle indeed to compel citizens to allow themselves to be victimized by an aggressor. The right to bear arms to effectuate this defense of life and limb also existed in England prior to the ratification of the U.S. Constitution, at least by statute, as a “public allowance, under due restrictions, of the natural right of resistance and self-preservation . . . .”77Blackstone, supra note 58, at *144; see Bill of Rights 1689 1 W. & M., 2d sess. c. 2, § 7. Although the statutory right to bear arms for self-defense in England was considered less fundamental than the right to self-defense in general,78Compare Blackstone, supra note 58 (“Both the life and limbs of a man are of such high value, in the estimation of law of England, that it pardons even homicide if committed se defendendo (in self-defense), or in order to preserve them.”), with Blackstone, supra note 58, at *144 (“The . . . last auxiliary right of the subject, that I shall at present mention, is that of having arms for their defense, suitable to their condition and degree, and such as are allowed by law.”) (emphasis added). and was a concession by the Crown that presupposed an omnipotent legislature—a feature clearly absent from our constitutional scheme—the Court has insisted on the centrality of individual self-defense to the right to bear arms.79See District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 628 (2008); N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2125 (2022). There is, however, significant historical evidence to the contrary. See William Carey Jones, Annotation, Blackstone, supra note 58, at *144 n.20 (“The constitutional right to bear arms in this country does not mean the right to bear them for individual defense . . . .”); Andrews v. State, 50 Tenn. 165, 197 (1871); United States v. Cruikshank, 92 U.S. 542, 591–92 (1875), overruled in part by McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742 (2010); The Federalist No. 46 (James Madison) (describing the rationale for the Second Amendment in terms of militia service); see also Waldman, supra note 7, at 6 (explaining that keeping arms for English militia service was not an individual right but a duty); see generally Saul Cornell & Nathan DeDino, A Well Regulated Right: The Early American Origins of Gun Control, 73 Fordham L. Rev. 487 (2004).

The purported centrality of self-defense to the Second Amendment, combined with the individual right approach, allowed the Court to announce a new, sweeping doctrine in Heller. The Court reasoned that “[u]nder any of the standards of scrutiny that we have applied to enumerated constitutional rights, banning from the home ‘the most preferred firearm in the nation to “keep” and use for protection of one’s home and family,’ would fail constitutional muster.”80Heller, 554 U.S. at 628–29 (quoting Parker v. District of Columbia, 478 F.3d 370, 400 (2007)); see also Gary Kleck & Marc Gertz, Armed Resistance to Crime: The Prevalence and Nature of Self-Defense with a Gun, 86 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 150, 182–83 (1995). It noted that few laws in our nation’s history have come close to the restriction the District of Columbia has imposed and several of those laws have been struck down.81Heller, 554 U.S. at 629. Because handguns have been overwhelmingly chosen by the American people as their preferred arm for self-defense, a complete prohibition of its use runs afoul of the individual right to bear arms for the very purpose of self-defense.82Id. This common use doctrine begs the question: If it is unconstitutional to outright ban firearms in common use for self-defense, how would the Court approach bans on classes of arms which are not in common use because they were banned before they could get into common use?83For instance, the National Firearms Act has capped the market of machine guns by only allowing the lawful possession and transfer of machine guns lawfully owned prior to May 19, 1986. 27 C.F.R. § 479.105(b) (2023). This imposed market cap means that machine guns no longer have the chance to get into common use. It is not clear whether the Heller decision means that such a law is unconstitutional. The Court did not address this question,84It is true, however, that if the Second Amendment was intended to protect an individual right to bear arms for the purpose of self-defense—as indeed the Court has held—there must be some allowance made for citizens to keep and bear modern weapons. If citizens could only keep and bear arms in use at the time the Amendment was ratified, the right would be meaningless today. noting that it did not undertake an analysis of the full scope of the Second Amendment.85Heller, 554 U.S. at 626–27. However, the Court stated that nothing in its opinion “should be taken to cast doubt on longstanding prohibitions on the possession of firearms by felons and the mentally ill, or laws forbidding the carrying of firearms in sensitive places such as schools and government buildings, or laws imposing conditions and qualifications on the commercial sale of arms.”86Id. In fact, the Court noted that the measures it listed are presumptively lawful and that its list was inexhaustive.87Id. at 627 n.26. This is an important concession by the Court because by noting that its list of presumptively lawful measures was inexhaustive, the Court indicated that it might be open to other presumptively lawful restrictions to the right to bear arms, so long as there is a historical precedent that is satisfactory in the Court’s view.

4.  Incorporation

The Supreme Court would of course go on to conclude in McDonald v. City of Chicago that the right to bear arms is “deeply rooted in this Nation’s history and tradition”88McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 768 (2010) (quoting Washington v. Glucksberg, 521 U.S. 702, 721 (1997)). and incorporate the Second Amendment in full.89Id. at 791. In so doing, it relied heavily on Heller’s individual right approach and common use doctrine, arguing that history and precedent pointed “unmistakably” to the conclusion that the Second Amendment is “deeply rooted” in our “history and tradition.”90Id. at 767–70. Just as in Heller, the Court argued that the right to bear arms for self-defense was as fundamental as the broader right self-defense.91Id. at 768. Confusingly, the Court stated that “by 1765, Blackstone was able to assert that the right to keep and bear arms was ‘one of the fundamental rights of Englishmen.’ ” Id. (quoting Heller, 554 U.S. at 594). This is a quote from Heller, but not from Blackstone, who in fact listed the right to bear arms as an auxiliary right, not a fundamental one. See Blackstone, supra note 58, at *144 (“The . . . last auxiliary right of the subject, that I shall at present mention, is that of having arms for their defense . . . .”) (emphasis added). In incorporating the individual right to the states, the Court had another perfect occasion to utilize the doctrine of reverse incorporation92See Blocher, supra note 49. to adopt a standard of review based on how state supreme courts have analyzed their own constitutions’ arms-bearing provisions that the Court saw as analogous to the Second Amendment. Most states recognize an individual right to keep and bear arms but allow “reasonable regulations” restricting that right.93Id. at 383; Winkler, supra note 50, at 686–87. Despite the states’ far greater experience in drafting and reviewing gun laws, the Supreme Court left the decision over what standard applied to Second Amendment cases to another day, eventually settling on Bruen’s historical test.94N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2129–30 (2022).

The confluence of the individual right approach, the common use doctrine, and incorporation has opened many long-standing state firearms laws to constitutional scrutiny, even before Bruen was decided. California, for instance, has prohibited the purchase, sale, and manufacture of high-capacity magazines95California defines high-capacity or “large capacity magazines” as “any ammunition feeding device with the capacity to accept more than 10 rounds . . . .” Cal. Penal Code § 16740 (West 2012). The terms “high-capacity magazine” and “large-capacity magazine” are used interchangeably in this Note. since 2000,96See Cal. Penal Code § 32310 (West 2012 & Supp. 2020). and by popular initiative in 2016 expanded the prohibition to make possession of high-capacity magazines a felony offense, regardless of the date the magazine was acquired.97Id.; Safety for All Act, 2016 Cal. Legis. Serv. Prop. 63, § 6.1 (West), adding Cal. Penal Code § 32310(c)–(d) (Supp. 2020). This new law gave rise to protracted but groundbreaking litigation. In Duncan v. Becerra,98Duncan v. Becerra, 366 F. Supp. 3d 1131 (S.D. Cal. 2019), rev’d sub nom. Duncan v. Bonta, 19 F.4th 1087 (9th Cir. 2021), vacated, 142 S. Ct. 2895 (2022) (mem.). the outright ban on possession of high-capacity magazines was ruled unconstitutional as a Fifth Amendment taking without just compensation and as violative of the Second Amendment because it imposed a substantial burden on the right to self-defense and the right to keep and bear arms.99Id. at 1185–86. The district court enjoined the statute, and its decision was affirmed on appeal by the Ninth Circuit,100Duncan v. Becerra, 970 F.3d 1133, 1141 (9th Cir. 2020), vacated sub nom. Duncan v. Bonta, 142 S. Ct. 2895 (2022). but was later reversed on rehearing en banc.101Duncan v. Bonta, 19 F.4th 1087, 1096 (9th Cir. 2021) (en banc), vacated, 142 S. Ct. 2895 (2022). The Supreme Court then vacated the judgement and remanded the case to the Ninth Circuit for further consideration in light of its decision in Bruen.102Duncan v. Bonta, 142 S. Ct. 2895, 2895 (2022). On remand from the Ninth Circuit, the District Court once again held California’s high-capacity magazine ban unconstitutional, but stayed its order enjoining enforcement while the California Attorney General appealed the decision.103Duncan v. Bonta, No. 17-cv-1017, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 169577 (S.D. Cal. Sept. 22, 2023), appeal docketed, No. 23-55805, 2023 U.S. App. LEXIS 25723 (9th Cir. Sept. 28, 2023). It therefore remains to be seen how the latest Supreme Court precedent will affect this high-capacity magazine ban, but it suffices to say that the law in this area remains very much in flux.

5.  The Third Act: Applying Heller to Public Carry Licensing

Building on the bedrock of the individual right principle, the common use doctrine, and the Second Amendment’s incorporation, the Court recently expanded the Amendment’s protections with its historical precedence doctrine. At issue in Bruen was a New York law that made it a crime to possess a firearm without a license.104N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2122 (2022). New York’s provision for licenses to carry firearms outside the home for self-defense was particularly stringent. An applicant could not obtain that license without a showing of “proper cause.”105Id. at 2123 (citing N.Y. Penal Law. § 400.00(2)(f) (McKinney 2022)). Without this showing of “proper cause,” an applicant may only obtain a “restricted” license to carry a firearm for such purposes as “hunting, target shooting, or employment.” Id. New York courts have defined “proper cause” as requiring an applicant to “demonstrate a special need for self-protection distinguishable from that of the general community”106Klenosky v. N.Y.C. Police Dep’t, 428 N.Y.S.2d 256, 257 (N.Y. App. Div. 1980), abrogated by N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 (2022). such as evidence “of particular threats, attacks or other extraordinary danger to personal safety.” Living or working in a high-crime area was considered insufficient to demonstrate proper cause.107See Bernstein v. Police Dep’t of N.Y.C., 445 N.Y.S.2d 716, 717 (N.Y. App. Div. 1981), abrogated by N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 (2022).

To evaluate the constitutionality of the New York law, the Bruen Court began by clarifying the test for Second Amendment challenges. The Court noted that the circuit courts had coalesced around a two-part test that combined a historical inquiry with means-end scrutiny, but it rejected this approach.108Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2125–26. The Court instead leaned on its historical approach from Heller and specifically rejected any interest balancing test,109Id. at 2127 (“Heller and McDonald do not support applying means-end scrutiny in the Second Amendment context. Instead, the government must affirmatively prove that its firearms regulation is part of the historical tradition that delimits the outer bounds of the right to keep and bear arms.”); id. at 2131 (“The Second Amendment ‘is the very product of an interest balancing by the people’ and it ‘surely elevates above all other interests the right of law-abiding, responsible citizens to use arms’ for self-defense.”) (emphasis in original) (quoting District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 635 (2008)). settling on the following standard:

When the Second Amendment’s plain text covers an individual’s conduct, the Constitution presumptively protects that conduct. The government must then justify its regulation by demonstrating that it is consistent with the Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation. Only then may a court conclude that the individual’s conduct falls outside the Second Amendment’s “unqualified command.”110Id. at 2129–30 (quoting Konigsberg v. State Bar of Cal., 366 U.S. 36, 49 n.10 (1961)). The Court’s quotation of Konigsberg here is misleading. The Court in Konigsberg compared the Second Amendment’s “unqualified command” with the restrictive reading of the right to bear arms in United States v. Miller, 307 U.S. 174 (1938) as an analogy for how the right to free speech is similarly not absolute, despite the First Amendment’s “unqualified terms.” Konigsberg, 366 U.S. at 49 n.10 (1961). The Court in Bruen, however, uses this quote as a semantic justification for a more expansive reading. This test dashed hopes that the Court would adopt a reasonability standard that states have largely applied to their own Second Amendment analogues. See Blocher, supra note 49, at 381–83; see also Winkler, supra note 50, at 687.

In applying this test, the Court stated that it would consider whether historical precedent from before, during, and relatively shortly after the founding demonstrates a “comparable tradition of regulation.”111Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2131–32 (citing Heller, 554 U.S. at 631). When comparing modern firearm laws and regulations to historical precedents, it is of course necessary to reason by analogy to determine whether the two are relatively similar.112Id. at 2132. Although the Bruen Court did not provide an exhaustive list of features that would render historical precedents relatively similar to modern laws, it provided two metrics: “how and why the regulations burden a law-abiding citizen’s right to armed self-defense.”113Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2133. Thus, for a historical precedent to support the constitutionality of a modern regulation, there must be (1) a comparable burden and (2) that burden must be comparably justified.114Importantly, the Court noted that, to successfully defend a regulation, the government must only find a proper “historical analogue, not a historical twin.” Id. at 2133 (emphasis in original); cf. Cass R. Sunstein, On Analogical Reasoning, 106 Harv. L. Rev. 741, 773 (1993) (“Everything is similar in infinite ways to everything else . . . . At the very least one needs a set of criteria to engage in analogical reasoning. Otherwise one has no idea what is analogous to what.”). For instance, there have long been prohibitions on carrying arms in sensitive places such as legislative assemblies, schools, and courthouses, so laws prohibiting carrying arms in such places, or even in newly defined sensitive places, are presumptively constitutional, so long as the sensitive place is analogous to those historically designated as such.115See id.; David B. Kopel & Joseph G.S. Greenlee, The “Sensitive Places” Doctrine: Locational Limits on the Right to Bear Arms, 13 Charleston L. Rev. 203, 227–36, 242–45 (2018); see also Heller, 554 U.S. at 626. New York’s licensing scheme, by contrast, could not be justified as analogous to these historical “sensitive places” laws because it generally banned citizens from carrying arms in any place “where people typically congregate,”116Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2133. meaning that entire cities would essentially be exempted from Second Amendment protection.117Id. at 2133–34. The Court also refused to allow the Second Amendment to be construed to apply only in the home. Id. at 2134 (“[T]he Second Amendment guarantees an ‘individual right to possess and carry weapons in case of confrontation,’ and confrontation can surely take place outside the home.”) (quoting Heller, 554 U.S. at 592).

Turing to New York’s proper-cause requirement, the Court stated that the plain text of the amendment protects ordinary citizens’ general right to carry handguns publicly for self-defense, emphasizing that confining the right to bear arms to the home would nullify half of the Second Amendment’s explicit protections—to not only “keep” but also “bear” arms.118Id. at 2134. The central right of the Second Amendment has been held to be the right to bear arms for self-defense in case of confrontation, which often will take place outside the home.119Id. at 2134–35; Heller, 554 U.S. at 592, 599. In assessing New York’s requirement that applicants for a license to carry a firearm in public show “proper cause”—as defined by the New York courts—the Court assessed a variety of sources that the respondents appealed to, dating from the 1200s to the early 1900s.120Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2135–36. The Court explained that, “when it comes to interpreting the Constitution, not all history is created equal.”121Id. at 2136. Therefore, even in light of the pre-existing right doctrine, historical evidence long-predating the enactment of the Second and Fourteenth Amendments will carry less weight than historical precedents closer in time to these enactments if legal conventions have changed in the intervening years.122Id. Thus, English practices traceable from the Middle Ages to the ratification of the Constitution will carry more weight than ancient practices that became obsolete before ratification.123Id. (citing Dimick v. Schiedt, 293 U.S. 474, 477 (1935)). Likewise, post-enactment history can be elucidating when “a regular course of practice” can settle the meaning of disputed terms and phrases.124Id. (quoting Chiafalo v. Washington, 140 S. Ct. 2316, 2326 (2020)); see also NLRB v. Noel Canning, 573 U.S. 513, 572 (2014) (Scalia, J., concurring) (“[W]here a governmental practice has been open, widespread, and unchallenged since the early days of the Republic, the practice should guide our interpretation of an ambiguous constitutional provision.”); The Federalist No. 37, at 179 (James Madison) (Buccaneer Books 1992) (“All new laws, though penned with the greatest technical skill, and passed on the fullest and most mature deliberation, are considered as more or less obscure and equivocal, until their meaning be liquidated and ascertained by a series of particular discussions and adjudications.”). However, when post-enactment precedents take effect long after ratification, they will be accorded less weight.125Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2137; cf. Sprint Commc’ns Co. v. APCC Servs., Inc., 554 U.S. 269, 312 (2008) (Roberts, C. J., dissenting) (“The belated innovations of the mid- to late-19th-century courts come too late to provide insight into the meaning of [the Constitution in 1787].”). With the parameters of its historical inquiry set, the Court proceeded to determine that the historical record the respondents compiled failed to demonstrate a historical analogue for New York’s firearm licensing scheme.126Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2138. That is, there was no historical tradition of limiting the public carry of firearms to citizens who could demonstrate a special need for self-defense, nor was there a historical tradition of broadly prohibiting the carry of commonly used firearms for self-defense.127Id.

A few key takeaways from the Court’s evaluation of this compendium of historical precedents will inform how a model gun control statute can be structured. First, the manner of public carry was historically subject to reasonable regulation—individuals could be restricted from carrying deadly weapons in a way that would be likely to terrorize others.128Id. at 2150. Second, states with surety laws129Surety statutes generally required certain individuals to post bond before carrying weapons in public. These were not the general bans absent a specific showing of a particular need as the New York statute was. Rather, these statutes targeted those threatening to do harm. Id. at 2148; see also Wrenn v. District of Columbia, 864 F.3d 650, 661 (D.C. Cir. 2017) (“[S]urety laws did not deny a responsible person carrying rights unless he showed a special need for self-defense. They only burdened someone reasonably accused of posing a threat. And even he could go on carrying without criminal penalty. He simply had to post money that would be forfeited if he breached the peace or injured others—a requirement from which he was exempt if he needed self-defense.”). provided financial incentives for responsible arms carrying, rather than directly restricting public carry.130Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2150. Third, states have historically been able to restrict or eliminate one kind of public carry—usually concealed carry—so long as they allowed the other type of carry—usually open carry.131Id. Fourth, the more widely enacted a type of statute is, the more likely the court is to uphold it. Thus, the relatively few historical examples prohibiting the carry of pistols—and in some cases all firearms—in towns, cities, and villages could not “overcome the overwhelming evidence of an otherwise enduring American tradition permitting public carry.”132Id. at 2154. Many of the statutes that prohibited or severely restricted the public carry of arms were enacted in the Western Territories prior to statehood. Id. The Court recognized two main defects in analogizing these statutes to modern legislation. First, the territorial populations that lived under these statutes was miniscule—less than one percent of the population at the time, showing that they were not widely adopted. Id. Second, the American territorial system was transitional and temporary, allowing for more improvisational territorial legislation that was short-lived and rarely subject to judicial scrutiny. Id. at 2155. Finally, as Kavanaugh’s concurrence underscores, the Court’s opinion does not jeopardize the existing “shall-issue” licensing regimes employed in forty-three states, only the “may-issue” regimes employed by six states and the District of Columbia.133Id. at 2161 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring). The states with “shall-issue” regimes are New York, California, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, and New Jersey. Id. at 2124. See also Thomson Reuters, 50 State Statutory Surveys: Right to Carry a Concealed Weapon, 0030 Surveys 32 (2022). The District of Columbia’s analogue to the “proper cause” standard at issue in Bruen has been enjoined since 2017. Wrenn, 864 F.3d at 668. The difference between these two is that when an applicant meets the statutory criteria in a shall-issue regime, they must be issued a license. Under a “may-issue” regime, however, even if an applicant meets the statutory criteria, a licensing officer has the discretion to refuse to issue a license, based on the difficult to meet “special need” requirement.134Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2123–21. Although the Court did not explicitly say that “shall-issue” regimes and “proper cause” requirements for licenses to carry firearms for self-defense are per se unconstitutional, it is difficult to see how either of these could be upheld.135See id. at 2138 n.9.

B.  Summary of Second Amendment Precedent

Before moving on to the model statute, a brief summary of the major limitations imposed by the foregoing trilogy of modern Second Amendment jurisprudence will prove helpful. First, the core right protected by the Second Amendment is an individual right to keep and bear arms for self-defense. Second, this right is effective against both the state and federal governments. Third, if the Second Amendment’s plain text—as interpreted by the Supreme Court—covers an individual’s conduct, it is presumptively protected, and the government must demonstrate that the law in question is analogous—though not necessarily identical—to a historical practice of firearms regulation. Fourth, when seeking a historical analogue to justify a modern regulation, not all history is created equal. Examples of post-ratification regulation that settle disputed terms and are relatively close in time to the adoption of the Bill of Rights can be particularly informative, as can evidence of English and Colonial practices that stayed in effect at least until ratification. Fifth, the more widespread a particular firearm regulation is, the more likely it is constitutional. Sixth, a legislature might well be able to ban or severely restrict either concealed carry or open, so long as they allow one of the two methods to remain legal. Finally, some types of firearm regulations are presumptively lawful—prohibitions on possession by felons and the mentally ill, laws against brandishing a firearm—while some are presumptively unlawful—shall-issue regimes, proper cause requirements.

As onerous as these requirements might appear to be, there is still a way for legislatures to assert meaningful control over the exercise of the Second Amendment, albeit with less free reign than they had previously been allowed. A systemic approach to gun ownership composed of rules that have historical analogues in the American legal tradition can be modeled on South Africa’s firearm licensing system. South Africa’s Firearms Control Act could provide a method to limit possession of high-capacity magazines while still allowing them to be owned for self-defense.

II.  SOUTH AFRICA’S GUN CONTROL SYSTEM

South Africa is fairly unique in its approach to firearms ownership in that a central focus of its firearm licensing system is to allow people the means to defend themselves.136Firearms Control Act 60 of 2000 pmbl. JSRSA (S. Afr.) (updated through 2014). Its licensing system is nevertheless comprehensive in spelling out the requirements for owning different categories of firearms and is fairly stringent in its requirements for firearm ownership in the first place—at least when compared with current law in the United States. Because the South African Model allows for a right to own a firearm for self-defense,137See id. at ch. 6 § 13. yet provides a comprehensive licensing scheme, it provides an ideal starting point for drafting a model statute for the United States.

The main feature of South Africa’s Firearms Control Act of 2000138The Act is designed around creating a comprehensive licensing system that requires a competency as well as a license for each firearm that a person owns. See id. at ch. 4 § 6(2) (“[N]o licence may be issued to a person who is not in possession of the relevant competency certificate.”).—which states could benefit from replicating—is a licensing system requiring citizens who wish to own a firearm to first obtain a competency certificate139Id. and then obtain a license specific to each firearm that they wish to own.140Id. at ch. 6 § 11 (“The Registrar must issue a separate licence in respect of each firearm licensed in terms of this Chapter.”). The type of firearm a citizen can own will depend on the type of license that they receive, which, in turn, depends on their purpose for owning the firearm. For instance, a citizen cannot obtain a semi-automatic rifle for occasional hunting or sports shooting because such a weapon is not necessary for that purpose.141See id. at ch. 15. Of course, a semi-automatic rifle could be used for occasional hunting or sports shooting, but the South African legislature presumably found that the potential danger of allowing more citizens to own semi-automatic rifles outweighed its utility for occasional hunting and sports shooting. This an important feature that could lawfully be replicated in the United States142See infra Section IV.B.2. to strike a balance between the states’ interest in public safety and the private interest in self-defense. Take high-capacity magazines, for instance. Some states have tried to outright ban them,143See, e.g., Safety for All Act, 2016 Cal. Legis. Serv. Prop. 63, § 6.1 (West), adding Cal. Penal Code § 32310(c)–(d) (Supp. 2020). but it is not clear that this is constitutional under Heller, McDonald, and Bruen.144Compare Duncan v. Becerra, 366 F. Supp. 3d 1131, 1143 (S.D. Cal. 2019) (“California’s § 32310 directly infringes Second Amendment rights . . . by broadly prohibiting common firearms and their common magazines holding more than 10 rounds, because they are not unusual and are commonly used by responsible, law-abiding citizens for lawful purposes such as self-defense.”), rev’d sub nom. Duncan v. Bonta, 19 F.4th 1087 (9th Cir. 2021), vacated, 142 S. Ct. 2895 (2022) (mem.), with Wiese v. Becerra, 306 F. Supp. 3d 1190, 1195 n.3 (E.D. Cal. 2018) (finding that California’s high-capacity magazine ban does not violate the Second Amendment), and Ass’n of N.J. Rifle & Pistol Clubs, Inc. v. Att’y Gen. of N.J., 910 F.3d 106, 118 (3d Cir. 2018) (finding that a New Jersey law banning high-capacity magazines “does not severely burden, and in fact respects, the core of the Second Amendment right”), abrogated by N.Y. Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 (2022). South Africa’s Firearms Control Act could provide a method to limit possession of high-capacity magazines while still allowing them to be owned for self-defense uses.

Although South Africa’s system provides a good starting point for a model act, some areas will need modification to comport with U.S. constitutional standards. The main modifications are in the types of firearms that can be owned and the permit issuance requirements. Heller instructs that firearms in common use receive Second Amendment protection145See supra Section I.A.3. and Bruen indicates that “may issue” regimes are very likely per se unconstitutional.146See N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2138 (2022). The primary modifications this Note proposes for its Model Act appear in Sections 2(b), 3, 5, and 6 in Part III below.

III.  THE MODEL FIREARMS CONTROL ACT

The following is the full text of the Model Firearms Control Act that this Note proposes the states adopt. This act is intended to supplement existing state firearms regulations by creating an individual licensing requirement.

A.  Chapter 1: Definitions, License Requirement, Eligibility Certificate

  • § 1 Definitions
    • (a) Designated Firearms Officer. A “Designated Firearms Officer” means a law enforcement official designated as such by state law.
    • (b) Accredited Hunting Association. An “Accredited Hunting Association” means an association meeting the criteria designated by state law.
    • (c) Accredited Sports Shooting Association. An “Accredited Sports Shooting Association” means an association meeting the criteria designated by state law.
  • § 2 License Requirement
    • (a) No person may possess a firearm without holding a license issued by the state for that firearm. A separate license is required for each firearm.
    • (b) No person may receive a license to possess a firearm without first having been issued an eligibility certificate.
    • (c) A Designated Firearms Officer may not issue an applicant a license to possess a firearm that is not legal to possess in the state within which the applicant resides.
    • (d) Familial transfer. Ownership of a firearm cannot be transferred from one person to another unless the transferee has a license to possess that firearm, even if the transferor and transferee are family members.
    • (e) Issuance. Upon meeting the criteria for any firearms license, the Designated Firearms Officer to whom the application has been delivered must issue the applicant the appropriate firearms license. Neither the Designated Firearms Officer, nor any other state or federal government employee or agent may prevent an applicant from delivering a valid application to the Designated Firearms Officer.
  • § 3 Eligibility Certificate
    • (a) Requirements. To receive an eligibility certificate, the applicant must:
      • (1) Complete an application delivered to a Designated Firearms Officer responsible for the area in which applicant resides;
      • (2) Provide a full set of the applicant’s fingerprints;
      • (3) Be eighteen years old or older;
      • (4) Be lawfully present in the United States;
      • (5) Not suffer from a mental illness that renders the applicant a danger to himself or others;
      • (6) Never have been convicted of a crime punishable by a year or more of imprisonment;
      • (7) Never have been convicted of a crime involving:
        • (A) Fraud in relation to—or supplying false information for the purpose of—obtaining an eligibility certificate, license, permit, or authorization to possess a firearm in terms of this Act or a previous law; or
        • (B) Domestic violence.
      • (8) Not be addicted to any substance that has an intoxicating effect; and
      • (9) Pass a firearms safety course as prescribed by state law.
    • (b) Issuance. Upon the applicant’s completion of the above requirements, the Designated Firearms Officer to whom an application has been delivered must issue a qualified applicant an eligibility certificate within thirty days of delivery.
    • (c) Denial pending investigation. If the Designated Firearms Officer has a well-founded doubt that an applicant has not met one or more of the eligibility requirements, the Designated Firearms Officer can deny an applicant an eligibility certificate for up to thirty days, during which time he or she may conduct a further investigation to determine whether the applicant has met the requirements to receive an eligibility certificate. After thirty days, the Designated Firearms Officer must either:
      • (1) Issue the eligibility certificate if the applicant meets the necessary criteria; or
      • (2) Provide the applicant with the reason for denying the certificate.

      If the Designated Firearms Officer has a well-founded doubt as to the mental stability of an applicant, the Designated Firearms Officer has the discretion to require an applicant to undergo a screening by a licensed psychologist or licensed psychiatrist before issuing an eligibility certificate contingent on the psychologist or psychiatrist’s determination that the applicant is of stable mental condition.

B.  Chapter 2: Types of Licenses and Use of Firearms

  • § 4 License to Possess a Firearm for Self-Defense
    • (a) Firearms that may be possessed for self-defense. A person can receive a license to possess the following firearms for self-defense:
      • (1) A handgun that is not fully automatic; or
      • (2) A rifle or shotgun that is not semi-automatic or fully automatic.
    • (b) Issuance. A license to possess such a firearm for self-defense must be issued to any natural person who
      • (1) Holds a valid eligibility certificate; and
      • (2) Applies for a license to possess a firearm for self-defense.
    • (c) Limits. No person may possess more than two licenses under this section.
  • § 5 License to Possess a Restricted Firearm for Self-Defense
    • (a) Restricted firearms defined. The following are considered “restricted firearms” for the purpose of this section:
      • (1) A rifle or shotgun that accepts detachable magazines and is semi-automatic but not fully automatic.
    • (b) Requirements to issue a license to possess a restricted firearm for self-defense. A license to possess a firearm for self-defense must be issued to any natural person who
      • (1) Holds a valid eligibility certificate;
      • (2) Applies for a license to possess a restricted firearm for self-defense; and
      • (3) Shows cause why the particular restricted firearm for which a license is sought serves a self-defense need that a non-restricted firearm cannot serve.
    • (c) Basis for denial. The Designated Firearms Officer reviewing the application to possess a restricted firearm for self-defense must provide an objectively reasonable basis, based on clear and convincing evidence, to deny an application for lack of cause under section 5(b)(3).
  • § 6 License to Carry a Concealed Firearm for Self-Defense
    • (a) Concealed carry defined. “Concealed carry” means carrying a firearm on the person of the license holder in a way that is not visible to others.
    • (b) Requirements to issue a license to carry a concealed firearm for self-defense. A license to possess a firearm for self-defense must be issued to any natural person who
      • (1) Is twenty-one years old or older;
      • (2) Holds a valid eligibility certificate; and
      • (3) Completes an application delivered to a Designated Firearms Officer responsible for the area in which the applicant resides.
    • (c) Arms that may be possessed for concealed carry. A person who holds a license to carry a concealed firearm can carry any handgun that is concealable on the person, is not fully automatic, and that the person has a license to possess.
  • § 7 License to Openly Carry a Firearm for Self-Defense147Either this section or section 5 can be deleted at the determination of the state legislature, but one type of public carry—either open or concealed—must be permitted. See Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2150.
    • (a) Openly carry defined. “Openly carry” means carrying a firearm on the person of the license holder that is not concealed.
    • (b) Requirements to issue a license to openly carry a firearm for self-defense. A license to openly carry a firearm for self-defense must be issued to any natural person who
      • (1) Is twenty-one years old or older;
      • (2) Holds a valid eligibility certificate; and
      • (3) Completes an application delivered to a Designated Firearms Officer responsible for the area in which applicant resides.
    • (c) Arms that may be possessed for open carry. A person who holds a license to openly carry a firearm can openly carry any handgun that is not fully automatic and that the person has a license to possess.
  • § 8 License to Possess a Firearm for Occasional Hunting or Occasional Sports Shooting
    • (a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide responsible, law-abiding citizens access to ordinary firearms for such lawful activities as hunting, target practice, and sports shooting.148The terms “occasional hunting” and “occasional sports shooting” remain undefined because definition is not necessary. Section 8 is rather permissive in providing access to ordinary firearms (as opposed to dangerous and unusual firearms) to any person who can obtain an eligibility certificate.
    • (b) Persons eligible under this section. Any person who holds a valid eligibility certificate can receive a license to possess a firearm for occasional hunting or sports shooting.
    • (c) Arms that may be possessed for occasional hunting or sports shooting. A person may receive a license to possess the following firearms for occasional hunting or occasional sports shooting:
      • (1) A rifle or shotgun that is not semi-automatic or fully automatic; and
      • (2) A handgun that is not fully automatic.
  • § 9 License to Possess a Firearm for Dedicated Hunting or Dedicated Sports Shooting
    • (a) Dedicated hunter defined. A “dedicated hunter” means a person who regularly participates in hunting activities and who is a member of an Accredited Hunting Association.
    • (b) Dedicated sports shooter defined. A “dedicated sports shooter” means any person who regularly participates in sports shooting and who is a member of an Accredited Sports Shooting Association.
    • (c) A person who is a dedicated hunter or a dedicated sports shooter can receive a license to possess the following firearms for dedicated hunting or dedicated sports shooting:
      • (1) A rifle or shotgun that is not fully automatic; and
      • (2) A handgun that is not fully automatic.

    C.  Chapter 3: Use and Transportation of Firearms

    • § 10 Use of Firearms. A person may use a firearm for which the person holds a valid license where it is safe and lawful to do so.
    • § 11 Transportation of Firearms. A person lawfully possessing a firearm can transport that firearm in any manner that is consistent with state law.

    IV.  CONSTITUTIONALITY

    The Model Act that this Note proposes is designed to survive judicial review by United States courts, rather than to be considered constitutional in an abstract sense. The object of the application of Second Amendment jurisprudence here is “the prediction of the incidence of the public force through the instrumentality of the courts.”149Justice O. W. Holmes, Address at the Boston University School of Law: The Path of the Law 457 (Jan. 7, 1897), in 10 Harv. L. Rev. 457 (1897). As such, this Section argues that the confluence of Second Amendment doctrine and practical considerations will allow the Model Act to remain “lawful” in the realist sense.150See id. at 461 (“The prophecies of what the courts will do in fact, and nothing more pretentious, are what I mean by the law.”).

    A.  “Longstanding Prohibitions”

    The Heller Court enumerated in dictum certain restrictions on the right to bear arms that its common use doctrine did not place in jeopardy.

    [N]othing in our opinion should be taken to cast doubt on longstanding prohibitions on the possession of firearms by felons and the mentally ill, or laws forbidding the carrying of firearms in sensitive places such as schools and government buildings, or laws imposing conditions and qualifications on the commercial sale of arms.151District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 626–27 (2008). Unfortunately, the Heller Court provided no historical basis for these restrictions, so the Heller opinion itself is of no use in finding a historical precedent for these “longstanding prohibitions.” Id. at 626–27; see Waldman, supra note 7, at 126 (“This eminently sensible list barges into the text, seemingly from nowhere.”). In his McDonald dissent, Justice Breyer succinctly summarizes the odd nature of this list of “acceptable” regulations.
    [T]he Court has haphazardly created a few simple rules, such as that it will not touch “prohibitions on the possession of firearms by felons and the mentally ill,” “laws forbidding the carrying of firearms in sensitive places such as schools and government buildings,” or “laws imposing conditions and qualifications on the commercial sale of arms.” But why these rules and not others? Does the Court know that these regulations are justified by some special gun-related risk of death? In fact, the Court does not know. It has simply invented rules that sound sensible without being able to explain why or how Chicago’s handgun ban is different.
    McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 925 (2010) (Breyer, J., dissenting) (citations omitted) (quoting Heller, 554 U.S. at 626–27).

    Although somewhat reassuring at the time the Heller decision was handed down, Bruen and McDonald have not given this assertion clear majority support. First, in McDonald, only Chief Justice Roberts and Justices Scalia and Kennedy joined Justice Alito’s endorsement of this list of presumptively lawful restrictions.152McDonald, 561 U.S. at 786 (plurality opinion). Next, in Bruen, this passage was omitted entirely from the majority opinion, appearing only in Justice Kavanaugh’s concurrence.153Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2162 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring). Perhaps, then, this ipse dixit of “longstanding prohibitions” will not carry any special favor with the Court in the future and sections 3(a)(1–7) of the Model Act will have to be justified under Bruen’s historical test.

    1.  Prohibition on Firearm Possession by Felons

    When applying Bruen’s historical test to section 3(a)(7) of the Model Act—which denies eligibility certificates to felons—the first question is whether the Second Amendment’s plain text covers an individual’s conduct.154Id. at 2126. To conclude that the Second Amendment does not cover this conduct requires reliance more on dicta from Heller, McDonald, and Bruen, as well as the majority’s focus on the rights of law-abiding citizens in these cases,155Of course, the law-abiding nature of the litigants in Heller, McDonald, and Bruen was never in question, limiting the persuasiveness of this argument. rather than a formally applied Bruen analysis. In United States v. Minter, for instance, a district court was faced with a challenge to the constitutionality of a federal law that makes possession of firearms and ammunition by convicted felons illegal.156United States v. Minter, 635 F. Supp. 3d 352, 354 (M.D. Pa. 2022). The district court reasoned that “the Supreme Court in Bruen ha[d] already signaled the answer to this question,” and concluded that “the Bruen Court’s decision did not undermine Heller’s statement,” emphasizing that the Second Amendment protects the “right of law-abiding, responsible citizens to use arms for self-defense.”157Id. at 358 (quoting Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2131) (emphasis in original). Several other district courts have considered the constitutionality of a felon-in-possession laws post-Bruen, many of which have concluded that the Second Amendment’s plain text does not cover this conduct.158See, e.g., United States v. Ingram, 623 F. Supp. 3d 660, 664 (D.S.C. 2022) (“[S]imilar discussion regarding felon-in-possession and comparable statutes appears in three different opinions: Heller, McDonald, and Bruen. By distinguishing non-law-abiding citizens from law-abiding ones, the dicta in Heller and McDonald clarifies the bounds of the plain text of the Second Amendment.”); United States v. Jackson, No. 21-51, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 164604, at *3 (D. Minn. Sept. 13, 2022) (“In Bruen, the Court again stressed that Heller and McDonald remain good law. Justice Kavanaugh, joined by Chief Justice Roberts, stated that Bruen does not disturb what the Court has said in Heller about the restrictions imposed on possessing firearms . . . .”); United States v. Hill, 629 F. Supp. 3d 1027, 1029–30 (S.D. Cal. 2022); United States v. Siddoway, No. 21-cr-00205, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 178168, at *3–5 (D. Idaho Sept. 27, 2022); United States v. Burrell, No. 21-20395, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 161336, at *6–7 (E.D. Mich. Sept. 7, 2022). However, this reliance on dicta might not be enough to avoid the historical inquiry that Bruen demands.159See, e.g., United States v. Coombes, 629 F. Supp. 3d 1149, 1154–56 (N.D. Okla. 2022) (concluding that the Second Amendment does not categorically exclude convicted felons from “the people”).

    If the Second Amendment’s plain text is interpreted to include convicted felons in its reference to “the people,”160Id. Bruen’s historical test would require the government to determine whether section 3(a)(7) is “consistent with this Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation.”161Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2126. Because the earliest felon-disarmament laws date from the twilight of the nineteenth century and the early part of the twentieth century,162Carlton F.W. Larson, Four Exceptions in Search of a Theory: District of Columbia v. Heller and Judicial Ipse Dixit, 60 Hastings L.J. 1371, 1376 (2009). an earlier historical analogue must be identified. One possible analogue is some American Colonies’ practice of attainder, which was utilized to disarm “disaffected” or “delinquent” individuals.163See Thomas R. McCoy, The Collateral Consequences of a Criminal Conviction, 23 Vand. L. Rev. 929, 942–49, 1080–82 (1970); 1 Journals of the Provincial Congress, Provincial Convention, Committee of Safety and Council of Safety of the State of New York 149–50 (Albany, Thurlow Weed 1842); see also Stephen P. Halbrook, The Founders’ Second Amendment: Origins of the Right to Bear Arms 117–18 (2008). Although a bill of attainder would surely constitute a due process violation today, the colonial practice of attainder is still sufficiently analogical to felon-in-possession laws because it is an example of state legislatures disarming individuals considered dangerous.164See Coombes, 629 F. Supp. 3d at 1157–58. Additionally, a colonial New York law prohibited convicted felons from owning property or chattels, implicitly prohibiting them from owning firearms.165See Howard Itzkowitz & Lauren Oldak, Note, Restoring the Ex-Offender’s Right to Vote: Background and Developments, 11 Am. Crim. L. Rev. 721, 725 n.33 (1973); 1 The Colonial Laws of New York: From the Year 1664 to the Revolution 145 (Albany, James B. Lyon 1894); Coombes, 629 F. Supp. 3d at 1158–59. Finally, a few historical examples of proposals made during the ratification process show that the founders did not intend to confer the right to bear arms on convicted felons.166See Coombes, 629 F. Supp. 3d at 1158–59. Proposals from Anti-Federalists in Pennsylvania,1672 Bernard Schwartz, The Bill of Rights: A Documentary History 665 (1971). Samuel Adams in Massachusetts,168Heller, 554 U.S. at 716 (Breyer, J., dissenting). and delegates from New Hampshire1691 Jonathan Elliot, The Debates in the Several State Conventions on the Adoption of the Federal Constitution 326 (Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co. 2d ed. 1836) (The proposed amendment provided that “Congress shall never disarm any citizen, unless such as are or have been in actual rebellion.”). all show that the framers thought of the Second Amendment as recognizing the right of law-abiding citizens to bear arms. One of these proposals, for instance, provided that “no law shall be passed for disarming the people or any of them unless for crimes committed, or real danger of public injury from individuals.”170Schwartz, supra note 167. Although these were only proposals, they are still helpful because they illustrate how Americans at the time understood the government’s authority to limit firearm possession. These proposals’ rejection does not necessarily show that early Americans objected to such limitations on the right to bear arms and could simply be a result of a lack of Federalist support.

    Although the historical precedents identified here are not overly persuasive, they have thus far been sufficient for many federal courts that have heard challenges to the federal felon-in-possession law and entertained the question of whether it is consistent with this Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation.171See, e.g., Coombes, 629 F. Supp. 3d at 1158–59; United States v. Collette, 630 F. Supp. 3d 841, 846 (W.D. Tex. 2022); United States v. Charles, 633 F. Supp. 3d 874, 878–79 (W.D. Tex. 2022); United States v. Price, 635 F. Supp. 3d 455, 458 (S.D.W. Va. 2022); United States v. Cockerham, No. 21-cr-6, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 164702, at *3–4 (S.D. Miss. Sept. 13, 2022). Taking a realist view, this could simply be because the judiciary is staffed by those “who know too much to sacrifice good sense to a syllogism”172O. W. Holmes, Jr., The Common Law 36 (Boston, Little, Brown, & Co. 1881). and are unwilling to invalidate a law that is so sensible on its face. Even the Supreme Court, staffed as it is today, might not invalidate such laws. Assuming Justice Kavanaugh’s concurring opinion in Bruen to be an honest representation of how he (and Chief Justice Roberts, who joined his concurrence) will vote in the future, the Heller Court’s enumeration of presumptively lawful regulations will not be stripped of all persuasive effect.173N.Y. Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2161 (2022) (Kavanaugh, J., concurring). After all, it is hard to imagine that Justices Sotomayor, Kagan, or Jackson would not endorse the “longstanding prohibitions” passage from Heller. Thus, we can expect laws that prohibit felons from possessing firearms—and section 3(a)(6) of the Model Act—will not be invalidated by the Supreme Court, even if on practical rather than doctrinal considerations.

    2.  Prohibiting Firearm Possession for Certain Non-Felonies

    Possibly more challenging, however, is section 3(a)(7), which denies eligibility certificates to individuals convicted of fraud for the purpose of obtaining a firearm; unlawful use or handling of a firearm; or domestic violence. After deciding Bruen, the Supreme Court vacated and remanded for further consideration a circuit court decision rejecting a challenge to a Massachusetts law similar to section 3(a)(7) of the Model Act.174Morin v. Lyver, 143 S. Ct. 69, 69 (2022). The law in question prohibited the plaintiff from receiving a license to carry a firearm in public because he had been convicted of attempting to carry a pistol without a license and of possession of an unregistered firearm in the District of Columbia.175Morin v. Lyver, 13 F.4th 101, 102–03 (1st Cir. 2021), vacated, 143 S. Ct. 69 (2022). Although these convictions were misdemeanors, Massachusetts law denied public carry licenses to “persons who had, ‘in any state or federal jurisdiction, been convicted’ of ‘a violation of any law regulating the use, possession, ownership, transfer, purchase, sale, lease, rental, receipt or transportation of weapons or ammunition for which a term of imprisonment may be imposed.’ ”176Id. at 103 (quoting Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 140, § 131(d)(i)(D) (2008)). In upholding the Massachusetts law, the circuit court applied intermediate scrutiny, which the Supreme Court has since rejected as inappropriate for Second Amendment analysis.177Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 at 2129–30. However, in a similar post-Bruen case, the Fifth Circuit upheld a law prohibiting possession of a firearm by persons under indictment,178United States v. Avila, No. 22–50088, 2022 U.S. App. LEXIS 35321, at *1 (5th Cir. Dec. 21, 2022); see also United States v. Rowson, No. 22 Cr. 310, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13832, at *1 (S.D.N.Y. Jan. 26, 2023). and several district courts have upheld laws prohibiting possession of firearms by felons,179See, e.g., United States v. Kays, 624 F. Supp. 3d 1262, 1265 (W.D. Okla. 2022); United States v. Price, 635 F. Supp. 3d 455, 466–67 (S.D.W. Va. 2022); United States v. Minter, 635 F. Supp. 3d 352, 354 (M.D. Pa. 2022); District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 716 (2008) (Breyer, J., dissenting). domestic violence misdemeanants,180United States v. Nutter, 624 F. Supp. 3d 636, 644–45 (S.D.W. Va. 2022). Infamously, however, the Fifth Circuit recently held that the federal law prohibiting possession of firearms by persons under a domestic violence restraining order is unconstitutional because it does not fit “within our Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation.” United States v. Rahimi, 61 F.4th 443, 460 (5th Cir. 2023), cert granted, 143 S. Ct. 2688 (2023). and unlawful users of controlled substances.181United States v. Daniels, 610 F. Supp. 3d 892, 897 (S.D. Miss. 2022), rev’d, 77 F.4th 337 (5th Cir. 2023). Although some district courts have held similar laws unconstitutional,182United States v. Hicks, No. W:21-CR-00060, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 35485, at *17–18  (W.D. Tex. Jan. 9, 2023) (holding a law prohibiting firearm possession while under a felony indictment unconstitutional); United States v. Quiroz, 629 F. Supp. 3d 511, 511–12 (W.D. Tex. 2022); Price, 635 F. Supp. 3d at 457 (holding a law prohibiting possession of a firearm with an altered, obliterated, or removed serial number unconstitutional); United States v. Perez-Gallan, 640 F. Supp. 3d 697,  716 (W.D. Tex. 2022) (holding a federal statute prohibiting firearm possession by those subject to restraining order related to domestic violence unconstitutional). there is, as of yet, no circuit precedent invalidating these laws.

    In addition to the weight of circuit precedent, the plain text of Heller supports the conclusion that “prohibitions on the possession of firearms by felons and the mentally ill”183Heller, 554 U.S. at 626. and similar measures are “presumptively lawful.”184Id. at 627 n.26. However, if the Court determines that Bruen abrogates the “longstanding prohibitions” dictum from Heller, a historical analogue will have to be found.185N.Y. Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2133 (2022). Bruen provides two metrics to be considered in determining whether a regulation is relevantly similar to a historical analogue: (1) how they burden a “law-abiding citizen’s right to armed self-defense,” and (2) why they burden that right.186Id. at 2132–33. These are not the only metrics that could render a historical analogue “relatively similar,” but they are the only metrics the Court explicitly mentioned.

    Under these metrics, section 3(a)(7) of the Model Act could escape invalidation on the same basis as felon-in-possession laws187See supra Section IV.A.1.: because it burdens a law-abiding citizen’s right of lawful self-defense in a way similar to, and for a reason practically identical to, the colonial practice of disarming “disaffected” or “delinquent individuals” through attainder,188See McCoy, supra note 163, at 942–49. and the colonial practice of prohibiting convicted felons from owning chattels, including firearms.189Itzkowitz et al., supra note 165, at 721, 725 n.33.

    First, the burden is similar because a regulation prohibiting possession of firearms to certain classes of misdemeanants does not actually burden the right any more than a law prohibiting a felon’s possession of firearms. The right described in Bruen is one belonging to law-abiding citizens, not citizens convicted of felonies.190Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2138 n.9. Individuals convicted of a felony or misdemeanor domestic violence; unlawful use or handling of a firearm; or fraud for the purpose of unlawfully obtaining a firearm are by definition not law-abiding.191This does not mean, however, that any violation of the law will result in a forfeiture of Second Amendment rights. Section 3(a)(7) contemplates specific violations of law that tend to show that allowing that person to own a firearm would be dangerous to themselves, to the public, or both. To the contrary, those individuals would be showing that they are willing to commit serious violent crimes—domestic violence—or crimes showing that they are not safe users of firearms. Second, the reason for the restrictions in section 3(a)(7) of the Model Act are identical to the reasons for the colonial practice of prohibiting dangerous individuals from owning firearms: to ensure those bearing arms are responsible, safe, and law-abiding. In discussing the regulations in shall-issue licensing regimes, Bruen acknowledges that regulations designed “to ensure only that those bearing arms in the jurisdiction are, in fact, ‘law-abiding, responsible citizens’ ” are constitutional.192Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2138 n.9. Because section 3(a)(7) is closely analogous to the presumptively lawful measures expounded in Heller,193District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 626–27 (2008); see also McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742, 786 (2010); Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2162 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring). it is likely to be held constitutional.

    Another potentially problematic provision is section 3(a)(8), which does not allow individuals addicted to narcotics to obtain an eligibility certificate that is a prerequisite to possession of any firearm. In 2023, a federal court in Oklahoma ruled that the federal statute prohibiting possession of firearms by users of substances made illegal by the federal Controlled Substances Act19418 U.S.C. § 922(g)(3). was unconstitutional.195United States v. Harrison, No. CR-22-00328, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 18397, at *51 (W.D. Okla. Feb. 3, 2023) (concluding that the statute forbidding possession of firearms by unlawful drug users violates the Second Amendment). However, this ruling is far from sounding the death knell for laws prohibiting possession of firearms by drug addicts. Even if this position was adopted by the circuit courts or the Supreme Court, it would not invalidate section 3(a)(8) because that section only prohibits individuals who are addicted to, rather than mere users of, intoxicating substances from obtaining eligibility certificates. This is intended to prevent individuals whose mental stability would be regularly impaired by the abuse of drugs or alcohol from possessing firearms and would not apply to an occasional marijuana user. Section 3(a)(8) is therefore very similar to a law prohibiting possession by those with mental illnesses, as described in Heller as presumptively lawful.196Heller, 554 U.S. at 626. These presumptively lawful restrictions were also endorsed by two justices in the majority in Bruen and would likely also be endorsed by the three dissenting justices. See Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2162 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring).

    One final challenge section 3(a)(8) might face is that it is unconstitutional under Robinson v. California.197Robinson v. California, 370 U.S. 660 (1962). In Robinson, the Court held that a law criminalizing being addicted to the use of narcotics was cruel and unusual punishment under the Eight Amendment.198Id. at 666; U.S. Const. amend. VIII. This comparison is, however, inapposite. Section 3(a)(8) does not criminalize drug addiction; it only prevents drug addicts from arming themselves—for their own safety and the safety of the general public. It is fundamentally no different from making it illegal for blind persons to drive. Moreover, the Model Act does not prevent persons who were once addicted to drugs but are no longer addicted from obtaining an eligibility certificate. Thus, section 3(a)(8) falls far short of being a punishment at all, much less a cruel and unusual one.

    B.  Regulation of Different Classes of Arms

    1.  Purpose-Based Licensing

    The defining characteristic of the Model Act, in accordance with South Africa’s licensing system, is how it ties the ownership of a firearm to its use by only allowing ownership of firearms that are suited to the purpose for which the license is sought. Although access to certain firearms, such as semi-automatic rifles, is restricted under the Model Act, they are not entirely banned. This is done in an attempt to limit access to especially dangerous firearms while acknowledging the reality that a blanket ban on assault weapons might not be held constitutional by the current Supreme Court because of the inherent difficulty in finding a historical precedent regulating distinctly modern arms.199See Miller v. Bonta, No. 19-cv-01537, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 188421, at *97 (S.D. Cal. Oct. 19, 2023). Moreover, given the Supreme Court’s current 6-3 conservative supermajority, a blanket ban would create a risk of creating a dangerous precedent. If the Supreme Court invalidated an assault weapons ban, future Justices who might not consider such a ban unconstitutional per se might nevertheless feel duty-bound to apply Supreme Court precedent faithfully.

    The requirements for a license to possess a firearm for self-defense described in section 4(b) of the Model act would likely be found constitutional under Bruen because it is very closely analogous to the “shall-issue” carry licensing system in place in the vast majority of states.200Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2162. Bruen held only that the discretion afforded to licensing officials in the states with “may-issue” regimes is unconstitutional,201Id. at 2156. and did not jeopardize the licensing requirements that are employed in forty-three states.202Id. at 2138 n.9; see also id. at 2161 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring) (“[T]he Court’s decision does not affect the existing licensing regimes—known as ‘shall-issue’ regimes—that are employed in 43 States.”); id. at 2162 (Kavanaugh J. concurring) (“[T]he Second Amendment allows a ‘variety’ of gun regulations.”) (citing District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 636 (2008)). The Court explained that “nothing in our analysis should be interpreted to suggest the unconstitutionality of the 43 States’ ‘shall-issue’ licensing regimes, under which ‘a general desire for self-defense is sufficient to obtain a [permit].’ ”203Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2138 n.9 (quoting Drake v. Filko, 724 F.3d 426, 442 (3d Cir. 2013) (Hardiman, J., dissenting)). Moreover, the Court used the fact that “shall-issue” licensing regimes are in place in the vast majority of states to bolster its argument that New York’s “may-issue” regime was unconstitutional.204Id. at 2123–24. The Court further explained that states are free to “require applicants to undergo a background check or pass a firearms safety course,” and that these measures “are designed to ensure only that those bearing arms in the jurisdiction are, in fact, ‘law-abiding, responsible citizens.’ ”205Id. at 2138 n.9 (quoting Heller, 554 U.S. at 635). Section 4(b) of the Model Act follows the convention of a “shall-issue” licensing regime, but applies to firearm ownership for self-defense in general, not just to public carry. Regulations such as section 4(b) of the Model Act, just like regulations that the court mentioned,206Id. serve only to ensure that firearm owners are law-abiding, responsible citizens.207Id. Thus, section 4(b) burdens the right of law-abiding citizens to keep and bear arms for self-defense to a similar extent, and for the very same purpose, as the public carry licensing requirements in effect in forty-three states.208See id. at 2123–24; Thomson Reuters, 50 State Statutory Surveys: Right to Carry a Concealed Weapon, 0030 Surveys 32 (2022). Although the modern prevalence of the licensing requirement might not be doctrinally relevant, practically speaking, 4(b) would be unlikely to be invalidated unless a court were either willing to invalidate the widespread practice of public carry licensing or unwilling to accept licensing for firearm ownership in general.

    2.  High-Capacity Magazines and Semi-Automatic Rifles

    Perhaps the most difficult constitutional question in this area is whether states can ban specific types of arms. The Supreme Court has not given clear guidance on these issues in any of its decisions, resulting in discordant lower court rulings on the issues of high-capacity magazine bans209Compare Ass’n of N.J. Rifle & Pistol Clubs Inc. v. Att’y Gen. of N.J., 910 F.3d 106, 117 (3d Cir. 2018) (“The Act [banning high-capacity magazines] does not severely burden the core Second Amendment right to self-defense in the home . . . .”), abrogated by N.Y. Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111 (2022), with Duncan v. Becerra, 970 F.3d 1133, 1169 (9th Cir. 2020) (“California’s near-categorical ban of LCMs [Large Capacity Magazines] infringes on the fundamental right to self-defense.”), vacated sub nom. Duncan v. Bonta, 142 S. Ct. 2895 (2022), and Duncan v. Bonta, No. 17-CV-1017, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 169577, at *4 (S.D. Cal., Sept. 22, 2023) (“There is no American tradition of limiting ammunition capacity . . . .”), appeal docketed, No. 23-55805, 2023 U.S. App. LEXIS 25723 (9th Cir. Sept. 28, 2023). and assault weapon bans.210Compare Bianchi v. Frosh, 858 Fed. App’x 645, 646 (per curiam) (4th Cir. 2021) (affirming district court’s dismissal of challenge to Maryland’s assault weapons ban for failure to state a claim on which relief may be granted), vacated, 142 S. Ct. 2898 (2022), with Miller v. Bonta, 542 F. Supp. 3d 1009, 1021 (S.D. Cal. 2021) (“The overwhelming majority of citizens who own and keep the popular AR-15 rifle and its many variants do so for lawful purposes, including self-defense at home. Under Heller, that is all that is needed.”), vacated, No. 21-55608, 2022 U.S. App. LEXIS 21172 (9th Cir. Aug. 1, 2022). Heller states that the Second Amendment protects individual ownership of the types of firearms in common use, and that this protection means states cannot outright ban handgun ownership, but it is not clear how expansively “common use” (or for that matter, the “type” of a firearm) will be interpreted. Several states have attempted to prohibit possession of high-capacity magazines and assault weapons such as the AR-15;211See, e.g., Md. Code Ann., Pub Safety § 5-101 et seq. (West 2022). however, until the issue is squarely addressed by the Court, states will have to operate based on discordant lower federal court decisions.

    Adding to this opacity is the term “assault weapon” itself. “Assault weapon” is a legal term that is not uniformly defined by legislatures.212Compare Md. Code Ann., Pub. Safety § 5-101(r)(2) (West 2022) (defining assault weapons by enumerating specific makes and models), with Cal. Penal Code § 30515 (West 2012 & Supp. 2020) (defining assault weapons as semi-automatic rifles with detachable magazines and certain combinations of features), and Public Safety and Recreational Firearms Use Protection Act, H.R. 4296, 103d Cong. (1994) (repealed 2004) (defining an assault weapon as either one of a list of enumerated makes and models or as having a combination of specific features). Some states define these weapons by its semi-automatic213Semi-automatic means having a mechanism for self-loading, but not continuous firing. That is, semi-automatic firearms allow for one shot per trigger pull without requiring manual operation of the firearm between shots. functioning in combination with features like flash hiders,214Used for reducing the amount of muzzle flash produced by a firearm upon discharging. pistol grips,215A grip shaped like the butt of a pistol. and adjustable stocks.216See, e.g., Cal. Penal Code § 30515 (West 2012 & Supp. 2020). Regardless of how they are defined, however, the most functionally important aspects of assault weapons are that they are semi-automatic rifles and accept detachable magazines.217Detachable magazines can be removed from a firearm without disassembly, allowing for much faster reloads. Assault weapons typically fire an intermediate rifle cartridge—a cartridge that is less powerful than a full-power rifle cartridge but more powerful than a pistol cartridge—making for a light and easy-to-use weapon with low recoil.218Phil Klay, Uncertain Ground: Citizenship in an Age of Endless, Invisible War 152–53 (2022). Perhaps the most common cartridge used in assault weapons in the United States is the 5.56 x 45mm NATO round.219Id. Although the projectile weighs only one tenth of an ounce, it is capable of traveling at up to 3,200 feet per second—almost triple the speed of sound—making for a rather destructive weapon.220Id. at 152. These light but fast bullets have the distinct advantage of producing low recoil while inflicting more damage than would be expected from its muzzle energy alone. Id. at 153. A 5.56 mm bullet from an AR-15 will begin tumbling and fragmenting at approximately eleven centimeters into the body, causing hydrostatic shock that can sever muscle tissue and burst apart organs. Id. Because the functionally important aspect of an assault weapon is that it is a semi-automatic rifle that accepts detachable magazines, the Model Act addresses these features specifically rather than fussing over the minute details of weapons that make little functional difference.

    In acknowledgement of the constitutional invalidation risk that an outright ban on high-capacity magazines or assault weapons poses,221Part of the danger of this overruling risk is that the Court could have occasion to announce a sweeping decision. the Model Act takes an intermediate approach limiting, but not prohibiting, access to assault weapons and does not attempt to regulate magazine capacity. Under sections 4 and 5 of the Model Act, citizens cannot be granted a license to possess a semi-automatic rifle or shotgun—classified as restricted firearms under section 5(a)—for self-defense unless they show the particular restricted firearm for which they are seeking a license serves an important purpose for which a non-restricted firearm is insufficient. For instance, if a person lives on a property with large open fields, a handgun might not be sufficient for self-defense because it is difficult to shoot accurately over a long distance and a manually operated rifle222A manually operated rifle is one that requires manual manipulation of the rifle’s action to chamber a new round and fire another shot. A semi-automatic rifle, by contrast, will automatically eject a fired cartridge and chamber a new cartridge, providing a user with one shot per trigger pull. would be too slow to operate and use for self-defense. In this instance a semi-automatic rifle could be necessary to defend against an attacker who is armed with a semi-automatic long gun, thus serving an important need under section 5(b). Moreover, unlike the unfettered discretion that the “may-issue” regimes discussed in Bruen allowed for,223N.Y. State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, 142 S. Ct. 2111, 2156 (2022). section 5(c) severely limits the discretion of the designated firearms officer by requiring “an objectively reasonable basis based on clear and convincing evidence” to support a denial.224See supra Section III.B.

    Individuals could also obtain a license to possess a restricted firearm for dedicated hunting or sports shooting under section 9 of the Model Act. This is intended for individuals who regularly engage in hunting or sports shooting activities such as competitive shooting. This provision serves the purpose of limiting access to such particularly dangerous firearms as semi-automatic rifles while still allowing individuals to continue to engage in hunting, target practice, and shooting competitions using other kinds of firearms. The requirements that a person be regularly engaged in hunting or sports shooting and belong to an accredited hunting or sports shooting association is meant to keep semi-automatic rifles from being available to any adult for any purpose.

    At first blush, this restriction on semi-automatic rifles seems to violate the historical test created in Bruen,225Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2126. unless a historical analogue can be found. However, a close reading of Bruen’s test shows that, in reviewing section 9 of the Model Act, the burden to find a historical analogue would never shift to the government. The Bruen test states that the Second Amendment presumptively protects an individual’s conduct only when its “plain text covers an individual’s conduct.”226Id. The Court has held that the plain text of the Amendment covers “ ‘the individual right to possess and carry weapons in case of confrontation’ that does not depend on service in the militia.”227Id. at 2127 (quoting District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 592 (2008)). Section 9 of the Model Act, however, does not burden the “individual right to possess and carry weapons in case of confrontation”228Heller, 554 U.S. at 592. in the slightest. It restricts only the sporting use of certain weapons, not their self-defense use.229It is important to note that the Heller Court mentioned a right to hunting. Id. at 599 (“[M]ost [Americans] undoubtedly thought it even more important for self-defense and hunting.”). The Model Act accounts for this by allowing for permissive licensing for sporting purposes or hunting under section 8.

    The restriction on the sporting use of certain especially dangerous arms notwithstanding, individuals who wish to own a restricted firearm for self-defense have that option, subject only to a showing that the restricted firearm they wish to possess serves an important purpose that a non-restricted firearm cannot. This provision requiring an applicant to show that a restricted firearm serves an important purpose is also likely to be found constitutional under Bruen. Because section 5(a) concerns a restriction on firearms ownership for self-defense—unlike the sporting use contemplated in section 9—the “plain text” of the Second Amendment presumptively covers the conduct in question. Therefore, the burden would shift to the government to prove that section 5 burdens the right to bear arms for self-defense in a similar way and for a similar reason as a historical analogue to that regulation.230Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2132–33. The clear historical analogue for section 5 is the English prohibition on going armed with dangerous or unusual weapons.

    The offense of riding or going armed with dangerous or unusual weapons is a crime against the public peace, by terrifying the good people of the land, and is particularly prohibited by the statute of Northampton, 2 Edward III, c. 3 (Wearing Arms, 1328), upon pain of forfeiture of the arms, and imprisonment during the king’s pleasure . . . .2314 William Blackstone, Commentaries on the Laws of England *149 (William Carey Jones ed., Claitor’s Publ’g Div. 1976) (1765).

    Laws prohibiting going armed with dangerous or unusual weapons form a “long, unbroken line of common-law precedent”232Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2136. that was recognized in the United States following the adoption of the Second Amendment.233See Blackstone, supra note 231; 1 William Hawkins, Treatise of the Pleas of the Crown 489 (John Curwood ed., 8th ed. 1824) (“[P]ersons of quality are in no danger of offending against this statute [prohibiting affrays] by wearing common weapons . . . .”); State v. Langford, 10 N.C. (3 Hawks) 381, 383 (1824) (“[T]here may be an affray when there is no actual violence: as when a man arms himself with dangerous and unusual weapons . . . .”); State v. Huntly, 25 N.C. (3 Ired.) 418, 420 (1843) (“[T]he offence of riding or going about armed with unusual and dangerous weapons, to the terror of the people, was created by the statute . . . .”); State v. Lenier, 71 N.C. 288, 289 (1874); English v. State, 35 Tex. 473, 473 (1871) (rejecting Second Amendment challenge to law regulating the carrying of pistols, dirks, bowie knives, and other deadly weapons). Although the Court stated in Bruen that the English and colonial laws prohibiting affrays were not sufficiently analogous to New York’s proper cause requirement,234Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2143. it did not foreclose reliance on these laws to justify other firearms regulations.235Id. The Court went so far as to state that “colonial legislatures sometimes prohibited the carrying of ‘dangerous and unusual weapons’—a fact we already acknowledged in Heller.”236Id. (quoting District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 627 (2008)). Crucially, sections 4 and 5 of the Model Act concern dangerous and unusual weapons, not a restrictive carry licensing scheme like the one the respondents sought to justify in Bruen.

    In comparing sections 4 and 5 of the Model Act with the historical analogue, it is first necessary to establish whether the arms described in section 5(a) can fairly be described as “dangerous and unusual.” Clearly, compared with the types of arms the English law prohibited at the time of Blackstone’s Commentaries, the arms described in section 5(a) are extraordinarily dangerous and unusual. Even compared with other modern firearms, however, semi-automatic rifles that can be reloaded quickly are uniquely destructive.237Klay, supra note 218, at 152–54. They are capable of inflicting an incredible amount of damage in a short period of time, making them especially dangerous and unusual by any standard.238Id. The federal government acknowledged as much in making the transfer or possession of assault weapons unlawful. Public Safety and Recreational Firearms Use Protection Act, H.R. 4296, 103d Cong. (1994) (repealed 2004). The act was allowed to expire in 2004 in accordance with its sunset provision. Comparing the relative burdens of the historical prohibition and the Model Act, the latter clearly burdens the right to bear arms to a lesser degree than the historical analogue. The historical offense outright prohibits going armed with dangerous or unusual weapons while sections 4 and 5 only limit it to certain uses. Within the terms of the Model Act, these uses include the “law-abiding citizen’s right to armed self-defense.”239Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2133. Moreover, the historical analogue and the Model Act burden the right for a similar purpose—to prevent especially dangerous and frightening arms from being widespread and to prevent individuals from terrorizing others with these arms.240Blackstone, supra note 231.

    C.  Public Carry

    The portion of the Model Act regulating public carry of firearms for self-defense—sections 6 and 7—is perhaps as restrictive as courts will allow under Bruen. Of course, sections 6(b) and 7(b) make clear that the Model Act establishes a shall-issue public carry licensing regime, as required by Bruen.241Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2156. Sections 6 and 7 also require an applicant to have a valid eligibility certificate, which is where most of the requirements that help ensure safe use of a firearm are listed. The eligibility certificate requirements would not be likely to face much resistance from the courts because they do not burden the right per se;242See supra Section IV.A. rather, they are “designed to ensure only that those bearing arms in the jurisdiction are, in fact, ‘law-abiding, responsible citizens.’ ”243Bruen, 142 S. Ct. at 2138 n.9 (quoting District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570, 635 (2008)). The Model Act leaves to the states the decision of whether one type of carry—open or concealed—should be banned.244Id. at 2150.

    CONCLUSION

    The governing case law concerning the Second Amendment greatly limits how states can restrict firearm ownership. The Supreme Court’s historical approach to Second Amendment challenges places many regulations many people find desirable outside the realm of constitutionality. This does not mean, however, that all reasonable regulations are impossible to implement. The Model Firearms Control Act presented in this Note is an initial step toward a comprehensive firearms licensing system that can serve to keep Americans safer while respecting their right to armed self-defense. The relatively limited nature of the regulations advocated in this Note is simply an acknowledgement of the reality that the Supreme Court has adopted a sweeping interpretation of the Second Amendment irrespective of its true meaning, which may best be left to historians. Given its current membership, the Supreme Court will not, for the foreseeable future, overturn its trilogy of Second Amendment precedents, so all states can do is implement the safest gun control solutions that governing case law will allow. On a later day, perhaps, a differently constituted Supreme Court will reconsider Bruen and replace its untenable historical inquiry with some form of means-end scrutiny. If and when that happens, the Model Act proposed in this Note can be expanded to be more restrictive while still respecting the individual right to armed self-defense. This Note offers an initial large step in implementing such solutions.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 211

Download

* Senior Editor, Southern California Law Review, Volume 97; J.D. Candidate 2024, University of Southern California Gould School of Law; B.S. Criminology & Criminal Justice 2020, California State University, Long Beach. Thank you to Professor David B. Cruz for his invaluable feedback and to the Southern California Law Review for their meticulous editing. A very special thank you to Alyssa Polito whose unwavering support during my time in law school has made this Note possible.

“Shelby County” to Clean Air Act: Evaluating the Constitutionality of California’s Clean Air Act Waiver Under the Equal Sovereignty Principle

In August 2022, California promulgated the Advanced Clean Cars II regulation, banning all sales of new gasoline-powered cars in the state by 2035. Transportation is the largest source of air pollution in California, responsible for nearly 40% of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions; thus, the regulation is a crucial step towards meeting the state’s carbon neutrality and climate goals. California has the unique authority to regulate motor vehicle emissions due to a waiver exemption in the Clean Air Act. Congress recognized California’s expertise and unique air pollution challenges early on by authorizing just two standards: the national and California standards. Over the last five decades, California has received over one hundred waivers for its motor vehicle emission standards. However, in May 2022, seventeen states challenged the constitutionality of the waiver provision in Ohio v. EPA (pending in the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals as of the publication of this Note), alleging, inter alia, that it violates the equal sovereignty principle—the idea that states must have equal political authority—by allowing only California to set new vehicle emission standards. These states further argue that California cannot regulate GHGs because climate change is a global problem not unique to California. To date, no court has addressed the constitutionality of the Clean Air Act under the equal sovereignty principle. Thus, this Note takes the principle seriously and analyzes how courts historically have applied it. In 2013, the Supreme Court developed the equal sovereignty principle as a meaningful concept for the first (and last) time in Shelby County v. Holder to invalidate section 4 of the Voting Rights Act. This Note applies the test established in Shelby County to the Clean Air Act waiver at issue, arguing that the equal sovereignty principle does not apply to the Clean Air Act, and even if it were to apply, the Clean Air Act waiver provision remains constitutional because Congress’s reasons for granting California an exemption remain relevant. California’s pioneering role in early air pollution control, its large economy, and its characteristic geographic and climate conditions put the state in a unique position to protect public health by regulating automobile emissions, while the state faces increasingly formidable threats from climate change that have exacerbated the local air pollution problems that initially compelled its motor vehicle regulations. Thus, even as California’s motor vehicle regulations have shifted from reducing local smog to reducing GHG emissions, California’s current needs continue to justify its differential treatment—maintaining, and perhaps even strengthening, the Clean Air Act waiver’s relevance in the twenty-first century.

INTRODUCTION

In August 2022, the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”), California’s chief air pollution regulator, promulgated the Advanced Clean Cars II regulation, which bans the sale of new gasoline-powered cars in California by 2035.1Advanced Clean Cars II Regulations: All New Passenger Vehicles Sold in California to be Zero Emissions by 2035, Cal. Air Res. Bd., https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our-work/programs/advanced-clean-cars-program/advanced-clean-cars-ii [https://perma.cc/A9WT-T2BP]; Cal. Code Regs. tit. 13, § 1962.4 (2022). Transportation is the largest source of air pollution in the state, responsible for nearly 40% of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, 80% of nitrogen oxide pollution, and 90% of diesel particulate matter pollution.2Current California GHG Emission Inventory Data, Cal. Air Res. Bd., https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/ghg-inventory-data [https://perma.cc/L9KM-VCG3]; Transforming Transportation, Cal. Energy Comm’n, https://www.energy.ca.gov/about/core-responsibility-fact-sheets/transforming-transportation [http://perma.cc/LAS2-MAYL]. CARB estimates that the new rule will result in significant climate, economic, and public health benefits. By 2040, the regulation is projected to result in a 50% reduction in GHG emissions from cars, pickup trucks, and SUVs.3California Moves to Accelerate to 100% New Zero-Emission Vehicle Sales by 2035, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (Aug. 25, 2022), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/news/california-moves-accelerate-100-new-zero-emission-vehicle-sales-2035 [https://perma.cc/5GRX-9NXR]. Taking gas cars off the road would eliminate the equivalent of 395 million metric tons of carbon dioxide emissions, which is analogous to avoiding the combustion of 915 million barrels of petroleum or shutting down more than one hundred coal plants for a year.4Id. From 2026 to 2040, the decrease in pollution should lead to 1,290 fewer cardiopulmonary deaths, 460 fewer hospital admissions for cardiovascular or respiratory illness, and 650 fewer emergency room visits for asthma.5Id. Thus, the regulation is a crucial step towards meeting the state’s carbon neutrality and climate goals.6Id. (“The ACC II regulation is a major tool in the effort to reach the SB 32 target of reducing greenhouse gases an additional 40% below 1990 levels by 2030 . . . . Ending sales of vehicles powered by fossil fuels is a critical element in the state’s efforts to achieve carbon neutrality by 2045 or sooner.”).

The regulations that California enacts are hugely influential; thus, the implications of California’s ability to implement motor vehicle regulations are extensive. If California were a country, it would be the tenth largest auto market in the world.7Naveena Sadasivam, It’s Official: California is Phasing Out Gas-Powered Cars by 2035, Grist (Aug. 25, 2022), https://grist.org/transportation/california-gas-car-ban-electric-vehicles [https://perma.cc/2XPY-J5HH]. As of May 13, 2022, seventeen states and the District of Columbia have adopted California’s Low-Emission Vehicle (“LEV”) and Zero-Emission Vehicle (“ZEV”) regulations under section 177 of the Clean Air Act, which allows other states to adopt California’s approved standards instead of the federal standards.8States That Have Adopted California’s Vehicle Standards Under Section 177 of the Federal Clean Air Act, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (May 13, 2022), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2022-05/%C2%A7177_states_05132022_NADA_sales_r2_ac.pdf [https://perma.cc/EM9D-QLM9]. California alone makes up 11% of U.S. new light-duty vehicle sales, or 40.1% when combined with the states that have already adopted its rules.9Id. New York was the second state to ban sales of gas-powered cars by 2035 as part of its plan to increase EV adoption.10Kira Bindrim, NY Implements 2035 All-EV Plan After California Clears the Way, Bloomberg (Sept. 29, 2022, 1:57 PM), https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-09-29/new-york-follows-california-in-banning-sale-of-gas-cars-by-2035 [https://perma.cc/N7N6-LUSS]. In February 2021, New York passed a law requiring all new passenger cars and trucks sold in the state to produce zero emissions by 2035,11Assemb. B. 4302, 2021–2022 Leg. Reg. Sess. (N.Y. 2021). and in September 2022, after California finalized its own ban, New York followed California in requiring all new vehicles sold by 2035 to be zero-emissions, setting in motion the regulatory process to implement the law.12Press Release, Kathy Hochul, Governor of the State of New York, Governor Hochul Drives Forward New York’s Transition to Clean Transportation (Sept. 29, 2022), https://www.governor.ny.gov/news/governor-hochul-drives-forward-new-yorks-transition-clean-transportation [https://perma.cc/8EJ3-NPTG]. In August 2022, Massachusetts Governor Charlie Baker also signed climate change legislation to end new sales of gas-powered cars in the state by 2035.13Keith Goldberg, Calif. Sews Up Regs to End Gas Car Sales by 2035, Law360 (Aug. 25, 2022, 6:52 PM), https://www.law360.com/articles/1524638/calif-sews-up-regs-to-end-gas-car-sales-by-2035 [https://perma.cc/RQK3-HTU3].

California has the unique ability to implement motor vehicle emissions regulations because of an exception in the Clean Air Act.1442 U.S.C. § 7543(b)(1). While the Clean Air Act generally prohibits states from setting vehicle emission standards,1542 U.S.C. § 7543(a). it provides a waiver exemption under section 209(b)(1) that allows California to set more stringent vehicle emission standards than the federal government.1642 U.S.C. § 7543(b)(1). While the waiver does not reference California by name, it was clearly intended for California because California was the only state that met the requirement of adopting motor vehicle emission standards prior to March 30, 1966. H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 49 (1967). Given California’s pioneering role in motor vehicle regulations and unique air pollution problems, Congress recognized California’s expertise early on in the history of federal air pollution regulation.17See Air Quality Act of 1967, S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 33 (“California’s unique problems and pioneering efforts justified a waiver . . . . [I]n the 15 years that auto emission standards have been debated and discussed, only the State of California has demonstrated compelling and extraordinary circumstances sufficiently different from the Nation as a whole . . . .”). However, in May 2022, seventeen Republican-led states filed a lawsuit, Ohio v. EPA, challenging California’s ability to set its own pollution rules and demanding that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) revoke the waiver.18Petition for Review, Ohio v. EPA, No. 22-1081 (D.C. Cir. May 12, 2022). The petitioner states claimed that the waiver provision is unconstitutional because it violates the so-called equal sovereignty principle—the idea that states must have equal political authority—by only empowering California to set new vehicle emission standards.19See Brief for Petitioners at 28, Ohio v. EPA, No. 22-1081 (D.C. Cir. Nov. 11, 2022). The petitioners additionally argued that Congress cannot allow California alone to regulate climate change, which is a global problem not unique to California.20Id. at 13. Because California has shifted from regulations to reduce smog and local air pollution to GHG regulations to address global climate change, the petitioners essentially argued that circumstances have changed enough since Congress enacted the waiver provision in 1967 that California’s special treatment is no longer justified.21See id. at 13, 30–33.

This Note takes the equal sovereignty claim seriously and argues that the Clean Air Act waiver provision remains constitutional under the equal sovereignty principle. Part I provides relevant background on the waiver provision and history of California’s waiver requests. It then summarizes the equal sovereignty principle arguments made in the pending Ohio v. EPA lawsuit and provides relevant history on how courts have applied the principle leading up to Shelby County v. Holder,22Shelby County v. Holder, 570 U.S. 529, 540 (2013). the first time the Supreme Court held a statute unconstitutional based on the equal sovereignty principle. Part II argues that the equal sovereignty principle does not apply to the Clean Air Act, but even if it were to apply, the test from Shelby County does not invalidate the Clean Air Act waiver provision. This Note concludes by offering final thoughts on the equal sovereignty claim and underscoring the implications of Ohio v. EPA in California’s ability to continue to lead the nation in addressing GHG emissions.

I.  BACKGROUND

A.  The Clean Air Act and EPA Waiver Provision

California’s ability to implement its own motor vehicle standards stems from the Clean Air Act. Congress passed the Clean Air Act in response to air pollution crises in the mid-20th century resulting from industrialization.23Clean Air Act Requirements and History, EPA, https://www.epa.gov/clean-air-act-overview/clean-air-act-requirements-and-history [https://perma.cc/HL9S-DUXJ]. “Killer fog” events, where a deadly mix of pollution and fog covered cities in the United States and around the world, spurred federal regulation of air pollution.24The 1948 Donora, Pennsylvania killer fog killed at least 20 people and left 5,900 ill. Lorraine Boissoneault, The Deadly Donora Smog of 1948 Spurred Environmental Protection—But Have We Forgotten the Lesson?, Smithsonian (Oct. 26, 2018), https://www.smithsonianmag.com/history/deadly-donora-smog-1948-spurred-environmental-protection-have-we-forgotten-lesson-180970533 [https://perma.cc/QXH6-BJ4N]; Elizabeth T. Jacobs, Jefferey L. Burgess & Mark B. Abbott, The Donora Smog Revisited: 70 Years After the Event That Inspired the Clean Air Act, 108 Am. J. Pub. Health S2, S85–S88 (2018). The 1952 London Killer Fog killed between 8,000 and 12,000 people. Christopher Klein, When the Great Smog Smothered London, History (Dec. 6, 2012), https://www.history.com/news/the-killer-fog-that-blanketed-london-60-years-ago [https://perma.cc/BS36-3M7Z]. In 1955, Congress enacted the Air Pollution Control Act, the first national air pollution legislation.25Air Pollution Control Act of 1955, Pub. L. No. 84-159, 69 Stat. 322, 322. Continuing “killer fog” incidents in the United States then prompted Congress to pass the 1963 Clean Air Act, which established grant and research programs to support states in their air pollution control efforts but left air pollution regulation primarily to the states.26Clean Air Act of 1963, Pub. L. No. 88-206, 77 Stat. 392, 393.

California was the first state to regulate emissions from cars.27History, Cal. Air Res. Bd., https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/about/history [https://perma.cc/BA4F-FJXN]. The first recognized episodes of smog occurred in Los Angeles in 1943, and in the 1950s, a California researcher determined that the automobile was the main cause of the smog.28Id.; Timeline of Major Accomplishments in Transportation, Air Pollution, and Climate Change, EPA, https://www.epa.gov/transportation-air-pollution-and-climate-change/timeline-major-accomplishments-transportation-air [https://perma.cc/ZS88-ZEXJ]. In 1966, California established the first tailpipe emissions standards in the nation.29Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 27.

Congress continued to enact new statutes in response to California’s regulations.30The 1967 Air Quality Act regulations for controlling motor vehicle emissions “were patterned after those . . . in effect in California.” 113 Cong. Rec. S32478 (daily ed. Nov. 14, 1967) (remarks by Sen. George Murphy of California). The 1967 Air Quality Act amended the 1963 Clean Air Act, moving towards a uniform federal policy by requiring national air quality criteria, which states would then implement.31Air Quality Act of 1967, Pub. L. No. 90-148, 81 Stat. 485, 485–86. It was also the first statute to give preemptive power to the federal government to adopt and enforce standards relating to the control of emissions from new motor vehicles.32Id. at 501. However, Congress added a waiver provision exempting California from the preemption provision when California could demonstrate a need for more stringent standards than those the EPA established.33“The Secretary shall . . . waive application of [federal preemption] . . . to any State which has adopted standards . . . for the control of emissions from new motor vehicles or new motor vehicle engines prior to March 30, 1966, unless he finds that such State does not require standards more stringent than applicable Federal standards to meet compelling and extraordinary conditions . . . .” Air Quality Act of 1967, Pub. L. No. 90-148, § 208(b), 81 Stat. 485, 501. While the waiver does not reference California by name, it was clearly intended for California because California was the only state that met the requirement of adopting motor vehicle emission standards prior to March 30, 1966.34H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 49 (1967). Thus, Congress acknowledged California’s expertise early on in the history of federal air pollution regulation.

In fact, the Clean Air Act is a paradigmatic example of cooperative federalism, under which “States and the Federal Government [are] partners in the struggle against air pollution.”35Gen. Motors Corp. v. United States, 496 U.S. 530, 532 (1990). The federal preemption provision reflects Congress’s interest in allowing automobile manufacturers to produce uniform automobiles for a national market and benefit from the economies of large-scale production without having to accommodate multiple state standards.36H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 21 (1967); see also id. at 50. Congress acknowledged the complex nature of automobile manufacturing and noted the importance of ensuring that automobile manufacturers obtain “clear and consistent answers” concerning emission standards.37Id. at 21. Courts have also interpreted that Congress preempted the field of vehicle emission regulation “to ensure uniformity throughout the nation, and to avoid the undue burden on motor vehicle manufacturers which would result from different state standards.”38Motor Vehicle Mfrs. Ass’n v. New York State Dep’t. of Env’t. Conservation, 810 F. Supp. 1331, 1337 (N.D.N.Y. 1993), aff’d in part, rev’d in part, 17 F.3d 521 (2d Cir. 1994). However, given California’s lead in early motor vehicle regulations and Congress’s additional interest in having California as a “laboratory for innovation,”39Motor & Equip. Mfrs. Ass’n v. EPA (MEMA I), 627 F.2d 1095, 1111 (D.C. Cir. 1979). Congress intentionally struck a balance between having one national standard and fifty different state standards by authorizing just two standards, the national and California standards.40See S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 33 (1967) (“California’s unique problems and pioneering efforts justified a waiver . . . .[I]n the 15 years that auto emission standards have been debated and discussed, only the State of California has demonstrated compelling and extraordinary circumstances sufficiently different from the Nation as a whole . . . .”); 113 Cong. Rec. H30975 (daily ed. Nov. 2, 1967) (remarks by Rep. John Moss) (“[The California waiver] permits California to continue a role of leadership which it has occupied among the States of this Union for at least the last two decades . . . . [I]t offers a unique laboratory, with all of the resources necessary, to develop effective control devices which can become a part of the resources of this Nation and contribute significantly to the lessening of the growing problems of air pollution throughout the Nation.”); see also Engine Mfrs. Ass’n v. EPA, 88 F.3d 1075, 1080 (D.C. Cir. 1996) (“Rather than being faced with 51 different standards, as they had feared, or with only one, as they had sought, manufacturers must cope with two regulatory standards . . . .”); Motor & Equip. Mfrs. Ass’n v. Nichols (MEMA II), 142 F.3d 449, 463 (D.C. Cir. 1998). This balance allowed California to continue to innovate and improve its air quality without creating a practical nightmare for automakers and interstate commerce.41Members of Congress favored states’ rights, but also were concerned that having 50 different sets of requirements related to emissions controls would “unduly burden interstate commerce.” H.R. Rep. No. 95-294, at 309 (1977).

The 1970 Clean Air Act Amendments, which form the basis of the contemporary federal Clean Air Act, authorized the development of federal and state regulations to limit emissions from stationary (industrial) and mobile sources (including automobiles).42Clean Air Act Amendments of 1970, Pub. L. No. 91-604, 84 Stat. 1676, 1678; Evolution of the Clean Air Act, EPA, https://www.epa.gov/clean-air-act-overview/evolution-clean-air-act [https://perma.cc/7XMF-6QVB]. Section 109 requires the EPA Administrator to establish basic requirements for ambient air quality, known as National Ambient Air Quality Standards (“NAAQS”), for particular criteria pollutants, which the states would be required to meet.43Clean Air Act Amendments of 1970, Pub. L. No. 91-604, § 109(a)(1), § 110(a)(1), 84 Stat. 1676, 1679–80. The current list of criteria pollutants includes sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, nitrogen oxide, carbon monoxide, ozone, and lead, but does not include carbon dioxide.44Criteria Air Pollutants, EPA, https://www.epa.gov/criteria-air-pollutants [https://perma.cc/Y9JR-T8K6].

In 1977, Congress revised the provision to read as it does today. Section 202(a)(1) requires the EPA Administrator to establish motor vehicle emissions standards for pollutants “which, in his judgment, cause or contribute to air pollution which may reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare.”45Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, Pub. L. No. 95-95, § 401(d)(1), 91 Stat. 685, 791. The 1977 Clean Air Act Amendments strengthened the deference given to California under the waiver provision in two significant ways. First, the 1977 Amendments revised section 209(b)(1) by requiring the EPA Administrator to grant a preemption waiver for California “if the State determines that the State standards will be, in the aggregate, at least as protective of public health and welfare as applicable Federal standards.”46Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, Pub. L. No. 95-95, § 207, 91 Stat. 685, 755 (emphasis added). This amendment allows California, rather than the EPA, to make its own determination as to whether the regulations are sufficiently protective of public health and welfare. It also allows California to make this determination by looking at the entire program as a whole, rather than evaluating each regulation individually. Thus, as long as the entire set of regulations is more protective than the federal system, the EPA must allow California to implement these measures. The EPA Administrator can deny the waiver only if the state’s determination is “arbitrary and capricious” or the state does not need its standards to meet “compelling and extraordinary conditions.”47Id. Second, the 1977 Amendments added section 177, which enhanced the strength of California’s motor vehicle emissions regulations by allowing other states to adopt California’s approved standards in lieu of the federal standards.48Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, Pub. L. No. 95-95, § 177, 91 Stat. 685, 750. According to the House Report, the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce makes clear that it sought to “ratify and strengthen the California waiver provision . . . to afford California the broadest possible discretion in selecting the best means to protect the health of its citizens and the public welfare.”49H.R. Rep. No. 95-294, at 301–02 (1977). The legislative and statutory history thus suggests that Congress intended to give California broad discretion to regulate air pollutants in the way it deems most appropriate to protect public health and welfare.

B.  History of California’s Motor Vehicle Regulations and Waiver Requests

The Clean Air Act section 209(b)(1) waiver reflects a five-decade history of allowing California to implement motor vehicle emissions standards that are more stringent than federal government standards.50Pollution Standards Authorized by the California Waiver: A Crucial Tool for Fighting Air Pollution Now and in the Future, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (Sept. 17, 2019), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/resources/fact-sheets/pollution-standards-authorized-california-waiver-crucial-tool-fighting-air [https://perma.cc/P6EX-HUGH]; Emily Wimberger & Hannah Pitt, Come and Take It: Revoking the California Waiver, Rhodium Grp. (Oct. 28, 2019), https://rhg.com/research/come-and-take-it-revoking-the-california-waiver [https://perma.cc/3Q28-6RBA] (“Since 1970, the federal government has granted California over 100 waivers . . . .”); see Vehicle Emissions California Waivers and Authorizations, EPA, https://www.epa.gov/state-and-local-transportation/vehicle-emissions-california-waivers-and-authorizations [https://perma.cc/VA5H-RSVG] (documenting all the waivers the EPA has granted). California was granted its first waiver in 1968 and has since received over one hundred waivers for a range of new or amended motor vehicle and motor vehicle engine standards.51Pollution Standards Authorized by the California Waiver: A Crucial Tool for Fighting Air Pollution Now and in the Future, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (Sept. 17, 2019), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/resources/fact-sheets/pollution-standards-authorized-california-waiver-crucial-tool-fighting-air [https://perma.cc/P6EX-HUGH]; Vehicle Emissions California Waivers and Authorizations, EPA, https://www.epa.gov/state-and-local-transportation/vehicle-emissions-california-waivers-and-authorizations [https://perma.cc/VA5H-RSVG] (documenting all the waivers the EPA has granted). Smog in Los Angeles initially spurred California to adopt statewide standards to regulate criteria pollutants,52See infra Section I.A. and CARB has consistently developed the first emission standards in the nation.53The California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) developed the nation’s first tailpipe emissions standards for hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide in 1966, oxides of nitrogen in 1971, and particulate matter from diesel-fueled vehicles in 1982, as well as catalytic converters in the 1970s. More recently, CARB has delved into regulations seeking to mitigate climate change by encouraging Low-Emission Vehicles (“LEVs”). It promulgated LEV regulations that established criteria pollutant regulations for light and medium-duty vehicles in 1990 for the 1994–2003 model years (LEV I), and in 1999 for the 2004 model year and after (LEV II). Low-Emission Vehicle Program, Cal. Air Res. Bd., https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our-work/programs/low-emission-vehicle-program/about [https://perma.cc/R7KV-ME7L]; Low-Emission Vehicle (LEV II) Program, Cal. Air Res. Bd., https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our-work/programs/advanced-clean-cars-program/lev-program/low-emission-vehicle-lev-ii-program [https://perma.cc/MG4U-3U6M].

As California transitioned from regulating criteria pollutants to promulgating regulations that address GHG emissions, certain EPA administrations began to challenge its waiver requests, leading to the ping-ponging back and forth between administrations. In 2002, recognizing that global warming would impose “compelling and extraordinary impacts” on California, the state enacted Assembly Bill (AB) 1493, Chapter 200.54Assemb. B. 1493, Ch. 200, 2001–2002 Leg. Reg. Sess. (Cal. 2002). The bill acknowledged that motor vehicle emissions are a major source of the state’s GHG emissions and that reducing GHG emissions is critical to slowing down the effects of global warming and protecting public health and the environment.55Id. The bill directed CARB to adopt regulations that achieve the “maximum feasible . . . reduction of greenhouse gas emissions” from passenger vehicles, beginning with the 2009 model year.56Id. Thus, in 2004, CARB approved the first regulations in the nation that control GHG emissions from motor vehicles (Pavley regulations), which applied to new vehicles for the 2009–2016 model years.57Low-Emission Vehicle Program, Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 53.

In December 2005, CARB requested a waiver to allow California to enforce its new GHG emission standards.58California’s Greenhouse Gas Vehicle Emission Standards Under Assembly Bill 1493 of 2002 (Pavley), Cal. Air Res. Bd., https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/californias-greenhouse-gas-vehicle-emission-standards-under-assembly-bill-1493-2002-pavley [https://perma.cc/6T52-5YNF]. The EPA delayed action pending the outcome of litigation regarding whether the EPA had authority to regulate GHG emissions under the Clean Air Act, as the Clean Air Act did not explicitly regulate GHG emissions at the time.59Letter from John B. Stephenson, Director, Natural Resources and Environment, to Congressional Requesters (Jan. 16, 2009) (on file with the United States Government Accountability Office). The Supreme Court addressed GHG emissions for the first time in Massachusetts v. EPA, holding in a 5-4 decision that carbon dioxide is considered an “air pollutant” that the EPA may regulate under section 202(a)(1) of the Clean Air Act.60Massachusetts v. EPA, 549 U.S. 497, 532 (2007). Thus, the Court held that the EPA has the statutory authority to regulate GHG emissions from new motor vehicles and that Congress provided the EPA with the flexibility to address new air pollutant threats that the EPA determines endanger the public welfare.61Id.

Despite the Supreme Court ruling, in March 2008, the Bush administration’s EPA denied the waiver for the Pavley regulations, which was the first time the EPA denied a waiver for California.62California State Motor Vehicle Pollution Control Standards, Notice of Decision Denying a Waiver of Clean Air Act Preemption, 73 Fed. Reg. 12156, 12157 (Mar. 6, 2008) [hereinafter 2008 Waiver Denial]. In its decision, the EPA deviated from the traditional interpretation of the “compelling and extraordinary” waiver criteria6342 U.S.C. § 7543(b)(1); see Rachel L. Chanin, California’s Authority to Regulate Mobile Source Greenhouse Gas Emissions, 58 N.Y.U. Ann. Surv. Am. L. 699, 723 (2001); California State Motor Vehicle Pollution Control Standards, 49 Fed. Reg. 18887, 18889–92 (May 3, 1984). to narrowly interpret that Congress authorized the EPA to grant a waiver only when “California standards were necessary to address peculiar local air quality problems,” as opposed to global climate change problems.642008 Waiver Denial, 73 Fed. Reg. at 12161. Unlike California’s previous motor vehicle programs, which addressed local smog problems, the GHG emission standards aimed to address climate change. Thus, the EPA determined that California did not need its new motor vehicle standards to meet “compelling and extraordinary” conditions related to GHG emissions because emissions from California cars “become one part of the global pool of GHG emissions”65Id. at 12160. and do not directly cause elevated concentrations of GHGs in the region.66Id. at 12162 (“The local climate and topography in California have no significant impact on the long-term atmospheric concentrations of greenhouse gases in California.”). Alternatively, the EPA determined that because climate change is a global issue, the impacts of climate change in California were not sufficiently unique and different.67Id. at 12168.

In July 2009, the Obama administration’s EPA reversed the 2008 denial and granted California’s waiver request to enforce its GHG emission standards for model year 2009 and later new motor vehicles.68Notice of Decision Granting a Waiver of Clean Air Act Preemption, 74 Fed. Reg. 32744, 32746 (July 8, 2009) [hereinafter 2009 Waiver Grant]. As the EPA stated, CARB has repeatedly demonstrated the need for its motor vehicle program to address “compelling and extraordinary” conditions in California, and Congress did not intend to allow California to address only local or regional air pollution problems.69Id. at 32761. Rather, Congress intended California to have broad discretion and autonomy, acting as a pioneer and a “laboratory for innovation.”70Id. (citing Motor & Equip. Mfrs. Ass’n v. EPA (MEMA I), 627 F.2d 1095, 1111 (D.C. Cir. 1979)); see S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 33 (1967) (“The Nation will have the benefit of California’s experience with lower standards which will require new control systems and design. In fact California will continue to be the testing area for such lower standards and should those efforts to achieve lower emission levels be successful it is expected that the Secretary will . . . give serious consideration to strengthening the Federal standards.”). Thus, narrowing the waiver’s scope would hinder California from implementing motor vehicle programs “as it deems appropriate to protect the health and welfare of its citizens.”712009 Waiver Grant, 74 Fed. Reg. at 32761. In contrast to the 2008 EPA’s reasoning, the 2009 EPA determined that the impacts of global climate change can exacerbate the local air pollution problem.72Id. at 32763. It found compelling California’s assessment that its GHG standards are linked to improving California’s smog problems and that higher temperatures from global warming will exacerbate California’s high ozone levels and the “climate, topography, and population factors conducive to smog formation in California, which were the driving forces behind Congress’s inclusion of the waiver provision in the Clean Air Act.”73Id. The EPA noted that California’s GHG regulations will reduce greenhouse gas concentrations, even if only slightly, and “every small reduction is helpful . . . .”74Id. at 32766. Given California’s unique geographical and climatic conditions that foster extreme air quality issues, its ongoing need for dramatic emissions reductions, and growth in its vehicle population and use, the EPA determined that California’s need met “compelling and extraordinary” conditions.75Id. at 32760. Still, the EPA acknowledged that “conditions in California may one day improve such that it no longer has the need for a separate motor vehicle program.”76Id. at 32762.

In 2012, CARB adopted the Advanced Clean Cars I (“ACC I”) regulations to increase the stringency of criteria pollutant and GHG emission standards for new passenger vehicles for the 2015–2025 model years.77The regulations consisted of two programs: (1) the Low Emission Vehicle program, designed for cars to emit 75% less smog-forming pollution (criteria pollutants) than the average car sold in 2012 and to reduce GHG emissions by about 40% from 2012 model year vehicles by 2025; and (2) the Zero Emission Vehicle program, which requires manufacturers to ensure that about 22% of their California sales consist of zero-emission vehicles and plug-in hybrids by 2025. Advanced Clean Cars Program, Cal. Air Res. Bd., https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our-work/programs/advanced-clean-cars-program/about [https://perma.cc/W2R9-KFF7]. In 2013, the Obama administration’s EPA granted California a waiver for its ACC I regulations.78Notice of Decision Granting a Waiver of Clean Air Act Preemption, 78 Fed. Reg. 2112, 2145 (Jan. 9, 2013) [hereinafter 2013 Waiver Grant]. The EPA largely followed the 2009 waiver decision in determining that the new standards continued to meet “compelling and extraordinary” conditions.79Id. at 2131. The EPA found a rational connection between CARB’s emission standards and long-term air quality goals,80Id. (“Whether or not the ZEV standards achieve additional reductions by themselves above and beyond the LEV III GHG and criteria pollutant standards, the LEV III program overall does achieve such reductions, and EPA defers to California’s policy choice of the appropriate technology path to pursue to achieve these emissions reductions.”). The long-term goals were to have ZEVs be nearly 100% of new vehicle sales between 2040 and 2050, and reduce GHG emissions by 80% below 1990 levels by 2050. Id. at 2131–32. as well as compelling and extraordinary conditions within the state pertaining to the effects of pollution.81CARB noted: “Record-setting fires, deadly heat waves, destructive storm surges, loss of winter snowpack—California has experienced all of these in the past decade and will experience more in the coming decades . . . . In California, extreme events such as floods, heat waves, droughts and severe storms will increase in frequency and intensity. Many of these extreme events have the potential to dramatically affect human health and well-being, critical infrastructure and natural systems.” Id. at 2129.

In September 2019, in an unprecedented move, the Trump administration’s EPA revoked the 2013 waiver, marking the first time the EPA retroactively withdrew a previously granted waiver.82The Safer Affordable Fuel-Efficient (SAFE) Vehicles Rule Part One: One National Program, 84 Fed. Reg. 51310, 51310 (Sept. 27, 2019) [hereinafter 2019 Waiver Withdrawal]. The EPA and National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) issued a joint rulemaking that withdrew the waiver of California’s GHG and ZEV standards that were part of the ACC I program. The EPA went a step further than its 2008 waiver decision, narrowly interpreting that “Congress did not intend the waiver provision . . . to be applied to California measures that address pollution problems of a national or global nature,” but only conditions “extraordinary” with respect to California; that is, “with a particularized nexus to emissions in California and to topographical or other features peculiar to California.”83Id. at 51347. The EPA argued that climate change caused by carbon dioxide emissions is not a local air pollution problem and that California’s new motor vehicle standards deviated too far from what Congress intended in granting California a waiver.84Id. at 51350 n.285 (“Attempting to solve climate change, even in part, through the Section 209 waiver provision is fundamentally different from that section’s original purpose of addressing smog-related air quality problems.”) (quoting the SAFE proposal). The EPA concluded that California’s GHG standards were missing a specific connection to local features, and thus excluded GHG regulation from the scope of the waiver.85Id. at 51347, 51350.

In March 2022, the Biden administration’s EPA rescinded the 2019 waiver withdrawal, restoring the 2013 waiver and California’s authority to enforce its GHG emission standards and ZEV sales mandate.86Advanced Clean Car Program; Reconsideration of a Previous Withdrawal of a Waiver of Preemption; Notice of Decision, 87 Fed. Reg. 14332, 14332 (Mar. 14, 2022) [hereinafter 2022 Waiver Reconsideration]. In determining that California has a compelling need for its GHG standards and ZEV sales mandate, the EPA essentially reverted back to its 2013 analysis, maintaining that pollution continues to pose a distinct problem in California.87Id. at 14352–53, 14367. The EPA saw no reason to distinguish between local and global air pollutants, reasoning that all pollutants play a role in California’s local air quality problems and that the EPA should provide deference to California in its comprehensive policy choices for addressing them.88Id. at 14363. The 2022 EPA refuted the 2019 EPA’s premise that GHG emissions from motor vehicles in California do not pose a local air quality issue,89Id. at 14365–66. noting that criteria pollution and GHGs have interrelated and interconnected impacts on local air quality.90“[T]he Agency [in SAFE 1] failed to take proper account of the nature and magnitude of California’s serious air quality problems, including the interrelationship between criteria and GHG pollution.” Id. at 14334. “The air quality issues and pollutants addressed in the ACC program are interconnected in terms of the impacts of climate change on such local air quality concerns such as ozone exacerbation and climate effects on wildfires that affect local air quality.” Id. at 14334 n.10. CARB also attributed GHG emissions reductions to vehicles in California, projecting that the standards will reduce car CO2 emissions by about 4.9% a year. Id. at 14366.

Congress recently expanded the Clean Air Act to include GHGs, clarifying that GHGs are pollutants under the Clean Air Act. On August 16, 2022, President Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act into law, the single largest climate package in U.S. history, which will invest almost $370 billion in clean energy and other climate-related measures over the next ten years, and is expected to reduce U.S. carbon emissions by 40% by 2030 compared to 2005 levels.91The White House, Building a Clean Energy Economy: A Guidebook to the Inflation Reduction Act’s Investments in Clean Energy and Climate Action 5–6 (2023); Summary: The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, Senate Democrats, https://www.democrats.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/inflation_reduction_act_one_page_summary.pdf [https://perma.cc/Z4ED-W32A]. The Act reinforces the EPA’s authority to regulate GHGs under the Clean Air Act, amending sections of the Clean Air Act to define “greenhouse gas” to include “the air pollutants carbon dioxide, hydrofluorocarbons, methane, nitrous oxide, perfluorocarbons, and sulfur hexafluoride.”92Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, Pub. L. No. 117-169, § 132(d)(4), 136 Stat. 1818, 2067. It also grants money under the Clean Air Act for any project that “reduces or avoids greenhouse gas emissions and other forms of air pollution.”93Id. § 134(c)(3)(A), 136 Stat. 1818, 2064. This language supports that Congress fully intends to include GHGs in the Clean Air Act and that California is acting within the scope of the Clean Air Act in implementing its forward-looking motor vehicle emissions regulations.

C.  Pending Lawsuit—Ohio v. EPA

Similar to its prior motor vehicle regulations, California will need to request a preemption waiver from the EPA under section 209(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act to regulate post-2025 vehicles. In the meantime, the Biden administration’s EPA’s latest March 2022 waiver decision prompted Republican-led states and private petitioners to challenge the constitutionality of the Clean Air Act waiver provision, making the case highly relevant for California’s ability to regulate motor vehicle emissions in the future.94Brief for Petitioners, supra note 19, at 28. In May 2022, seventeen states filed a lawsuit in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit (Ohio v. EPA), claiming, inter alia, that the section 209(b)(1) waiver provision violates the equal sovereignty principle because it limits state political authority unequally by allowing only California to set new car emission standards and “exercise sovereign authority that section 209(a) takes from every other State.”95Id. Under this principle, the petitioners alleged, Congress cannot give only some states favorable treatment of sovereignty authority, as it has done with California.96Id. at 26. Even if section 209(b)(1) allowed California to regulate unique state-specific issues, the petitioners argued that the waiver would still be unconstitutional because it allows California to regulate GHGs to address climate change, which is not a problem unique to California.97Id. at 13. The petitioners disagreed with the Biden administration’s EPA’s statement that “California is particularly impacted by climate change,”982022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14363. arguing that other states will be impacted just as much, if not more, from climate change.99Brief for Petitioners, supra note 19, at 32.

The petitioner states also took issue with the idea of giving one state power to regulate a major national industry.100“A federal law giving one State special power to regulate a major national industry contradicts the notion of a Union of sovereign States.” Id. at 29–30. The states argued that California’s “special treatment” under the Clean Air Act—giving California special power to regulate a major national industry and exercise sovereign authority that the Act withdraws from every other state, when California has no unique interest101Id. at 26.—violates the Constitution’s intent to hold all states equal.102Id. at 30. “Instead of allowing all States with a unique environmental concern to seek a waiver, it accords special treatment to a category of States defined to forever include only California and to forever exclude all other States, without regard to whether other States face their own localized environmental concerns.” Id. at 30. In a separate brief, a group of private petitioners, including the American Fuel & Petrochemical Manufacturers and Clean Fuels Development Coalition, argued that the equal sovereignty principle does not allow the federal government to give only one state the authority to regulate national and international issues.103Initial Brief for Private Petitioners at 15, Ohio v. EPA, No. 22-1081 (D.C. Cir. Oct. 24, 2022). They claimed that any mandate to shift the nation’s automobile fleet to electric vehicles must come from Congress, because such a shift would “substantially restructure the American automobile market, petroleum industry, agricultural sectors, and the electric grid, at enormous cost and risk.”104Id. at 23. The private petitioners cited the recent West Virginia v. EPA decision, which essentially restricted the EPA’s authority to regulate GHG emissions from power plants.105See id. at 23; West Virginia v. EPA, 142 S. Ct. 2587, 2612, 2615–16 (2022). Applying the major questions doctrine,106The major questions doctrine states that if an agency seeks to decide an issue of major national significance—that is, in cases where the “history and breadth of the authority” an agency asserts or the “economic and political significance” of that assertion is extraordinary—its action must be supported by clear congressional authorization. Id. at 2607–08. See Kate R. Bowers, Cong. Rsch. Serv., IF12077, The Major Questions Doctrine 1 (2022) (providing an overview of the major questions doctrine). the Court held that the EPA must point to “clear congressional authorization”107 West Virginia, 142 S. Ct. at 2609 (quoting Util. Air Regul. Grp. v. EPA, 573 U.S. 302, 324 (2014)). to justify its regulatory authority in “extraordinary cases” when the EPA asserts broad authority in an area of “economic and political significance.”108West Virginia, 142 S. Ct. at 2608–09 (quoting FDA v. Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corp., 529 U.S. 120, 159–60 (2000)). The case centers around the Clean Power Plan, a regulation the EPA issued in 2015 that would have curbed carbon emissions from existing coal and gas plants via “‘generation shifting from higher-emitting to lower-emitting’ producers of electricity.” Id. at 2603 (quoting Carbon Pollution Emission Guidelines for Existing Stationary Sources: Electric Utility Generating Units, 80 Fed. Reg. 64728 (Oct. 23, 2015) (to be codified at 40 C.F.R. pt. 60)). The decision was the first time the Supreme Court has used the term “major questions doctrine” in a majority opinion. Bowers, supra note 106, at 2. The Court concluded that the EPA does not have the authority to “substantially restructure the American energy market . . . .”109West Virginia, 142 S. Ct. at 2610. If the EPA cannot upend energy generation in the country, as West Virginia v. EPA held, then, the petitioners argued, California similarly cannot “upend the transportation and energy sectors.”110Initial Brief for Private Petitioners, supra note 104, at 19–20. The petitioners further argued that section 177 also allows California to shape national industries, which may burden the states that decline to adopt California’s standards.111Id. at 54.

On the other hand, several electric utility providers, clean energy industry groups, and auto manufacturers have backed California.112Goldberg, supra note 13. A few automakers have indicated that they support the more stringent California standards. In July 2019, CARB reached a voluntary agreement with four major automakers—BMW of North America, Ford, Honda, and Volkswagen Group of America—to adopt a modified version of the GHG standards.113California and Major Automakers Reach Groundbreaking Framework Agreement on Clean Emission Standards, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (July 5, 2019), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/news/california-and-major-automakers-reach-groundbreaking-framework-agreement-clean-emission [https://perma.cc/52VH-PCLS]. Building on this voluntary framework, in 2020, Volvo joined the four automakers in agreeing to a 17% emissions cut through the 2026 model year.114Framework Agreements on Clean Cars, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (Aug. 17, 2020), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/news/framework-agreements-clean-cars [https://perma.cc/EN78-JR87]. The automakers filed a motion to intervene to defend the EPA’s March 2022 decision.115Ford Motor Co., Volkswagen Grp. of Am., Inc., BMW of N. Am., LLC, Am. Honda Motor Co., Inc., and Volvo Car USA LLC, Motion to Intervene in Support of Respondents, Ohio v. EPA, No. 22-1081 (D.C. Cir. June 7, 2022).

To date, the Supreme Court has not addressed the constitutionality of the Clean Air Act under the equal sovereignty principle. In its 2019 decision revoking the 2013 California waiver, the Trump administration’s EPA interpreted the statutory criteria in the context of the equal sovereignty principle, explaining that section 209(b)(1) provides “extraordinary treatment” to California and therefore should be interpreted to require a “state-specific particularized” pollution problem.1162019 Waiver Withdrawal, 84 Fed. Reg. at 51340. In contrast, in its 2022 waiver grant, the Biden administration’s EPA noted that it has historically declined to consider constitutional issues, reviewing the waiver solely based on the section 209(b)(1) criteria because the statute and legislative history reflect a broad policy of deference to California to address its air quality problems.1172022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14376. This interpretation has been upheld by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit. See Motor & Equip. Mfrs. Ass’n v. EPA (MEMA I), 627 F.2d 1095, 1115 (D.C. Cir. 1979) (declining to consider whether California standards are constitutional); Am. Trucking Ass’ns. v. EPA, 600 F.3d 624, 628 n.1 (D.C. Cir. 2010) (declining to express a view on a constitutional challenge to the California standards). In both cases, the Court upheld prior EPA decisions to not consider constitutional objections. Although equal sovereignty presented a new constitutional argument, the EPA limited its role in evaluating waiver requests to “the criteria that Congress directed EPA to review.”1182022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14376. Nevertheless, the Biden administration’s EPA briefly addressed the equal sovereignty principle, arguing that the waiver does not impose a burden on any state and that Section 177, in enabling other states to adopt California’s standards, undermines the notion that the section 209(b)(1) waiver treats California in an extraordinary manner.119Id. at 14356. Rather, in deliberately compromising between having one national standard and fifty different state standards by authorizing just two—the federal standard and California’s standards—Congress allowed California to be a “laboratory for innovation” and address the state’s extraordinary pollution problems, while ensuring that automakers were not overburdened with varying state standards.120Id. at 14360, 14377.

D.  California’s Advanced Clean Cars II Regulations

California recently promulgated the Advanced Clean Cars II (“ACC II”) regulations in the shadow of the pending Ohio v. EPA lawsuit. ACC II stems from an executive order Governor Gavin Newsom signed in September 2020 directing CARB to develop regulations contributing to the goal that 100% of in-state sales of new passenger cars and trucks will be zero-emission by 2035.121Cal. Exec. Order No. N-79-20 (Sept. 23, 2020), https://www.gov.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/9.23.20-EO-N-79-20-Climate.pdf [https://perma.cc/F4SE-B5AB]. As a point of comparison, in 2022, nearly 19% of all new light-duty vehicles sold in the state were electric vehicles. New ZEV Sales in California, Cal. Energy Comm’n, https://www.energy.ca.gov/data-reports/energy-almanac/zero-emission-vehicle-and-infrastructure-statistics/new-zev-sales [https://perma.cc/TDY9-TXST]. As a result of the executive order, on August 25, 2022, CARB promulgated a new regulation, the ACC II program, phasing out all sales of new fossil fuel cars by 2035.122Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 1. The regulation requires that automakers increase the percentage of electric vehicles progressively, nearly tripling it to 35% by 2026 and reaching 100% by 2035 (see Figure 1).123Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 3.

Figure 1.  Percentage of new vehicle sales that must be zero-emission vehicles

The ACC II regulations amend the ZEV and LEV standards for model years 2026–2035,124Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 77. The ACC II regulations: (1) amend the ZEV regulation to require an increasing number of zero-emission vehicles, and rely on advanced vehicle technologies, including battery-electric, hydrogen fuel cell electric and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles, to meet air quality and climate change emissions standards; and (2) amend the LEV regulations to include increasingly stringent standards for gasoline cars and heavier passenger trucks to continue to reduce smog-forming emissions while the sector transitions toward 100% electrification by 2035. Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 1. following the ACC I regulations, which address model year 2015–2025 vehicles.125Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 1. CARB estimates that the new regulations will reduce vehicle GHG emissions by more than 50% by 2040.126Goldberg, supra note 13. Thus, the decision from Ohio v. EPA will have implications for California’s ability to implement standards including the ACC II program going forward.

E.  The Equal Sovereignty Principle

The Supreme Court didn’t develop the equal sovereignty principle as a meaningful concept until Shelby County v. Holder in 2013,127Shelby County v. Holder, 570 U.S. 529, 540 (2013); see Equal Sovereignty Five Years After Shelby County, Harv. C.R.-C.L. L. Rev.: Amicus Blog (Oct. 31, 2018), https://harvardcrcl.org/equal-sovereignty-five-years-after-shelby-county [https://perma.cc/S5G8-QSAQ]. in which the Supreme Court held a statute (the Voting Rights Act) unconstitutional based on the equal sovereignty principle for the first time. The Court did not clarify what constitutional provision this principle is based on.128See Amdt 10.4.3 Equal Sovereignty Doctrine, Const. Annotated, https://constitution.congress.gov/browse/essay/amdt10-4-3/ALDE_00013628 [https://perma.cc/US7J-4YU9]. Although the Constitution requires equal treatment among the states in particular contexts,129See, e.g., U.S. Const. art. I, § 3, cl. 1 (“The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each State . . . .”); U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 1 (requiring “Duties, Imposts and Excises” to be “uniform throughout the United States”); U.S. Const. art. I, § 8, cl. 4 (requiring “a uniform Rule of Naturalization” and “uniform Laws on the subject of Bankruptcies throughout the United States”); U.S. Const. art. I, § 9, cl. 6 (“No Preference shall be given by any Regulation of Commerce or Revenue to the Ports of one State over those of another . . . .”); U.S. Const. art. IV, § 1 (Full Faith and Credit Clause – “Full Faith and Credit shall be given in each State to the public Acts, Records, and judicial Proceedings of every other State.”); U.S. Const. art. IV, § 2, cl. 1 (Privileges and Immunities Clause – “The Citizens of each State shall be entitled to all Privileges and Immunities of Citizens in the several States.”); U.S. Const. art. V (“[N]o State, without its Consent, shall be deprived of its equal Suffrage in the Senate.”); U.S. Const. amend. XI. no provision explicitly requires Congress to treat all states equally as a general matter.130See Leah M. Litman, Inventing Equal Sovereignty, 114 Mich. L. Rev. 1207, 1230–32 (2016); Thomas B. Colby, In Defense of the Equal Sovereignty Principle, 65 Duke L.J. 1087, 1099–1100 (2016). This absence of an explicit statement could mean that the founders did not intend to establish a generally applicable equal sovereignty principle.131See Final Brief for Respondents at 33, Ohio v. EPA, No. 22-1081 (D.C. Cir. Mar. 20, 2023). Critics of Shelby County have claimed that the Supreme Court invented the equal sovereignty principle to achieve political ends.132See Abigail B. Molitor, Understanding Equal Sovereignty, 81 U. Chi. L. Rev. 1839, 1840 (2014); Litman, supra note 130. Judge Richard Posner, Chief Judge of the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals, wrote regarding the equal sovereignty principle: “This is a principle of constitutional law of which I had never heard—for the excellent reason that . . . there is no such principle . . . . The opinion [Shelby County] rests on air.” Richard A. Posner, The Supreme Court and the Voting Rights Act: Striking Down the Law Is All About Conservatives’ Imagination, Slate (June 26, 2013, 12:16 AM), https://slate.com/news-and-politics/2013/06/the-supreme-court-and-the-voting-rights-act-striking-down-the-law-is-all-about-conservatives-imagination.html [https://perma.cc/P7WJ-62A7]. Other scholars argue that questions about the sovereign power of the states have existed since the drafting of the U.S. Constitution.133See Molitor, supra note 132, at 1877; Colby, supra note 130, at 1102; Valerie J.M. Brader, Congress’ Pet: Why the Clean Air Act’s Favoritism of California Is Unconstitutional Under the Equal Footing Doctrine, 13 Hastings W.-Nw. J. Env’t L. & Pol’y 119, 151 (2007); Jeffrey M. Schmitt, In Defense of Shelby County’s Principle of Equal State Sovereignty, 68 Okla. L. Rev. 209, 238 (2016). Many scholars agree there is some support for the principle in the historical record and constitutional doctrine, but they doubt that is sufficient for it to be considered a “fundamental” principle, as Shelby County claims.134See Molitor, supra note 132, at 1841; Litman, supra note 130, at 1212; David Kow, An “Equal Sovereignty” Principle Born in Northwest Austin, Texas, Raised in Shelby County, Alabama, 16 Berkeley J. Afr.-Am. L. & Pol’y 346, 375 (2015). This Section traces the history of how courts have applied the equal sovereignty principle, from the context of admitting new states into the Union to voting rights.

1.  Origins: The Equal Footing Doctrine—New Admission of States

The equal sovereignty principle dates back to the equal footing doctrine referenced in Article IV, Section 3 of the Constitution: “New States may be admitted by the Congress into this Union; but no new State shall be formed or erected within the Jurisdiction of any other State . . . without the Consent of the Legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress.”135U.S. Const. art. IV, § 3. The Northwest Ordinance of 1787, which provided a path toward statehood for the territories northwest of the Ohio River,136These territories would later become Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, Wisconsin, and part of Minnesota. The Northwest Ordinance of 1787, U.S. H.R.: Hist., Art & Archives, https://history.house.gov/Historical-Highlights/1700s/Northwest-Ordinance-1787/ [https://perma.cc/CLG2-V2ZA]. further required that these states be admitted “on an equal footing with the original States in all respects whatever,” on the condition that the new state constitutions and governments were “republican, and in conformity to the principles contained in these articles . . . .”137Ordinance for the Government of the Territory of the United States North-West of the River Ohio art. V (1787), https://www.archives.gov/milestone-documents/northwest-ordinance [https://perma.cc/2ZUF-U5DT]. The act also banned slavery in the new territories but allowed for the return of fugitive slaves. Id., art. VI. Professor Litman argues, however, that the Northwest Ordinance’s meaning is unclear because “equal footing” did not necessarily promise new states the same legislative sovereignty as the original states, but rather just that new states would receive fair representation in Congress. Litman, supra note 130, at 1235–36. Additionally, Litman notes that the Northwest Ordinance actually broadened Congress’s powers over the would-be states, resulting in different treatment of those states, since it prohibited religious discrimination and slavery in the new states. Id. James Madison inferred that Congress would determine whether newly admitted states have the same “legislative sovereignty” as the original states. Id.

Several court cases also interpret the Constitution to support the equal sovereignty principle. Pollard’s Lessee v. Hagan held that Congress must admit every state into the Union on the same terms and with the same powers as the original states.138“The new states have the same rights, sovereignty, and jurisdiction [over the shores of navigable waters] as the original states.” Pollard’s Lessee v. Hagan, 44 U.S. 212, 230 (1845). Every state must be “admitted into the union on an equal footing with the original states,139Id. at 216. with “equal sovereign rights.”140Id. at 231. Further, the court held that “no compact” can “diminish or enlarge” the rights a state has when it enters the Union.141Id. at 229. Northwest Austin v. Holder referenced this case as support for the historic tradition that all states enjoy equal sovereignty.142Nw. Austin Mun. Util. Dist. No. 1 v. Holder, 557 U.S. 193, 203 (2009) (citing United States v. Louisiana, 363 U.S. 1, 16 (1960) (citing Pollard’s Lessee v. Hagan, 44 U.S. 212, 223 (1845))). Coyle v. Smith held that states, not Congress, have sovereignty to choose where to locate their state capital: the United States “was and is a union of States, equal in power, dignity and authority, each competent to exert that residuum of sovereignty not delegated to the United States by the Constitution itself.”143Coyle v. Smith, 221 U.S. 559, 567 (1911). No state is “less or greater . . . in dignity or power” than another.144Id. at 566. Thus, Congress may not unequally limit or expand the states’ political and sovereign power.145See Stearns v. Minnesota, 179 U.S. 223, 245 (1900) (“It has often been said that a State admitted into the Union enters therein in full equality with all the others, and such equality may forbid any agreement or compact limiting or qualifying political rights and obligations . . . .”). Indeed, “the constitutional equality of the States is essential to the harmonious operation of the scheme upon which the Republic was organized.”146Coyle, 221 U.S. at 580. Thus, these cases establish the origins of the equal sovereignty principle in the admission of new states into the Union.

2.  Equal Sovereignty Applied to Voting Rights

When the equal sovereignty principle was brought up in the context of the Voting Rights Act, courts had to determine whether the principle applied outside the state admission context.

Congress designed the Voting Rights Act of 1965 to address continuing voting discrimination after the Civil War.147South Carolina v. Katzenbach, 383 U.S. 301, 308 (1966). The Fifteenth Amendment to the Constitution, ratified in 1870, prohibited voting discrimination based on race,148See id. at 310; U.S. Const. amend. XV, § 1. and Congress subsequently enacted the Enforcement Act of 1870, which prohibited obstruction of the exercise of the right to vote.149See Katzenbach, 383 U.S. at 310; Enforcement Act of 1870, ch. 114, 41st Congress, Sess. II. However, enforcement of the law was ineffective, and throughout Reconstruction, many southern states continued to enact tests designed to prevent Black people from voting.150See Katzenbach, 383 U.S. at 310–11. Literacy tests disproportionately affected African Americans due to the high illiteracy rates in comparison with Whites. At the same time, grandfather clauses, property qualifications, character tests, and interpretation requirements were employed to “assure that white illiterates would not be deprived of the franchise.” Id. at 311. To address this continuing discrimination, section 5 of the Voting Rights Act established a preclearance requirement, mandating that the federal government approve all new voting regulations to ensure that they did not perpetuate racial discrimination.151Voting Rights Act of 1965, Pub. L. No. 89-110, § 5, 79 Stat. 437, 439. However, the preclearance requirement only applied to states with a history of voting discrimination, as determined by the coverage formula in section 4 of the Voting Rights Act.152The coverage formula established that if the state used a law like a literacy or character test to keep people from registering to vote as of November 1, 1964, and less than 50% of the eligible voting population was registered to vote on November 1, 1964 or voted in the presidential election of November 1964, then the state was subject to preclearance. Voting Rights Act of 1965, Pub. L. No. 89-110, § 4(b), 79 Stat. 437, 438. The coverage formula implicated states located primarily in the South; thus, a select group of states were subject to more stringent requirements than other states when seeking to change their voting laws.

In its 1966 decision in South Carolina v. Katzenbach, the Supreme Court rejected the notion that the equal sovereignty principle prohibited differential treatment in the voting rights context. The Court held that the equal sovereignty principle only applied to situations involving the admission of new states, not the Voting Rights Act: “The doctrine of the equality of States . . . applies only to the terms upon which States are admitted to the Union, and not to the remedies for local evils which have subsequently appeared.”153Katzenbach, 383 U.S. at 328–29. The Court observed that Congress passed the Voting Rights Act in response to the “insidious and pervasive evil” of racial discrimination in voting,154Id. at 309. and thus held that the Voting Rights Act was a constitutional and appropriate means for carrying out the Fifteenth Amendment.155Id. at 328–29.

Fourteen years later in City of Rome v. United States, the Supreme Court again upheld the Voting Rights Act as constitutional, finding that the Reconstruction Amendments were “specifically designed as an expansion of federal power and an intrusion on state sovereignty,” and thus, Congress had the authority to regulate state and local voting.156City of Rome v. United States, 446 U.S. 156, 179 (1980). The Court cited Fitzpatrick v. Bitzer, which held that the principle of state sovereignty embodied by the Eleventh Amendment is “necessarily limited by the enforcement provisions of section 5 of the Fourteenth Amendment.”157Id. at 156–58 (citing Fitzpatrick v. Bitzer, 427 U.S. 445, 456 (1976)). However, the Court would later apply the equal sovereignty principle to invalidate part of the Voting Rights Act.

3.  Shelby County v. Holder—Equal Sovereignty as a General Principle

Only two Supreme Court cases discuss equal sovereignty as a general principle.158Molitor, supra note 132, at 1879. Northwest Austin v. Holder,159Nw. Austin Mun. Util. Dist. No. 1 v. Holder, 557 U.S. 193, 203 (2009). though still a voting rights case, applied the equal sovereignty principle more broadly in 2009, laying the foundation for Shelby County v. Holder160Shelby County v. Holder, 570 U.S. 529, 544 (2013). to overrule Voting Rights Act section 4 in 2013.161See Molitor, supra note 132, at 1878 (“Since Shelby County, only one court has issued an opinion dealing with equal sovereignty [NCAA v. New Jersey, a Third Circuit case].”).

In Northwest Austin, the Supreme Court observed that the section 4 coverage formula of the Voting Rights Act went against the “historic tradition that all the States enjoy ‘equal sovereignty’ ” by differentiating between the states.162Nw. Austin, 557 U.S. at 203 (citing United States v. Louisiana, 363 U.S. 1, 16 (1960) (citing Lessee of Pollard v. Hagan, 3 How. 212, 223 (1845))). The Court acknowledged that differentiating between states is sometimes justified, citing Katzenbach as an example.163Id.  (citing South Carolina v. Katzenbach, 383 U.S. 301, 328–29 (1966)). However, it held that departing from “the fundamental principle of equal sovereignty requires a showing that a statute’s disparate geographic coverage is sufficiently related to the problem that it targets.”164Id. Thus, the equal sovereignty principle limits Congress’s ability to subject different states to unequal burdens, at least without sufficient justification.165Amdt 10.4.3 Equal Sovereignty Doctrine, Const. Annotated, https://constitution.congress.gov/browse/essay/amdt10-4-3/ALDE_00013628 [https://perma.cc/US7J-4YU9]. The Court also noted that the Act “imposes current burdens and must be justified by current needs.”166Nw. Austin, 557 U.S. at 203. While the Court ultimately resolved the case on statutory grounds,167Id. at 206–11. it expressed concern that sections 4 and 5 of the Voting Rights Act raised “serious constitutional questions.”168Id. at 204. The Court observed that improved conditions in the South since 1965 may distinguish the case from Katzenbach because current conditions in 2009 may no longer reflect the discriminatory state actions that Congress meant for section 5 to address, and cited a lower racial gap in voter registration as an example to show that the coverage formula may rely on outdated statistics.169Id. at 202–04 (2009). The Court notes that “[v]oter turnout and registration rates now approach parity[,]” “[b]latantly discriminatory evasions of federal decrees are rare,” and “minority candidates hold office at unprecedented levels.” Id. at 202. The Court also observed that the Voting Rights Act’s preclearance requirements “authorize[d] federal intrusion into sensitive areas of state and local policymaking” and imposed “substantial ‘federalism costs.’ ”170Id. at 202.

These concerns formed the basis for Shelby County to hold that section 4 of the Voting Rights Act was unconstitutional because it departed from the “fundamental principle” of equal sovereignty.171Shelby County v. Holder, 570 U.S. 529, 544 (2013). The Supreme Court found the “fundamental principle of equal sovereignty” to be “highly pertinent in assessing subsequent disparate treatment of States.”172Id. The Court adopted the guidelines Northwest Austin set—namely, that the Voting Rights Act “imposes current burdens and must be justified by current needs,” and that “a departure from the fundamental principle of equal sovereignty requires a showing that a statute’s disparate geographic coverage is sufficiently related to the problem that it targets.”173Id. at 542; see Nw. Austin, 557 U.S. at 203. The Court also distinguished the case from Katzenbach. Whereas in Katzenbach, the coverage formula was “relevant to the problem” of voting discrimination at the time,174Shelby County, 570 U.S. at 551–52; see South Carolina v. Katzenbach, 383 U.S. 301, 301 (1966). here, the coverage formula was not updated to reflect contemporary improvements in voting participation, including higher voter registration and turnout numbers.175Shelby County, 570 U.S. at 547–49, 551. The Court concluded that Congress did not sufficiently justify its reauthorization of the “extraordinary and unprecedented features” of the Voting Rights Act;176Id. at 549. thus, the Court held that the coverage formula no longer met the test introduced in Northwest Austin.177Id. at 551.

Shelby County, the only Supreme Court case to apply the test established in Northwest Austin, gave little guidance on how to apply the equal sovereignty principle in future cases, other than indicating that the law should rely on “current data reflecting current needs” when the degree of voting discrimination that prompted the original passage of the Voting Rights Act had changed.178Id. at 552–53. The Supreme Court has not decided an equal sovereignty challenge since Shelby County, leaving lower courts to interpret how to apply the equal sovereignty principle outside the voting rights context.

II.  APPLYING THE SHELBY COUNTY TEST TO THE CLEAN AIR ACT

Under the Northwest Austin test that Shelby County applied (the “Shelby County test”), the statute “must be justified by current needs,” and if federal legislation departs from the “fundamental principle of equal sovereignty,” it “requires a showing that a statute’s disparate geographic coverage is sufficiently related to the problem that it targets.”179Id. at 542; see Nw. Austin, 557 U.S. 193, 203 (2009). This Part argues that the equal sovereignty principle likely does not apply to the Clean Air Act, thus the Shelby County test should not even apply. But even if it were to apply and the Shelby County test is triggered, this Part concludes that the principle does not invalidate section 209(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act because California’s current needs continue to justify its differential treatment. California’s unique exemption is sufficiently related to the public health problem that the Clean Air Act waiver provision targets; allowing California broad discretion to regulate motor vehicle emissions directly contributes to Congress’s goal of addressing public health threats from motor vehicle pollution in the state.

A.  The Equal Sovereignty Principle Likely Does Not Apply to the Clean Air Act

This Section argues that the scope of the Shelby County test is limited and likely does not apply to the Clean Air Act. Shelby County emphasizes that the equal sovereignty principle applies to federal laws that “authorize[] federal intrusion into sensitive areas of state and local policymaking.”180Shelby County, 570 U.S. at 545 (citing Lopez v. Monterey County, 525 U.S. 266, 282 (1999)). The Supreme Court thus applied the equal sovereignty principle to the Voting Rights Act because it determined that election regulation was a sensitive area of state policymaking. Highlighting the “extraordinary” nature of the Voting Rights Act’s preclearance provisions,181Id. the Court noted that the law suspends “all changes to state election law—however innocuous—until they have been precleared by federal authorities . . . .”182Id. at 544 (citing Nw. Austin, 557 U.S. at 202). The federal government must explicitly grant states permission to implement voting laws that they “would otherwise have the right to enact and execute on their own . . . .”183Id. Because the Voting Rights Act intruded into a sensitive area of state policymaking that had traditionally been the exclusive province of the states, the Court limited Congress’s authority under the Fifteenth Amendment to restrict states’ election procedures disparately.

Professor Leah Litman goes even farther to posit that only federal action that lessens the dignity of a state or group of states triggers the Shelby County conception of equal sovereignty.184Litman, supra note 130, at 1214. Under this narrower interpretation, Litman argues that laws will violate equal sovereignty only if they single out particular states that have behaved in morally-blameworthy ways, limiting the scope of the principle to legislation enacted under the Reconstruction Amendments.185Id. at 1214–15. Under this interpretation, the equal sovereignty principle primarily serves as a check on the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendments and should only apply in cases similar to those involving voting rights, in which the dignity of human beings is at stake.186Id.

Since Shelby County, a few weak equal sovereignty claims have been made in the lower courts in areas outside of voting rights, and the courts have distinguished these cases from Shelby County. For example, in Mayhew v. Burwell, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit held that the equal sovereignty principle does not apply to Medicaid laws.187In Mayhew v. Burwell, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit held that the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) did not violate equal sovereignty even though it prevented Maine from “design[ing] its [own] Medicaid laws in ways that many of its sister States remain[ed] free to do.” Mayhew v. Burwell, 772 F.3d 80, 93 (1st Cir. 2014). The court reasoned that the ACA did not intrude into an area of authority traditionally occupied by the states because it governed Maine’s administration of a federal program that is primarily funded by the federal government. Id. at 95. Thus, the statute at issue “does not similarly effect a federal intrusion into a sensitive area of state or local policymaking.” Id. at 93. Perhaps most relevant to the Clean Air Act waiver is National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) v. Governor of New Jersey, which addressed the constitutionality of the Professional and Amateur Sports Protection Act of 1992 (“PASPA”).188Nat’l Collegiate Athletic Ass’n v. Governor of N.J., 730 F.3d 208, 214 (3d Cir. 2013). PASPA prohibits states from licensing sports gambling, except for states that had gambling operations prior to the Act’s passage, which only includes Nevada.189Id. at 214–15; see 28 U.S.C. § 3702, 3704. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit determined that the equal sovereignty principle does not apply to PASPA, distinguishing the Voting Rights Act from PASPA by finding that regulating gambling via the Commerce Clause is “not of the same nature” as regulating elections via the Reconstruction Amendments.190Nat’l Collegiate Athletic Ass’n, 730 F.3d at 238. The court held that the Commerce Clause allowed Congress to enact laws “aimed at matters of national concern and finding national solutions will necessarily affect states differently,”191Id. such that federal Commerce Clause regulation “does not require geographic uniformity.”192Id. (citing Morgan v. Virginia, 328 U.S. 373, 388 (1946)). The court found that applying Shelby County to all situations is “overly broad” and that the equal sovereignty principle does not apply outside “the context of ‘sensitive areas of state and local policymaking.’ ”193Id. at 238–39 (citing Shelby County v. Holder, 570 U.S. 529, 545 (2013)).

Similar to PASPA, Congress acted pursuant to its Commerce Clause authority in passing the Clean Air Act to regulate motor vehicle emissions; thus, Congress is exercising the federal power of regulating interstate commerce and can treat states differently in the process.194See Vikram David Amar, Why the Clean Air Act’s Special Treatment of California is Permissible Even in Light of the Equal-Sovereignty Notion Invoked in Shelby County, Justia: Verdict (Aug. 2, 2022), https://verdict.justia.com/2022/08/02/why-the-clean-air-acts-special-treatment-of-california-is-permissible-even-in-light-of-the-equal-sovereignty-notion-invoked-in-shelby-county [https://perma.cc/EYD8-H26N] (“[T]he Clean Air Act was enacted under Congress’s Commerce Clause powers, a provision that decidedly does not require geographic uniformity”); Final Brief for Respondents, supra note 131, at 32–35. The Clean Air Act likely does not intrude into “sensitive areas of state and local policymaking” as the Voting Rights Act does. Regulating motor vehicles has not traditionally been the exclusive province of the states. Three agencies set federal and state vehicle emissions standards: the EPA, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, and CARB.195Federal Vehicle Standards, Ctr. for Climate & Energy Sols., https://www.c2es.org/content/regulating-transportation-sector-carbon-emissions [https://perma.cc/BK55-6TCA]. Section 209(a) of the Clean Air Act explicitly provides for federal preemption, prohibiting states from adopting their own motor vehicle regulations.19642 U.S.C. § 7543(a). Regulating motor vehicle emissions affects interstate commerce because air pollution crosses state borders.197S. Allan Adelman, Control of Motor Vehicle Emissions: State or Federal Responsibility? 20 Cath. U. L. Rev. 157, 158, 163–64 (1970). Thus, like PASPA, the Clean Air Act does not intrude into a sensitive area of policymaking traditionally occupied by the states.

At its core, the outcome the petitioners demand in Ohio v. EPA is inconsistent with the fundamental principle of equal sovereignty. Without the waiver, the Clean Air Act defaults to only federal standards and federal preemption, leaving states with no choice but to adopt the federal standard. Thus, invalidating the California waiver—as petitioners seek to do—gives states fewer choices. It fails to promote the principle of equal sovereignty, which arguably protects the power of the states to enact policies that differ from those of the federal government.198Schmitt, supra note 133, at 262; see infra Section I.E.1; 2022 Waiver Reconsideration, supra note 86, at 14360 (“Indeed, if section 209(b) is interpreted to limit the types of air pollution that California may regulate, it would diminish the sovereignty of California and the states that adopt California’s standards pursuant to section 177 without enhancing any other state’s sovereignty.”). In her amicus brief, Professor Litman noted that the petitioners’ invocation of the equal sovereignty principle is inconsistent with its history because the petitioners’ arguments would result in less authority and flexibility for the states, and more coercive authority for the federal government.199Brief for Professor Leah M. Litman as Amici Curiae Supporting Respondents at 2, Ohio v. EPA, No. 22-1081 (D.C. Cir. Jan. 20, 2023). By allowing California to promulgate more stringent standards and allowing other states to choose between the federal and California standards, Congress has offered those states more options, not fewer. This is likely not an abuse of state sovereignty.200Id. at 28. By arguing for an expansion of federal preemption, thereby preempting more state legislative and policy goals, the petitioners seek a result that does not promote state sovereignty and instead runs contrary to the equal sovereignty principle’s historical use as a limit on congressional power.201Id. at 5, 30; see infra Section I.E.1.

Congressional debates regarding California’s special status indicate that Congress clearly considered the equal sovereignty problem and rejected it. In 1970, members of the House of Representatives expressed concern that all states should have the “same right that the State of California has in setting standards that they deem necessary for the health and safety of their people.”202See 91 Cong. Rec. H19232 (daily ed. Jun. 10, 1970) (statement of Rep. Leonard Farbstein, New York). Representatives of other states, including Pennsylvania and New York, argued that their air quality problems were worse than California’s, so they too should have the power to create state regulations exceeding federal standards.203Pennsylvania “has had more deaths due to air pollution than any other State in the Nation” and “is interested in increasing its standards.” Id. at 19231. “New York has a problem with fog and smog that is just as bad as that condition which exists in California.” Id. at 19232. Thus, proper application of the equal sovereignty principle would allow all states to promulgate their own motor vehicles emissions regulations. Congress was more concerned about other states not being able to promulgate their own motor vehicles emissions standards than about California having special privileges. In contrast, in Ohio v. EPA, the petitioner states attempt to prevent California from enacting more stringent policies that could benefit other states, thus flipping the use of the equal sovereignty principle to make it more difficult for states to enact their own policies.

The Supreme Court has suggested in Shelby County that the equal sovereignty principle does not extend to all areas of the law, and this Section concludes that the equal sovereignty principle does not apply to the Clean Air Act. However, even if it were to apply, the Clean Air Act waiver provision passes the Shelby County test and remains constitutional, as analyzed in the next Section.

B.  Even if the Equal Sovereignty Principle Applies to the Clean Air Act, It Does Not Invalidate Section 209(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act

Even if the equal sovereignty principle were to apply to the Clean Air Act, the Clean Air Act waiver provision remains constitutional. Applying the Shelby County test, the Clean Air Act waiver likely departs from the “fundamental principle of equal sovereignty” in creating a differential in its treatment of states’ political authority. As a result, the “statute’s disparate geographic coverage” must be “sufficiently related to the problem that it targets.” This Section concludes that this criterion is met; thus, the waiver provision remains constitutional. Congress had strong justifications for granting California an exemption that continue to remain relevant. First, the Clean Air Act targets not only smog in one region of California, but also the broader problem of public health from automobile emissions. Second, allowing California to implement more stringent motor vehicle regulations would directly help address this broader problem. California faces new and increasingly formidable threats from climate change, which have exacerbated the existing problems that initially compelled California’s motor vehicle regulations. Allowing California broad discretion to regulate GHG emissions is directly related to Congress’s goal of addressing the public health threats from motor vehicle pollution in California because the effects of GHG emissions and smog are interrelated and affect one another. This Section thus concludes that California’s current needs continue to justify Congress’s differential treatment of California—maintaining, and perhaps even strengthening, section 209(b)’s relevance in the twenty-first century.

1.  By Treating States’ Political Authority Differently, the Clean Air Act Waiver Likely Violates the Equal Sovereignty Principle

The equal sovereignty principle does not require the federal government to treat states equally in every scenario, but requires that all states have equal political authority.204Schmitt, supra note 133, at 220. Black’s Law Dictionary defines “sovereignty” as “[s]upreme dominion, authority, or rule”205Sovereignty, Black’s Law Dictionary (11th ed. 2019). and “state sovereignty” as “[t]he right of a state to self-government; the supreme authority exercised by each state.”206State sovereignty, Black’s Law Dictionary (11th ed. 2019). The Court in Shelby County explained that “[s]tates retain broad autonomy . . . in structuring their governments and pursuing legislative objectives,”207Shelby County v. Holder, 570 U.S. 529, 543 (2013). referencing the Tenth Amendment and federalism principles as crucial in preserving the “integrity, dignity, and residual sovereignty of the States.”208Id. at 530 (citing Bond v. United States, 564 U.S. 211, 221 (2011)). In United States v. Texas, the Supreme Court noted that the equal footing doctrine applies to political rights and sovereignty, but not economic issues.209United States v. Texas, 339 US 707, 716 (1950). The Court observed that the equal footing doctrine was not designed to eliminate diversity in economic aspects such as area, location, and geology, but rather to “create parity as respects political standing and sovereignty.”210Id. Thus, Congress violates the equal sovereignty principle when it limits the political power of a particular subset of states.211Schmitt, supra note 133, at 220.

Legislation that prohibits some states but not others from enacting laws about the same topic likely would violate the equal sovereignty principle. For example, the Voting Rights Act limits only southern states’ ability to regulate elections and PASPA permits only Nevada to legalize sports betting;212Colby, supra note 130, at 1155. PASPA “does not merely regulate private conduct; it curtails the regulatory and revenue-raising authority of the states. It precludes non-exempted states from legalizing sports gambling . . . . Nevada may derive enormous financial benefits from casino sports book betting, but other states may not.” Id. thus, these laws would in theory violate the principle. Similarly, the Clean Air Act treats California’s sovereign authority differently from the other states. By permitting only California to regulate motor vehicles and promulgate new motor vehicles emissions standards, while limiting other states to either adopt the California or federal standards, the Clean Air Act waiver arguably limits other states’ rights to govern themselves in the area of motor vehicles, as well as transportation and energy more broadly. Rather than allow all states with certain air quality conditions to set regulations, the Clean Air Act allowed the state that first adopted its own motor vehicle regulations to continue setting the standard for new regulations.213See Brader, supra note 133, at 155–56. “The one state that had chosen to regulate in particular ways was given a power denied to all the states that had chosen not to exercise their equal right to do so . . . . These provisions are not about an inequality of economics or geography—they are about sovereignty.” Id. Thus, if we were to apply the equal sovereignty principle to the Clean Air Act, the Clean Air Act likely departs from the equal sovereignty principle by exhibiting disparate treatment of the states’ political authority pertaining to motor vehicle regulations.

2.  Nevertheless, the Clean Air Act Waiver Provision Remains Constitutional Because Its Disparate Geographic Coverage Favoring California Is “Sufficiently Related to the Problem that It Targets”

Violating the equal sovereignty principle does not automatically invalidate a law as unconstitutional. However, it triggers heighted scrutiny, meaning that Congress must justify the disparate treatment of the states as unequal sovereigns214See Nw. Austin Mun. Util. Dist. No. 1 v. Holder, 557 U.S. 193, 203 (2009) (“Distinctions can be justified in some cases.”). by showing that the differential treatment is sufficiently related to the problem the law is addressing.215Colby, supra note 130, at 1155–56. If the statute departs from the “fundamental principle of equal sovereignty,” it “requires a showing that a statute’s disparate geographic coverage is sufficiently related to the problem that it targets.” Shelby County v. Holder, 570 U.S. 529, 542 (2013) (citing Nw. Austin, 557 U.S. at 203 (2009)). This higher standard “ensures that when Congress limits the sovereign power of some of the states in ways that do not apply to others, it has a good reason to do so.”216Schmitt, supra note 133, at 213.

In Shelby County, the Supreme Court concluded that the coverage formula, while perhaps justified in 1965, was no longer justified in 2006 when Congress reauthorized the Voting Rights Act.217Shelby County, 570 U.S. at 551. Because the coverage formula continued to distinguish states “based on ‘decades-old data and eradicated practices,’ ” including the past use of literacy tests that “have been banned nationwide for over 40 years” and on racial disparity in “voter registration and turnout in the 1960s and early 1970s” that no longer persisted, the Court held that the 2006 reauthorization statute’s disparate geographic coverage was not sufficiently related to the problem of twenty-first century racial discrimination in voting that it targeted, so “current needs” no longer justified it.218Id. at 551–53. Thus, the Court found circumstances in 2013 to be sufficiently changed to render the coverage formula unconstitutional.219Id. at 550–53, 556–57; Molitor, supra note 132, at 1849–50.

Applying this line of reasoning to the Clean Air Act, the petitioners in Ohio v. EPA claim that because California has transitioned to regulating GHG emissions, the waiver provision is no longer sufficiently related to the problem that it targets because California’s standards are targeting climate change, which is global, not state-specific, in nature: “[C]limate change is not an acute California problem.”220Brief for Petitioners, supra note 19, at 30–31. This Section counteracts this argument and asserts that the waiver provision continues to be sufficiently related to the problem that it targets, distinguishing California’s motor vehicle regulations from the voting regulations at issue in Shelby County. First, the Clean Air Act targets not only smog in one region of California, but also the broader problem of public health from automobile emissions. Second, allowing California to implement more stringent motor vehicle regulations would directly help address this broader problem. California faces new and increasingly formidable threats from climate change that have exacerbated the existing problems that initially compelled California’s motor vehicle regulations. The effects of GHG and smog pollution are directly interrelated and affect one another; thus, addressing GHG emissions is directly related to Congress’s goal of addressing the public health threats from motor vehicle pollution in California. This Section therefore concludes that California’s current needs continue to justify the state’s differential treatment.

i.  The Clean Air Act Targets the Broad Problem of Public Health Threats from Automobile Emissions

How courts frame the problem that Congress is targeting can shape their determination of whether a statute is constitutional. In NCAA v. Governor of New Jersey, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit held that even if the equal sovereignty principle were to apply to Commerce Clause legislation, PASPA passed the Shelby County test because its “true purpose” was to “stop the spread of state-sanctioned sports gambling,” rather than eliminate it altogether.221Nat’l Collegiate Athletic Ass’n v. Governor of N.J., 730 F.3d 208, 239 (3d Cir. 2013). Because PASPA was drafted in neutral terms, any state that already supported gambling could continue to do so, and Congress likely knew that Nevada was the only state that had existing gambling operations.222“It shall be unlawful . . . to sponsor, operate, advertise, promote, license, or authorize by law or compact . . . .” 28 U.S.C. § 3702. However, § 3702 shall not apply to a state that conducted a gambling scheme “at any time during the period beginning January 1, 1976, and ending August 31, 1990 . . . .” 28 U.S.C. § 3704. “Nevada alone began permitting widespread betting on sporting events in 1949 . . . .” Nat’l Collegiate Athletic Ass’n, 730 F.3d at 215. PASPA’s disparate geographic coverage was therefore justified: “Targeting only states where the practice did not exist is . . . precisely tailored to address the problem.”223Nat’l Collegiate Athletic Ass’n, 730 F.3d at 239. If the court had defined the problem PASPA was targeting as eliminating all sports gambling, Nevada’s exemption would be harder to justify, and the statute would likely be unconstitutional for not being sufficiently related to the problem. However, because the court defined the problem as halting the spread of sports gambling, the Third Circuit’s analysis was a stronger one.

In Ohio v. EPA, the petitioners argue that the problem Congress designed the Clean Air Act to target was a narrow, California-specific problem.224Brief for Petitioners, supra note 19, at 30–31. However, while smog may have been the impetus for the legislation,225See H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 50 (1967) (recognizing the “critical concern of California for air pollution control, which is prompted especially by the acute susceptibility of the Los Angeles basin to concentrations of smog”). Congress also intended a broader goal of enabling California to use its developing expertise in vehicle pollution to develop innovative regulatory programs and serve as a leader in automobile emissions regulations.226See Chanin, supra note 63, at 716–17. In 1967, Congress acknowledged California’s serious air quality problems as well as its role as a laboratory for emissions control technology for the country.227See H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 96 (1967). The Senate Report concluded that with California’s experience in control systems and design, the waiver provision will allow California to “continue to be the testing area” for more stringent standards, potentially strengthening federal standards and benefiting all states.228S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 33 (1967).

Multiple instances from the Congressional Record suggest that the broader problem Congress intended to target was the public health threats caused by motor vehicle pollution.229See H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 3–8, 96 (1967); S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 32–33 (1967). Congress could have amended the Clean Air Act in 1977 to restrict the waiver provision. Instead, it ratified and strengthened the waiver by giving California the flexibility to adopt a complete program of motor vehicle emission controls.230Motor & Equip. Mfrs. Ass’n v. EPA (MEMA I), 627 F.2d 1095, 1110 (D.C. Cir. 1979) (citing H.R. Rep. No. 95-294, at 301–02 (1977); see infra Section I.A. The original 1967 waiver provision required the EPA Administrator to grant a waiver “unless he finds that such State does not require standards more stringent than applicable Federal standards . . . .”231Clean Air Act of 1967, Pub. L. No. 90-148, § 208(b), 81 Stat. 485, 501. In contrast, the amended version requires that the EPA grant the waiver “if the State determines that the State standards will be, in the aggregate, at least as protective of public health and welfare as applicable Federal standards.”232Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977, Pub. L. No. 95-95, § 207, 91 Stat. 685, 755 (emphasis added); see infra Section I.A. Congress intentionally granted California deference in creating motor vehicle standards in order to “afford California the broadest possible discretion in selecting the best means to protect the health of its citizens and the public welfare.”233H.R. Rep. No. 95-294, at 301–02 (1977); see MEMA I, 627 F. 2d at 1110–11. The amendment “confers broad discretion” on California to “weigh the degree of health hazards from various pollutants and the degree of emission reduction achievable for various pollutants with various emission control technologies and standards.”234H.R. Rep. No. 95-294, at 23 (1977). Congress made clear that the EPA should defer to California’s policy decisions, unless they are overwhelmingly arbitrary and capricious: the EPA Administrator “is not to overturn California’s judgment lightly. Nor is he to substitute his judgment for that of the State. There must be clear and compelling evidence that the State acted unreasonably in evaluating the relative risks of various pollutants . . . .”235Id. at 302. The EPA recognized in its 2013 waiver decision that Congress allowed it only limited review based on the section 209(b)(1) criteria to “ensure that the federal government did not second-guess state policy choices.”2362013 Waiver Grant, 78 Fed. Reg. at 2115. As the EPA affirmed, “Congress recognized that California could serve as a pioneer and a laboratory for the nation in setting new motor vehicle emission standards.”237Id. at 2113. Thus, as long as the regulations protect the health of California residents, the EPA should defer to California on the scope of those regulations.

ii.  Allowing California Broad Discretion to Regulate GHG Emissions Is Sufficiently Related to Addressing the Public Health Threats from Motor Vehicle Pollution in California

In Shelby County, the Voting Rights Act coverage formula factored in states’ voting discrimination history, which consisted of specific, unchangeable factors.238The coverage formula established that if the state used a law like a literacy or character test to keep people from registering to vote as of November 1, 1964, and less than 50% of the eligible voting population was registered to vote on November 1, 1964 or voted in the presidential election of November 1964, then the state was subject to preclearance. Voting Rights Act of 1965, Pub. L. 89-110, § 4(b), 79 Stat. 437. In contrast, Congress noted that California’s circumstances can change: if California no longer faces “compelling and extraordinary” conditions, it can no longer establish its own standards.239S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 33 (1967). This possibility creates a built-in mechanism to continually evaluate whether California needs its separate regulations240See Final Brief for Respondents, supra note 131, at 42. and whether the waiver provision is “justified by current needs.”241See Nw. Austin Mun. Util. Dist. No. 1 v. Holder, 557 U.S. 193, 203 (2009). Recognizing “the unique problems facing California as a result of its climate and topography,” Congress noted in 1967 that only California has demonstrated “compelling and extraordinary circumstances sufficiently different from the Nation as a whole to justify standards on automobile emissions which may, from time to time, need [to] be more stringent than national standards.”242H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 21–22 (1967); S. Rep. No. 90-403 at 33 (1967). The petitioners in Ohio v. EPA treat GHG emissions as if they are a separate and mutually exclusive concept from smog and criteria pollutants, claiming that because California has shifted from regulations to reduce local smog problems to regulations to reduce GHGs and address global climate change, the waiver provision no longer justifies California’s exemption.243See Brief for Petitioners, supra note 19, at 32 (“[T]here is no evidence California will suffer effects that are worse—in magnitude or in kind—than those experienced by the other forty-nine States.”). On the contrary, this Section argues that the effects of GHG emissions and smog pollution are interrelated and affect one another. Thus, addressing GHG emissions is directly related to Congress’s goal of addressing the public health threats from motor vehicle pollution in California.

Given the history of California’s early motor vehicle regulations and Congress’s interest in having California as a “laboratory for innovation” while not overburdening automobile manufacturers by forcing them to comply with multiple state standards, Congress intentionally struck a balance by authorizing just two standards: the national standard and the California standard.2442022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14360, 14377; H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 21 (1967); see S. Rep. No. 90-403 at 33–34 (1967). This compromise would allow California to continue to innovate and improve its air quality without creating a practical nightmare for automakers and interstate commerce.245Members of Congress favored states’ rights but were also concerned that having 50 different sets of requirements related to emissions controls would “unduly burden interstate commerce.” H.R. Rep. No. 95-294, at 309 (1977). Congress deliberately exempted California from federal preemption of motor vehicle regulations because of its “pioneering role in regulating automobile-related emissions, which pre-dated the Federal effort.”246Id. at 301. Because California had already adopted a robust air quality program and established its own motor vehicle emission standards prior to the passage of the federal Clean Air Act, it had expertise in emissions regulations that other states did not have.247See Ann E. Carlson, Federalism, Preemption, and Greenhouse Gas Emissions, 37 U.C. Davis L. Rev. 281, 314 (2003) (“The prospect of fifty separate standards for automobiles is untenable. But California has unique air pollution problems and an economy large enough to support separate standards.”); id. at 311 (noting that California “is probably unique in the country in the amount of expertise and sophistication it has developed in the regulation of auto emissions”).

California’s large automobile market and economy continue to justify its disparate treatment. At the time Congress passed the Clean Air Act waiver, it recognized the “presence and growth of California’s vehicle population, whose emissions were thought to be responsible for ninety percent of the air pollution in certain parts of California.”2482013 Waiver Grant, 78 Fed. Reg. at 2126. Congress noted the large effect of vehicles on local air pollution: “Motor vehicles are responsible for about 90 percent of the smog in the Los Angeles County, some 56 percent in the San Francisco Bay area, and about 50 percent in San Diego.”249H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 97 (1967). Congress also noted that because of its large size, California has “an economy large enough to support separate standards.”250Carlson, supra note 247, at 314. Thus, California’s market was large enough that automobile companies could still make a sizable profit while producing cars to meet California’s more stringent environmental requirements.251“The auto industry has shown itself willing and able to make the modifications required for its lucrative California market.” H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 97 (1967). There were twice as many vehicles in California as in any other state, including New York.252113 Cong. Rec. H30942 (daily ed. Nov. 2, 1967) (statement of Rep. Chet Holifield, California). Today, California continues to be the largest automobile market in the United States; if the state were a country, it would be the tenth largest auto market in the world.253Based on new passenger car/light vehicle registrations. Felix Richter, California Is Among the World’s Largest Car Markets, Statista (Sept. 24, 2020), https://www.statista.com/chart/23023/top-10-markets-for-new-passenger-car-registrations [https://perma.cc/6886-64FN]. California makes up 11% of U.S. new light-duty vehicle sales, and combined with the states that have already adopted its LEV rules, makes up 40.1% of U.S. new light-duty vehicle sales.254Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 8. Forty-three percent of ZEVs sold in the U.S. are sold in California.255California ZEV Sales Near 18% of All New Car Sales in 2022, Off. Cal. Governor Gavin Newsom (Oct. 19, 2022), https://www.gov.ca.gov/2022/10/19/california-zev-sales-near-18-of-all-new-car-sales-in-2022 [https://perma.cc/XM2W-6F3U].

California’s unique topography and climate conditions have also contributed to the air pollution problems exacerbated by climate change. The legislative history indicates that Congress granted California an exemption to regulate motor vehicle emissions primarily because California was facing unique, severe air pollution problems across the state, particularly in the Los Angeles area.256See H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 50 (1967) (recognizing the “critical concern of California for air pollution control, which is prompted especially by the acute susceptibility of the Los Angeles basin to concentrations of smog”). California’s air pollution problem was among “the most pervasive and acute in the Nation” at the time.257H.R. Rep. No. 95-294, at 301 (1977); see 113 Cong. Rec. H30943 (daily ed. Nov. 2, 1967) (statement of Rep. Tunney, California: “We are facing a serious and spreading smog problem, primarily caused by motor vehicle emissions.”). Geographical and climatic factors were consistently cited as “compelling and extraordinary” factors during the House debate, including the “unique problems facing California as the result of numerous thermal inversions that occur within that State because of its geography and prevailing winds pattern.”258113 Cong. Rec. H30948 (daily ed. Nov. 2, 1967) (statement of Rep. Harley Staggers, Chairman, House Interstate and Foreign Commerce Committee); see also id. at H30955 (statement of Rep. Roybal, California, referring to “atmospheric inversion”); id. at H30975 (statement of Rep. John Moss, California, referring to California’s “unique” meteorological problems). Rep. Holifield noted that California has a unique problem due to an atmospheric inversion which “the peculiar topography of the metropolitan area of Los Angeles County” has caused to some extent by keeping smog in the area and surrounding counties.259Id. at H30942 (statement of Rep. Chet Holifield, California). Even though members of Congress recognized that air pollution also affects other states in concerning ways,260William Macomber, Jr., Assistant Secretary for Congressional Relations, noted that air pollution has become an increasingly pressing problem in most metropolitan areas, including New York City, Detroit, Pittsburgh, Chicago, Baltimore, and Washington D.C. H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 50 (1967). they agreed that California’s distinct conditions and topography continue to contribute to the unique effects of pollution in the state, creating a critical need for air pollution control.261See S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 33 (1967) (“California’s unique problems and pioneering efforts justified a waiver . . . in the 15 years that auto emission standards have been debated and discussed, only the State of California has demonstrated compelling and extraordinary circumstances sufficiently different from the Nation as a whole . . . .”). As CARB established, California’s ozone levels will be exacerbated by higher temperatures from global warming, and “there is general consensus that temperature increases from climate change will exacerbate the historic climate, topography, and population factors conducive to smog formation in California, which were the driving forces behind Congress’s inclusion of the waiver provision.”2622022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14364 n.297.

Most significantly, climate change has only exacerbated the air pollution and smog problems that initially compelled California’s motor vehicle regulations and the Clean Air Act waiver. Automobiles emit both GHGs and smog-forming emissions including nitrogen oxide, carbon monoxide, and particulate matter.263Greenhouse Gas Versus Smog Forming Emissions, EPA, https://19january2017snapshot.epa.gov/greenvehicles/greenhouse-gas-versus-smog-forming-emissions_.html [https://perma.cc/ULA6-84AC]. The 2021 report of the United Nations’ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (“IPCC”) reflects the latest scientific consensus that climate change is both a local and global problem.264Summary for Policymakers, in Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 25 (Valérie Masson-Delmotte et al. eds., 2021) [hereinafter IPCC 2021 Report] (“Cities intensify human-induced warming locally, and further urbanization together with more frequent hot extremes will increase the severity of heatwaves.”). The report establishes a connection between climate change and intensifying weather extremes including heat waves and droughts.265Id. at 8. Additionally, GHGs contribute to respiratory disease from smog and air pollution.266Christina Nunez, Carbon Dioxide Levels are at a Record High. Here’s What You Need to Know, National Geographic (May 13, 2019), https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/greenhouse-gases [https://perma.cc/T2EQ-QABH]. GHG emissions lead to hotter global temperatures,267IPCC 2021 Report, supra note 264, at 5. which is expected to enhance the formation of ground-level ozone (a main component of smog).268John H. Tibbetts, Air Quality and Climate Change: A Delicate Balance, 123 Env’t Health Persps. A148, A149 (2015); Junfeng (Jim) Zhang, Yongjie Wei & Zhangfu Fang, Ozone Pollution: A Major Health Hazard Worldwide, 10 Frontiers Immunology 1, 2–3 (2019); Criteria Pollutants, N.H. Dep’t Env’t Servs., https://www.des.nh.gov/air/state-implementation-plans/criteria-pollutants [https://perma.cc/F8HD-GUFC] (noting ozone is a key ingredient in smog). Exposure to ozone can cause respiratory problems269Tibbetts, supra note 268, at A151. and aggravate lung diseases including asthma, particularly within more vulnerable groups.270Greenhouse Gas Versus Smog Forming Emissions, EPA, supra note 263; Health Effects of Ozone Pollution, EPA, https://www.epa.gov/ground-level-ozone-pollution/health-effects-ozone-pollution [https://perma.cc/LVH2-6KX8]; see also Ozone Effects, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (Nov. 3, 2016), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/resources/fact-sheets/ozone-effects [https://perma.cc/P7TL-JJ4V]; Ozone and Your Health, Ctrs. for Disease Control & Prevention (Feb. 16, 2023), https://www.cdc.gov/air/ozone.html [https://perma.cc/YEB4-Z7XM]. Thus, GHGs can worsen exposure to ground-level ozone and smog, which is associated with increased mortality from respiratory and cardiovascular diseases.271Zhang et al., supra note 268, at 5. As a result, it has been well established that GHGs and smog are interrelated and affect air quality separately and together.272See 2022 Waiver Reconsideration, supra note 86, at 14363 (“[A]ir pollution problems, including local or regional air pollution problems, do not occur in isolation.”); see also Final Brief for Respondents, supra note 131, at 89–90.

Contrary to what the petitioners claim, climate change continues to uniquely affect California as an “acute California problem.”273See Final Brief for Respondents, supra note 131, at 52. While GHG emissions from California cars can “become one part of the global pool of GHG emissions,”2742008 Waiver Denial, 73 Fed. Reg. at 12160. this global pool eventually affects local conditions. The EPA recognized CARB’s strong evidence that California is “particularly impacted by climate change, including increasing risks from record-setting fires, heat waves, storm surges, sea-level rise, water supply shortages and extreme heat,” and that “GHG emissions contribute to local air pollution.”2752022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14363, 14365. Climate change impacts ozone exacerbation and wildfires, which affect local air quality.276Id. at 14334 n.10. California continues to have a serious smog problem, exacerbated by climate change.277California & the Waiver: The Facts, Cal. Air Res. Bd. (Sept. 17, 2019), https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/resources/fact-sheets/california-waiver-facts [https://perma.cc/N9DL-6B2P]. Seven of the ten cities with the worst air pollution nationwide are in California.278Id.; see Most Polluted Cities, Am. Lung Ass’n, https://www.lung.org/research/sota/city-rankings/most-polluted-cities [https://perma.cc/Z535-6KNT]. Ten million Californians in the San Joaquin Valley and Los Angeles air basins currently live under “severe non-attainment” conditions for ozone, where people suffer unusually high rates of asthma and cardiopulmonary disease.279Cal. Air Res. Bd. supra note 277. Climate change has increased the number of hot days that can result in smog events and exacerbate wildfires.280Id. Thus, smog exacerbates climate change, which in turn exacerbates smog, and GHGs—which lead to climate change—continue to pose a direct and local threat.281Cause and Effects of Climate Change, U.N., https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/science/causes-effects-climate-change [https://perma.cc/6G32-UAYX] (“As greenhouse gas emissions blanket the Earth, they trap the sun’s heat. This leads to global warming and climate change.”). As the 2022 EPA decision concluded, the 2019 EPA decision to withdraw the 2013 EPA waiver grant failed to properly consider “the nature and magnitude of California’s serious air quality problems, including the interrelationship between criteria and GHG pollution.”2822022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14334. The EPA noted that the 2019 record contained evidence that GHG emissions can lead to locally elevated carbon dioxide concentrations with local impacts such as ocean acidification, in addition to the longer-term global impacts from global emissions.283Id. at 14366. Thus, just like smog, climate change poses serious threats to the public health and safety of residents in California. As a result, ZEV regulations are crucial in protecting the public health and safety of Californians.

Even adopting the 2019 EPA’s narrow “local nexus” test, which required that the California waiver only applies to measures that address conditions “extraordinary” with respect to California, or those with a specific connection to local features and emissions peculiar to California,2842019 Waiver Withdrawal, 84 Fed. Reg. at 51347. California’s ZEV standard meets this test in directly addressing local air pollutant conditions by reducing criteria pollutant emissions. California’s 2020 Executive Order and resulting ACC II regulations made clear that California intended to regulate both GHG emissions and smog pollutants. The 2020 Executive Order states that zero emissions technologies “reduce both greenhouse gas emissions and toxic air pollutants,”285Cal. Exec. Order No. N-79-20 (Sept. 23, 2020), https://www.gov.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/9.23.20-EO-N-79-20-Climate.pdf [https://perma.cc/F4SE-B5AB]. and the ACC II regulations require new vehicles to “produce zero exhaust emissions of any criteria pollutant (or precursor pollutant) or greenhouse gas . . . .”286Cal. Code Regs. tit. 13, § 1962.4. California’s more stringent standards will thus continue to achieve critical reductions in conventional criteria pollution and help the state address public health problems caused by smog and soot.287See 2022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14353 (“CARB’s motor vehicle emission standards operate in tandem and are designed to reduce both criteria and GHG pollution and the ways in which GHG pollution exacerbates California’s serious air quality problems, including the heat exacerbation of ozone . . . .”); id. at 14364 (“CARB had demonstrated the need for GHG standards to address criteria pollutant concentrations in California.”). Congress has not provided any indication that California cannot take measures to reduce criteria pollutants and GHGs. Transportation is the largest source of air pollution in the state, responsible for nearly 40% of GHG emissions, 80% of nitrogen oxide pollution, and 90% of diesel particulate matter pollution.288Transforming Transportation, Cal. Energy Comm’n, supra note 2; Current California GHG Emission Inventory Data, Cal. Air Res. Bd., supra note 2. The EPA concluded that GHG measures are relevant to addressing local criteria pollutant issues2892009 Waiver Grant, supra note 68, at 32763 (“[A]lthough the factors that cause ozone are primarily local in nature and [] ozone is a local or regional air pollution problem, the impacts of global climate change can nevertheless exacerbate this local air pollution problem . . . California has made a case that its greenhouse gas standards are linked to amelioration of California’s smog problems. Reducing ozone levels in California cities and agricultural areas is expected to become harder with advancing climate change . . . ‘California’s high ozone levels—clearly a condition Congress considered—will be exacerbated by higher temperatures from global warming.’ ”); id. at 32750 (“CARB also found that its greenhouse gas standards will increase the health and welfare benefits from its broader motor vehicle emissions program by directly reducing upstream emissions of criteria pollutants from decreased fuel consumption.”). and that regulations to reduce GHGs often simultaneously address smog-forming pollutants like nitrogen oxide.2902022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14364 (citing Heavy-Duty Tractor-Trailer Greenhouse Gas Regulations); Notice of Decision, 79 Fed. Reg. 46256, 46261 (Aug. 7, 2014) (projecting that GHG standards will reduce nitrogen oxide emissions by one to three tons per day through 2020). The legislative history provides no basis for the claim that California cannot mitigate climate change threats or address environmental problems within their boundaries as soon as the problems extend beyond them.291See Final Brief for Respondents, supra note 131, at 52. In fact, Congress expressed an interest in allowing California to “continue its already excellent program” and continue to be the testing area of motor vehicle standards, which is expected to benefit its people and the nation by strengthening federal standards.292S. Rep. No. 90-403, at 33 (1967). The Senate report reflected opposition to displacing California’s right to set more stringent standards, as justified by California’s “unique problems and pioneering efforts.”293Id. Members of Congress concurred with the principle that California’s advances in air pollution regulation should not be nullified and that the state’s progress should not be impeded. Congressman John Dingell stated: “To penalize California for being ahead of the rest of the country in combating the menace of air pollution is totally incomprehensible.”294113 Cong. Rec. at H30946 (daily ed. Nov. 2, 1967) (remarks of Congressman John Dingell). The Ninth Circuit has also stated that California should be “encouraged to continue and to expand its efforts . . . to lower carbon emissions.”295Rocky Mountain Farmers Union v. Corey, 730 F.3d 1070, 1107 (9th Cir. 2013). Thus, Congress’s reasons for granting California a waiver continue to be compelling and extraordinary, and California’s current needs continue to remain relevant as ever in justifying the Clean Air Act waiver provision.

Congress did not justify the Clean Air Act waiver provision based on whether pollution problems were of a more local or global nature, but rather on the unique effects of smog in the Los Angeles area.296See H.R. Rep. No. 90-728, at 50 (1967) (recognizing the “critical concern of California for air pollution control, which is prompted especially by the acute susceptibility of the Los Angeles basin to concentrations of smog”). This emphasis suggests that Congress intended to give California the flexibility to adopt motor vehicle standards that the state determines are needed to address air pollution in the state, regardless of whether those problems might also be global in nature.297See 2022 Waiver Reconsideration, 87 Fed. Reg. at 14363 (“EPA sees no reason to distinguish between ‘local or regional’ air pollutants versus other pollutants that may be more globally mixed. Rather, it is appropriate to acknowledge that all pollutants and their effects may play a role in creating air pollution problems in California and that EPA should provide deference to California in its comprehensive policy choices for addressing them.”). Thus, California’s problems are serious enough and its efforts are such a model for the nation that a waiver provision is necessary in order for California to adequately protect public health. More recently, Congress’s clarification in the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act that GHGs are pollutants regulated under the Clean Air Act suggests that Congress intends the Clean Air Act to include GHGs.298Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, Pub. L. No. 117-169, 136 Stat. 1818. This further strengthens the argument that California is acting within the scope of the Clean Air Act in regulating GHGs through its innovative motor vehicle program.

CONCLUSION

The equal sovereignty argument is a new attempt to invalidate the Clean Air Act waiver provision and California’s ability to regulate motor vehicle emissions. As of this Note, no court has specifically addressed the constitutionality of the Clean Air Act under the equal sovereignty principle, and the decision is pending for Ohio v. EPA, which is expected to address this constitutional question.

This Note concludes that the equal sovereignty principle does not apply to the Clean Air Act, but even if it were to apply, it does not invalidate section 209(b)(1). Distinguishing from the outcome in Shelby County, the Clean Air Act waiver provision remains constitutional because granting California an exemption is “sufficiently related to the problem that it targets.” First, the Clean Air Act targets the broader problem of public health from automobile emissions. Second, allowing California to implement more stringent motor vehicle regulations will directly help address this problem. Congress had strong justifications for granting California an exemption which continue to remain compelling and relevant today. California’s history with air pollution control, its large economy, and its characteristic geographic and climate conditions put the state in a unique position to influence the automobile market and address GHG emissions. California faces new and increasingly formidable threats from climate change, which have exacerbated the existing problems that initially compelled California’s motor vehicle regulations. Allowing California broad discretion to regulate GHG emissions is directly related to Congress’s goal of addressing the public health threats from motor vehicle pollution in California because the effects of GHGs and smog are directly related and affect one another. Even as California’s motor vehicle regulations have shifted from reducing local smog by regulating criteria pollutants to reducing GHG emissions by eliminating gasoline-powered cars, California’s current needs continue to justify its differential treatment—maintaining, and perhaps even strengthening, section 209(b)(1)’s relevance in the twenty-first century.

The court’s decision on whether section 209(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act remains constitutionally valid will determine the extent to which California can continue to realize the localized benefits of the Clean Air Act while helping accelerate the nation’s transition towards a clean energy economy. It will also have implications for California’s ability to continue to regulate GHG emissions as a leader in addressing the most pressing environmental issues of the day.

Is the court going to handcuff California’s ability to protect the health and safety of its residents in the name of equal sovereignty? That was not the intention of Congress when it discussed equal sovereignty concerns pertaining to the Clean Air Act waiver. On the contrary, Congress debated whether other states should also be able to enact more stringent standards than the federal government, which would be the more reasonable remedy if the Clean Air Act waiver provision were deemed unconstitutional per equal sovereignty, as the petitioners demand.

To strengthen the ability of motor vehicle regulations to withstand future court challenges, California could emphasize criteria pollutants in its regulations. Since criteria pollutants have been more directly linked to local air pollution issues and Congress originally implemented the waiver provision in response to regional smog problems, this change could make it more difficult to challenge a regulation on the basis of it only regulating climate change. It will likely be simpler to show that the disparate treatment of California is sufficiently related to the problem that the Clean Air Act targets if legislators explicitly provide how they expect the regulations to affect local air quality as well as the local co-benefits of implementing them. For example, replacing internal combustion passenger vehicles with EVs will reduce not only GHG emissions, but also criteria pollutants including nitrogen oxides that are emitted.

California’s motor vehicle standards alone may not reverse or solve climate change, but the EPA has a duty to take steps to slow or reduce it.299States need not “resolve massive problems in one fell regulatory swoop.” Massachusetts v. EPA, 549 U.S. 497, 524 (2007). Allowing California to continue to promulgate innovative, forward-looking motor vehicle standards is crucial to its ability to lead the country as a “laboratory of innovation,” as Congress intended, and address the urgent environment and public health consequences of motor vehicle pollution.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 165

Download

* Senior Editor, Southern California Law Review, Volume 97; J.D. Candidate 2024, University of Southern California Gould School of Law; B.A. Economics 2019, Wellesley College. A special thank you to Professor Robin Craig for her thoughtful guidance, my friends and family for their consistent support and encouragement, and the Southern California Law Review editors for their thorough feedback.

Judging Firearms Evidence

Firearms violence results in hundreds of thousands of criminal investigations each year. To try to identify a culprit, firearms examiners seek to link fired shell casings or bullets from crime scene evidence to a particular firearm. The underlying assumption is that firearms impart unique marks on bullets and cartridge cases, and that trained examiners can identify these marks to determine which were fired by the same gun. For over a hundred years, firearms examiners have testified that they can conclusively identify the source of a bullet or cartridge case. In recent years, however, research scientists have called into question the validity and reliability of such testimony. Judges largely did not view such testimony with increased skepticism after the Supreme Court set out standards for screening expert evidence in Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Instead, the surge in judicial rulings came more than a decade later, particularly after reports by scientists shed light on limitations of the evidence.

In this Article, we detail over a century of case law and examine how judges have engaged with the changing practice and scientific understanding of firearms comparison evidence. We first describe how judges initially viewed firearms comparison evidence skeptically and thought jurors capable of making firearms comparisons themselves—without an expert. Next, judges embraced the testimony of experts who offered more specific and aggressive claims, and the work spread nationally. Finally, we explore the modern era of firearms case law and research. Judges increasingly express skepticism and adopt a range of approaches to limit in-court testimony by firearms examiners.

In December 2023, Rule 702 of the Federal Rules of Evidence was amended, for the first time in over twenty years, specifically due to the Rules Committee’s concern with the quality of federal rulings regarding forensic evidence, as well as the failure to engage with the ways that forensic experts express conclusions in court. There is perhaps no area in which judges, especially federal judges, have been more active than in the area of firearms evidence. Thus, the judging of firearms evidence has central significance for the direction that scientific evidence gatekeeping may take under the revised Rule 702 in federal, and then state courts. We conclude by examining lessons regarding the gradual judicial shift toward a more scientific approach. The more-than-a-century-long arc of judicial review of firearms evidence in the United States suggests that, over time, scientific research can displace tradition and precedent to improve the quality of justice.

INTRODUCTION

On November 11, 2016, a police officer recovered a forty-caliber Smith & Wesson cartridge casing from the scene of a homicide in Washington D.C.1See United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *8 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019). A police officer reported seeing a person discarding a Smith & Wesson semiautomatic pistol shortly after the homicide occurred.2Id. Police sent a recovered cartridge casing to the crime lab where an examiner identified it—conclusively—“as having been fired” by the pistol recovered from the defendant,3Id. at *8–9. charged with first-degree murder.4Id. at *8. As the case approached trial, the defense challenged the admissibility of this proffered expert testimony, arguing it should be excluded because it was not the “product of reliable principles and methods.”5Id. at *12. One of the authors served as an expert in the case. See id. at *9. In other words, the method lacked “scientific validity.” After hearing from several experts and reviewing published studies, Washington D.C. Superior Court Associate Judge Edelman found that there was insufficient evidence that firearms examiners can reliably make an identification.6Id. at *3 (“According to the government’s proffer, this analysis permitted the examiner to identify the recovered firearm as the source of the cartridge casing collected from the scene.”). The judge ruled an expert could—at most—opine that “the recovered firearm cannot be excluded as the source of the cartridge casing found on the scene of the alleged shooting.”7Id. at *77 (emphasis added); see also id. at *2. As we will describe, this is a powerful new limit on firearms evidence, a field in which experts have confidently concluded for decades that one and only one firearm—to the exclusion of all other firearms in the world—can produce the ammunition found at a given crime scene.8See Brandon L. Garrett, Nicholas Scurich & William E. Crozier, Mock Jurors’ Evaluation of Firearm Examiner Testimony, 44 Law & Hum. Behav. 412, 413 (2020) (studying jury evaluation of firearm expert testimony and finding “cannot exclude” language to influence verdicts); infra Part II.

While this case represented just one trial judge’s ruling, it not only forms a part of a sea change in judicial review of firearms evidence, but also the local repercussions point to more fundamental problems in our criminal system. Consider a later case before Judge Edelman, this one with charges brought against two men for two killings involving firearms evidence. Prosecutors were understandably concerned.9Jack Moore, DC Judge Orders Forensic Lab to Turn Over Some Documents Sought by Prosecutors, WTOP News (Nov. 10, 2020, 2:34 PM), https://wtop.com/dc/2020/11/dc-judge-orders-forensic-lab-to-turn-over-some-documents-sought-by-prosecutors [https://perma.cc/L5X2-JGJG]. In this case, D.C.’s Metropolitan Crime Lab had reported that the same weapon fired the cartridge casings found at each crime scene.10Id. Perhaps because they feared that the judge might view the evidence with renewed skepticism, the prosecutors took an unusual step: they asked independent examiners to take a look at the evidence.11Id.

The independent experts definitively concluded that two different firearms were involved—the opposite of what the D.C. crime lab examiners had concluded.12Jack Moore & Megan Cloherty, ‘You Can Trust This Laboratory’: DC Crime Lab Director Responds to Scrutiny of Firearms Unit, WTOP News (Dec. 2, 2020, 4:24 AM), https://wtop.com/dc/2020
/12/you-can-trust-this-laboratory-dc-crime-lab-director-responds-to-scrutiny-of-firearms-unit [https://
perma.cc/X93R-SUP7].
Internally, the lab examiners reexamined the evidence and agreed the cartridges came from different weapons. After meeting with lab managers, however, they instead reported an altered finding of “inconclusive,” meaning that no conclusion could be reached.13Prosecution’s Praecipe at 3, United States v. McLeod, No. 2017-CF-19869 (D.C. Super. Ct. Mar. 22, 2021). The management notified the ANSI National Accreditation Board (“ANAB”), which accredited the lab, that an internal review resulted in an “inconclusive” finding, but the audit that followed found that the lab managers had acted to conceal the errors in the case.14See id. at 2–3 (“DFS management not only failed to properly address the conflicting results reported to the DFS by the USAO, but also engaged in actions to alter the results reached by the examiners assigned to conduct a reexamination of the evidence.”). In April 2020, ANAB suspended the lab’s accreditation, and as a result, the lab was shut down.15Keith L. Alexander, National Forensics Board Suspends D.C. Crime Lab’s Accreditation, Halting Analysis of Evidence, City Says, Wash. Post, (Apr. 3, 2021, 7:43 PM), https://www.washington
post.com/local/public-safety/dc-lab-forensic-evidence-accreditation/2021/04/03/723c4832-94aa-11eb-a74e-1f4cf89fd948_story.html [https://perma.cc/2YS5-Y6QG].
Prosecutors then opened a new probe into its firearms unit, the lab director resigned,16Paul Wagner, D.C. Crime Lab Under Investigation After Allegations of Wrongdoing, NBC News (Apr. 8, 2021, 8:40 PM), https://www.nbcwashington.com/news/local/dc-crime-lab-under-investi
gation-after-allegations-of-wrongdoing/2634489 [https://perma.cc/4NJ5-GP4K].
the lab disbanded, and the firearms unit remains closed as of this writing.17Jack Moore, D.C. Abruptly Disbands Crime Lab’s Firearms Unit, WTOP News (Sept. 16, 2021, 4:00 PM), https://wtop.com/dc/2021/09/dc-abruptly-disbands-crime-labs-firearms-unit [https://
perma.cc/C3YN-LCYJ]. It appears that in December 2023, the D.C. crime lab regained partial accreditation.  As of this writing, however, the firearms unit has not regained accreditation, and it remains closed. Mark Segraves, DC Forensic Crime Labs Regain Accreditation After Nearly 3 Years, NBC Wash. (Dec. 27, 2023, 1:25 PM), https://www.nbcwashington.com/news/local/dc-forensic-crime-labs-regain-accreditation-after-nearly-3-years/3501258 [https://perma.cc/U342-NCE5]; Ivy Lyons, DC Crime Lab Appears to Regain Partial Accreditation After Losing Ability to Process Evidence in 2021, WTOP News (Dec. 26, 2023, 3:11 PM), https://wtop.com/dc/2023/12/dc-crime-lab-regains-some-accreditation-3-years-after-losing-ability-to-process-evidence [https://perma.cc/2TGY-USKX].

This rapidly unfolding crisis began with a spot-check in a single case prompted by a judge asking a fundamental question: How often do firearms examiners get it right versus wrong? For decades, few judges asked the question, but as we detail in this Article, judges have become increasingly engaged with the underlying science and have transformed a backwater area of forensic evidence into a subject of complex litigation. Indeed, in no other area have judges engaged in such a detailed manner with the limits of the testimony expressed by examiners—making firearms evidence the most prominent testing ground for the 2023 amendments to the Federal Rules of Evidence, designed to tighten judicial review of experts more generally, but with a focus on forensic evidence more specifically.18Advisory Comm. on Rules of Prac. and Proc., June 2022 Agenda Book 891–93 (2022) [hereinafter 2022 Comm. on Rules of Prac. and Proc.]; Fed. R. Evid. 702 (2023 amendment).

Firearms examination is in great demand, with more than a hundred thousand requests for a forensic firearm examination each year in the United States.19See Matthew R. Durose, Andrea M. Burch, Kelly Walsh & Emily Tiry, Bureau of Just. Stats., NCJ 250151, Publicly Funded Forensic Crime Laboratories: Resources and Services, 2014 3 (2016). Firearms violence is a major problem in the United States—more than ten thousand homicides and almost five hundred thousand other crimes, such as robberies and assaults, are committed using firearms.20See Gun Violence in America, Nat’l Inst. of Just. (Feb. 26, 2019), https://www.nij.gov/
topics/crime/gun-violence/pages/welcome.aspx [https://perma.cc/4TXL-K3NC]; 2018 January-June Preliminary Semiannual Uniform Crime Report: Crime in the United States, FBI (2018), https://ucr.fbi.
gov/crime-in-the-u.s/2018/preliminary-report [https://perma.cc/VMU8-ZYSG].
When conducting these comparisons, examiners seek to link crime scene evidence—such as spent cartridge casings or bullets—with a firearm. These examiners assume that the manufacturing processes used to cut, drill, and grind a gun leaves distinct and identifiable markings on the gun’s barrel, breech face, firing pin, and other components. When the firearm discharges, those components in turn contact the ammunition and leave marks on it. Experts have long assumed, as we will describe, that firearms leave distinct toolmarks on ammunition.21See infra Section I.A. They believe that they can definitively link spent ammunition to a particular firearm using these toolmarks.22See id. And for over a hundred years, examiners have offered criminal trial testimony relying on this assumption.23See infra Part I.

In recent years, the consequences of the uncritical judicial acceptance of firearms comparison testimony have come into sharper focus. Indeed, we now know that firearms evidence played a central role in numerous high-profile wrongful convictions. In the 2014 per curiam opinion in Hinton v. Alabama, for example, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed a conviction due to the defense lawyer’s inadequate performance in failing to develop firearms evidence at a capital murder trial.24Hinton v. Alabama, 571 U.S. 263, 264 (2014). The central evidence was a State Department of Forensic Sciences examiner’s conclusion that six bullets were fired from the same gun: “[T]he revolver found at Hinton’s house.”25Id. at 265. The defense did not hire a competent and qualified expert, and the Court emphasized that “the only reasonable and available defense strategy require[d] consultation with experts or introduction of expert evidence.”26Id. at 273 (quoting Harrington v. Richter, 562 U.S. 86, 106 (2011)). Hinton was subsequently exonerated, and he commented: “I shouldn’t have [sat] on death row for thirty years . . . . All they had to do was to test the gun.”27Abby Phillip, Alabama Inmate Free After Three Decades on Death Row: How the Case Against Him Unraveled, Wash. Post (Apr. 3, 2015, 10:28 PM), https://www.washingtonpost.com/
news/morning-mix/wp/2015/04/03/how-the-case-against-anthony-hinton-on-death-row-for-30-years-unraveled [https://perma.cc/5QPA-4M83].

This Article presents the results of a comprehensive review of all judicial rulings in the United States concerning firearms comparison evidence. Our database of more than 300 judicial rulings is available as a resource online.28See Firearms Expert Evidence Database, Ctr. for Stats. and Applications in Forensic Evidence (2022), https://forensicstats.org/firearms-expert-evidence-database [https://perma.cc/LR4J-RLU4]. The database “ha[s] assembled reported decisions, chiefly by appellate courts, that discuss the admissibility of expert testimony regarding firearms comparison evidence.” Id. The database consists of written, published decisions (largely appellate opinions but also some trial rulings).29The cases that are included in this database were:

[G]athered using searches of the Westlaw legal database, across all fifty states and the federal government, with rulings dating back over one hundred years. Where possible, trial rulings were obtained, but generally these cases reflect reported, written decisions containing the keywords used, and therefore largely reflect appellate rulings. The cases are searchable across a range of characteristics, including basic information concerning the state, year, type of court, and parties, but also details concerning the basis of the rulings and the factors relied upon by each court. The database describes whether the ruling employed a Daubert or Frye standard, or a ruling regarding local rules of evidence, and what the result of that ruling was.

Id.
We describe the three-part story of the path of firearms evidence: (1) initial skepticism of a novel set of methods, then moving to; (2) national acceptance of increasingly powerfully stated conclusions regarding firearms; and finally (3) a surge in judicial opinions and skepticism of firearms comparison evidence that followed, not Daubert and the new reliability-focused standards for judicial review of scientific evidence, but rather a series of scathing reports by the scientific community calling into question the reliability of firearms evidence.

First, we describe how in the earliest cases, judges were actually quite skeptical of firearms comparison evidence, particularly when presented by self-styled experts, and often concluded that jurors were capable of making the comparisons themselves, without a need for expert testimony.30See infra Part I. However, particularly due to the influence of the flamboyant Major Calvin Goddard and his disciples, courts gradually embraced the firearms comparison evidence as the subject of expert testimony.31See infra Part I.

Second, we document how the claims made by experts became more specific and aggressive as the work spread nationally.32See infra Part I. Rather than simply describing a comparison between two sets of objects, firearms experts testified by making “uniqueness” claims: the theory that “no two firearms should produce the same microscopic features on bullets and cartridge cases such that they could be falsely identified as having been fired from the same firearm.”33Erich D. Smith, Cartridge Case and Bullet Comparison Validation Study with Firearms Submitted in Casework, 36 AFTE J. 130, 130 (2004) (quoted in United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351, 361 (D. Mass. 2006)). By the 1960s, this expert testimony was offered and accepted across the country. Professional groups emerged and set standards for the field, which courts took note of. Written judicial opinions became quite uncommon, and any judicial skepticism was largely limited to more unusual applications of the methods rather than the underlying methodology itself.34See infra Part I.

Third, we explore the modern era of firearms case law and research, with increasingly intense judicial interest and written opinions on the topic in the last two decades.35See infra Part II. In 1993, the Supreme Court decided Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals36Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharm., Inc., 509 U.S. 579 (1993). and, along with its progeny and the revision to Federal Rule of Evidence 702 (“Rule 702”) and state-law analogues, judges now bear clearer and more rigorous gatekeeping responsibilities to assess the reliability of scientific evidence.37See generally, e.g., David L. Faigman, The Daubert Revolution and the Birth of Modernity: Managing Scientific Evidence in the Age of Science, 46 U.C. Davis L. Rev. 893 (2013). Accompanying this shift in the courts, by the late 1990s, experts premised testimony on a “theory of identification” set out by a professional association, the Association of Firearms and Tool Mark Examiners (“AFTE”).38See infra Part II. The AFTE instructs practitioners to use the phrase “source identification” to explain what they mean when they identify “sufficient agreement” of markings when examining bullets or cartridge cases.39What Is Firearm and Toolmark Identification?, The Ass’n of Firearm and Toolmark Examiners, https://afte.org/about-us/what-is-afte/what-is-firearm-and-tool-mark-identification [https://
perma.cc/XAU7-5Y4M].

In recent years, scientists have called into question the validity and reliability of this testimony—contributing to an explosion of judicial rulings. In a 2008 report, the National Academy of Sciences (“NAS”) found that “[t]he validity of the fundamental assumptions of uniqueness and reproducibility of firearms-related toolmarks has not yet been fully demonstrated.”40Nat’l Rsch. Council of the Nat’l Acads., Ballistic Imaging 81 (Daniel L. Cork et al. eds., 2008) [hereinafter 2008 NAS Report]. In its 2009 report, the NAS concluded “[s]ufficient studies have not been done to understand the reliability and repeatability of the methods.”41Nat’l Rsch. Council of the Nat’l Acads., Strengthening Forensic Science in the United States: A Path Forward 154 (2009) [hereinafter 2009 NAS Report]. The report also noted that “the lack of a precisely defined process . . . [that] does not even consider, let alone address, questions regarding variability, reliability, repeatability, or the number of correlations needed to achieve a given degree of confidence.”42Id. at 155. Judges have also raised concerns about the lack of specificity in the examination process. See, e.g., United States v. Green, 405 F. Supp. 2d 104, 114 (D. Mass. 2005) (stating the method is “either tautological or wholly subjective”); United States v. Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d 762, 779 (E.D.N.Y. 2019) (“[T]he sufficient agreement standard is circular and subjective.”). Over half of the judicial rulings that we identified have occurred since 2009, the year that the NAS issued its pathbreaking report. We detail dozens of opinions that have limited testimony of firearms experts in increasingly stringent ways.

Solidifying this trend, in 2016, the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (“PCAST”) reviewed in detail all of the firearm examiner studies that had been conducted to date,43President’s Council of Advisors on Sci. and Tech., Forensic Science in the Criminal Courts: Ensuring Scientific Validity of Feature-Comparison Methods X (Sept. 2016) [hereinafter PCAST Report]. finding, with only one deemed appropriately designed, that “the current evidence falls short of the scientific criteria for foundational validity.”44Id. at 111. Most recently—beginning in the aforementioned 2019 case before Judge Edelman—scientists have testified about the research base of firearm examination.45David L. Faigman, Nicholas Scurich & Thomas D. Albright, The Field of Firearms Forensics is Flawed, Sci. Am. (May 25, 2022), https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/the-field-of-firearms-forensics-is-flawed [https://perma.cc/ZM4A-TLMQ]. These experts include psychologists, statisticians, and other academics with training in conducting science, rather than applying a forensic technique. As one judge put it, “[R]arely do the experts fall into such cognizable camps, forensic practitioners on one side and academic researchers on the other.”46People v. Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d 629, 639 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. 2020).

The impact of these modern critiques on the admissibility of firearm examination has borne concrete results, but gradually. Comforted by more than a century of long-standing precedent, judges were slow to react to scientific concerns raised regarding firearms comparison evidence, even after the Daubert ruling. Yet in more recent years, as lawyers have increasingly litigated the findings of scientific reports and error rate studies, we have seen a dramatic rise in a judge’s willingness to engage with scientific limitations of the methods.47See infra Section II.D. That said, most judges have responded by imposing limits on how experts phrase conclusions in testimony, but we note there are reasons to doubt that this compromise solution will sufficiently inform lay jurors of the limits of the method.48Regarding effectiveness of such measures, see Garrett et al., supra note 8, at 421–22. For further discussion, see infra Part III.

For the first time since 2000, Federal Rule of Evidence 702 was amended, as of December 1, 2023.492022 Comm. on Rules of Prac. and Proc., supra note 18, at 891–93. The Advisory Committee notes emphasize that these revisions are “especially pertinent” to forensic evidence.50Memorandum from the chair of the Committee on Rules of Practice and Procedure to the clerk of the Supreme Court 227 (Oct. 19, 2022), https://www.uscourts.gov/sites/default/files/2022_scotus_
package_0.pdf [https://perma.cc/QS33-9DTQ].
Further, for forensic pattern-comparison methods like firearms evidence, the committee noted that opinions “must be limited to those inferences that can reasonably be drawn from a reliable application of the principles and methods.”51Id. at 230. The amended Rule 702 specifically directs judges to (1) more carefully consider that the proponent of an expert bears the burden to show that the various reliability requirements are met and (2) underscore that the opinions that the expert formed are reliably supported by the application of the methods to the data.522022 Comm. on Rules of Prac. and Proc., supra note 18, at 891–93. The rule changes squarely address the issues that judges have grappled with in the area of firearms evidence, perhaps more prominently than in any other area of scientific evidence. The rule changes target the two main concerns that judges have raised: the reliability of the methods and the overstatement of conclusions.

Thus, the body of case law regarding firearms evidence may only grow, and it may be a harbinger for how judges will engage with scientific evidence more broadly after the rule change. In a 2023 ruling, the Supreme Court of Maryland ruled that an expert can only opine on whether spent bullets or cartridges are “consistent or inconsistent” with those known to have been fired by a particular weapon.53Abruquah v. State, 483 Md. 637, 648 (2023). In perhaps a sign of things to come, a trial judge in Cook County, Illinois recently excluded firearms expert testimony entirely, based on scientific concerns with reliability, after conducting an extensive evidentiary hearing. There, the judge concluded that the probative value of the evidence was a “big zero” and raised the concern of “yet another wrongful conviction” based on such evidence if the jurors viewed “[t]he combination of scary weapons, spent bullets, and death pictures without even a minimal connection” to expertise that is repeatable and reproducible.54See People v. Winfield, No. 15-CR-1406601, at 32–34 (Cir. Ct. Cook Cnty. Ill. Feb. 8, 2023).

These developments more fundamentally suggest that for judges and lawyers to carefully engage with the reliability rules set out in Daubert and in Rule 702, it takes engagement by the scientific community. Prominent scientific reports and studies have helped judges and lawyers apply scientific criteria to firearms examinations. The result has limited unsupported use of these firearms comparisons and may promote better methods in the future that can prevent errors and wrongful convictions.55See infra Section II.E. The changes to Rule 702 can cement these developments and ensure more careful review of scientific expert evidence more broadly. We conclude by examining the lessons to be learned from this more-than-a-century-long arc of judicial review of firearms evidence in the United States for future judicial engagement with science.

I.  FIREARMS METHODS AND THE FIRST HALF-CENTURY OF JUDICIAL RULINGS

In this Part, we begin by describing the basic approach used by firearms and toolmark examiners. The approach has been in use for over a hundred years, and its origins trace to a single pioneering examiner, Major Calvin H. Goddard, who powerfully transformed courts’ early skepticism toward firearms comparison evidence to near-universal acceptance.56Calvin Hooker Goddard—Father of Forensic Ballistics, Forensic’s Blog, https://forensicfield.blog/calvin-hooker-goddard-father-of-forensic-ballistics [https://perma.cc/69BV-KYQE] (last visited Sept. 22, 2023). Considered the “father” of modern forensic firearms examination, Goddard assembled databases of information from gun makers and pioneered a “comparison microscope,” a device with side-by-side eyepieces, to make comparing firearms evidence more convenient.57Id. While quite primitive compared with modern technology, Goddard introduced the use of the microscope in firearms comparison, which was seen as permitting a level of sophisticated visual analysis that a layperson lacked access to. We describe how, in the 1930s, Goddard often testified in trials about the comparison microscope, further cementing the method’s legitimacy to courts. Over time, other practitioners and crime laboratories adopted similar methods and began to testify as experts. We describe in this Part what reasoning courts used through the 1930s as they moved from early skepticism to acceptance of this expert testimony.

A.  A Primer on Firearm and Toolmark Identification

Toolmark identification is the practice of human observers opining on whether toolmarks were produced by a particular tool.58Id. A tool is considered any device that serves a mechanical purpose (for example, screwdrivers, pliers, knives, pipe wrenches). As the tool contacts softer material, it sometimes leaves marks on the softer object’s surface. The resulting marks are called “toolmarks.”59One text gives the following example: “For example, when a butter knife is dragged along the surface of butter, one may observe a series of lines across the top of the butter. In this case, the mark in the butter is a toolmark and the knife is the tool that made the mark.” Ronald Nichols, Firearm and Toolmark Identification: The Scientific Reliability of the Forensic Science Discipline 1 (2018). A firearm consists of many tools that perform mechanical functions to fire a bullet. Therefore, firearm identification is considered a subspecialty of toolmark identification.60United States v. McCluskey, No. 10-2734, 2013 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 203723, at *7 (D.N.M. Feb. 7, 2013) (“Firearm identification is a specialized area of toolmark identification dealing with firearms, which involve a specific category of tools.”). The goal of firearm identification is to determine whether two bullets or cartridge cases were fired by the same firearm.

Firearm identification typically involves the examination of features or marks on either bullets or cartridge cases. A piece of unfired ammunition contains four components: (1) a cartridge case, (2) a primer, (3) propellant (gun powder), and (4) a bullet. The cartridge case holds the unit of ammunition together with the bullet in its mouth. When an individual pulls the trigger of a firearm, a firing pin strikes the primer, which is at the head of the cartridge case. Striking the primer creates a spark that ignites the propellant. The ignition of the propellant forces the bullet to detach from the cartridge case and exit the barrel of the firearm. All of these operations have the potential to impart marks on the cartridge case, on the bullet, or on both. For example, manufacturers use firing pins with different shapes, which are often readily apparent on a fired cartridge case. Similarly, the barrel of the gun has grooves machined into it to impart a spiral spin on the bullet (akin to a football spiral)—some manufactures have different numbers and directions of grooves.

Practitioners call these types of features “class characteristics.”61The official definition used by the professional Association of Firearms and Tool Mark Examiners is “[m]easurable features of a specimen which indicate a restricted group source. They result from design factors and are determined prior to manufacture.” Glossary of the Association of Firearm & Tool Mark Examiners 38 (6th ed. 2013). Class characteristics are the result of design features selected by the manufacturer. For example, a manufacturer may choose to use an elliptical-shaped firing pin or a barrel with six right-hand twisting grooves. The ammunition’s size is also a class characteristic. Class characteristics are a useful first step in firearm examination since observing differences in class characteristics can immediately rule out the possibility that two bullets or cartridge cases were fired by the same gun.

Agreement in class characteristics alone, however, is not sufficient to determine that bullets or cartridge cases were fired by the same gun. To draw that inference, examiners must identify and evaluate “individual characteristics,” which are defined by the AFTE as:

Marks produced by the random imperfections or irregularities of tool surfaces. These random imperfections or irregularities are produced incidental to manufacture and/or caused by use, corrosion, or damage. They are unique to that tool to the practical exclusion of all other tools.62Id. at 65.

Examiners rely on training and experience to assess whether striations are uniquely the result of a particular firearm (in other words, individual characteristics), as opposed to incidental striations that occurred during production and may be apparent in many different firearms of the same class.63These incidental striations are often called “subclass characteristics,” or features that may be produced during manufacture that are consistent among items fabricated by the same tool in the same approximate state of wear. These features are not determined prior to manufacture and are more restrictive than class characteristics. Subclass characteristics can easily be confused with individual characteristics. See Gene C. Rivera, Subclass Characteristics in Smith & Wesson SW40VE Sigma Pistols, 39 AFTE J. 247 (2007). Examiners following the AFTE protocol can reach one of several conclusions based on their evaluation of the individual characteristics: identification, elimination, inconclusive, or unsuitable for comparison.

There are no numeric thresholds for how many individual characteristics must be observed before the examiner can declare that two bullets or cartridge cases were fired by the same gun (that is, “an identification”). Rather, the AFTE protocol states that an identification can be reached “when the unique surface contours of two toolmarks are in ‘sufficient agreement.’ ”64AFTE Theory of Identification as it Relates to Toolmarks, The Ass’n of Firearm and Toolmark Examiners, https://afte.org/about-us/what-is-afte/afte-theory-of-identification [https://perma.cc/C498-FRH2]. As defined by the AFTE:

This “sufficient agreement” is related to the significant duplication of random toolmarks as evidenced by the correspondence of a pattern or combination of patterns of surface contours. . . . The statement that “sufficient agreement” exists between two toolmarks means that the agreement of individual characteristics is of a quantity and quality that the likelihood another tool could have made the mark is so remote as to be considered a practical impossibility.65Id.

This criterion of “sufficient agreement” has been roundly criticized by numerous commentators and courts for being “circular.”66See, e.g., PCAST Report, supra note 43, at 60 (“More importantly, the stated method is circular. It declares that an examiner may state that two toolmarks have a ‘common origin’ when their features are in ‘sufficient agreement.’ It then defines ‘sufficient agreement’ as occurring when the examiner considers it a ‘practical impossibility’ that the toolmarks have different origins.”). It is, however, the criterion adopted by the AFTE and widely used by practicing firearm examiners who conduct casework.67Nicholas Scurich, Brandon L. Garrett & Robert M. Thompson, Surveying Practicing Firearm Examiners, 4 For. Sci. Int’l: Synergy 1, 3 (2022).

B.  The Reception of Firearms Experts in U.S. Courts: 1902–1930

While there is increasingly voluminous scholarship regarding the early origins of gun control in the United States, we are not aware of scholarship exploring the early use of experts seeking to link firearms to particular shootings.68Instead, a body of historical work has explored early firearms regulation and related rights. See generally, e.g., Saul Cornell & Nathan DeDino, A Well Regulated Right: The Early American Origins of Gun Control, 73 Fordham L. Rev. 487 (2004); Charles R. McKirdy, Misreading the Past: The Faulty Historical Basis Behind the Supreme Court’s Decision in District of Columbia v. Heller, 45 Cap. U. L. Rev. 107 (2017). In this Section, we detail what we learned from assembling our database of firearms rulings, collected using searches of legal databases and supplemented with unpublished trial court orders where available.69See supra note 28 for a description of the database and a link to it. As we will describe, twenty-nine of the earliest rulings predated Frye v. United States, a 1923 case that formed the basis for the federal standard for judicial review of novel expert evidence: a requirement of “general acceptance” within the relevant scientific community.70Frye v. United States, 293 F. 1013, 1014 (D.C. Cir. 1923). Further, none of the eleven rulings decided from 1923–1930 cited to Frye—we did not see courts relying on the Frye standard until many decades later. Many of these rulings, absent clear rules of evidence concerning expert testimony, instead focused on whether experts could assist or inform the jury.71Today, such a standard is reflected in Federal Rule of Evidence 702(a). See Fed. R. Evid. 702(a) (asking whether “the expert’s scientific, technical, or other specialized knowledge will help the trier of fact to understand the evidence or to determine a fact in issue”). The earliest rulings date back to the 1870s and they were quite mixed on whether it was erroneous or correct to have admitted expert testimony concerning firearms.72The earliest ruling that we located, Moughon v. State, found error to admit the testimony. 57 Ga. 102, 106 (Ga. 1876). So did Brownell v. People, 38 Mich. 732, 738 (Mich. 1878). But see Dean v. Commonwealth, 32 Gratt. 912, 927–28 (Va. 1879) (holding that it was not erroneous to admit firearms comparison testimony); Sullivan v. Commonwealth, 93 Pa. 284, 296–97 (Penn. 1880) (same).

One of earliest reported cases discussing firearms comparison evidence, Commonwealth v. Best,73Commonwealth v. Best, 62 N.E. 748 (Mass. 1902). was written in 1902 by none other than Oliver Wendell Holmes, then the Chief Justice of the Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court. Best was convicted of murder, and on appeal, argued that certain firearms comparison evidence offered at the trial was erroneous.74Id. at 749–50. The State argued at trial that Best shot a milkman twice with a Winchester rifle found in Best’s kitchen.75Id. at 750. To prove this, the State fired a third bullet through the gun, took a photograph of it, and published photographs of this bullet and the bullets found in the victim’s body as evidence.76Id.

In conjunction with these photographs, the State called an expert witness to “testif[y] that [the bullets] were marked by rust in the same way that they would have been if they had been fired through the rifle at the farm, and that it took at least several months for the rust that he saw in the rifle to form.”77Id. In other words, the bullets found at the crime scene were rusted only because they were fired through the rusty barrel of Best’s rifle.78Id. Best’s counsel argued—at trial and on appeal—that the evidence was inadmissible because “the conditions of the experiment did not correspond accurately with those of the date of the shooting,” that “the force impelling the different bullets were different in kind,” that “the rifle barrel might be supposed to have rusted more in the little more than a fortnight that had intervened, and that it was fired three times on [the murder date], which would have increased the leading of the barrel.”79Id. To wit: environmental factors called the expert’s conclusion into question.

In his quintessentially succinct style, Justice Holmes swiftly disposed of these arguments, concluding that expert testimony was the only way “the jury could have learned so intelligently how that gun barrel would have marked a lead bullet fired through it,” and “the sources of error suggested were trifling.”80Id. Indeed, despite this being one of the first published opinions that we could find on the admissibility of firearms toolmark evidence, Justice Holmes found “no reason to doubt that the testimony was properly admitted.”81Id. Rejecting the other arguments that Best made on appeal, the court upheld the conviction.82Id.

On the West Coast, two years later, the California Supreme Court decided People v. Weber, a 1906 case that also involved crude firearms comparison evidence. Four members of the Weber family had been killed on their property, three from gunshots and one from blunt force trauma.83People v. Weber, 86 P. 671, 673 (Cal. 1906). Police found a .32-caliber revolver in the basement of the Weber barn with dried blood on it, along with five discarded cartridges.84Id. at 673–74. The defendant was tried and convicted of one of the murders, and he appealed.85Id. at 674. During the trial, the State called “an expert in small arms” who testified that he “compared the markings on the bullets taken from the bodies with the markings on the bullets which he had fired from the pistol,” concluding that these bullets were all fired from the alleged murder weapon.86Id. at 678. While the trial court initially admitted this testimony, the next day, the court struck it, concluding “the comparison of the . . . bullets . . . is not a matter of expert testimony, but one within the ordinary capacities of the average juror or citizen.”87Id. (emphasis added). Thus, the testimony was excluded, but the bullets were all admitted into evidence for the jury to compare during deliberations. On appeal, the California Supreme Court did not disturb the trial court’s ruling, but it did reject the defense’s argument that admitting the bullets into evidence was erroneous.88Id. The court instead held that admitting the evidence to help the jury identify the murder weapon “was pertinent and important.”89Id.

In the 1920s, courts gradually moved toward considering firearms examiners as expert witnesses. In State v. Clark,90State v. Clark, 196 P. 360 (Or. 1921). the Oregon Supreme Court considered a criminal appeal of a manslaughter conviction. Charles Taylor, a worker in Oregon’s National Cascade Forest Reserve, was part of a group assigned to bridge maintenance. Each worker brought a .30-30 Winchester rifle, hoping to hunt “camp meat.”91Id. at 362. One night, Clark and Taylor began hunting, and each fired an initial shot so they could use the spent cartridges as communication whistles.92Id. at 362–63. Taylor then left to hunt, but he was never seen alive again. The subsequent search party found a shell near Taylor’s body and an empty shell in the barrel of Taylor’s gun.93Id. at 367. According to the court, both shells “bore on the brass part of the primer a peculiar mark evidently caused by a flaw in the breechblock of the gun from which they had been fired.”94Id. This design flaw “caused a very slight, almost microscopic protuberance in the primer of the shell, which enlarged photographs ma[de] very clear to the naked eye.”95Id. Law enforcement fired several shots from Clark’s gun, and the cartridges produced the same mark.96Id. Additionally, Clark’s gun created a “sort of double scratch” on the inside of the rim of each shell fired, while Taylor’s gun “made only a single scratch.”97Id. Because of this, the court eliminated “the theory that deceased might have been accidentally shot with his own gun.”98Id. The court held these tests had produced “strong evidence that [Clark] was present and fired the shot that killed Taylor.”99Id. This evidence was presented in trial by the sheriff who described the marks but does not appear to have made more specific conclusions.100Id. at 370. Clark’s counsel objected to this testimony and admission of the photographs, but no specific reason for the objection was provided101Id. The only specific objection regarding the shells was that the photographs were impermissibly enlarged, which the court rejected. Id. at 371.—unsurprising because rules surrounding lay and expert witnesses were less formal in this era. The court held that the testimony was proper and the evidence was admissible.102Id. at 370–71.

In a 1922 case, the Alabama Supreme Court explicitly held—unlike in the cases discussed so far—that firearms comparison examiners could testify as expert witnesses.103Pynes v. State, 92 So. 663, 665 (Ala. 1922). Earlier cases had done so, without much discussion. See, e.g., Sullivan v. Commonwealth, 93 Pa. 284, 296–97 (1880). A person was convicted for killing a man and his dog via gunshot.104Pynes, 92 So. at 665. Police had found a revolver near the victim’s body and the revolver had one cartridge in the chamber that had been discharged.105Id. The State called someone “familiar with such things, [who] had used pistols and shells a good deal,” to testify as an expert.106Id. This expert claimed the casing in the empty chamber and the barrel of the revolver demonstrated it “had not been discharged recently.”107Id. The defense unsuccessfully objected, arguing that the person was not an expert.108Id. On appeal, the Alabama Supreme Court upheld the testimony: “A witness may have expert knowledge of some of the more ordinary affairs of life.”109Id. For a case from the next year finding a similar expert “competent” and any error harmless, see Laney v. United States, 294 F. 412, 416 (D.C. Cir. 1923).

In a 1923 case, however, the Illinois Supreme Court powerfully objected to expert evidence on firearms comparison.110People v. Berkman, 139 N.E. 91, 94–95 (Ill. 1923). The court reversed the conviction on appeal for multiple reasons,111Id. at 94. but it particularly took issue with the State’s use of a police officer as an expert. At trial, a police officer testified for the State that a gun in evidence was the one fired at the victim because it “was the identical revolver from which the bullet introduced in evidence was fired on the night [the victim] was shot.”112Id. The officer was “asked to examine the Colt automatic .32 aforesaid, and gave it as his opinion that the bullet introduced in evidence was fired from the Colt automatic revolver in evidence.”113Id. The Court also questioned the qualifications of the officer:

The state sought to qualify [the officer] for such remarkable evidence by having him testify that he had had charge of the inspection of firearms for the last 5 years of their department; that he was a small-arms inspector in the National Guard for a period of 9 years; and that he was a sergeant in the service in the field artillery, where the pistol is the only weapon the men have, outside of the large guns or cannon.

Id.
The court emphasized:

He even stated positively that he knew that that bullet came out of the barrel of that revolver, because the rifling marks on the bullet fitted into the rifling of the revolver in question, and that the markings on that particular bullet were peculiar, because they came clear up on the steel of the bullet.114Id. (emphasis added).

The court elaborated:

The evidence of this officer is clearly absurd, besides not being based upon any known rule that would make it admissible. If the real facts were brought out, it would undoubtedly show that all Colt revolvers of the same model and of the same caliber are rifled precisely in the same manner, and the statement that one can know that a certain bullet was fired out of a 32-caliber revolver, when there are hundreds and perhaps thousands of others rifled in precisely the same manner and of precisely the same character, is preposterous.115Id.

Finally, the court focused on lay versus expert opinions:

Mere opportunity does not change an ordinary observer into an expert, and special skill does not entitle a witness to give an opinion, when the subject is one where the opinion of an ordinary observer is admissible, or where the jury are capable of forming their own conclusions from the pertinent facts susceptible of proof in common form. . . . If any facts pertaining to the gun and its rifling existed by which such fact could be known, it would have been proper for the witness to have stated such facts and let the jury draw their own conclusions.116Id. at 95 (emphasis added).

The court thus strongly rejected admitting an expert to opine on such firearms evidence.117Id.

By the late 1920s, however, judicial rulings began to shift as the work of Major Goddard became more known. Goddard founded a private crime laboratory—“The Bureau of Forensic Ballistics”118For a detailed account, see Heather Wolffram, Teaching Forensic Science to the American Police and Public: The Scientific Crime Detection Laboratory, 1929-1938, 11 Acad. Forensic Path 52, 55 (2021).—and published the American Journal of Police Science. Goddard became particularly well-known for assisting with the investigation in the Sacco and Vanzetti case in Massachusetts and in the St. Valentine’s Day Massacre in Chicago in 1929.119Id. Before Goddard published his seminal article on ballistic evidence for the U.S. Army in 1925, Forensic Ballistics, many judges, as described above, viewed firearms comparison as a crude technique that jurors could conduct themselves by visually examining the evidence.120Id.

This began to change. For example, in a 1928 Kentucky case, Jack v. Commonwealth, the state supreme court discussed firearms comparison testimony and found the evidence “important if competent, but highly prejudicial  if incompetent.”121Jack v. Commonwealth, 1 S.W.2d 961, 963 (Ky. 1928). The court discussed an article by Major Goddard in Popular Science Monthly122Citing Goddard’s article, the court stated that “the subject of ballistics . . . has reached the status of an exact science.” Id. at 963. and summarized the process:

[T]here is in use a special microscope consisting of two barrels so arranged that both are brought together in one eyepiece. The fatal bullet is placed under one of these barrels, and a test bullet that has been fired through defendant’s pistol is placed under the other barrel, and this brings the sides of the two bullets together and causes them to fuse into one object. If the grooves and other distinguishing marks on both bullets correspond, it is said to show that both balls were fired from the same pistol.123Id. at 963–64.

The court concluded:

It thus appears that this is a technical subject, and in order to give an expert opinion thereon a witness should have made a special study of the subject and have suitable instruments and equipment to make proper test . . . . Clearly the witnesses in this case were not qualified to give such opinions and conclusions and the admission of such evidence was erroneous and prejudicial.124Id. at 964 (emphasis added).

The court therefore rejected the testimony not because it doubted the method itself but because the proffered experts did not follow proper practices.

One year after Jack, the Kentucky Supreme Court again examined firearms comparison testimony in Evans v. Commonwealth.125Evans v. Commonwealth, 19 S.W.2d 1091 (Ky. 1929). The defendant, Evans, was indicted for murder of the Pineville, Kentucky chief of police, and he was ultimately convicted of manslaughter.126Id. at 1092. Six shots were fired in the murder, and police had dug up a bullet from the ground near the scene.127Id. Evans’s primary argument on appeal was that firearms comparison evidence was improper, so the court addressed it “with some degree of elaboration.”128Id. at 1093. The court referenced Jack and noted that one month after Jack was published, Major Goddard—who wrote the article referenced by the court in Jack—offered to testify.129Id. Goddard was given the defendant’s automatic .45 pistol, seven cartridges taken from this pistol, six cartridges found at the scene of the crime, and the bullet that police had taken from the dirt.130Id. at 1094. Goddard concluded “that he was convinced that the bullet that had been introduced into evidence had been fired through [Evans’s] pistol.”131Id. (emphasis added). To justify this conclusion, Goddard gave a detailed account of how he compared the different bullets by putting “the two bullets under the two microscopes together, [so that] in the center . . . you see a single bullet. . . . [I]f these bullets were fired through the same pistol they will match . . . .”132Id. at 1095. Goddard testified that he “only required one single test to identify the bullet in evidence as having been fired through the Evans pistol.”133Id. (emphasis added).

During Goddard’s cross-examination, the jury was allowed to examine the evidence using the microscope.134Id. at 1096. The defense objected that Goddard’s conclusion was one of fact that the jury should instead determine.135Id. at 1097. The court rejected this argument.136Id. Interestingly, the court concluded that Goddard’s opinion was an ordinary lay opinion, not that of an expert.137Id. The court compared Goddard’s testimony to that of a lay witness, saying that “he could smell gasoline,” even though “the average man would have great difficulty in telling just how coal oil or gasoline smells, though acquainted with their odors.” Id. Cross-examination was thus a sufficient safeguard, and “rigid adherence” to the rules of evidence “would be subversive of the ends for which they were adopted.”138Id. The defense also objected to the jury looking through the microscopes which the court quickly dismissed as without “well-founded reason.”139Id.

These two Kentucky Supreme Court opinions formed the framework for the modern approach to firearms comparison evidence. Jack demonstrates that courts would not always let a specific person testify as a qualified expert on firearms comparison. But Evans shows that the courts were not concerned about the underlying validity of the methodology of firearms comparisons. If the State could produce a witness in the mold of Major Goddard, following the now-respected comparison microscope methodology, then the testimony would routinely be admitted.

C.  A National Body of Firearms Rulings: 1930s to 1960s

Beginning in the 1930s, judges began to further develop case law in other parts of the country, with new experts testifying. We identified forty rulings from 1931–1970, each set out in our database. During this time period, rulings spread nationally, as judges appear powerfully influenced by Evans,140Evans v. Commonwealth, 19 S.W.2d 1091 (Ky. 1929). which became one of the lodestar cases for adoption of firearms comparison evidence. Use of toolmark evidence for firearms comparison began to be called “accepted” and “well-recognized” as a methodology. As time went on, judges simply cited to Evans and other prototypical early cases to admit expert testimony, and discussion of the merits of firearms comparison methods diminished. Further, defendants increasingly did not challenge the evidence but rather focused on the preservation of evidence or the qualifications of the testifying experts. These challenges were almost always unsuccessful.

In 1937, for example, the Florida Supreme Court briefly concluded that a firearms comparison expert was “fully qualified to testify as an expert . . . and to draw a reliable conclusion as to whether or not the bullet found in the body of the deceased was fired from the pistol introduced in evidence.”141Riner v. State, 176 So. 38, 39–40 (Fla. 1937). In another Missouri case, the expert himself explained that he “was not a ballistic expert,” but he still argued he had “much experience in the work of identifying firearms.”142State v. Couch, 111 S.W.2d 147, 149 (Mo. 1937). Despite this concession, the court concluded that “he was an expert in the identification of firearms and bullets by the comparison method by means of a microscope.”143Id. In 1938, an Oklahoma appellate court further explained:

There were few decisions with reference to the introduction of expert testimony to identify the weapon from which a shot was fired until recent years, but the science of ballistics is now recognized as one of the best methods in ferreting out crime that could not otherwise be detected. Expert evidence to identify the weapon from which a shot was fired is generally admitted under the rules covering other forms of expert testimony, and it is the modern tendency of the courts to allow the introduction of such testimony, where the witness’ preparation as shown by experience and training qualifies him to give expert opinion on firearms and ballistics tests.144Macklin v. State, 76 P.2d 1091, 1095 (Okla. Crim. App. 1938) (emphasis added).

By 1940, experts could cite fifteen years of experience in “the firing of different caliber pistols,” which was enough to qualify a person as a firearms comparison expert.145McGuire v. State, 194 So. 815, 816 (Ala. 1940). In a 1941 case in Virginia, an expert from the FBI testified that he had twenty years of experience, “six of which had been devoted to the examination of firearms.”146Ferrell v. Commonwealth, 14 S.E.2d 293, 295 (Va. 1941). The expert testified that the cartridge he examined was fired by the defendant’s shotgun.147Id. at 296. The reviewing court cited to Evans,148Id. at 297. as courts continued to do. For example, in State v. McKeever,149State v. McKeever, 101 S.W.2d 22 (Mo. 1936). the expert testified this was his 191st trial—the court allowed the evidence to be admitted without discussion, simply citing to Evans.150Id. at 29. Increasingly brief opinions found “no error” in introduction of such testimony.151See, e.g., Pilley v. State, 25 So.2d 57, 60 (Ala. 1946) (“In the introduction of this evidence there was no error.”); Kyzer v. State, 33 So.2d 885, 887 (Ala. 1947) (finding no error without explanation). In Collins v. State, 33 So.2d 18, 20 (Ala. 1947), the court overruled objections to the expert testimony, stating: “We have had occasion several times to consider questions of this sort, and the principles of law applicable to the same have been repeated frequently, so that it will not be necessary to do so again . . . .” Yet, in none of those prior opinions did the court actually repeat or state its reasoning.

There were some outliers. For example, a 1948 New Mexico Supreme Court ruling reversed the admissibility of “ballistic expert” testimony, which allegedly matched a specific gun to the bullet that killed the victim.152State v. Martinez, 198 P.2d 256, 257–61 (N.M. 1948). After being qualified, the expert testified about his methodology, calling the firearm’s marks “absolutely identical.”153Id. at 257–58. The court was concerned that the expert had concluded with statements such as: “I will state positively that the evidence bullet (death bullet) was fired out of State’s Exhibit No. 2, this [defendant’s] gun.”154Id. at 260 (emphasis added). The court emphasized that while firearms comparison is “almost, if not an exact science,” and “judicial notice may be taken” of the method, ballistic experts still must, “like . . . experts generally,” only provide “opinion testimony.”155Id. While “[i]t may be true that such witnesses as Colonel Goddard, who testified in Evans v. Commonwealth and other reported cases, are so skilled in the science of forensic ballistics that the chance of error is negligible,” they are the exception.156See id. at 261 (citation omitted). Yet, “[t]he belief of a witness that his skill is so transcendent that an error in judgment is impossible, may itself be false or a mistake, assuming that the science is exact.”157Id.

In a rare 1951 Georgia Supreme Court case, Henderson v. State, the court excluded firearms comparison testimony due to concerns with the specific expert. The defense attorney asked the expert “why he did not measure the distance and depth of the grooves, and the witness explained by giving the reply that the microscope was the highest and best evidence.”158Henderson v. State, 65 S.E.2d 175, 177 (Ga. 1951). The court held that the answer was not a “response to the question propounded,”159Id. that the right to a “thorough and sifting cross-examination” was violated, and that the judgement should be reversed for a new trial.160Id.

In a Maryland case, the defendant also attacked the State’s firearms comparison testimony.161Edwards v. State, 81 A.2d 631, 635 (Md. 1951). The court emphatically rejected this position:

For many years ballistics has been a science of great value in ferreting out crimes that otherwise might not be solved. When a pistol is fired, a pressure is developed within the shell which drives the bullet out of the barrel, and the shell is driven back against the breech of the pistol with similar force. The markings on the hard breech of the pistol are thereby stamped on the soft butt of the shell. Testimony to identify the weapon from which a shot was fired is admissible where it is shown that the witness offering such testimony is qualified by training and experience to give expert opinion on firearms and ammunition.162Id.

The court cited back to Best and Evans to justify this result, despite the faint marks and acknowledgment that the marks could have been explained by a different type of weapon.163See id. at 635–36 (noting that “it was admittedly possible that the bullets could have been fired from a Luger” rather than the defendant’s gun).

In a 1964 Florida case, the court provided the following explanation about the recognition of firearms comparison testimony:

It is now well established that a witness, who qualifies as an expert in the science of ballistics, may identify a gun from which a particular bullet was fired by comparing the markings on that bullet with those on a test bullet fired by the witness through the suspect gun. An expert will be permitted to submit his opinion based on such an experiment conducted by him. The details of the experiment should be described to the jury.164Roberts v. State, 164 So. 2d 817, 820 (Fla. 1964).

Finally, a 1969 Illinois appellate case offers some of the earliest descriptions of class and individual characteristics, the predominant terminology in modern firearms comparison testimony:

When a weapon is received at the laboratory it is classified as to type, caliber, make and model. Each gun has class characteristics common to its particular make and model. In addition, each gun has its own individual characteristics. . . . After the gun is received at the laboratory, if operable, it is fired into a bullet recovery box. The bullet in question is then compared with the test bullet under a comparison microscope.165People v. O’Neal, 254 N.E.2d 559, 561–62 (Ill. App. Ct. 1969) (emphasis added).

During this time, courts routinely rejected challenges to firearms experts’ qualifications.166See, e.g., United States v. Hagelberger, 9 C.M.R. 226, 233–34 (1952). And expert qualifications only increased: by now, some experts testified that they had worked on “approximately three to four thousand cases of ballistics.”167Gipson v. State, 78 So. 2d 293, 297 (Ala. 1955). Judicial review of forensic evidence in the following decades involved significant deference, with trial courts deferring to the expert witnesses, and then the appellate courts deferring to the trial courts. Often, courts focused on the specific examiner’s experience rather than assessing the field’s foundational validity.168This, however, is not universal. For a more recent ruling, see State v. Raynor, 254 A.3d 874, 887–88 (Conn. 2020) (noting that refusing to consider new information as a scientific field evolves “would transform the trial court’s gatekeeping function . . . into one of routine mandatory admission of such evidence, regardless of advances in a particular field and its continued reliability”).

D.  Pre-Daubert Cases

In the 1970s and 1980s, leading up to the Daubert ruling in 1993, courts routinely admitted firearms expert testimony, often without discussion.169See, e.g., Hampton v. People, 465 P.2d 394, 400 (Colo. 1970) (stating there was no abuse of discretion for admitting a firearm comparison expert’s testimony). For perhaps the first case referring to the discipline as a type of toolmark comparison, see United States v. Bowers, 534 F.2d 186, 193 (9th Cir. 1976). We located only twenty-four such rulings, perhaps because unpublished rulings became far more common given the broader acceptance of such expert testimony. While challenges to expert qualifications typically failed—with courts citing to the experience of the examiner—courts generally expected examiners to also possess specialized training and credentials.170See, e.g., State v. Hunt, 193 N.W.2d 858, 867 (Wis. 1972) (stating “the witness had great experience in the field of ballistics”); Acoff v. State, 278 So. 2d 210, 217 (Ala. 1973) (concluding expert testimony of witness with “more than six years” of firearms comparison training was “properly allowed”); People v. McKinnie, 310 N.E.2d 507, 510 (Ill. App. Ct. 1974) (finding examiners’ “considerable practical experience” was sufficient, despite lack of “scientific” training). But see State v. Seebold, 531 P.2d 1130, 1132 (Ariz. 1975) (affirming exclusion of proffered experts at trial in which one admitted “he was not a scientist or a criminalist” and the second was a gunsmith and gun shop owner who “had no formal education in the field of ballistics and had never testified before in this field”); Cooper v. State, 340 So. 2d 91, 93 (Ala. Crim. App. 1976) (“The State, in attempting to establish Charles Wesley Smith as an expert in ballistics, elicited some general information on his background, but failed to establish many specific facts to support his expertise in the field of ballistics.”); Bowden v. State, 610 So. 2d 1256, 1258 (Ala. Crim. App. 1992) (affirming trial court’s exclusion of firearms expert’s testimony because it was not a “clear abuse of . . . discretion”).

Some courts excluded firearms testimony based on other issues.171See, e.g., Johnson v. State, 249 So. 2d 470, 472 (Fla. Dist. Ct. App. 1971) (reversing admission of firearms testimony because the State could not produce the bullet taken from the deceased for examination). In a federal case, the defendant was denied access to an expert to examine the evidence and testimony, which was found particularly problematic given the quality of the evidence itself, as “seventy-five percent of this slug was destroyed and the identification was made on the remaining 25%.”172Barnard v. Henderson, 514 F.2d 744, 746 (5th Cir. 1975). Other cases relied on the Confrontation Clause, including one in which a police officer testified about a report by an examiner who was not present at trial.173Stewart v. Cowan, 528 F.2d 79, 82–83 (6th Cir. 1976). Still other courts considered whether experts sufficiently described their work.174People v. Miller, 334 N.E.2d 421, 429 (Ill. App. Ct. 1975). Other cases found it sufficient to admit testimony finding similar class characteristics, even when there was not enough information to compare any individual characteristics. See, e.g., State v. Bayless, 357 N.E.2d 1035, 1058–59 (Ohio 1976).

In general, experts continued to reach highly aggressive conclusions that were permitted by courts. For example, the expert in a 1981 Wyoming case resolved, “The markings on the bullets from the home of appellant’s brother matched the markings found on the bullet removed from [the defendant], establishing that they had been fired from the same gun.”175McDaniel v. State, 632 P.2d 534, 535 (Wyo. 1981). In a leading Virginia case, an expert testified he was “certain” one of the bullets removed from the victim’s body was fired from the defendant’s pistol, and there was “no margin of error.”176Watkins v. Commonwealth, 331 S.E.2d 422, 434 (Va. 1985). The defendant argued on appeal that this “no margin of error” statement was impermissible.177Id. The court rejected this argument, simply concluding that the statement went toward the weight of the testimony, not its admissibility.178Id.

Pre-Daubert, some defendants did contest whether firearms experts relied on sufficient facts and data. In an exemplar Utah case, the expert testified at a preliminary hearing that a bullet fired from the alleged murder weapon matched a bullet taken from the victim’s body.179State v. Schreuder, 712 P.2d 264, 268 (Utah 1985). But while he gave this conclusion, he was not able to give “an exact description of the striations, nor did he have photographs of them available with him in court.”180Id. The court rejected arguments that the expert did not have sufficient foundation for his conclusion, holding that the testimony was within the expert’s specialized knowledge.181Id. at 268–69.

II.  MODERN SCIENTIFIC ASSESSMENTS AND GROWING JUDICIAL SKEPTICISM OF FIREARMS EVIDENCE

Following the U.S. Supreme Court’s ruling in 1993 in Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals, Inc., federal courts began to more carefully scrutinize firearms evidence, although exclusion remained rare.182See, e.g., Melcher v. Holland, No. 12-0544, 2014 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 591, at *42–44, 51 (N.D. Cal. Jan. 3, 2014) (finding no ineffective assistance of counsel highlighting it was correct to admit firearms evidence); United States v. Sebbern, No. 10 Cr. 87, 2012 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 170576, at *21–24 (E.D.N.Y. Nov. 29, 2012) (finding hearing unnecessary when other courts had examined reliability of firearms evidence). Daubert led to the revision of Federal Rule of Evidence 702 in 2000 that established new standards to assess the reliability of scientific expert testimony. Many of the defendants’ objections shifted from concerns about the experts’ qualifications to concerns about the reliability of the methodology and conclusions,183See, e.g., Abruquah v. State, No. 2176, 2020 Md. App. LEXIS 53, at *19–25 (Md. Ct. Spec. App. Jan. 17, 2020) (defense objections regarding methodology and expert conclusion language); United States v. Mouzone, 687 F.3d 207, 215–17 (4th Cir. 2012) (defense objections focused on expert allegedly violating limits imposed by judge on conclusion language). and about the use of inadmissible hearsay evidence as a basis for the experts’ conclusions.184See, e.g., United States v. Corey, 207 F.3d 84, 87–92 (1st Cir. 2000); Green v. Warren, No. 12-6148, 2013 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 179765, at *21–22 (D.N.J. Dec. 20, 2013). At the state level, there was not any immediate difference in how courts approached firearms expert testimony post-Daubert; methodology and expert qualifications were more explicitly mentioned, but the overall analysis largely remained the same.185See, e.g., State v. Gainey, 558 S.E.2d 463, 473–74 (N.C. 2002).

In the late 1990s and early 2000s, courts began rejecting expert firearms comparison testimony as unreliable, largely by relying on Daubert. In our database, we include just seven cases from 1993–2000. However, the number of rulings begins to dramatically increase after 2000, with 188 rulings from 2000 to 2022. We turn next to that rich body of modern case law.

Figure 1.  Reported U.S. Firearms Rulings by Decade

 

Figure 1 illustrates this remarkable trend—one can see a fairly steady number of twenty or fewer reported judicial rulings regarding firearms comparison evidence through the 1990s. Yet, beginning in the early 2000s, these rulings began to dramatically increase in number.

The Supreme Court in Daubert revolutionized judicial review of scientific evidence by setting out five factors for courts to consider in evaluating expert testimony: whether the theory or technique relied on (1) can be (and has been) tested, (2) has been subjected to peer review and publication, (3) has a known or potential rate of error, (4) includes the existence and maintenance of standards controlling its operation, and (5) is generally accepted within the relevant scientific community.186Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 509 U.S. 579, 593–94 (1993). We provide an overview of each factor and how courts generally have reviewed them in the context of firearms comparison testimony.

First, courts generally have not questioned the “testability” of firearms forensics, a “key question” when examining reliability.187Id. at 593. A series of courts have held that the propositions that “firearms leave discernible toolmarks on bullets and cartridge casings fired from them, and that trained examiners can conduct comparisons to determine whether a particular gun has fired particular ammunition . . . can be, and have been, tested.”188United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *25 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019); see also United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351, 369 (D. Mass. 2006) (“[T]he existence of the requirements of peer review and documentation ensure sufficient testability and reproducibility to ensure that the results of the technique are reliable.”); United States v. Otero, 849 F. Supp. 2d 425, 433 (D.N.J. 2012) (“Though [it] inherently involves the subjectivity of the examiner’s judgment as to matching toolmarks, the AFTE theory is testable on the basis of achieving consistent and accurate results.”); United States v. Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d 1111, 1118 (D. Nev. 2019) (“There is little doubt that the AFTE method of identifying firearms satisfies [the testing requirement].”); United States v. Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d 239, 245 (E.D.N.Y. 2015) (“The AFTE methodology has been repeatedly tested.”).

Second, many courts have determined the AFTE method of toolmark identification has been subject to sufficient peer review and publication, largely through the AFTE Journal.189See, e.g., Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d at 245–46 (finding AFTE method has been subjected to peer review through the AFTE Journal); Otero, 849 F. Supp. 2d at 433 (describing the Journal’s peer reviewing process and finding the methodology subject to peer review); United States v. Taylor, 663 F. Supp. 2d 1170, 1176 (D.N.M. 2009) (finding AFTE method subjected to peer review through AFTE Journal and two articles submitted by the government in peer-reviewed journal about the methodology); Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d at 366–67 (describing AFTE Journal’s peer reviewing process and finding it meets peer review element). However, courts are beginning to more rigorously inspect the validity of the peer review process at that journal. Prior to January 2020, the AFTE Journal used a highly unusual “open-review” process whereby the identities of the authors and the reviewers were disclosed and direct communication was encouraged. Furthermore, all of the reviewers were members of AFTE who “ha[d] a vested, career-based interest in publishing studies that validate their own field and methodologies.”190Tibbs, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *33. These factors led a D.C. Superior Court judge to conclude in 2019: “[T]he vast majority of [firearms comparison] studies are published in a journal that uses a flawed and suspect review process, [which] greatly reduces its value as a scientific publication.”191Id. at *35. Therefore, the peer review factor “on its own does not, despite the sheer number of studies conducted and published, work strongly in favor of admission of firearms and toolmark identification testimony.”192Id. at *36. Nevertheless, courts have cited to other studies or reports to validate the soundness of toolmark comparison—one federal court curiously cited to the 2009 NAS and 2016 PCAST reports as evidence of peer review, despite how damning those reviews are of the method.193See Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d at 1119 (D. Nev. 2019) (“[O]f course, the NAS and PCAST Reports themselves constitute peer review despite the unfavorable view the two reports have of the AFTE method. The peer review and publication factor therefore weighs in favor of admissibility.”). But see United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *29 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019) (“If negative post-publication commentary from an external reviewing body can satisfy this prong of the Daubert analysis, then the peer reviewed publication component would be more or less read out of Daubert, leaving behind only the requirement of some type of publication.”).

Third, courts have tended to view the error rate for forensics firearms testing as low, though they also sometimes acknowledge that the error rate is “presently unknown.”194United States v. Johnson, No. (S5) 16 Cr. 281 (PGG), 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 39590, at *55 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 11, 2019) (citing Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d at 246; United States v. Diaz, No. CR 05-00167 WHA, 2007 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13152, at *27 (N.D. Cal. Feb. 12, 2007)). One federal court concluded that “it is not possible” to calculate an absolute error rate for firearms analysis because “the process is so subjective and qualitative.”195United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351, 367 (D. Mass. 2006). This third factor is particularly important for rigorous assessment because “an expert witness’s ability to explain the methodology’s error rate—in other words, to describe the limitations of her conclusion—is essential to the jury’s ability to appropriately weigh the probative value of such testimony.”196Tibbs, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9 at *37. Faced with numerous studies purporting extremely low error rates, many courts have simply accepted the validity of these conclusions that forensics firearms testing does have a nominal error rate197See Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d at 246 (“[T]he error rate, to the extent it can be measured, appears to be low, weighing in favor of admission.”); United States v. Otero, 849 F. Supp. 2d 425, 433–34 (D.N.J. 2012) (summarizing several studies indicating a low error rate); United States v. Taylor, 663 F. Supp. 2d 1170, 1177 (D.N.M. 2009) (“[T]his number [less than 1%] suggests that the error rate is quite low.”); Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d at 367–68 (summarizing relevant studies and finding that the known error rate is not “unacceptably high”). or has “a false positive rate of 1.52%.”198Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d at 1120.

In more recent years, as we discuss in a later Section in more detail, courts have begun to reexamine the validity of the error studies and rates presented.199See infra Section II.D; State v. Terrell, No. CR170179563, 2019 Conn. Super. LEXIS 827, at *3 (Conn. Super. Ct. Mar. 21, 2019) (“[The toolmark field] is also not static. A methodology may at one time be viewed as reliable by the scientific community and later fall out of favor.”). Citing basic design flaws of most studies in the field and the studies’ failure to address a large number of “inconclusive” results, one court, for example, found “it difficult to conclude that the existing studies provide a sufficient basis to accept the low error rates for the discipline that these studies purport to establish.”200Tibbs, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9 at *40–41. Other courts noted concerns with the lack of rigorous testing but did not find this sufficiently persuasive to exclude the evidence outright.201Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d at 1120 (“While the Court is cognizant of the PCAST Report’s repeated criticisms regarding the lack of true black box tests, the Court declines to adopt such a strict requirement for which studies are proper and which are not. Daubert does not mandate such a prerequisite for a technique to satisfy its error rate element.”).

Fourth, many judges have focused on how the AFTE methodology lacks clearly defined, objective standards. Judges have variously described the AFTE method as “inherently vague,”202United States v. Glynn, 578 F. Supp. 2d 567, 572 (S.D.N.Y. 2002). “more of a description of the process of firearm identification rather than a strictly followed charter for the field,”203United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351, 371 (D. Mass. 2006). and “merely unconstrained subjectivity masquerading as objectivity.”204Tibbs, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9 at *69. And as many courts have pointed out, “the AFTE standard is circular—an identification can be made upon sufficient agreement, and agreement is sufficient when an identification can be made.”205People v. Ross, 129 N.Y.S. 3d 629, 634 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. 2020); see also United States v. Taylor, 663 F. Supp. 2d 1170, 1177 (D.N.M. 2009) (“[T]he AFTE theory is circular.”); Monteiro, 407 F. Supp.2d at 370 (“[T]he AFTE Theory . . . is tautological.”); United States v. Green, 405 F. Supp. 2d 104, 114 (D. Mass. 2005) (stating the method is “either tautological or wholly subjective”). The inherent subjectivity has weighed against admissibility of firearms comparison evidence for many courts.206See, e.g., Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d at 1121 (“With the AFTE method, matching two tool marks essentially comes down to the examiner’s subjective judgment based on his training, experience, and knowledge of firearms. This factor weighs against admissibility.”); United States v. Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d 239, 246–47 (E.D.N.Y. 2015) (discussing subjectivity); Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d at 633 (describing testimony that “there is no across-the-board standard as to what is ‘sufficient agreement’ in his field”); United States v. Sebbern, No. 10 Cr. 87(SLT), 2012 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 170576, at *11 (E.D.N.Y. Nov. 30, 2012) (“[T]he standards employed by examiners invite subjectivity.”). Courts, however, have often also noted that they find such subjectivity “not fatal” to admissibility.207See Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d at 246–47 (“[T]he subjectivity of a methodology is not fatal under Rule 702 and Daubert.”); Cohen v. Trump, 2016 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 117059, at *35 (S.D. Cal. Aug. 29, 2016) (“[S]ubjective opinions based on an expert’s experience in the industry [are] proper”); Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d at 1120 (“Federal Rule of Evidence 702 inherently allows for an expert with sufficient knowledge, experience, or training to testify about a particular subject matter.”). Thus, courts often note that subjectivity alone does not make a method unreliable and they are focused on evaluating reliability.208See, e.g., Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d at 1120 (“The mere fact that an expert’s opinion is derived from subjective methodology does not render it unreliable.”); United States v. Otero, 849 F. Supp. 2d 425, 431 (D.N.J. 2012) (“[E]xpert testimony on matters of a technical nature or related to specialized knowledge, albeit not scientific, can be admissible under Rule 702, so long as the testimony satisfies the Court’s test of reliability and the requirement of relevance.”).

Finally, the last Daubert factor hinges on general acceptance within the relevant scientific community. Who constitutes the “relevant” scientific community has never been defined with precision, yet it is often determinative. Because the AFTE method is accepted within the organization’s own community of firearms examiners, courts frequently find the requisite general acceptance.209See, e.g., United States v. Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d 762, 782 (E.D.N.Y. 2019) (“Most courts have, in cursory fashion, identified toolmark examiners as the relevant community, and have summarily determined that the AFTE Theory is generally accepted in that community.”). But other judges have pointed out that this narrow definition is comprised exclusively of individuals “whose professional standing and financial livelihoods depend on the challenged discipline.”210United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *73 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019); see also Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d at 783 (“The AFTE Theory has not achieved general acceptance in the relevant community.”). One court notes, “It is self evident that practitioners accept the validity of the method as they are the ones using it. Were the relevant scientific community limited to practitioners, every scientific methodology would be deemed to have gained general acceptance.” State v. Terrell, No. CR170179563, 2019 Conn. Super. LEXIS 827, at *14 (Conn. Super. Ct. Mar. 21, 2019). In other forensics fields, acceptance among only practitioners has been deemed unreliable and has led to the exclusion of the evidence under Daubert. See, e.g., United States v. Saelee, 162 F. Supp. 2d 1097, 1104 (D. Alaska 2001) (“[G]eneral acceptance of the theories and techniques involved in the field . . . among the closed universe . . . proves nothing.”). Thus, perhaps the relevant scientific community should be broadened to include nonpractitioner research scientists.

While acknowledging the discipline’s weaknesses, most federal courts have balanced the Daubert factors and found testimony admissible. As one federal court put it: “[T]his lack of objective criteria is countered by the method’s relatively low rate of error, widespread acceptance in the scientific community, testability, and frequent publication in scientific journals.”211Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d at 1122; see also Ricks v. Pauch, No. 17-12784, 2020 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 50109 (E.D. Mich. Mar. 23, 2020) (“Given that no court has ever found Firearm and Toolmark Identification evidence to be inadmissible under Daubert, it is clear that firearm identification testimony meets the Daubert reliability standards and can be admitted as evidence.” (quoting United States v. Alls, No. CR2-08-223 (S.D. Ohio Dec. 7, 2009))); United States v. Wrensford, No. 2013-0003, 2014 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 102446, at *57 (D.V.I. July 28, 2014) (finding “consistent with other courts—that the concerns with subjectivity as it may impact testability, standards, and protocols do not tip the scales against admissibility”). Further, as noted, Rule 702 was revised in 2000 to incorporate Daubert, but it specified additional factors, including asking courts to examine the application of a method to the facts in a case.212Fed. R. Evid. 702. Courts vary in whether they simply consider Daubert factors alone,213See, e.g., United States v. Chavez, No. 15-CR-00285-LHK-1, 2021 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 237830, at *17 (N.D. Cal. Dec. 13, 2021) (finding that four of five Daubert factors weighed in favor of admissibility). or whether they also discuss Rule 702—as will be discussed next, litigants have increasingly focused on the as-applied language in Rule 702, critiquing how the method was used, as well as on the language an expert used to express conclusions.

A.  Post-Daubert Cases

As a federal district court noted in 2005, for over a decade after the Daubert ruling, “every single court post-Daubert has admitted [firearms identification] testimony, sometimes without any searching review, much less a hearing.”214United States v. Green, 405 F. Supp. 2d 104, 108 (D. Mass. 2005) (emphasis omitted). When courts did examine firearms evidence, early post-Daubert challenges often focused on if the expert’s qualifications were sufficient under Rule 702,215For a case affirming disqualification of defense, not prosecution expert, see State v. Hurst, 828 So. 2d 1165 (La. Ct. App. 2002). even if they did begin to discuss questions regarding reliability of methods and principles used.216See, e.g., State v. Samonte, 928 P.2d 1, 26–27 (Haw. 1996) (discussing the defendant’s argument that prosecution’s firearms expert was not qualified); Whatley v. State, 509 S.E.2d 45, 50 (Ga. 1998) (rejecting the defendant’s argument that evidence used was “inherently unreliable” and noting the “ballistics evidence introduced in this case is not novel”). But see Sexton v. State, 93 S.W.3d 96, 101 (Tex. Ct. Crim. App. 2002) (rejecting expert’s claim that the technique was “one hundred percent accurate” and noting while the “underlying theory of toolmark examination could be reliable in a given case,” the use in this case on unfired bullets was not sufficiently established). Further cases discussed—and rejected—the question of whether an expert’s conclusions were based on inadmissible hearsay, rather than their own observations and conclusions.217See State v. Montgomery, No. 94CA40, 1996 Ohio App. LEXIS 1361, at *14 (Oh. Ct. App. Mar. 29, 1996) (“While it is true that other colleagues provided [the expert] with information . . . the major part of his opinion was based on his own observations and expertise.”). And many courts, both state and federal, continued to admit the testimony without serious discussion.218See, e.g., State v. Gainey, 558 S.E.2d 463, 473–74 (N.C. 2002) (rejecting challenge to prosecution’s expert because of “extensive knowledge of the subject matter”); United States v. O’Driscoll, No. 4:CR-01-277, 2003 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 3370, at *4–6 (M.D. Pa. Feb. 10, 2003) (briefly rejecting challenge); United States v. Foster, 300 F. Supp. 2d 375, 376–77 (D. Md. 2004) (same). But for a particularly detailed review of application of Daubert factors to firearms comparison evidence, see United States v. Hicks, 389 F.3d 514, 526 (5th Cir. 2004).

In additional cases, judges dismissed objections to firearms experts whose testimony was said to reach “ultimate issues,” with the judges noting that the experts only opined regarding an acceptable “reasonable scientific certainty.”219State v. Riley, 568 N.W.2d 518, 526 (Minn. 1997). Thus, judges have emphasized the flexibility of the Daubert and Kumho Tire220Kumho Tire Co. v. Carmichael, 526 U.S. 137, 152–53 (1999) (setting out the application of Daubert to expert testimony by nonscientists). standards. As a Southern District of New York ruling explained:

The Court has not conducted a survey, but it can only imagine the number of convictions that have been based, in part, on expert testimony regarding the match of a particular bullet to a gun seized from a defendant or his apartment. It is the Court’s view that the Supreme Court’s decisions in Daubert and Kumho Tire, did not call this entire field of expert analysis into question. It is extremely unlikely that a juror would have the same experience and ability to match two or more microscopic images of bullets.221United States v. Santiago, 199 F. Supp. 2d 101, 111–12 (S.D.N.Y. 2002).

B.  Growing Judicial Skepticism

The federal courts took the lead in beginning to scrutinize firearms comparison testimony more closely. Judges began to write opinions with detailed examinations of the underlying methods experts used. Federal courts then imposed partial exclusions regarding either (1) the methods or qualifications of the particular experts or (2) the language the expert was permitted to use to describe the conclusion. In more recent years, state courts, including trial courts, have joined federal courts in asking more detailed questions and limiting uses of firearms expert testimony.

A turning point was the District of Massachusetts ruling in United States v. Green.222United States v. Green, 405 F. Supp. 2d 104 (D. Mass. 2005). Then-judge Gertner described that the firearms expert had planned to testify about individual characteristics which the expert stated could be matched “to the exclusion of every other firearm in the world.”223Id. at 107. At the opinion’s outset, the court stated that this conclusion was “extraordinary.”224Id. The court also gave one of the earliest detailed descriptions of the exactness—or lack thereof—of the toolmark comparison methodology:

In firearm toolmark comparisons, exact matches are rare. The examiner has to exercise his judgment as to which marks are unique to the weapon in question, and which are not.

In fact, shell casings have myriad markings, some of which appear on all casings from the same type of weapon (“class characteristics”) or those manufactured at the same time (“sub-class characteristics”). Others are arguably unique to a given weapon (“individual characteristics”) or are unique to a single firing (“accidental characteristics”).225Id.

Judge Gertner then explained:

The task of telling them apart is not an easy one. Even if the marks on all of the casings are the same, this does not necessarily mean they came from the same gun. Similar marks could reflect class or sub-class characteristics, which would define large numbers of guns manufactured by a given company. Just because the marks on the casings are different does not mean that they came from different guns. Repeated firings from the same weapon, particularly over a long period of time, could produce different marks as a result of wear or simply by accident.226Id.

Judge Gertner emphasized that in “distinguishing class and sub-class characteristics from individual ones,” the examiner “conceded, over and over again, that he relied mainly on his subjective judgment. There were no reference materials of any specificity, no national or even local database on which he relied.”227Id. Despite these concerns, the court candidly acknowledged that “the problem for the defense is that every single court post-Daubert has admitted this testimony, sometimes without any searching review, much less a hearing.”228Id. Judge Gertner ultimately allowed the expert testimony because “any other decision [would] be rejected by appellate courts, in light of precedents across the country.”229Id. at 109. Nevertheless, the court did not “allow [the expert] to conclude that the match he found by dint of the specific methodology he used permits ‘the exclusion of all other guns’ as the source of the shell casings.”230Id. at 124.

In a second Massachusetts case, United States v. Monteiro, Judge Gertner next held—for the first time—that firearms comparison evidence was inadmissible on an as-applied challenge under Rule 702.231United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351, 375 (D. Mass. 2006). Because of “the extensive documentary record,” the court held that the “underlying scientific principle behind firearm identification—that firearms transfer unique toolmarks to spent cartridge cases—is valid under Daubert.”232Id. at 355. At the same time, Judge Gertner noted that the “process of deciding that a cartridge case was fired by a particular gun is based primarily on a visual inspection” that is “largely a subjective determination.”233Id. (emphasis added). Because of this subjectivity, a testifying examiner must “follow the established standards for intellectual rigor in the toolmark identification field with respect to documentation of the reasons for concluding there is a match (including, where appropriate, diagrams, photographs or written descriptions), and peer review of the results by another trained examiner in the laboratory.”234Id. Ultimately, the court concluded that even though the methodology could be reliable and even though the examiner was qualified based on his training and experience, the expert’s opinion was inadmissible because the expert did not sufficiently comply with proper peer review and documentation requirements.235Id. The Government, however, was allowed—without prejudice—to resubmit evidence of the test results that complied with the standards in the field. Id.

Other federal courts began to follow the approach of Judge Gertner. The Northern District of California in 2007 held that an expert could only testify to a “reasonable degree of certainty in the ballistics field.”236United States v. Diaz, No. CR 05-00167 WHA, 2007 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13152, at *3 (N.D. Cal. Feb. 12, 2007). But the court commented:

[I]t is important to note that—at least according to this record—there has never been a single documented decision in the United States where an incorrect firearms identification was used to convict a defendant. This is not to say that examiners do not make mistakes. The record demonstrates that examiners make mistakes even on proficiency tests. But, in view of the thousands of criminal defendants who have had an incentive to challenge firearms examiners’ conclusions, it is significant that defendants cite no false-positive identification used against a criminal defendant in any American jurisdiction.237Id. at *41.

Other federal courts, however, instead continued to admit conclusions given with “100% degree[s] of certainty.”238United States v. Natson, 469 F. Supp. 2d 1253, 1261 (M.D. Ga. 2007); see also United States v. Williams, 506 F.3d 151, 161 (2nd Cir. 2007) (discussing United States v. Santiago, 199 F. Supp. 2d 101 (S.D.N.Y. 2002), and agreeing that firearms comparison testimony remains proper). For a state court case discussing Monteiro and emphasizing that California admissibility standards are different, see People v. Gear, No. C049666, 2007 Cal. App. Unpub. LEXIS 6454 (Cal. Ct. App. Aug. 8, 2007). The next shift occurred after the scientific community produced substantial reports raising new reliability questions.

C.  The 2008, 2009, and 2016 Scientific Reports

Over half of the rulings in our database occurred after 2009 when the National Academy of Sciences released a groundbreaking report concerning forensic evidence. To be sure, commercial legal databases may have a greater concentration of more recent appellate rulings. But one might have expected a similar outpouring of judicial rulings after the Daubert ruling in 1993—a fairly modern opinion. Instead, we observe change following an intervention by the scientific community over a decade and a half later.

During this time, the separate field of comparative bullet lead analyses—in which examiners claimed to use chemistry to identify unique elemental makeup of a bullet—was discredited and abandoned by the FBI after the NAS found it lacked any scientific foundation.239Nat’l Rsch. Council, Forensic Analysis: Weighing Bullet Lead Evidence 6 (2004). The NAS is “a private, nonprofit, self-perpetuating society of distinguished scholars engaged in scientific and engineering research, dedicated to the furtherance of science and technology and to their use for the general welfare.”240See 2008 NAS Report, supra note 40, at iii. Indeed, even before the report, courts had begun to exclude such evidence.241See, e.g., Clemons v. State, 896 A.2d 1059, 1074–79 (Md. 2006); Ragland v. Commonwealth, 191 S.W.3d 569, 574–80 (Ky. 2006). While it was a very different discipline, those developments may have raised further concerns in the judiciary regarding the work of firearms examiners.

In a 2008 report focused on the feasibility of a national ballistic imaging database, the NAS concluded that underlying assumptions of firearms comparisons were not yet validated.2422008 NAS Report, supra note 40, at 3 (“The validity of the fundamental assumptions of uniqueness and reproducibility of firearms-related toolmarks has not yet been fully demonstrated.”). Furthermore, “a significant amount of research” would need to be done to determine what characteristics might allow one to determine a probative connection between pieces of firearms evidence.243Id.; see also United States v. Taylor, 663 F. Supp. 2d 1170, 1175 (D.N.M. 2009) (describing the scope of that report which focused on feasibility of a ballistics database but noting that the question “was inextricably intertwined with the question of ‘whether a particular set of toolmarks can be shown to come from one weapon to the exclusion of all others’ ”).

In 2009, the NAS released its landmark report, Strengthening Forensic Science in the United States, after Congress directed NAS to undertake the study recognizing that substantial improvements were needed in the field of forensic science.244See 2009 NAS Report, supra note 41, at xix. The 2009 NAS Report contains a scientific assessment of a variety of forensic science disciplines along with recommendations for improvements in each discipline and to the forensic system as a whole. The Committee assembled by the NAS included prominent forensic scientists, research scientists, lawyers, and judges.245See id. at xix–xx. The Report identified a wide range of methodological issues with the practices of forensic firearm and toolmark identification.

Although the NAS Report did acknowledge that class characteristics are helpful in narrowing the pool of firearms that may have fired a particular bullet or cartridge case, it recognized that firearm examiners necessarily go beyond class characteristics when making an identification. The Report noted that a “fundamental problem with toolmark and firearms analysis is the lack of a precisely defined process”246Id. at 155. and that the AFTE methodology “does not even consider, let alone address, questions regarding variability, reliability, repeatability, or the number of correlations needed to achieve a given degree of confidence.”247Id. The Report concluded that “[b]ecause not enough is known about the variabilities among individual tools and guns, [firearm examiners are] not able to specify how many points of similarity are necessary for a given level of confidence in the result.”248Id. at 154.

Building on this work by the NAS, the 2016 President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (“PCAST”) published its 2016 report on the use of forensic science in criminal proceedings. The report was a response to President Obama’s question “whether there [we]re additional steps on the scientific side, [in addition to those identified in the 2009 NAS Report], that could help ensure the validity of forensic evidence used in the Nation’s legal system.”249PCAST Report, supra note 43, at x. The advisory group consisted of “leading scientists and engineers, appointed by the President to augment the science and technology advice available to him from inside the White House, and from cabinet departments and from other Federal agencies.”250Id. at iv. The group focused on six feature-comparison methods including firearms-comparison evidence.251Id. at 7.

Consulting with forensic scientists, PCAST reviewed more than two thousand studies from various disciplines.252Id. at 2. The field had responded to the NAS reports by conducting new studies, and PCAST undertook a deep examination of them. As the NAS had done in its 2009 Report, PCAST asked whether each discipline met basic requirements for scientific validity, which consists of both “foundational validity”—whether the method can, in principle, be reliable—and “validity as applied”—whether the method has been reliably applied in practice.253Id. at 47–48, 56–58.

To be foundationally valid, a method must have been subject to “empirical testing by multiple groups, under conditions appropriate to its intended use.”254Id. at 5. Specifically, “the procedures that comprise it must be shown, based on empirical studies, to be repeatable, reproducible, and accurate, at levels that have been measured and are appropriate to the intended application.”255Id. at 47. The studies must also provide “valid estimates of the method’s accuracy,” demonstrating how often an examiner is likely to draw the wrong conclusion even when applying the method correctly (that is, a scientifically valid error rate).256Id. at 5. As PCAST explained, “Without appropriate estimates of [the method’s] accuracy, an examiner’s statement that two samples are similar—or even indistinguishable—is scientifically meaningless: it has no probative value, and considerable potential for prejudicial impact.”257Id. at 6.

Ultimately, as described below, PCAST concluded that all but one of the existing studies did not use appropriate designs to truly test the ability of a firearm examiner to make accurate identifications. PCAST went on to conclude that “[b]ecause there has been only a single appropriately designed study, the current evidence falls short of the scientific criteria for foundational validity.”258Id. at 111. Much like the NAS report that preceded it, PCAST pointed to the necessity for additional, appropriately designed studies to test the validity of firearm examination.259Id.

1.  Evaluation of the Scientific Studies

PCAST divided the firearms identification studies it reviewed into two different types: set-to-set studies and sample-to-sample studies. In a set-to-set study, examiners are given two sets of bullets and then asked to link the first set of bullets to the second set of bullets. In a sample-to-sample study, examiners are given two bullets to compare and are asked to judge whether the bullets were fired by the same gun or not. This process is then repeated for other test sets of bullets. PCAST concluded that “set-based studies are not appropriately-designed black-box studies from which one can obtain proper estimates of accuracy.”260Id. at 106.

The principal problem of set-to-set studies is that test takers can leverage the design to gain inferences about other comparisons, making the task totally unlike real-world comparison work.261United States v. Cloud, 576 F. Supp. 3d 827, 842–43 (E.D. Wash. 2021) (“Such studies lack external validity, as examiners conducting real-world comparisons have neither the luxury of knowing a true match is somewhere in front of them nor of making process-of-elimination-type inferences to reach their conclusions.”). For example, if an examiner identifies a match between bullets one and two, and then determines that bullet one and bullet A match, then bullet two and bullet A must also be a match by implication. Thus, a test taker would get a correct response for linking unknown bullet two to known bullet A despite never directly comparing the bullets. PCAST noted that: “[t]he Director of the Defense Forensic Science Center analogized set-based studies to solving a ‘Sudoku’ puzzle, where initial answers can be used to help fill in subsequent answers.”262PCAST Report, supra note 44, at 106. Because of this, set-to-set studies typically yield errors rates of zero and very few inconclusive responses.263Id.

At the time PCAST conducted its analysis, there was only a single sample-to-sample study available for firearms identification. The unpublished study was conducted by researchers at the Ames Laboratory in Iowa.264David P. Baldwin, Stanley J. Bajic, Max Morris & Daniel Zamzow, A Study of False-Positive and False-Negative Error Rates in Cartridge Case Comparisons (2014) [hereinafter Ames I]. In this first Ames Lab study, 218 firearm examiners were mailed a test packet that contained cartridge cases to examine. Each test packet totaled 15 separate comparisons for the examiners to evaluate. Unbeknown to the participants, 10 of the comparisons were different-source comparisons, for which the correct response was elimination, and 5 were same-source comparisons, for which the correct response was identification. Examiners were instructed to work alone on the test and to follow the AFTE protocol.

The study reported a 1.01% false positive error rate.265Id. at 3. What was not stated explicitly in the study is that 33.7% of the responses were deemed inconclusive—a pattern of results wildly at odds with the results from the set-to-set studies.266Id. at 16. There were 2,180 different source comparisons of which 735 were inconclusive (735 / 2,180 = 33.7%). Compare that figure to a well-known set-to-set study by Hamby which reported only 8 inconclusives—0.1%—out of 7,605 comparisons. J.E. Hamby, David J. Brundage & James W. Thorpe, The Identification of Bullets Fired From 10 Consecutively Rifled 9mm Ruger Pistol Barrels: A Research Project Involving 507 Participants from 20 Countries, 41 AFTE J. 99 (2009). PCAST noted that “the closed-set studies show a dramatically lower rate of inconclusive examinations and of false positives. With this unusual design, examiners succeed in answering all questions and achieve essentially perfect scores. In the more realistic open designs, these rates are much higher.”267PCAST Report, supra note 44, at 110. PCAST was not the first group to point out the shortcomings of set-to-set studies. The Ames study, for example, stated,

Several previous studies have been carried out to examine this and related issues of individualization and durability of marks [1-5], but the design of these previous studies, whether intended to measure error rates or not, did not include truly independent sample sets that would allow the unbiased determination of false-positive or false-negative error rates from the data in those studies.

Ames I, supra note 264, at 4.

One federal district court, in extensively discussing the PCAST report findings, noted, “Based on the above information, the court finds that the potential rate of error for matching ballistics evidence based on the AFTE Theory does not favor a finding of reliability at this time.”268United States v. Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d 762, 778–79 (E.D.N.Y. 2019). The court noted, however, that the FBI and the Ames Laboratory were “currently conducting a second black box study on the AFTE Theory.”269Id. at 779. That study was posted online in early 2021 (and subsequently removed from the Internet).270Components of the Ames II study still appear online. See L. Scott Chumbley, Max D. Morris, Stanley J. Bajic, Daniel Zamzow, Erich Smith, Keith Monson & Gene Peters, Accuracy, Repeatability, and Reproducibility of Firearms Comparisons Part I: Accuracy, https://arxiv.org/ftp/arxiv/papers/2108/2108.04030.pdf [https://perma.cc/EJB6-E434].

The FBI/Ames Laboratory study (hereinafter “Ames II”) utilized a design ambitious in size and scope. First, the study contained both cartridge case and bullet comparisons. The vast majority of previous firearms comparison studies examined only cartridge cases. Second, the study consisted of three rounds that attempted to measure accuracy (round one), repeatability (round two), and reproducibility (round three). Repeatability refers to “the ability of an examiner, when confronted with the exact same comparison once again, to reach the same determination as when first examined.”271Stanley J. Bajic, L. Scott Chumbley, Max Morris & Daniel Zamzoe, U.S. Dep’t of Just., Report: Validation Study of the Accuracy, Repeatability, and Reproducibility of Firearm Comparisons, Ames Laboratory 10 (2020) [hereinafter Ames II] (on file with authors). Reproducibility refers to “the ability of a second examiner to evaluate a set previously viewed by a different examiner and reach the same conclusion.”272Id. at 11. No other study had attempted to measure repeatability and reproducibility of firearm examiner judgments.

In round one of the study, 256 active firearm examiners were sent test packets—each test packet contained 15 comparison sets of bullets and 15 comparison sets of cartridge cases. For each comparison, participants were instructed to make a judgement according to the AFTE Range of Conclusions.273The Range of Conclusions includes the following options: (1) Identification, (2a) Inconclusive-A, (2b) Inconclusive-B, (2c) Inconclusive-C, (3) Elimination, and (4) Unsuitable. See Ames I, supra note 264, at 7. Participants were admonished not to discuss their results with anyone else. However, only 173 participants out of 256 returned their test packets. According to the authors, “the overall rate of false positive error rate was estimated as 0.656% and 0.933% for bullets and cartridge cases, respectively, while the rate of false‐negatives was estimated as 2.87% and 1.87% for bullets and cartridge cases, respectively.”274Ames II, supra note 276, at 2. Here again, there was an enormous amount of inconclusive responses: over 50% of the bullet comparisons were deemed inconclusive, and over 42% of the cartridge comparisons were deemed inconclusive.275Id. at 35.

In round two of the study, participants were sent the same test packet they examined previously. Only 105 participants completed this round.276Id. at 39. The percentage of time that examiners reached the same conclusion in round one and round two ranged from 79% to 62%.277Id. at 39. This does not necessarily mean the examiner reached the correct conclusion about two-thirds of the time; rather, it only suggests she reached the same conclusion about two-thirds of the time. According to the authors, a statistical test comparing the “observed agreement” between conclusions reached in round one and in round two to the “expected agreement” “indicat[ed] ‘better than chance’ repeatability.”278Id. at 45. However, two different statisticians concluded that: “[t]he level of repeatability and reproducibility as measured by the between rounds consistency of conclusions would not appear to support the reliability of firearms examination.”279Alan H. Dorfman & Richard Valliant, A Re-analysis of Repeatability and Reproducibility in the Ames-USDOE-FBI Study, 9 Stat. & Pub. Pol’y 175, 178 (2020).

Only 80 participants completed round three of the study.280Ames II, supra note 276, at 15. The percentage of time that 2 different participants examined the same test set and reached the same conclusion ranged from 68% to 31%.281Id. at 47. These latter results are striking. Less than one-third of the time, 2 different participants looked at the same bullets and reached the same conclusion. This means that over two-thirds of the time (69.1%), 2 different participants reached different conclusions when examining the same set of bullets. A statistical test revealed “better than chance” agreement for same-source bullet comparisons but not different-source bullet comparisons.282Id. at 52.

D.  Litigating the Error Rate Studies

The conclusion reached by PCAST that “firearms analysis currently falls short of the criteria for foundational validity”283PCAST Report, supra note 43, at 112. did not go unnoticed by the defense bar. Admissibility challenges to firearm examiner testimony surged—we include more than eighty such cases in our database.284For recent cases in which the defendant challenged firearms testimony, see People v. Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d 629, 639 (Sup. Ct. 2020); United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019); United States v. Davis, No. 4:18-cr-00011, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 155037 (W.D. Va. Sept. 11, 2019); United States v. Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d 762 (E.D.N.Y. 2019); United States v. Johnson, No. (S5) 16 Cr. 281 (PGG), 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 39590 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 11, 2019), aff’d, 861 F. App’x 483 (2d Cir. 2021); United States v. Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d 1111 (D. Nev. 2019); United States v. Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d 762 (E.D.N.Y. 2019); State v. Terrell, No. CR170179563, 2019 Conn. Super. LEXIS 827 (Conn. Super. Ct. Mar. 21, 2019); United States v. Simmons, No. 2:16cr130, 2018 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 18606 (E.D. Va Jan. 12, 2018). These challenges often summarized the PCAST analyses and conclusions in arguing that the field failed to pass Daubert’s muster. These challenges, however, almost universally failed. Critics of PCAST sought to characterize the report as authored by outsiders who failed to learn the fundamentals of firearm examination and who committed numerous errors in their own analysis.285For example, the Organization of Scientific Area Committee (“OSAC”) Firearms and Toolmarks Subcommittee issued a formal response in which it claims to catalog “[e]rrors and [o]missions in PCAST [s]ummaries of [f]irearms and [t]oolmarks [v]alidation [s]tudies.” Org. of Sci. Area Comms. (OSAC) Firearms & Toolmarks Subcomm., Response to the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST) Call for Additional References Regarding its Report “Forensic Science in the Criminal Courts: Ensuring Scientific Validity of Feature-Comparison Methods” 11 (2016). See also Ass’n of Firearm & Tool Mark Examiners, Response to Seven Questions Related to Forensic Science Posed on November 30, 2015 by The President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST) (2015). But the tides have recently begun to shift, as courts imposed new, albeit still limited, restrictions on the type of testimony firearm examiners may offer and how they express conclusions.286See, e.g., Tibbs, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9; Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d 629. We have identified thirty-seven judicial rulings imposing limitations on firearms comparison testimony and set out each in Appendix A.

Two factors have contributed to the shifting tides. First, in addition to citing the NAS and PCAST reports, attorneys have called mainstream research scientists to testify generally about scientific methods and principles and specifically about the discipline of firearm examination. These experts are not firearm examiners and typically have never conducted a firearm examination.287See generally, e.g., Faigman et al., supra note 45. Much like the practitioner/researcher distinction in medicine, these experts are researchers who study whether the methods employed by the practitioners are effective. These experts are poised to evaluate claims made in court regarding scientific practices.288For example, judges are supposed to consider whether research appears in a “peer-reviewed” scientific journal. See supra notes 189–192 and accompanying text. Most research on firearm examination is published in the AFTE Journal which is touted in court as a “peer-reviewed scientific” journal. See AFTE J., https://afte.org/afte-journal. Upon closer inspection, however, the peer-review process used by the AFTE Journal is highly dissimilar to the usual process that occurs at scientific journals. See Tibbs, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *25.

The second major factor concerns additional examination of the PCAST-reviewed studies that potentially undermine the reported error rates and the utility of the validation studies. As noted, one-third of the responses in the Ames I study were inconclusive.289See supra note 266 and accompanying text.

What ought to be done with those responses? PCAST ultimately calculated the error rate without considering them. Other firearm studies actually count inconclusive responses as correct responses, based on the logic that “an inconclusive response is not an incorrect response [so they are] totaled with the correct response and figured into the error rate as such.”290Dennis J. Lyons, The Identification of Consecutively Manufactured Extractors, 41 AFTE J. 246, 255 (2009). But what if those responses are errors? The error rate would be as high as 35% in the Ames I study. Other sample-to-sample studies conducted after the PCAST analyses have reported rates of inconclusive responses over 50%.291See Ames II, supra note 271, at 35. Clearly, determining how to count over half of the responses in a validation study is critical.

There are many legitimate reasons to count the inconclusive responses in the Ames I study, including the fact that “[t]he fraction of samples reported as inconclusive cannot be attributed to a large fraction of poorly marked knowns or questioned samples in this group”292Ames I, supra note 264, at 19. and an inconclusive response is also defined by AFTE as an absence of insufficient quality of marking to reach an identification or elimination.293AFTE Range of Conclusions, Ass’n of Firearm & Tool Mark Examiners, https://afte.org/about-us/what-is-afte/afte-range-of-conclusions [https://perma.cc/EJB6-E434] (last visited July 29, 2022). As noted in a 2020 scientific article, a proper study design would include inconclusive test items so that inconclusive responses could be evaluated and incorporated into the error rate.294Itiel E. Dror & Nicholas Scurich, (Mis)use of Scientific Measurements in Forensic Science, Forensic Sci. Int’l: Synergy 333, 335–36 (2020). No study has yet done so and, as a result, error rates observed in the studies span a range so large as to be wholly unhelpful—anywhere from one percent to over fifty percent, depending on whether the responses are dropped or considered as erroneous. Thus, as one district court recently put it,

But providing examiners in the study setting the option to essentially “pass” on a question, when the reality is that there is a correct answer—the casing either was or was not fired from the reference firearm—fundamentally undermines the study’s analysis of the methodology’s foundational validity and that of the error rate.295United States v. Cloud, 576 F. Supp. 3d 827, 843 (E.D. Wash. 2021).

This crucial issue of inconclusive responses was never considered prior to Tibbs, discussed earlier in this Article,296See United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *56–66 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019) (discussing the issue of inconclusiveness in an order following an admissibility hearing). in which a defense expert raised the concern during an admissibility hearing. The judge in Tibbs called it “perhaps [the] most substantial issue related to the studies proffered to support the reliability of firearms and toolmark analysis”297Id. at 56–57. and noted that “the methods used in the proffered laboratory studies make a compelling case that inconclusive should not be accepted as a correct answer in these studies.”298Id. at 57–58. To be sure, in one 2020 Washington, D.C. case, a judge discounted those findings for which no defense expert was presented to explain these error rate issues.299See United States v. Harris, 502 F. Supp. 3d 28, 35 (D.D.C. 2020).

Then again, another 2020 case in Oregon limited the admissibility of firearms testimony without the benefit of a defense expert witness.300United States v. Adams, 444 F. Supp. 3d 1248 (D. Or. 2020). This judge expressed major concerns about inconclusive responses in firearms comparison studies and their impact on reported error rates:

It appears to be the case that the only way to do poorly on a test of the AFTE method is to record a false positive. There seems to be no real negative consequence for reaching an answer of inconclusive. Since the test takers know this, and know they are being tested, it at least incentivizes a rate of false positives that is lower than real world results. This may mean the error rate is lower from testing than in real world examinations.301Id. at 1265.

A litany of other concerns besides the inconclusive response issue have been raised about the error rate studies. We mention four important issues here.

First, and most fundamentally, none of the studies were test-blind—the participants knew that they were being tested. There is powerful evidence that human subjects are predictably biased—and behave differently—when they know that they are being tested. The PCAST report emphasized the need for blind testing of forensic techniques.302PCAST Report, supra note 43, at 58–59. So have a host of researchers based on a large body of research documenting the manner in which cognitive biases can lead forensic examiners to make errors.303See generally, e.g., Itiel E. Dror, Cognitive and Human Factors in Expert Decision Making: Six Fallacies and the Eight Sources of Bias, 92 Analytical Chemistry 7998 (2020). Although blind testing is standard in medicine, it has never been standard in error rate studies in forensics.

Second, many of the volunteer participants in both of the Ames studies simply dropped out or participated but did not complete the test. In the Ames II study, “32% of the 256 examiners receiving their first packets failed to report any results, and another 32% of the 256 dropped out before completing all six mailings.”304Alan H. Dorfman & Richard Valliant, Inconclusives, Errors, and Error Rates in Forensic Firearms Analysis: Three Statistical Perspectives, 5 Forensic Sci. Int’l: Synergy 1, 5 (2022). No analysis of the participants who initiated the study but declined to complete it was conducted.305Id. Attrition bias due to nonrandom dropout is a serious concern that has an unknown impact on the reported error rates. Although one court has noted that the “use of volunteers . . . does not provide the clearest indication of the accuracy of the conclusions that would be reached by average toolmark examiners,”306United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *47–48 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019). courts have not focused on issues related to participant dropout.

Third, there are also questions about whether the materials being used in the studies, such as the types of firearms and the quality of the fired items, are sufficiently representative to draw inferences about the field writ large. By design, studies should be of varying degrees of difficulty, but unfortunately, “[w]ith a few exceptions, each of the forensic firearms studies to date focuses on a single firearm,” and the exceptions are telling, whereas studies that use different types of firearms have resulted in very different error rates for each type.307See Dorfman & Valliant, supra note 304, at 5 (“The few studies that have carried out comparisons over a variety of guns have displayed marked differences in the ease of coming to correct conclusions.”). Further, if in a study, “an examiner is over and over comparing bullets or cartridge cases from the same brand and model, then he or she can be expected to be picking up nuances along the way. A later comparison will have an advantage over the first. We can expect this to lead to a reduction in sample error rates.”308Id. Unlike other forensic identification fields, none of these studies have used technology or databases to ensure the test items are challenging.309Nicholas Scurich, Inconclusives in Firearm Error Rate Studies are Not “a Pass,” L. Probability & Risk (2022) (“[R]esearchers should intentionally select challenging test items, in a manner similar to Professor Koehler’s exemplary fingerprint examiner study involving ‘close non-matches.’ ”). Nor has there been any careful analysis of how representative or challenging these studies are, and this basic problem has not received the judicial attention that it should.

Finally, judges have not focused on the appalling levels of nonrepeatability and nonreproducibility of firearms work in the Ames II study: “[E]xaminers examining the same material twice, disagree[d] with themselves between 20% and 40% of the time.”310Ames II, supra note 271, at 39 tbl.XI; Dorfman & Valliant, supra note 304, at 6. They disagreed with other examiners even more, up to 69% of the time for nonmatching bullets and up to 60% of the time for nonmatching cartridges.311Dorfman & Valliant, supra note 304, at 6. Although there is spirited debate about inconclusive results and whether or not they constitute errors in a study, these rates of intra- and interparticipant consistency should eclipse that entire discourse—they set a limit on validity and cannot be dismissed as a disagreement about the interpretation of inconclusive responses. Yet, likely because Daubert explicitly mentions error rates, not rates of consistency, courts have yet to grapple with these findings and how they can be reconciled with professed error rates of one percent or less.

All of this said, it is not uncommon for judges to respond to these studies, the PCAST report, and critiques from research scientists dismissively. Judges have commonly relied on precedent to make conflated arguments against the invalidity of the studies. For example, one judge in New York state—a Frye jurisdiction where the standard for expert evidence admissibility is the “general acceptance” of the method within the relevant scientific community—recently emphasized that the acceptance of firearms comparison methods within the community of practitioners is “nearly universal”312State v. Vasquez, No. 2203/2019, at 3 (N.Y. Sup. Ct., July 24, 2022). According to this judge, the relevant scientific community is not “experts in ‘scientific methodology,’ which is to say, scientists,” id. at 2, but rather “trained and accredited experts in the field of microscopic ballistics and forensic firearm and toolmark examination” as well as “non-firearm practitioners enumerated in the multiple validation studies that have been conducted to demonstrate the reliability of the discipline and its examination results,” id. at 3 (emphasis added). Conducting a study to demonstrate a result is not good science. and that “the Appellate Division . . . has repeatedly upheld the admission of ballistics expert testimony without the need for a Frye hearing.”313Id. at 5. But the judge then went on to hold that “the PCAST report has been thoroughly discredited”314Id. at 4. and the “the very type of study called for by PCAST—a ‘black box study’—has, since the time of the PCAST report, been repeatedly utilized to validate firearm and toolmark comparison methodology.”315Id. at 5. There was no engagement with the results of those studies or their limitations. Unfortunately, it is common for judges to rely on precedent as a form of “general acceptance” by the courts and not carefully examine the reliability of scientific evidence.316Stephanie L. Damon-Moore, Trial Judges and the Forensic Science Problem, 92 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 1532, 1564 (2017) (“Ironically, the ultimate safeguard against judicial error—appellate review—may actually discourage judges from gatekeeping effectively.”).

E.  Testimonial Limitations and Post-NAS and PCAST Rulings

In recent years, courts have more rigorously evaluated the field of firearms examination, in contrast to over fifty years in which claims made by firearm examiners regarding the foundational validity were uncritically accepted.317See, e.g., United States v. Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d 762, 775 (E.D.N.Y. 2019) (“Even though prior decisions have found toolmark analysis to be reliable, it is incumbent upon this court to thoroughly review the critiques of the AFTE Theory found in the NRC and PCAST Reports.”); United States v. Adams, 444 F. Supp. 3d 1248, 1266 (D. Or. 2020) (concluding that it could not “find that the AFTE method enjoys ‘general acceptance’ in the scientific community”); People v. Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d 629, 641 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. 2020) (“[B]eyond comparing class characteristics forensic toolmark practice lacks adequate scientific underpinning and the confidence of the scientific community as whole.”). These more searching evaluations have led judges to note limitations and knowledge gaps that had rarely been discussed in judicial opinions. Despite increasing awareness of the limitations of the field, almost all courts have nevertheless found it admissible.318Ricks v. Pauch, No. 17-12784, 2020 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 89453, at *29–32 (E.D. Mich. Mar. 23, 2020); see also United States v. Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d 1111, 1117 (D. Nev. 2019) (“[N]o federal court (at least to the Court’s knowledge) has found the AFTE method to be unreliable under Daubert.”); United States v. Davis, No. 4:18-cr-00011, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 155037, at *12–15 (W.D. Va. Sept. 11, 2019) (“[N]o federal court has outright barred testimony from a qualified firearm or toolmark identification expert.”). This created a new conundrum for courts: how to admit firearms identification evidence in a way that does not overstate its value or cause the fact finder to be misled. In the Sections that follow, we report the four tacks that courts have taken when admitting firearm examination evidence: (1) limiting the language that experts can use when testifying to their conclusions, (2) limiting conclusions to class characteristics only, (3) ruling that evidence concerning the proficiency of firearms experts is relevant to the preliminary question whether to qualify the expert, and (4) examining the as-applied question whether the method was reliably used in the particular case.

1.  Limiting Conclusion Testimony

While many courts have continued to admit firearms examiner testimony, “[m]any of these courts admitted the proffered testimony only under limiting instruction restricting the degree of certainty to which firearm and toolmark identification specialists may express their identifications.”319Davis, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 155037, at *15. The case law that has resulted is diverse, sometimes inconsistent, and reflects a gradual evolution of judicial approaches. As we will describe, in general, a range of courts have limited testimony based on the concerns about toolmark identification methodology.320See, e.g., Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d at 783 (preventing a toolmark expert from testifying “to any degree of certainty, that the recovered firearm is the source of the recovered bullet fragment or the recovered shell casing”); Adams, 444 F. Supp. 3d at 1266–67 (same); United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351, 373 (D. Mass. 2006) (same); Davis, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 155037, at *24 (“[W]itnesses may not testify as to a ‘match,’ that the cartridges bear the same ‘signature,’ that they were fired by the same gun, or words to that effect.”); United States v. Glynn, 578 F. Supp. 2d 567, 575 (S.D.N.Y. 2008) (limiting testimony to “be stated in terms of ‘more likely than not,’ but nothing more”).

The earlier decisions had held that an examiner could only testify to a milder degree, forbidding aggressive statements of a match, “the exclusion of all other firearms in the world,”321United States v. Cazares, 788 F.3d 956, 989 (9th Cir. 2015); United States v. Taylor, 663 F. Supp. 2d 1170, 1180 (D.N.M. 2009); United States v. Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d 239, 249 (E.D.N.Y. 2015); see also United States v. Love, No. 2:09-cr-20317-JPM, at 14–15 (W.D. Tenn. Feb. 8, 2011) (excluding testimony with conclusions of absolute or practical certainty). and instead imposing a more cautious formulation, such as a “reasonable degree of ballistic certainty.”322United States v. Diaz, No. CR 05-00167 WHA, 2007 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13152, at *36 (N.D. Cal. Feb. 12, 2007). Other courts have taken a different approach, using more familiar standards of proof as a frame of reference—courts have ruled that the examiner can only opine that it is “more likely than not” that the bullet recovered from the crime scene came from the defendant’s firearm.”323See Glynn, 578 F. Supp. 2d at 574–75 (limiting testimony to “more likely than not” conclusion). The table below summarizes some of the main approaches that courts have taken toward limiting such testimonial conclusions. Appendix A summarizes all thirty-seven opinions that we have located, through 2022, including unpublished trial court rulings.

Table 1.  Testimonial Limitations on Firearms Examiners
Court-ordered Conclusion LanguageCitations from selected examples
“more likely than not”United States v. Glynn, 578 F. Supp. 2d 567 (S.D.N.Y. 2008)
“reasonable degree of ballistic certainty”United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351 (D. Mass. 2006)
“consistent with”United States v. Sutton, No. 2018 CF1 009709 (D.C. Super. Ct. May 9, 2022)
“a complete restriction on the characterization of certainty”United States v. Willock, 696 F. Supp. 2d 536 (D. Md. 2010)
“the recovered firearm cannot be excluded as the source of the cartridge casing found on the scene of the alleged shooting”United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019); Missouri v. Goodwin-Bey, No. 1531-CR00555-01 (Mo. Cir. Ct. Dec. 16, 2016)
“qualitative opinions” can only be offered on the significance of “class characteristics”People v. Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d 629 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. 2020)

The approach toward firearms testimony has evolved over the past two decades. The consensus approach, early on, was shared by a series of courts that adopted the formulation, “a reasonable degree of ballistic certainty.”324Diaz, 2007 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13152, at *36; see also Commonwealth v. Pytou Heang, 942 N.E.2d 927, 945 (Mass. 2011); United States v. Simmons, No. 2:16cr130, 2018 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 18606, at *24–27 (E.D. Va. 2018); Cazares, 788 F.3d at 988; Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d at 372; Taylor, 663 F. Supp. 2d at 1180; Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d at 249; United States v. Hunt, 464 F. Supp. 3d 1252, 1262 (W.D. Okla. 2020). Thus, the court in Diaz allowed the examiner to testify “that cartridge cases or bullets were fired from a particular firearm ‘to a reasonable degree of ballistic certainty,’ ” as did a series of other federal courts.325Diaz, 2007 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13152, at *36. In Monteiro, the district court ruled that the examiner could testify that the “class characteristics were in complete agreement,” but aside from observing that consistency, to a “reasonable degree of ballistic certainty,” no further probabilistic statement could be offered.326Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d at 372. The court reasoned, “Allowing the firearms examiner to testify to a reasonable degree of ballistic certainty permits the expert to offer her findings, but does not allow her to say more than is currently justified by the prevailing methodology.”327Id. at 372.

It is not clear what a reasonable degree of certainty consists of—as a result, the U.S. Department of Justice has barred examiners in federal cases from using that or similar terminology:328U.S. Dep’t of Just., Uniform Language for Testimony and Reports for the Firearms/Toolmark Discipline Pattern Analysis 3 (2020).

An examiner shall not assert that two toolmarks originated from the same source with absolute or 100% certainty, or use the expressions ‘reasonable degree of scientific certainty,’ ‘reasonable scientific certainty,’ or similar assertions of reasonable certainty in either reports or testimony unless required to do so by a judge or applicable law.329Id. at 3.

The Department also barred examiners from making assertions of a “zero error rate” or infallibility.330Id. Those requirements marked a real charge from prior practice.

Second, during this time, some judges, like the Department of Justice itself, began to focus on the probabilistic claims by experts and limited toolmark experts’ testimony about conclusions that claim infallibility or the lack of any error rate—courts rejected assertions of zero error rates.331See, e.g., United States v. Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d 1111, 1117 (D. Nev. 2019) (acknowledging that the “general consensus” of the courts “is that firearm examiners should not testify that their conclusions are infallible or not subject to any rate of error, nor should they arbitrarily give a statistical probability for the accuracy of their conclusions”); State v. Terrell, No. CR170179563, 2019 Conn. Super. LEXIS 827, at *3 (Conn. Super. Ct. Mar. 21, 2019) (same); United States v. Glynn, 578 F. Supp. 2d 567, 574 (S.D.N.Y. 2008) (limiting testimony in part because when experts “make assertions that their matches are certain beyond all doubt, that the error rate of their methodology is ‘zero,’ ” there is a risk of “giving the jury the impression . . . that [the methodology] has greater reliability than its imperfect methodology permits”). Thus, courts rejected assertions of being “100% sure” or “certain.”332United States v. Parker, 871 F.3d 590, 600 (8th Cir. 2017). In Monteiro, the judge rejected the use of the phrase “a match to an exact statistical certainty.”333United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351, 355 (D. Mass. 2006). Similarly, in United States v. Gardner, the judge held that the opinion could not be made with “unqualified” certainty.334Gardner v. United States, 140 A.3d 1172, 1184 (D.C. 2016).

A growing group of judges then offered intermediate approaches. Another District of Columbia judge held that an expert can testify that ammunition is “consistent with” being fired from the same firearm.335United States v. Sutton, No. 2018 CF1 009709, at *5 (D.C. Super. Ct. May 9, 2022) (permitting the examiner to opine “that the ammunition at issue is consistent with being fired from the same firearm”). The district court in United States v. Shipp ordered that the expert “may not testify, to any degree of certainty, that the recovered firearm is the source of the recovered bullet fragment or the recovered shell casing.”336United States v. Shipp, 422 F. Supp. 3d 762, 783 (E.D.N.Y. 2019). That court carefully examined the findings of the PCAST Report, and while it did not permit characterization of the level of certainty, the examiner could offer a statement of consistency.337Id. at 778. Other courts have taken this approach.338United States v. Davis, No. 4:18-cr-00011, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 155037, at *26–27 (W.D. Va. Sept. 11, 2019).

Going further to limit the testimony, in more recent cases, judges have barred any certainty-based statements at all. Thus, in the Tibbs ruling, the court held that the examiner could not offer any probability that the firearm in question could be included, but only that “the recovered firearm cannot be excluded as the source of the cartridge casing found on the scene of the alleged shooting.”339United States v. Tibbs, No. 2016 CF1 19431, 2019 D.C. Super. LEXIS 9, at *77 (D.C. Super. Ct. Sept. 5, 2019). In the Goodwin-Bey340State v. Goodwin-Bey, No. 1531-CR00555-01, slip op. at 7 (Mo. Cir. Ct. Dec. 16, 2016). ruling, the trial court did the same.341Id. (limiting testimony “to the point this gun could not be eliminated as the source of the bullet”). In United States v. Willock, the district judge ordered “a complete restriction on the characterization of certainty.”342United States v. Willock, 696 F. Supp. 2d 536, 546 (D. Md. 2010), aff’d sub nom. United States v. Mouzone, 687 F.3d 207 (4th Cir. 2012). Other courts have taken the same approach.343See United States v. White, No. 17 Cr. 611, 2018 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 163258, at *3 (precluding expert from testifying “to any specific degree of certainty as to his conclusion that there is a ballistics match”). Still other cases permitted the examiner to point to features and their similarities but not describe any level of agreement or consistency.344See, e.g., United States v. Green, 405 F. Supp. 2d 104, 124 (D. Mass. 2005); People v. Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d 629, 642 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. 2020) (“The People may call an expert to testify as to whether there is evidence of class characteristics that would include or exclude the firearm at issue. . . . [T]he examiner may not opine on the significance of any marks other than class characteristics, as the reliability of that practice in the relevant scientific community as a whole has not been established. Moreover, any opinion based in unproven science and expressed in subjective terms such as ‘sufficient agreement’ or ‘consistent with’ may mislead the jury and will not be permitted.”).

None of these approaches adopt the approach of the American Statistical Association, which explains that to assert any degree of probability of an event, an established statistical basis must exist for that asserted degree of probability.345Am. Stat. Ass’n, Position on Statistical Statements for Forensic Evidence 2–3 (2019) [hereinafter ASA Report], https://www.amstat.org/asa/files/pdfs/POL-ForensicScience.pdf [https://perma.cc/T8EQ-BLZT]. Under this approach, an expert must be clear that no such statistical basis exists if none does exist.

The opinion that has gone farthest of all, however, is one of the most recent, a so-far unpublished opinion in 2023 by a trial judge in Cook County, Illinois. As noted, the judge wholly excluded firearms expert testimony, based on a review of scientific concerns with reliability.346See People v. Winfield, No. 15-CR-1406601, at 32–34 (Cir. Ct. Cook Cnty. Ill. Feb. 8, 2023).

2.  Limiting Non-Class-Based Opinions

Some jurisdictions under both Daubert and Frye have limited testimony to opinions offered on class characteristics only.347See, e.g., United States v. Adams, 444 F. Supp. 3d 1248, 1267 (D. Or. 2020); Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d at 642 (“The People may proffer their NYPD ballistics detective as an expert in firearm and toolmark examination for the testimony on class characteristics as described above.”). That is, an expert can explain that the same type of gun fired the bullets or cartridge cases, but the expert cannot say that the same gun fired the bullets or cartridge cases. For example, here is the limiting instruction given by one federal judge who restricted the testimony to class characteristics:

[Firearm examiner’s] expert testimony is limited to the following observational evidence: (1) the Taurus pistol recovered in the crawlspace of [defendant’s] home is a 40 caliber, semi-automatic pistol with a hemispheric-tipped firing pin, barrel with six lands/grooves and right twist; (2) that the casings test fired from the Taurus showed 40 caliber, hemispheric firing pin impression; (3) the casings seized from outside the shooting scene were 40 caliber, with hemispheric firing pin impressions; and (4) the bullet recovered from gold Oldsmobile at the scene of the shooting were 40/l0mm caliber, with six lands/groves and a right twist.348Adams, 444 F. Supp. 3d. at 1267.

Courts have reasoned that descriptions of class characteristics are objective and measurable, whereas linking bullets to a particular gun is not “the product of a scientific inquiry,”349Id. at 1266. and “any opinion based in unproven science and expressed in subjective terms such as ‘sufficient agreement’ or ‘consistent with’ may mislead the jury and will not be permitted.”350Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d at 642.

3.  Qualification and Proficiency Rulings

Judges have also focused on the proficiency of the particular expert to answer the preliminary question of whether a person is qualified to be an expert under Rule 702. Rule 702 requires that an expert witness have sufficient “knowledge, skill, experience, training, or education.”351Fed. R. Evid. 702 (requiring that an expert be “qualified as an expert by knowledge, skill, experience, training, or education”).

Typically, proficiency tests are administered by commercial test providers in which accredited labs are required to administer such tests annually.352Forensic Service Provider Accreditation, ANSI Nat’l Accreditation Bd., https://www.anab.org/forensic-accreditation [https://perma.cc/8GR7-4LPL]. For example, one leading provider, Collaborative Testing Services (“CTS”), makes available on its website the results of its tests for each discipline. CTS has cautioned that no “error rate” can be generalized from such tests because they are designed to be elementary.353Collaborative Testing Servs., Inc., CTS Statement on the Use of Proficiency Testing Data for Error Rate Determinations 3 (2010). Such tests are not proctored, can be taken in groups, have no time limit, include materials that are of unknown realism and difficulty, and are not “blind,” since participants know that it is a test.354Simon A. Cole, More Than Zero: Accounting for Error in Latent Fingerprint Identification, 95 J. Crim. L. & Criminology 985, 1029–30 (2005). However, the results do highlight the types of errors that practitioners may make. For example, a 2022 test included 7 participants, or 2% of the examiners, that failed to correctly identify the bullet that the known firearm had in fact fired in a test with a very small number of items; far higher numbers of examiners reported inconclusive responses which were also not accurate (but which CTS noted may follow lab practices).355See Collaborative Testing Servs., Inc., Firearms Examination Test No. 22-5261 Summary Report 3 (2022). CTS also noted that inconclusive responses were not counted as “outlier[]” errors, as “CTS is aware that many labs will not, as a matter of policy, report an elimination without access to the firearm or when class characteristics match.” Id.

In United States v. Cloud, the judge emphasized that one of the two examiners in the case had failed a proficiency test and was allowed to return to work after a second proficiency test, in which the examiner had to do an “in-depth consultation” with a supervisor.356United States v. Cloud, 576 F. Supp. 3d 827, 847 (E.D. Wash. 2021). The court found that it could not “in good conscience qualify [the examiner] as an expert with the requisite skill to perform fingerprint comparisons when her two most recent proficiency exams either contained an error or required a significant amount of assistance from her supervisor ” and further, the finding was bolstered by the portions of “testimony and performance reviews that touch on her skill, willingness to take correction, and confidence performing her work.”357Id. In the Willock case, the examiner’s “qualifications, proficiency and adherence to proper methods [we]re unknown.”358United States v. Willock, 696 F. Supp. 2d 536, 546 (D. Md. 2010).

Many courts traditionally focused on an expert’s credentials and self-professed expertise when conducting this inquiry into the qualifications of the witness.359See generally Brandon L. Garrett & Gregory Mitchell, The Proficiency of Experts, 166 U. Pa. L. Rev. 901 (2018) (arguing that objective evidence of proficiency, rather than credentials or self-professed expertise, should qualify experts). However, as one of the authors and Gregory Mitchell have argued, a careful inquiry into objective proficiency of the witness should be an integral part of the question whether a person should be qualified as an expert.360See id. at 940–49. Other courts have cited to the existence of proficiency testing as evidence of reliability, which as Garrett & Mitchell discuss, is not well supported. See, e.g., United States v. Johnson, No. (S5) 16 CR. 281 (PGG), 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 39590, at *46 (S.D.N.Y. Mar. 11, 2019), aff’d, 861 F. App’x 483 (2d Cir. 2021) (“While these proficiency tests do not validate the underlying assumption of uniqueness upon which the AFTE theory rests, they do provide a mechanism by which to test examiners’ ability—employing the AFTE method—to accurately determine whether bullets and cartridge casings have been fired from a particular weapon.”). Indeed, such proficiency issues can raise larger red flags concerning the reliability of a crime lab unit and not just an individual examiner. Years before the Metropolitan Crime Lab had its accreditation revoked, as described in our introduction, a firearms examiner had failed a proficiency test after two colleagues had verified the work, implicating their own proficiency as well.361See Brandon L. Garrett, Autopsy of a Crime Lab: Exposing the Flaws in Forensics 94–95 (2021). Perhaps more careful attention to those proficiency tests could have prevented subsequent errors and systems failures of the firearms unit and the entire laboratory.

4.  As-Applied Challenges

Still additional challenges have focused on Rule 702(d), which used to provide that qualified expert testimony is admissible only when “the expert has reliably applied the principles and methods to the facts of the case.”362Fed. R. Evid. 702(d). These “as applied” challenges focus on the work that an expert does and not just whether they followed the right steps, but also whether their casework was actually supported by a valid method.363For a helpful explanation of what an as-applied challenge entails, see Edward J. Imwinkelried, The Admissibility of Scientific Evidence: Exploring the Significance of the Distinction Between Foundational Validity and Validity as Applied, 70 Syracuse L. Rev. 817, 832 (2020). Thus, some challenges have focused on, for example, the lack of documentation by firearms experts and the way they used their methods in a particular case.364For a case rejecting an as-applied challenge because the expert would not testify that a bullet came from a specific firearm, see United States v. Tucker, 18 CR 0119 (SJ), 2020 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 3055, at *3 (E.D.N.Y. Jan. 8, 2020). Some courts have found the presence of some documentation, such as “notes, worksheets, and photographs,” to be sufficient.365Ricks v. Pauch, No. 17-12784, 2020 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 50109, at *57 (E.D. Mich. Mar. 23, 2020); see also United States v. Harris, 502 F. Supp. 3d 28, 43 (D.D.C. 2020) (emphasizing that the expert shared “a description of his process and photo documentation.”); McNally v. State, 980 A.2d 364, 370 (Del. 2009) (finding cross-examination could adequately expose experts’ “lack of recollection” concerning application of methods).

III.  LESSONS FROM THE PATH OF FIREARMS EVIDENCE

The arc of judicial review of firearms evidence follows a pattern that is familiar in forensics more generally. Early judicial skepticism of a novel technique was overcome by claims of expertise relying on new technology (a microscope at the time), forceful claims to expertise by aggressive personalities (chiefly Major Goddard), some highly useful applications of the technique (to simply measure class characteristics), and steady accumulation of precedent. Then, as scientific critiques and evidence of error rates mounted, judges began to express some skepticism which has substantially increased in recent decades, producing a large body of law limiting firearms evidence in a range of ways.

That said, we underscore that other courts have not sought to introduce evidence concerning limitations of firearms evidence, much less imposed limitations. An appellate court in Missouri, for example, found no error in a judge’s refusal to allow defense attorneys to cross-examine the firearms expert concerning the findings of the NAS and PCAST reports.366State v. Mills, 623 S.W.3d 717, 729–31 (Mo. Ct. App. 2021), transfer denied (June 29, 2021) (“The trial court excluded the reports and their contents but did not deny defense counsel from asking questions about the flaws in toolmark and firearm examination as Appellant argues.”). Further, even in recent years, “many courts have continued to allow unfettered testimony from firearm examiners who have utilized the AFTE method.”367United States v. Romero-Lobato, 379 F. Supp. 3d 1111, 1117 (D. Nev. 2019) (citing David H. Kaye, Firearm-Mark Evidence: Looking Back and Looking Ahead, 68 Case W. Rsrv. L. Rev. 723, 734 (2018)).

The community of firearm examiners has mounted aggressive defenses of their work. In one memorable critique of how scientists and judges have raised questions concerning firearms comparison work, general counsel for the FBI wrote, “It is a lamentable day for science and the law when people in black robes attempt to substitute their opinions for those who wear white lab coats.”368Colonel (Ret.) Jim Agar, The Admissibility of Firearms and Toolmarks Expert Testimony in the Shadow of PCAST, 74 Baylor L. Rev. 93, 196 (2022) (“[C]ourts should recognize the long-standing reliability of the firearms identification discipline and the examiners who testify to that discipline.”). And yet it has been scientists—not judges—who have raised the deepest concerns about firearm examination. Statisticians, for example, criticize firearms comparison methods as having been “developed by insular communities of nonscientist practitioners” who, as a result, “did not incorporate effective statistical methods.”369William A. Tobin, H. David Sheets & Clifford Spiegelman, Absence of Statistical and Scientific Ethos: The Common Denominator in Deficient Forensic Practices, 4 Stats. & Pub. Pol’y 1, 1 (2017). As one litigator colorfully wrote in a Daubert brief, “Astrologers believe in the legitimacy of astrology. . . . And toolmark analysts believe in the reliability of firearms identification; their livelihoods depend on it.”370United States v. Cloud, 576 F. Supp. 3d 827, 844 (E.D. Wash. 2021).

The response to these scientific critiques has been to call them “flawed”371See Agar, supra note 368, at 166 (“Accreditation, widespread proficiency testing, the success of ATF’s NIBIN database, the Commerce Department’s recognition of firearms identification, and the reliance of the U.S. government on firearms identification to investigate and solve the assassination of a U.S. president serve as cornerstones for the ‘general acceptance’ of the firearms identification discipline.”). and double down on the claim that error rates are extraordinarily low. The FBI, for example, asserted in a 2022 case that there is an error rate of “1%.”372FBI, FBI Laboratory Response to Declaration Regarding Firearms and Toolmark Error Rates Filed in Illinois v. Winfield, May 3, 2022, at 3 (on file with authors). Federal prosecutors have repeatedly argued that “[f]irearms and toolmark identification meets all the Daubert criteria. Accordingly, there is no scientific or legal basis to exclude this evidence or even limit it.”373Gov’t’s Response to Defendant’s Motion in Limine to Exclude Ballistics Evidence, or Alternatively, for a Daubert Hearing at 23, United States v. Hunt, No. 5:19-cr-00073-R, 2020 WL 3549386 (W.D. Okla. April 27, 2020). Indeed, then-Attorney General Loretta Lynch more broadly responded to the PCAST report, upon its release, as not affecting the work of the Department of Justice: “We remain confident that, when used properly, forensic science evidence helps juries identify the guilty and clear the innocent. . . . While we appreciate their contribution to the field of scientific inquiry, the department will not be adopting the recommendations related to the admissibility of forensic science evidence.”374Gary Fields, White House Advisory Council Report Is Critical of Forensics Used in Criminal Trials, Wall St. J. (Sept. 20, 2016, 4:25 PM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/white-house-advisory-council-releases-report-critical-of-forensics-used-in-criminal-trials-1474394743 [https://perma.cc/XA3L-XHXE].

Some reactions in the field have been less defensive. Apparently in response to criticism by Judge Edelman, AFTE has opened its publications to outside viewing—one judge “applauds the publication’s changes and encourages AFTE and similar organizations to continue to open their publications up for criticism and review from the larger scientific community if they wish to meet Daubert’s rigorous standard.”375Cloud, 576 F. Supp. 3d at 842. However, the judge nevertheless found that the quality of the studies did not provide strong support for admissibility under Daubert.376Id.

One response by judges has been, as described, to limit the verbal formulations that firearms experts use when reaching conclusions. There are reasons to doubt that this compromise solution has been effective in communicating to jurors the limitations of firearms evidence. Two of us collaborated on a mock jury study examining how laypersons evaluate different firearms expert conclusions.377See Garrett et al., supra note 8. None of the limitations on firearms testimony adopted by courts, such as reasonable scientific certainty or more likely than not, had any impact on conviction rates except for the most far-reaching language, imposed in Tibbs, that barred any conclusion linking the firearms in question but rather permitting only a statement that a firearm cannot be excluded.378Id.

To be sure, the more recent rulings that permit only testimony concerning class characteristics go further than ruling out any language of inclusion. They limit the expert to testimony concerning objective measurements (for example, the width of the cartridge or bullet) and prevent more speculative testimony concerning probabilities that something came from a particular firearm. These rulings return firearms comparison to its roots: measuring objects. This can be useful and provide valuable information.

We have not seen judges take the approach to reliability, which is codified in Rule 702, that PCAST did, for example, insisting that “[t]he only way to establish the scientific validity and degree of reliability of a subjective forensic feature-comparison method—that is, one involving significant human judgment—is to test it empirically by seeing how often examiners actually get the right answer.”379An Addendum to the PCAST Report on Forensic Science in Criminal Courts 1 (Jan. 6, 2017).

In fact, some judges have expressly rejected this approach, stating that PCAST’s requirement of empirical study “goes beyond what is required by Rule 702.”380United States v. Harris, 502 F. Supp. 3d 28, 38 (D.D.C. 2020); see also United States v. Hunt, 464 F. Supp. 3d 1252, 1258 (W.D. Okla. 2020) (“[T]he Court declines Defendant’s invitation to restrict judicial review to techniques tested through black-box studies.”). However, there are strong reasons to think that jurors will benefit from more information regarding error rates and the reliability of the firearms comparison method, just as PCAST recommends and as mock jury experts have found productive—even just the bare acknowledgement that errors occur can impact jurors who assume that these experts are infallible unless told otherwise.381Brandon Garrett & Gregory Mitchell, How Jurors Evaluate Fingerprint Evidence: The Relative Importance of Match Language, Method Information, and Error Acknowledgment, 10 J. Empirical Legal Stud. 484, 503 (2013).

We note that this guidance extends not just to black box-type studies of the method, but also proficiency testing and other assessments of how well experts do their work in case-work settings, as well as blind testing, in which they do not know that they are being tested. Given how cognitive biases can impact the work of examiners in forensic settings, the evidence from black box studies may substantially underestimate error rates in actual casework.382See generally, e.g., Glinda S. Cooper & Vanessa Meterko, Cognitive Bias Research in Forensic Science: A Systematic Review, 297 Forensic Sci. Int’l 35 (2019). Moreover, jurors are extremely receptive to such information as well.383See generally, e.g., Gregory Mitchell & Brandon L. Garrett, The Impact of Proficiency Testing Information and Error Aversions on the Weight Given to Fingerprint Evidence, 37 Behav. Sci. & L. 195 (2019).

Nor have we seen judges take the approach of the American Statistical Association, which would require examiners to affirmatively state that there is no statistical basis for any probabilistic conclusion in their field.384ASA Report, supra note 345, at 4–5. Judges have, perhaps understandably, been far more comfortable with limiting conclusion language of experts than affirmatively requiring experts to explain limitations of their methods.

The 2023 amendments to Federal Rule of Evidence 702 encourage judges to more carefully consider that the proponent of an expert bears the burden to show that the various reliability requirements are met as well as that the opinions that the expert formed are reliably supported by the application of the methods to the data.385Committee on Rules of Practice and Procedure, June 7, 2022 Meeting 891–93, https://www.uscourts.gov/sites/default/files/2022-06_standing_committee_agenda_book_final.pdf [https://perma.cc/B8RW-YKCN]. That rule change, while reflecting prior law and not intended to change the substance of Rule 702, highlights the importance of judicial gatekeeping regarding the evidence that the proponent of the expert has that the work done, as well as the opinions reached, were grounded in reliable interpretation of data. The amendment supports the approach that we recommend: simply put, the exclusion of methods that are not demonstrated to be reliable. At a minimum, experts should also, as the American Statistical Association states, disclose all of the known limitations of their work.

Despite mounting scientific concerns and a limited response to the problem of firearms testimony by the Department of Justice,386We also note proposed standards from a different group that are in progress and largely restate the AFTE identification-based approach. See Firearms & Toolmarks Subcommittee, Standards: At an SDO for Further Development & Publication, Nat’l Inst. of Standards & Tech. (Mar. 1, 2022), https://www.nist.gov/osac/firearms-toolmarks-subcommittee [https://perma.cc/6ZWD-R7ED]. there has been a substantial federal investment in increasing the use of firearms comparison work. The federal database, the National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (“NIBIN”), has been supported by extensive federal grants, including regarding the expensive imaging equipment used on firearms evidence, to enter it into the database. Interestingly, the algorithms used to search that database remain a black box—the federal government has sponsored research on increasing the speed and efficiency of searches but not on how reliable “hits” are using the database.387Garrett, supra note 361, at 188. See generally William King, William Wells, Charles Katz, Edward Maguire & James Frank, Opening the Black Box of NIBIN: A Descriptive Process and Outcome Evaluation of the Use of NIBIN and Its Effects on Criminal Investigations (Oct. 2013), https://www.ojp.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243977.pdf [https://perma.cc/2RJQ-5MGT].

Technology may eventually supply reliable means to provide quantitative information about the probability that a bullet or shell casing came from a particular firearm. Statistical approaches to this problem are under development, and one has been piloted by researchers with some promising initial results.388See CSAFE Develops New Bullet Matching Technology (Aug. 29, 2017), https://forensicstats.org/news-posts/csafe-develops-new-bullet-matching-technology [https://perma.cc/TD4H-QBZC]; Alicia Carriquiry, Heiki Hofmann, Xiao Hui Tai & Susan VanderPlas, Machine Learning in Forensic Applications, 16 Significance 29, 30–35 (2019). It may be that this is a scientific challenge that can be met. But for many decades, courts were willing to allow examiners to claim expertise that they lacked, based on assertions of experience, training, and proficiency that were not tested. Fortunately, now that those assertions have been minimally tested, some courts are stepping back to assess whether this expertise should be permitted. It is an object lesson in the acceptance and use of expert evidence in criminal courts, however, that has taken over a century for that shift to occur.

We end by emphasizing two other points. In this Article, we have focused on firearms comparison work, but it is only one specialty in the area of forensic toolmark comparison. It is among the most commonly used and has attracted sustained scientific and judicial attention, but as David Kaye and colleagues have importantly pointed out, “there is less research into the accuracy of associating impressions from tools such as screwdrivers, crowbars, knives, and even fingernails.”389Yale Law School Forensic Science Standards Practicum, Toolmark-Comparison Testimony: A Report to the Texas Forensic Science Commission 10 (2022) (“There are fewer limiting opinions involving source attribution to other tools, probably because fewer of these examinations are performed, and fewer reports bubble up to the courts.”). There is every reason to think that those other types of toolmark comparison raise similar or far larger reliability concerns.

Further, in this Article we have focused on criminal cases that proceed to a trial and evidentiary rulings at trial and on appeal. Yet, courts often do not have a Daubert hearing or issue written rulings regarding expert evidence questions.390United States v. Lee, 19-cr-641, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 150054, at *7 (N.D. Ill. Aug. 22, 2022) (“[S]ince the issuance of the NRC and PCAST reports, courts unanimously continue to allow firearms identification testimony.”). There have been high-profile wrongful convictions in cases involving firearms evidence, like that of Curtis Flowers who had six criminal trials, and no reported decisions discussing the firearms evidence involved.391See generally Jiaxin Zhu, Liangcheng Yi, Wenqian Ma, Ziyue Zhu & Guillem Esquius, The Reliability of Forensic Evidence: The Case of Curtis Flowers, Cornell U.L. Sch. Soc. Sci. & L., https://courses2.cit.cornell.edu/sociallaw/FlowersCase/forensicevidence.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20231014224452/https://courses2.cit.cornell.edu/sociallaw/FlowersCase/forensicevidence.html]. In a very interesting 2020 case, a judge found it appropriate for an exonerated person to introduce experts to show that the firearms evidence should have been exculpatory at the time of trial.392See generally Ricks v. Pauch, No. 17-12784, 2020 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 50109 *50 (E.D. Mich. Mar. 23, 2020) (denying defendant’s motion to strike plaintiff’s firearms experts). And most criminal cases are not tried. Lawyers may plea bargain cases based in part on the perceived power of a firearms comparison. Indeed, courts have regularly rejected application of Daubert reliability standards in other pretrial contexts, such as an application for probable cause relying on a firearms comparison.393See United States v. Rhodes, No. 3:19-CR-00333-IM, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 77231, at *16 (D. Or. Apr. 28, 2022) (“[P]robable cause in the context of a warrant is not subject to the Daubert standard.”). Further, laboratory audits have occurred based on revelations regarding errors in firearms work, which have not generated any written opinions in court, but which highlight the importance of forensic science commissions and other bodies tasked with investigating quality control failures in crime laboratories.394See generally, e.g., Tex. Forensic Sci. Comm’n, Final Report for Complaint Filed By Attorney Frank Blazek Regarding Firearm/Toolmark Analysis Performed At the Southwestern Institute of Forensic Science (April 2016), https://www.txcourts.gov/media/1440859/14-08-final-report-blazek-complaint-for-joshua-ragston-swifs-firearm-toolmark-analysis-20160419.pdf [https://perma.cc/EV5X-PC3M]; Justin Fenton, ‘Serious Questions’ Raised By Reports On Problems Inside Baltimore Police Crime Lab, Councilman Says, Baltimore Sun (Aug. 16, 2021, 2:18 PM), https://www.baltimoresun.com/news/crime/bs-md-ci-cr-crime-lab-folo-20210816-u6sbc72o25gjvfqeex4mfp2kvi-story.html [https://perma.cc/2VT4-8XX7]; Michigan State Police Forensic Science Division, Audit of the Detroit Police Department Forensic Services Laboratory Firearms Unit (2008). Thus, while there may be increasingly careful judicial review of firearms expertise in trial settings, much of the use of forensic evidence may remain largely unreviewed by judges.

CONCLUSION

We do not know how often people have been wrongly convicted based on erroneous firearms comparison conclusions. But we do know of people convicted based on firearms evidence testimony who have since been exonerated. For example, on January 16, 2019, Patrick Pursley was exonerated, in part because “evidence in 1993 was scant by today’s standards, and when you start with scant evidence you’re not in a good position to reevaluate it years later.”395Patrick Pursley, Other Murder Exonerations with False or Misleading Forensic Evidence, Nat’l Registry of Exonerations (last updated Feb. 27, 2022), https://www.law.umich.edu/special/exoneration/Pages/casedetail.aspx?caseid=5487 [https://perma.cc/E932-ACZR]. In that case, the judge found that defense experts demonstrated conclusively that the cartridge cases in question were not fired by the gun attributed to Pursley.396Id.

We have described how over the past one-hundred-plus years, judges’ initial skepticism of early firearms experts transformed into growing judicial acceptance, in large part because confident experts displayed new terminology, techniques, and technology like the comparison microscope. The result was—and still remains—“an overwhelming acceptance in the United States and worldwide of firearm identification methodology.”397United States v. Chavez, No. 15-CR-00285-LHK-1, 2021 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 237830, at *16–17 (N.D. Cal. Dec. 13, 2021). But despite a mountain of long-standing precedent, judicial acceptance of this testimony has eroded in recent years. After many decades of rote acceptance of the assumptions underlying the methodology, judicial interest in firearms expert evidence has exploded. Over half of the judicial rulings that we identified have occurred since 2009, the year that the NAS issued its pathbreaking report. Dozens of opinions limit testimony of firearms experts in increasingly stringent ways.

This sea change has occurred because of the work of lawyers, judges, and particularly scientists, who have played a key role in generating a new body of precedent. Scientists have demanded studies to examine questions of reliability, and they have exposed how the resulting studies uncovered deep concerns regarding error rates in firearms analysis. Firearms experts may have testified with confidence in the past. But today, they increasingly face defense experts who turn the microscope to the scientific flaws underlying firearms identification. In turn, judges have increasingly engaged closely with scientific research, error rate studies, and defense expert witnesses.

The Daubert revolution did not result in an immediate shift in how judges reviewed firearms evidence, but over time, judges have begun to grapple with the reliability standards. The scientific community continues to inform that work with detailed critiques. In turn, defense lawyers have launched more precise challenges that have shaped precedent.

The December 2023 revisions to Rule 702, designed to address both the burden to show that an expert is reliable and the manner in which experts reach and express conclusions, will solidify the focus—sharpened in firearms evidence rulings—on both of those important aspects of the judicial gatekeeping role. The resulting body of law has already reshaped how firearms evidence is received in criminal cases, and it provides important lessons regarding the slow, but perhaps steady, reception of science in our precedent-bound halls of justice.

APPENDIX

Appendix A.  Judicial Rulings Limiting Firearms Evidence, 2005–2022
CitationLimitation on Testimony
United States v. Felix, No. CR 2020-0002, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 213513 (D.V.I. Nov. 28, 2022)Limiting testimony to conclusions regarding class characteristics and whether individual toolmarkings were “consistent”
United States v. Stevenson, No. CR-21-275-RAW, 2022 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 170457 (E.D. Okla. Sept. 21, 2022)Limiting expert to “reasonable degree of ballistic certainty”
Winfield v. Riley, No. 09-1877, 2021 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 85908 (E.D. La. 2021)Limiting expert to “more likely than not” conclusion
United States v. Adams, 444 F. Supp. 3d 1248 (Or. 2020)Observational evidence permitted but no methods of conclusions relating to whether casings “matched” to be admitted
People v. Ross, 129 N.Y.S.3d 629 (Sup. Ct. 2020)Ruling that “qualitative opinions” can only be offered on the significance of “class characteristics”
United States v. Hunt, 464 F.Supp.3d 1252 (W.D. Okla. 2020)Permitting “reasonable degree of ballistic certainty”
State v. Raynor, 254 A.3d 874 (Conn. 2020)Permitting “more likely than not” testimony
United States v. Harris, 502 F. Supp. 3d 28 (D.D.C. 2020)Instructed expert to abide by DOJ limitations, including not using terms like “match” and not claiming to exclude all firearms in the world
Williams v. United States, 210 A.3d 734 (D.C. 2019)Finding error to permit expert to testify that there was not “any doubt” in conclusion
State v. Gibbs, 2019 Del. Super. LEXIS 639 (Del. Sup. Ct. 2019)May not testify to a “match” with any degree of certainty, and may not testify to a “reasonable degree” or “practical impossibility”
United States v. Tibbs, 2019 D.C. Super LEXIS 9 (D.C. Super. 2019)Limiting testimony to “the recovered firearm [that] cannot be excluded as the source of the cartridge casing found on the scene of the alleged shooting”
United States v. Davis, 2019 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 155037 (W.D. Va. 2019)Preventing testimony to any form of “a match”
United States v. Shipp, 422 F.Supp.3d 762 (E.D.N.Y. 2019)Preventing testimony “to any degree of certainty”
United States v. Medley, No. PWG 17-242 (D. Md. April 24, 2018)Permitting “consistent with” but no opinion fired by same gun
State v. Terrell, 2019 Conn. Super. LEXIS 827 (Conn. 2019)Prohibiting testimony regarding likelihood so remote as to be practical impossibility
United States v. Simmons, 2018 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 18606 (E.D. Va. 2018)Limiting to “a reasonable degree of ballistic . . . certainty”
United States v. White, 2018 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 163258 (S.D.N.Y. 2018)Holding that expert may not provide any degree of certainty unless pressed on cross-examination and may then present “personal belief”
State v. Jaquwan Burton, Superior Court, No. CR14-0150831 (Conn. Super. Ct. Feb. 1, 2017)Permitting “consistent with” but no opinion that it was fired by same gun
Missouri v. Goodwin-Bey, No. 1531-CR00555-01 (Mo. Cir. Ct. Dec. 16, 2016)Limiting to “the recovered firearm [that] cannot be excluded as the source of the cartridge casing found on the scene of the alleged shooting”
Gardner v. United States, 140 A.3d 1172 (D.C. 2016)Error to admit “unqualified” testimony with “100% certainty”
United States v. Cazares, 788 F.3d 956 (9th Cir. 2015)Limiting to “reasonable degree of scientific certainty”
United States v. Black, 2015 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 195072 (D. Minn. 2015)Limiting to “reasonable degree of ballistics certainty” and barring “certain” or “100%” conclusions
United States v. Ashburn, 88 F. Supp. 3d 239 (E.D.N.Y. 2015)Limiting to “reasonable degree of ballistics certainty” and precluding “certain” and “100%” sure statements
United States v. McCluskey, 2013 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 103723 (D.N.M. 2013)Limiting testimony to “practical certainty” or “practical impossibility”
United States v. Mouzone, 687 F.3d 207 (4th Cir. 2012)Approving trial ruling limiting any expression of certainty
United States v. Love, No. 2:09-cr-20317-JPM (W.D. Tenn. Feb. 8, 2011)Barring testimony of “practical” or “absolute” certainty
Commonwealth v. Pytou Heang, 942 N.E.2d 927 (Mass. 2011)Limiting to “reasonable degree of ballistics certainty”
United States v. Cerna, 2010 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 144424 (N.D. Cal. 2010)Limiting to “reasonable degree of ballistics certainty”
United States v. Willock, 696 F. Supp. 2d 536 (D. Md. 2010)“[A] complete restriction on the characterization of certainty” and precluding “practical impossibility” conclusion
United States v. Taylor, 663 F. Supp. 2d 1170 (D.N.M. 2009)Limiting to “reasonable degree of scientific certainty”
United States. v. Glynn, 578 F. Supp. 2d 567 (S.D.N.Y. 2008)Limiting to “more likely than not”
United States v. Diaz, 2007 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13152 (N.D. Cal. 2007)Limiting to “reasonable degree of certainty in the ballistics field” and no testimony “to the exclusion of all other firearms in the world.”
United States v. Monteiro, 407 F. Supp. 2d 351 (D. Mass. 2006)Limiting to “reasonable degree of ballistic certainty”
Commonwealth v. Meeks, 2006 Mass. Super. LEXIS 474 (Mass. Super. Ct. 2006)Requiring examiner to present “detailed reasons” for rulings
United States v. Green, 405 F. Supp. 2d 104 (D. Mass. 2005)Barring “to the exclusion of all other guns” language
97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 101

Download

* Neil Williams, Jr. Professor of Law, Duke University School of Law, Faculty Director, Wilson Center for Science and Justice. Many thanks to Anthony Braga, Mugambi Jouet, Daniel Klerman, Charles Loeffler, Thomas D. Lyon, Aurelie Ouss, Danibeth Richey, Greg Ridgeway, D. Daniel Sokol, and the participants at workshops at University of Southern California Gould School of Law, a Center for Statistics and Applications in Forensic Evidence webinar, and the Department of Criminology, University of Pennsylvania for their feedback on earlier drafts, to Stacy Renfro for feedback on the firearms case law database, to Richard Gutierrez for helpful comments, and to Hannah Bloom, Erodita Herrera, Megan Mallonee, Linda Wang, and Grace Yau for their research assistance. This work was funded (or partially funded) by the Center for Statistics and Applications in Forensic Evidence (CSAFE) through Cooperative Agreements 70NANB15H176 and 70NANB20H019 between NIST and Iowa State University, which includes activities carried out at Duke University and University of California, Irvine.

† J.D., Duke University School of Law.

‡ Visiting Research Professor of Law, University of Southern California Gould School of Law. Professor of Psychology and Criminology, University of California, Irvine.

The Federal Reserve and the Constitution

In a number of important cases restricting the authority and independence of federal agencies, the Supreme Court’s conservative majority has adopted reasoning that, if applied consistently, could have more far-reaching consequences for the administrative state. To explore the limits of the Court’s evolving doctrines, this Article shows how their application might lead to a conclusion that the structure or mandate of the Federal Reserve, as created by Congress, is unconstitutional. On the assumption that at least some of the conservative Justices would not want to reach this result, the Article goes on to survey strategies available to the Court for avoiding such an outcome. It explains how, if a constitutional challenge to the Federal Reserve were to reach the Court, its choice among these strategies would further delineate the reach of its campaign against the administrative state. Even in the absence of an actual challenge, this exercise reveals how the Court’s political philosophy is shaping its jurisprudence.

INTRODUCTION

The low intensity offensive against the administrative state that has been waged by the conservative Justices of the Supreme Court for well over a decade has escalated in the last several terms. The campaign has two prongs. One is the restriction of agency authority derived from enabling legislation. The other is the invalidation of structural measures that insulate decisions of government officials from the political control of the President. The first is exemplified by the potentially very broad “major questions doctrine” announced by the Court in West Virginia v. EPA1See West Virginia v. EPA, 142 S. Ct. 2587, 2609 (2022). and the possible revival of the long dormant non-delegation doctrine heralded by Justice Gorsuch’s dissent in Gundy v. United States.2See Gundy v. United States, 139 S. Ct. 2116, 2133–35 (2019) (Gorsuch, J., dissenting). The second is reflected in the trio of decisions invalidating for-cause removal protections for officials in agencies that Congress had chosen to make independent,3See Collins v. Yellen, 141 S. Ct. 1761, 1782 (2021); Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2207–08 (2020); Free Enter. Fund v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. 477, 507 (2010). and in United States v. Arthrex,4See United States v. Arthrex, Inc., 141 S. Ct. 1970, 1988 (2021). One must, in fairness, note that although Justice Thomas is in some respects the most aggressive of the Justices in the Court’s offensive against the administrative state, he dissented from Chief Justice Roberts’s opinion for the majority in Arthrex. which gave a political appointee authority to review certain decisions of patent law judges that Congress had insulated from direct political influence.

While the battle lines have thus been drawn, it remains unclear how much territory the conservative Court aims to capture. The rhetoric and logic of some of these opinions seem to extend far beyond the holdings and practical effects of the decisions themselves. An important open question is where the Court will stop. In this article I take up that question indirectly by examining what is perhaps the strongest candidate for a limiting case—the Federal Reserve.

In his famous foretaste of Legal Realism, Justice Holmes observed that common law rights and duties are “nothing but prophecies” of what courts will do when presented with a specific case.5Oliver Wendell Holmes, The Path of the Law, 10 Harv. L. Rev. 457, 458 (1897). So too with a judicially-centered view of constitutional law. An assertion that an act of Congress is “constitutional” or “unconstitutional,” as opposed to whether it should be, is coherent only if it rests on a more or less convincing prediction of how the Supreme Court would rule on the matter.6Holmes’s second famous point in his address—the impact of a prediction as to how a court would rule on a “bad man”—is less, though by no means completely, irrelevant to constitutional law. Id. at 459. I believe, as I suspect most readers do, that even the current Court is unlikely to rule unconstitutional the delegation of monetary policy to the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”)—an independent entity that includes nongovernmental officials as well as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Board”), an independent government agency. At least on first inspection, however, this prediction is discordant with some of what the Court has already said about the Appointments Clause and the removal power. Were the conservative Justices’ intimations of further expansion of the removal power doctrine and revival of the non-delegation doctrine to be realized, the dissonance with the Federal Reserve’s structure would only grow. If my intuition is correct, and the Court would decline to follow some of the logic in earlier opinions to a conclusion that the Federal Reserve was unconstitutional, then its rationale for pulling up short of this outcome would itself be revealing of the limits of the emerging doctrines and, perhaps, of the political philosophy lying behind them.

The Article proceeds as follows: Part I provides some background on the mandate and structure of the Federal Reserve. Part II evaluates that mandate and structure in light the evolving separation of powers doctrines of the Court’s conservative majority and reaches the following conclusions:

First, although a majority of the Justices have indicated interest in reviving the non-delegation doctrine, the streak of nearly ninety years without a statute being declared an excessive delegation continues. Should the conservative Justices move beyond their talk in Gundy to action, the broad delegation of authority to the FOMC in the Federal Reserve Act would almost surely raise a constitutional question.

Second, the status of the nongovernmental members on the FOMC is most vulnerable to constitutional challenge. The FOMC includes as five of its voting members the presidents of regional Federal Reserve Banks, who are not appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate. Indeed, they are not even employees of the U.S. government. They could well be adjudged principal officers of the United States, in which case their presence on the FOMC would be unconstitutional as a violation of Article II.

Third, because the Court has not to this point ruled that traditional multi-member independent agencies are unconstitutional infringements on the President’s removal power, the Board continues to enjoy for-cause removal protection. However, if the Court were to follow through on the logic of its recent opinions, as explicitly urged by some of its conservative members, the Board would presumptively be just as vulnerable as every other independent federal agency.7A recent court of appeals decision raised the prospect of another potential constitutional challenge to the FOMC, and the Federal Reserve System more generally. In Community Financial Services Association of America v. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, 51 F.4th 616, 642–43 (5th Cir. 2022), cert. granted, 143 S. Ct. 978 (2023), the Fifth Circuit broke with the conclusion reached by at least six other federal courts and declared that the statutory method for funding the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) (a portion of the budget of the Federal Reserve, transferred directly from the Fed) violates the Appropriations Clause because it is not approved by Congress. See id. at 644. Since the Federal Reserve itself is funded by the interest it earns on securities and various fees it charges private financial institutions for its services, the holding of the Fifth Circuit threatened to implicate the Fed as well (notwithstanding the Court’s efforts to distinguish the CFPB). Although at the time of this writing the case had not been decided, the comments of several conservative Justices during oral argument suggested that the Court will not be receptive to the argument that the CFPB funding scheme violates the Appropriations Clause. Transcript of Oral Argument at 51, 67–68, 82, Consumer Fin. Bureau v. Cmty. Fin. Servs. Ass’n of America, 143 S. Ct. 981 (2023) (No. 22-448). Hence, I do not include an analysis of this issue in this Article.

Part III discusses why and how, notwithstanding these apparent constitutional vulnerabilities, the Court might well not hold the core delegation to, and structural features of, the Federal Reserve to be unconstitutional. As to why—members of the Court’s conservative majority may be more favorably inclined toward a central bank than other economic regulatory agencies. A more tangible consideration is the difficulty the Court would have in fashioning a remedy for the supposed unconstitutionality of the FOMC structure or mandate that did not risk major disruption to monetary policy, and thus the U.S. economy.

As to how, there are two means of avoidance that are at least arguably consistent with the revealed doctrinal inclinations of the conservative Justices. First, the Court may literally avoid the merits through denying standing to likely plaintiffs. A fairly restrictive standing doctrine of the sort now embraced by the Court would preclude challenges to the FOMC mandate and, quite possibly, to the status of the Reserve Bank presidents.

Second, the Court may find that, on the merits, the Federal Reserve enjoys an exception to the doctrines the Court’s majority has been building. This second way itself has two branches. One is based on the history of the regulation of money going all the way back to the First Bank of the United States. The other rests on perceived functional differences between the Federal Reserve and other independent agencies—an “anomaly,” as then Judge Kavanaugh once described it.8PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 175, 192 n.17 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting).

Part IV builds on the detailed doctrinal analysis of Part II and Part III to discuss the constitutional choices of the Court that would be revealed by the possible outcomes of challenges to the Federal Reserve’s mandate or structure. If the Court refrains from further incursions on congressional decisions to delegate authority to independent agencies, the mandate and structure of the FOMC would be largely insulated from constitutional attack, at least as a practical matter. In that event, some limits on the Court’s separation of powers campaign would have been established.

But what if the Court extends its separation of powers doctrines further? Cass Sunstein and Adrian Vermeule have argued that one of the Court’s recent removal cases was driven not by originalism or any other interpretive method based on the text of the Constitution, but by “judgments, grounded in abstract principles, about what would make the constitutional order the best that it could be.”9Cass R. Sunstein & Adrian Vermeule, The Unitary Executive: Past, Present, Future, 2020 Sup. Ct. Rev. 83, 117 (2021). Assuming the Court wishes to avoid interfering with the statutory independence of the nation’s central bank, even as it pushes those principles further into the statutory organization of the U.S. government, then it will reveal not just its political philosophy, but some of its specific policy preferences. In granting the Federal Reserve exceptional status, the Court would be making choices that either seem arbitrary or that quite overtly appropriate the legislative role of making policy judgments. Finally, were the Court unexpectedly to find some part of the Federal Reserve’s mandate or structure unconstitutional, it would signal an escalation of its campaign against the administrative state and its strong resolve to remake the U.S. government.

* * *

Two additional points should be stated at the outset. First, my aim in this article is not to make a normative argument on the constitutionality of the Federal Reserve. Instead, my aims are to analyze that set of issues as a positive matter against the backdrop of the Court’s separation of powers jurisprudence and to consider what that analysis reveals about the ideological and policy dispositions of the Court underlying that jurisprudence. But this focus should not be confused with the view that the Federal Reserve’s mandate or structure should be captured by the Court’s evolving doctrines. On the contrary, like so many others, I find Justice Kagan’s arguments in her dissent in Seila Law convincing: Congress should have broad, though not unbounded, leeway in deciding how to structure the agencies it creates.10Equally compelling is Justice Scalia’s explanation in Whitman v. American Trucking Associations of why a non-delegation doctrine is essentially impossible for the Court to apply. Whitman v. Am. Trucking Ass’ns, 531 U.S. 457, 472 (2001).

Second, the Article focuses solely on these constitutional considerations. Nothing here should be read to suggest that the structure of the FOMC is or ought to be sacrosanct. There are good reasons to consider a range of changes, especially to the Reserve Banks and the status of their presidents. But decisions on whether the country should have an independent central bank, and how independent it should be, properly lie with Congress, not the Supreme Court.

I.  STRUCTURE AND MANDATES OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE

The “Federal Reserve” actually consists of two separate policymaking entities created by statute. The awkwardly named “Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System” is recognizable as one of the many independent regulatory agencies in the U.S. government. The Federal Reserve Act provides for seven members who are appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate for fourteen-year terms1112 U.S.C. § 241. and then enjoy for-cause removal protection.12Id. § 242. The Board has a number of regulatory and programmatic responsibilities. Most prominent are certain authorities for providing emergency liquidity to the financial system13Sections 10A and 10B of the Federal Reserve Act authorize the Reserve Banks, under the direction of the Board, to extend short-term loans against good collateral to solvent banks. 12 U.S.C. §§ 347a–b. Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act permits the Federal Reserve, in “unusual and exigent circumstances,” to create “broad-based” programs of lending to non-banks. 12 U.S.C. § 343(3)(A). Any program—usually referred to as a “facility,” created by the Federal Reserve under this authority must be approved by the Secretary of the Treasury. 12 U.S.C. § 343(3)(B)(iv). Credit may be extended under any 13(3) program only to solvent debtors and must be backed by appropriately discounted debt instruments. and the regulation of bank holding companies and certain insured depository institutions.1412 U.S.C. § 1813(q)(3) specifies that the Board is the regulator for state banks that are members of the Federal Reserve system, all bank holding companies, and certain other bank-related entities. Like the two agencies with which the Board shares bank regulatory authority, it regularly engages in notice-and-comment rulemakings and formal adjudications under the Administrative Procedure Act. And, like those two other agencies, it is self-funding and thus not subject to the congressional appropriations process.15Section 10(3) of the Federal Reserve Act gives the Board power to levy an assessment on the Federal Reserve Banks to pay for the Board’s expenses. 12 U.S.C. § 243. The Reserve Banks, in turn, derive their revenue primarily from interest on securities acquired in open market operations. Other sources of income include priced services provided to depository institutions—such as check clearing, funds transfers, and automated clearinghouse operations. Fed. Rsrv. Pub. Educ. & Outreach, The Fed Explained: What the Central Bank Does 4 (11th ed. 2021), https://www.federalreserve.gov/aboutthefed/files/the-fed-explained.pdf [https://perma.cc/L6XK-X9M5]. Net earnings in excess of expenses and other obligations are returned to the Treasury. Id. As indicated at note 7, a pending case challenging the statutory funding mechanism for the CFPB could have implications for the non-appropriated funding capacity of the Federal Reserve. See Cmty. Fin. Servs. Ass’n of Am. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 51 F.4th 616, 644 (5th Cir. 2022), cert. granted, 143 S. Ct. 978 (2023).

The FOMC, by contrast, is an institutionally unique policymaking entity within the U.S. government. The FOMC sets monetary policy for the United States. While it considers itself an “agency” for purposes of the Administrative Procedure Act,16Regulations governing FOMC practice, including Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”) requests, are at 12 C.F.R. §§ 270–81. it is not an organization unto itself. Instead, it consists of representatives of the constituent entities of the Federal Reserve System. It has no employees. Its staff work is done by employees of the Board and the Reserve Banks.17See Rules of Organization § 5, Fed. Open Mkt. Comm. (as amended effective Sept. 30, 2016), https://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/files/fomc_rulesorganization.pdf [https://perma.cc/S6C5-HAPW]. Its voters include all members of the Board plus, on a rotating basis, five of the presidents of the twelve Reserve Banks.18Technically, under 12 U.S.C. § 263(a), the first vice president of a Reserve Bank could be the designated member of the FOMC, but in practice it is always the president. Only the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has a permanent vote on the FOMC. By convention, the others rotate through four other voting positions once every two or three years. Section 12A of the Federal Reserve Act states only that the boards of directors of specified groups of two or three Reserve Banks shall elect a representative annually. 12 U.S.C. § 263(a). In theory, then, the boards of the Boston, Philadelphia, and Richmond Reserve Banks could decide each year which one of their three presidents would represent them on the FOMC that year. By long-established convention, the presidents of the Reserve Banks grouped together by Section 12A rotate as FOMC members. That is why, despite the fact the statutory election has not taken place, the portion of the Board’s website devoted to the FOMC lists the voting members for future years. Thus, when the Board is at full strength, there are at any given time seven Board votes and five Reserve Bank votes.1912 U.S.C. § 263(a). The remaining seven Reserve Bank presidents nonetheless attend and participate fully (except for voting) in all FOMC meetings.

The Reserve Banks themselves are organizationally unusual. They are not “agencies” of the U.S. government. Neither the presidents nor staff of the Reserve Banks are government employees. However, both their distribution of profits and governance differ substantially from that of private corporations. They were created through a somewhat circuitous process outlined by Congress in Section 4 of the Federal Reserve Act.20Federal Reserve Act, Pub. L. No. 63-43, § 4 ¶¶ 1–3, 38 Stat. 251, 254 (1913) (uncodified). Their paid-in capital comes from private banks that are required or choose to become member banks of the Federal Reserve system. Reserve Banks make money principally through seigniorage on cash transactions in securities, interest paid on securities held by the Federal Reserve, and fees charged for various financial services. The member banks are entitled to a dividend, which is calculated roughly as a preferred stock dividend would be—as a percentage of the paid-in capital of each bank.2112 U.S.C. § 289. All remaining “profits” of the Reserve Banks, beyond those necessary to meet their expenses, and that of the Board, are turned over to the Treasury Department.22Id. Since the creation of the CFPB in 2010, a portion of Federal Reserve Revenues is allocated to fund that agency. Id. § 5497.

By law, the nine members of the boards of directors of each Reserve Bank consist of three representatives of the member banks (Class A directors), three representatives of non-banking interests selected by the member banks (Class B directors), and three representatives of the public selected by the Board (Class C directors).23Id. § 302. The chair of each Reserve Bank is appointed by the Board from among the Class C directors. In practice, Reserve Bank presidents suggest the three public members and chair after consultation with the Board. With the approval of the Board, the Class B and Class C directors select the president of the Reserve Bank, who is generally the representative of that Bank on the FOMC.24Id. § 341. Both the Board25Id. § 248(f). and the board of directors of a Reserve Bank26Id. § 341. have statutory authority to remove its president.

Congress has legislated the objectives of monetary policy—“to promote effectively the goals of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates.”27Id. § 225a. See infra Section II.A. For decades the FOMC’s principal means for managing monetary policy was through “open market operations”—the purchase and sale of short-term U.S. government obligations.28The FOMC’s core statutory authority is to direct the twelve regional Federal Reserve Banks “[t]o buy and sell in the open market . . . any obligation which is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, any agency of the United States.” Id. § 355(2). Open market operations directly affect interest rates on these risk-free obligations, which in turn affect all interest rates in the economy.29The Federal Reserve’s purchase of securities on the open market increases the supply of money by creating “reserves” for the institutions selling those securities. During the Global Financial Crisis of 2007–2009, the FOMC quickly used open market purchases of Treasuries to lower its target short-term interest rate to what was effectively zero. At the “zero lower bound,” the traditional policy approach of managing short-term rates had reached its limit. The FOMC consequently engaged in “quantitative easing”—that is, the purchase of longer duration securities in an effort to bring longer-term rates down as well.30In normal times, changes in short-term rates engineered by the FOMC affect longer-term rates as well, though rarely in the exact proportion of the change in short-term rates.

The resulting enormous increase in reserves meant that when the FOMC was ready to begin cautiously raising rates in late 2015, traditional open-market operations would not have produced the scarcity of reserves in the federal funds market that would result in higher lending rates in the economy as a whole. Consequently, the FOMC has changed to the use of “administered rates” to set policy.31For an explanation, see Ben S. Bernanke, 21st Century Monetary Policy: The Federal Reserve from the Great Inflation to COVID-19 248–52 (2022). The Federal Reserve sets its interest rate on reserves32Throughout most of the Federal Reserve’s history, it was not authorized to pay interest on reserves. In 2006, Congress granted that authority, which was originally to have become effective in 2011. See Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006, Pub. L. No. 109-351, Title II, § 201(a), 120 Stat. 1966, 1968 (2006) (codified at 12 U.S.C. § 461(b)(12)(A)). However, in light of the gathering financial crisis in 2008, Congress accelerated the effective date. See Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-343, Title I, § 128, 122 Stat. 3765, 3796 (2008) (uncodified). (and in separate facilities in which certain non-bank financial firms can participate)33This is the overnight reverse repurchase facility (the “ON RRP”). As explained by the Federal Reserve:

The FOMC sets an overnight reverse repurchase agreement offering rate (ON RRP rate), which is the maximum interest rate the Federal Reserve is willing to pay in an ON RRP operation. When an institution uses the ON RRP facility, it essentially makes a deposit at the Fed overnight, receiving a government security as collateral. The next day, the transaction is “unwound”—the Fed buys back the security, and the institution earns interest on the cash it deposited at the Fed. . . . In general, any counterparty to the facility should be unwilling to invest funds overnight in money markets at a rate below the ON RRP rate.

Fed. Rsrv. Pub. Educ. & Outreach, supra note 15, at 37.
to establish floors below which the recipients of the interest will have no incentive to lend to households and businesses.

The FOMC is, if not the most independent policymaking organization in the U.S. government, certainly among the top few. Because its operations are funded by the Reserve Banks and the Board, which are themselves self-funding, it is not subject to the congressional appropriations process. Its deliberations are exempted from the Government in the Sunshine Act3412 C.F.R. § 281.1; see 5 U.S.C. § 552b(c)(9)(A) (exempting from obligation to open deliberations to the public any meeting involving information “the premature disclosure of which would [] in the case of any agency which regulates currencies, securities, commodities, or financial institutions, be likely to [] lead to significant financial speculation in currencies, securities, or commodities . . . .”). and, to a considerable extent, from the Freedom of Information Act.35See 5 U.S.C. § 552(b)(1)–(9) (listing categories of records exempt from disclosure); see also 12 C.F.R. § 271.15(a)(1)–(8). Monetary policy activities and communications may not be audited by the Government Accountability Office.3612 U.S.C. § 3910(a)(3). Finally, to repeat, members of the Board may be removed by the President only for cause, and Reserve Bank presidents are neither appointed nor removable by the President.37There is some question as to whether the Federal Reserve Act permits the President to remove the Chair and Vice Chairs, who are appointed to those specific positions for terms of four years, even in the absence of cause. See infra note 356. Were the President to successfully remove a Chair or Vice Chair, however, that individual would still enjoy for-cause removal protection as a Member of the Board.

The unusual structure of the Federal Reserve System was established in the original Federal Reserve Act, as signed into law in 1913. However, while the original framework of twelve nongovernmental regional Reserve Banks and a governmental Board in Washington providing coordination and oversight has endured in the intervening century, much else has changed. Because recent Supreme Court decisions have assessed the pedigree of an agency in determining its constitutionality, Parts III and IV will discuss relevant features of Federal Reserve history and of its antecedents—the two Banks of the United States created in the nation’s early decades. Here, as a prefatory matter, I make a few general points to provide some context for the discussions to follow.

First, the motivation for creation of the Federal Reserve differs from that of the now prominent central banks that predated it. While the Bank of England and Banque de France were established to help the governments of those countries finance wars, the Federal Reserve was a response to a series of financial panics that culminated in the Panic of 1907. Thus, the availability of credit throughout the economy and the preservation of financial stability were central to the original mission of the Federal Reserve. The legacy of sectional and political disputes over credit helps explain its peculiar decentralized structure, while the experience of private clearinghouse efforts to mobilize private bank resources in the face of credit crunches helps explain its peculiar public-private character.38See Donald R. Wells, The Federal Reserve System: A History 7–20 (2004) (discussing brief accounts of conflicts over the creation of the Federal Reserve); Eugene Nelson White, The Regulation and Reform of the American Banking System, 1900–1929, at 1983–99 (1983). The most extensive treatment remains one written less than a decade after passage of the Federal Reserve Act, by a former academic who had advised the congressional committees drafting the Act and then became the Board’s first secretary. Henry Parker Willis, The Federal Reserve System: Legislation, Organization and Operation 520 (1923).

Second, the authority of the Federal Reserve is more centralized and governmental today than at its creation. For its first two decades, the Reserve Banks—especially the Federal Reserve Bank of New York—had the upper hand in determining Federal Reserve policies, which often varied across Reserve Banks. New Deal legislation increased Board authority—including requiring Board approval of the Presidents of the Reserve Banks—and entrenched a single, unified approach to monetary policy decisions by formally establishing the FOMC and removing the autonomy of individual Reserve Banks to make their own decisions on the rates at which liquidity can be extended to member banks. While changes in the intervening eighty years have been more incremental, they have almost uniformly enhanced Board authority at the expense of Reserve Bank prerogatives. Still, despite proposals in the 1930s to nationalize the Reserve Banks or to make their Presidents subject to the Article II appointment process, no change in the basic structure of the System was made then. Nor, despite periodic revival of such proposals, has any been made since.

Third, notwithstanding a formal ruling by the Attorney General at the inception of the Federal Reserve that the Board was independent of the Treasury Department,39Attorney General T.W. Gregory relied on both the structure of the Federal Reserve Act and its legislative history in concluding that the Board was a distinct entity from the Treasury and was intended to be such. Off. of the Att’y Gen., Opinion Letter on Status of Federal Reserve Board (Dec. 19, 1914), as reprinted in First Annual Report of the Federal Reserve Board for the Period Ending December 31, 1914 (1915), https://fraser.stlouisfed.org/files/docs/publications/arfr/1910s/arfr_1914.pdf [https://perma.cc/RAV4-37NY]. both its de jure and de facto independence have varied over time. Until the New Deal legislation, both the Treasury Secretary and Comptroller of the Currency were ex officio members of the Board, with the Treasury Secretary as chair. Even after the Administration officials were removed from the Board, statutory authorities that gave Treasury the authority to create money on its own afforded Administrations leverage over the Federal Reserve.40See infra notes 324–27 and accompanying text. This legal influence was buttressed by political pressures on the Federal Reserve to keep interest rates low in order to support government financing of both World Wars and New Deal spending programs.

Even following the 1951 Fed-Treasury Accord, which obliquely freed the Fed from a commitment to peg rates at a level desired by Treasury,41See Wells, supra note 38, at 91–95. various Presidents and Treasury Secretaries have successfully influenced FOMC decisions, and Fed Chairs in particular. The posture of reasonably scrupulous presidential respect for Fed independence—which today many consider a norm to have been breached by President Trump—was arguably a historical anomaly during a period covered by the presidencies of Clinton, Obama, and both Bushes.42President Biden has reverted to the practice of the four pre-Trump presidents and scrupulously avoided any public statement that might be seen as interfering with the Fed’s monetary policy independence. Finally, during periods of financial stress, close coordination between the Federal Reserve and Treasury has understandably been the rule, rather than the exception. Now that some of the Board’s emergency liquidity authorities require the agreement of the Secretary,43Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 1101(a), 124 Stat. 1376, 2113–14 (2010) (current version at 12 U.S.C. § 343(3)(B)(iv)). that coordination has a legal, as well as practical, foundation.44Although the special authorities in question belong to the Board, rather than to the FOMC, decisions on use of these powers are analytically and practically related to decisions on extraordinary monetary policy action under stressed conditions.

II.  CONSTITUTIONAL PROBLEMS

A.  Non-Delegation

As recently as a few years ago, a non-delegation issue would not have appeared in a discussion of possible constitutional infirmities in the structure and operation of the Federal Reserve. Indeed, it would have appeared on none but the most comprehensive lists of constitutional issues associated with any agency. In his opinion for the Court in Whitman,45Whitman v. Am. Trucking Ass’ns, 531 U.S. 457, 463 (2001). Justice Scalia had seemingly put to rest any lingering question as to whether a congressional grant of authority to an agency might be found to lack an “intelligible principle” and thus be an unconstitutional delegation. But Justice Gorsuch’s dissent in Gundy v. United States,46Gundy v. United States, 139 S. Ct. 2116, 2131–48 (2019) (Gorsuch, J., dissenting). which now appears to command the support of a majority of the Court,47Four other Justices have expressed either sympathy or support for Justice Gorsuch’s opinion. Chief Justice Roberts and Justice Thomas joined his dissent. Id. Justice Alito concurred in the judgment but indicated that he would be willing to revisit the delegation doctrine. Id. at 2131 (“If a majority of this Court were willing to reconsider the approach we have taken for the past 84 years, I would support that effort.”) (Alito, J., concurring). Justice Kavanaugh, who had just joined the Court and took no part in the consideration or decision in Gundy, nonetheless went out of his way to indicate sympathy for the Gorsuch opinion by adding a statement to the Court’s denial of cert. in a case several months after Gundy was decided. Paul v. United States, 140 S. Ct. 342, 342 (2019) (“Justice Gorsuch’s thoughtful Gundy opinion raised important points that may warrant further consideration in future cases.”) (Kavanaugh, J., concurring). has raised the prospect of breathing life into the non-delegation doctrine for the first time in ninety years.

It remains to be seen whether this prospect will in fact be realized, or whether the Court will ultimately demur in the face of the same problem of defining the limits of an intelligible principle (or some other test for valid delegations) that bedeviled it for all those decades following Schechter48A.L.A. Schechter Poultry Corp. v. United States, 295 U.S. 495, 538 (1935). and Panama Refining.49Panama Refining Co. v. Ryan, 293 U.S. 388, 429–30 (1935). Until the Court’s intentions become clearer, though, at least some consideration of the non-delegation issue—as expressed in Justice Gorsuch’s dissent—seems warranted in assessing the constitutional status of any agency with broad authority.50It is possible that the Court’s conservative majority may avoid the definitional problems inherent in a non-delegation doctrine by devising or expanding other doctrinal checks on administrative agencies. In West Virginia v. EPA, 142 S. Ct. 2587 (2022), for example, the Court majority put forth a rather open-ended “major questions” doctrine that suggested there may be substantial limits on agency authority even where statutory text appears to grant broad administrative powers. While the potential reach of the doctrine is difficult to derive from Chief Justice Roberts’s opinion in West Virginia, the FOMC’s discretion to balance maximum employment and price stability does not appear to be a prime candidate for negation under that doctrine. Although the exercise of monetary policy is certainly important economically, and can provoke political controversy at times, the FOMC’s mandate is clear from both the text and the legislative history of the 1997 amendment to the Federal Reserve Act. In exercising this discretion, the FOMC is not invoking an old statute to justify new authority in ways unanticipated by Congress, as the Court argued the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) had done in West Virginia. The FOMC’s broad authority to decide between important, sometimes conflicting macroeconomic policy goals would certainly be implicated by any serious revival of the doctrine.

Until 1977, Congress had never articulated a standard to guide monetary policy decisions by the Federal Reserve.51The original Federal Reserve Act granted the Reserve Banks and the Board various powers and imposed various limitations on the exercise of those powers, but included no explicit standard for guiding the exercise of those powers. As to the purpose of these powers, from which such a standard might have been inferred, all that was provided was the introductory language of the Act: “An Act To provide for the establishment of Federal reserve banks, to furnish an elastic currency, to afford means of rediscounting commercial paper, to establish a more effective supervision of banking in the United States, and for other purposes.” Federal Reserve Act, Pub. L. No. 63-43, 38 Stat. 251 (1913) (emphasis added). In the brief, but significant, Federal Reserve Reform Act of that year, Congress specified the monetary policy objectives:

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Open Market Committee shall maintain long run growth of the monetary and credit aggregates commensurate with the economy’s long run potential to increase production, so as to promote effectively the goals of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates.52Federal Reserve Act, Pub. L. No. 95-188, § 202, 91 Stat. 1387, 1387 (1977) (codified at 12 U.S.C. § 225a). Section 204 of the Act required that the Chair and Vice Chair of the Board be separately nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate for four-year terms. Previously the President had simply designated individuals to serve in these roles from the Members of the Board already confirmed for fourteen-year terms. Id. § 204.

When assessed against the statutory standards considered in the line of decisions between Schechter and Gundy, the Federal Reserve’s “dual mandate” of maximum employment and stable prices seems unremarkable.53Although the statute apparently includes three aims, the conventional view is that because “long-term interest rates can remain low only in a stable macroeconomic environment,” Congress has in fact given the Federal Reserve a “dual” mandate. Frederic S. Mishkin, Governor, Fed. Rsrv. Bd., Monetary Policy and the Dual Mandate (Apr, 10, 2007), https://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/mishkin20070410a.htm [https://perma.cc/LDW9-2GDB]. True, Congress has given the Federal Reserve broad discretion, both to determine what “maximum employment” and “stable prices” mean in concrete terms and to strike a balance between the two objectives when they may conflict.54Economists discussing central bank “independence” sometimes distinguish between “goal” independence and “instrument” independence, following the taxonomy introduced by the distinguished monetary policy economist and former central banker Stanley Fischer. Stanley Fischer, Modern Central Banking, in The Future of Central Banking 262, 292 (1995). Goal independence, as the term suggests, is the ability of a central bank to set its own goals, whereas instrument independence is the “discretion and power to deploy monetary policy to attain its goals.” Id. Fischer further notes that the Federal Reserve is given multiple goals, which at least in the short run may be in conflict. Id. at 265–66. Former Fed Chair Ben Bernanke characterizes the Federal Reserve as having “de facto policy independence.” Bernanke, supra note 31, at 405. Indeed, the genesis of the amendment was the view of many in Congress that the Federal Reserve needed to weight employment goals more substantially. However, as aptly summarized by Justice Scalia in Whitman,55Whitman v. Am. Trucking Ass’ns, 531 U.S. 457, 474­–75 (2001). the Court has found statutes with objectives as broad as achieving the “public interest” to meet the intelligible principle test.

How, though, might the dual mandate fare if the non-delegation doctrine is put back in play? At present the best starting point for answering that question is Justice Gorsuch’s view of the limits of permissible delegations, as explained in his Gundy dissent. He gives us a detailed application of his position only for the Sex Offenders Registration and Notification Act (“SORNA”)—the statute challenged in Gundy.56This analysis is not especially illuminating in considering regulatory delegations, insofar as it rests on Justice Gorsuch’s interpretation that SORNA authorized the Attorney General to decide which previously convicted sex offenders were subject to its terms, not just the details of how those terms would apply to all such offenders. Justice Kagan’s plurality opinion construed the Attorney General’s discretion much more narrowly, based on her conclusion that SORNA reflected a congressional decision that all prior offenders register under the Act and thus that the “Attorney General’s discretion extends only to considering and addressing feasibility issues.” Gundy v. United States, 139 S. Ct. 2116, 2124 (2019). Gorsuch’s interpretation that SORNA allowed the Attorney General to determine the scope of what is, in effect, a status offense set up a favorable test case for those interested in reviving the non-delegation doctrine. Still, his dissent is composed mostly of criticism of the evolution of the “intelligible principle” test set forth by the Court nearly a century ago in J.W. Hampton, Jr., & Co. v. United States57J.W. Hampton, Jr., & Co. v. United States, 276 U.S. 394, 409 (1928). and, as such, contains an outline of what he believes to be the salient considerations in formulating a more robust test.

First, drawing from cases decided prior to J.W. Hampton, Justice Gorsuch identifies what he considers the three limited forms of delegation permitted by the Court until the intelligible principle test “began to take on a life of its own.”58Gundy, 139 S. Ct. at 2139 (Gorsuch, J., dissenting). Two are relevant for present purposes—“fill[ing] up the details” of a congressional policy decision and making “the application of . . . [a congressional] rule depend on executive fact-finding.”59Id. at 2136. The most far-reaching permissible delegation in the cases he favorably cites to illustrate these principles is found in United States v. Grimaud, a 1911 decision upholding a statute authorizing the Secretary of Agriculture to adopt rules regulating the “occupancy and use” of public forests to protect them from “destruction” and “depredations.”60United States v. Grimaud, 220 U.S. 506, 509 (1911).

Second, after rejecting the “mutated version” of the contemporary intelligible principle doctrine, but suggesting that some cases decided under that test might “be consistent with more traditional teachings” of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries,61Gundy, 139 S. Ct. at 2139–40 (Gorsuch, J., dissenting). Justice Gorsuch suggested that the tariff cost equalization statute at issue in J.W. Hampton itself might have “passed muster under the traditional tests.” Id. at 2139. It is unclear from his brief description whether he understood how much discretion the apparently determinate standard of “cost equalization” left to the President—so much that the President had scope for deciding whether to implement a relatively protectionist or free-trade import policy. See Daniel K. Tarullo, Law and Politics in Twentieth Century Tariff History, 34 UCLA L. Rev. 285, 319–22 (1986). If so, then Justice Gorsuch’s contemplated revival of the non-delegation doctrine would likely pose less of a threat to the Administrative State than some have feared. Justice Gorsuch enunciates something approaching a test:

To determine whether a statute provides an intelligible principle, we must ask: Does the statute assign to the executive only the responsibility to make factual findings? Does it set forth the facts that the executive must consider and the criteria against which to measure them? And most importantly, did Congress, and not the Executive Branch, make the policy judgments? Only then can we fairly say that a statute contains the kind of intelligible principle the Constitution demands.62Gundy,139 S. Ct. at 2141 (Gorsuch, J., dissenting).

At first glance, application of this test would suggest significant, if not major, problems for the Federal Reserve Act. While the Federal Reserve’s dual objectives of stable prices and maximum employment often call for the same policy response, the most important decisions occur precisely at moments when those objectives are in actual, or at least arguable, conflict. Thus, monetary easing was obviously indicated in 2009, when employment was well below anyone’s estimate of its “maximum” levels, and it was the risk of deflation that threatened price stability. But the two objectives were in at least short-term conflict in the early 1980s, when unemployment and inflation were both well above historical levels. Less dramatically, in the recent past there has been vigorous debate both within the FOMC and among outside commentators as to how quickly monetary policy should be eased to reduce the risk of a future recession, as opposed to maintaining a more restrictive policy in order to guard against inflation reaccelerating.63In fact, monetary policy debates can be even more complicated. Through much of 2021, for example, most members of the FOMC opined that the inflationary spike would prove transitory after the supply shocks associated with COVID-19 abated, and thus the apparent conflict between the two sides of the FOMC’s dual mandate was illusory. Jerome H. Powell, Chair, Fed. Rsrv. Bd., Monetary Policy in the Time of COVID (Aug. 27, 2021), https://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/powell20210827a.htm [https://perma.cc/QA39-HNZL]. Conversely, quite a number of non-FOMC observers anticipated that COVID-induced constraints on both supply and demand meant that inflation would continue. These kinds of debates over evaluation of the state of the economy invariably elide into policy choices. Olivier Blanchard, In Defense of Concerns Over the $1.9 Trillion Relief Plan, Peterson Inst. for Int’l Econ Blog (Feb. 18, 2021, 5:15 AM), https://www.piie.com/blogs/realtime-economics/defense-concerns-over-19-trillion-relief-plan [https://perma.cc/5XMD-2YNF]. For these latter two instances, Congress did not provide a standard to guide the Federal Reserve in making the policy judgment either to maintain an accommodative monetary policy to foster higher employment at the risk of continued price instability, or instead to tighten policy to restrain inflation at the risk of lowering achievable levels of employment in the near to medium term.

Despite this ostensible inconsistency of the FOMC’s policy discretion with Justice Gorsuch’s provisional test for constitutional delegations, the wording of his summary of “traditional teachings”64Gundy, 139 S. Ct. at 2140 (Gorsuch, J., dissenting). on the subject might be read to suggest that the dual mandate could fall on the permissible side of that yet-to-be-well-defined line. In stating the “fill up the details” and “executive fact-finding” forms of acceptable delegations, he refers respectively to statutes “regulating” and “governing” private conduct.65Id. at 2136 (emphasis added). Four of the five cases he cites as examples clearly involved government regulation of private conduct. The fifth involved discretion of the federal courts to adapt state law procedures in hearing common law cases for which state law provided the rule of decision. Wayman v. Southard, 23 U.S. 1, 31, 43 (1825). While not the typical way in which the government regulates private conduct, the case involved execution of a judgment in a private dispute and thus did result in a judgment affecting the rights of private parties. One might draw from this formulation the negative inference that delegations not involving the regulation of private conduct are less constrained by constitutional considerations. As explained in the discussion of standing doctrine in Section III.B., the FOMC’s monetary policy does not “regulate” or “govern” private conduct—at least not directly. Monetary policy is executed through trading in government securities and adjustments in the interest rates the Federal Reserve itself pays on bank reserves and short-term borrowing from certain classes of non-bank financial firms. So perhaps it would fit within what at this moment remains an inchoate possible exception to the Gorsuch test for impermissible delegations.

At present, of course, there is no way to know if this distinction is one that Justice Gorsuch means to be significant. If so, there is something peculiar about the outcome: delegation to the FOMC of authority to balance growth and price stability goals for the entire country through massive open market purchases and sales of government debt could be acceptable, while determinations by the War Department under a statutory standard allowing the government to recover “excessive profits” from military contractors during the Second World War might not be.66The excessive profits case is Lichter v. United States, 334 U.S. 742 (1948), criticized by Justice Gorsuch as one in which the “intelligible principle” standard was misleadingly argued as controlling. Gundy, 139 S. Ct. at 2139 n.60 (Gorsuch, J., dissenting). He is unclear as to whether he believes the result to have been incorrect, but the Lichter Court does indeed appear to rely on J.W. Hampton, Lichter, 334 U.S. at 785 (citing J.W. Hampton, Jr. & Co. v. United States, 276 U.S. 394 (1928)), and Justice Gorsuch does not include the case as one that would have been correct under “traditional teachings.”

Still, Justice Gorsuch’s emphasis in Gundy on the delegation doctrine’s role in preserving “liberty” at least mildly supports this reading.67Like other of his conservative colleagues on the Court, Justice Gorsuch seems to regard corporate profits as a “liberty” interest rather than a property interest. He asserts that the non-delegation doctrine springs from the framers’ belief that the “new federal government’s most dangerous power was the power to enact laws restricting the people’s liberty,”68Gundy, 139 S. Ct. at 2134 (Gorsuch, J., dissenting). and that it is “one of the most vital of the procedural protections of individual liberty found in our Constitution.”69Id. at 2145. More importantly, perhaps, this distinction aligns with standing doctrine. As explained later in this Article, plaintiffs challenging the constitutionality of the FOMC have generally been denied standing, at least in part because the FOMC did not take any action specifically and directly affecting them. Similar reasoning might lie behind a delegation doctrine that applied most stringently to rules directly regulating the conduct of citizens.

Finally, it is perhaps worth noting that Congress could, if it were so inclined, legislate a monetary policy goal that would come closer to, if not meet, the embryonic test for permissible delegations set forth by Justice Gorsuch in Gundy. This possibility might affect the disposition of the Court majority associated with that opinion to conclude that current law failed that test. However, as a practical matter, Congress could do so only if it embraced a conservative monetary policy. To see why, it is necessary to understand at least the broad strokes of two longstanding, and sometimes conflated, debates among monetary policy economists and practitioners concerning the desirability of monetary policy rules.

The first is whether a dual mandate is appropriate, as opposed to a single mandate instructing a central bank to pursue price stability. One traditional position in this debate begins from the premise that monetary policy cannot itself expand the productive potential of the economy, which is determined by structural features such as productivity gains and the efficiency of labor markets. Hence, those taking this position argue, central bank attention to employment is at best inefficacious and at worst inflationary. The second debate is whether, assuming that monetary policy should have only a single objective, that objective should be expressed as a quantified benchmark to guide the central bank. In the past, advocates for this position urged the adoption of a target for the growth of the money supply. While a monetary aggregate target is embraced by relatively few contemporary economists and policymakers, there is considerably more support for an inflation target. Indeed, many major central banks have, as a formal matter, only the single mandate of price stability. And some of those are given a quantified inflation target by their governments.70For example, the European Central Bank and the Bank of England have the single mandate of price stability. The Bank of England is given its target by the government, while the European Central Bank can—like the Federal Reserve, set its own target. As a practical matter, there may actually be a good bit of flexibility in their implementation of their mandates, allowing them to take account of growth and employment considerations. See, e.g., David Miles, Inflation, Employment, and Monetary Policy: Objectives and Outcomes in the UK and U.S. Compared, 46 J. Money, Credit & Banking 155, 155 (Supp. II 2014).

Were the Federal Reserve Act amended to establish a single mandate—instructing the FOMC to target, say, 2% inflation—it would fit much more comfortably into Justice Gorsuch’s comments on acceptable delegations. 71In its early years the Federal Reserve did not conduct a monetary policy as we would recognize that function today. Furthermore, in providing an “elastic currency,” the Fed was constrained by the legal obligation created in § 16 of the Federal Reserve Act to convert its notes into gold upon demand. Until President Roosevelt took the United States off the gold standard in 1934, this requirement limited the Federal Reserve’s capacity to create money. Congress would have made the key policy “judgment” that the country should be aiming for 2% inflation. The FOMC, at least in theory, would not need to balance that policy against other policy aims. Instead, it would be doing something closer to Gorsuch’s “executive fact-finding.” Is inflation materially over (or under) 2%? Or, a bit more subtly, are economic conditions such that inflation is likely to deviate significantly from that target in the coming months unless monetary policy is adjusted?

The problem, of course, is that this more confined delegation is possible only if Congress makes the policy decision to elevate a price stability goal above employment and growth goals. But what if Congress takes one of the other sides in the long-running debates over monetary policy? A majority of legislators might, for example, agree with economists who believe that an exclusive focus on price stability may, under some economic conditions, allow hysteresis effects to take hold—that is, the persistent shortfall in aggregate demand will negatively affect the production potential of the economy. As a result, those holding this position believe an insufficiently accommodative monetary policy during recessions may reduce maximum achievable employment over the medium term.72Hysteresis effects occur if a persistent shortfall in aggregate demand negatively affects the production potential of the economy. The hypothesis of hysteresis effects is contrary to the traditional economic view that there is a natural rate of output and unemployment that demand management does not change. The concept is still a contested one in economics, though prominent economists—including a Chair of the Federal Reserve—have suggested that economic performance in the aftermath of the Global Financial Crisis supports it. See Janet L. Yellen, Chair, Fed. Rsrv. Bd., Macroeconomic Research After the Crisis, Remarks at “The Elusive ‘Great’ Recovery: Causes and Implications for Future Business Cycle Dynamics” 60th annual economic conference sponsored by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (Oct. 14, 2016), https://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/yellen20161014a.htm [https://perma.cc/6XUU-VWGL]. For a recent examination of the evidence for hysteresis, see generally Francesco Furlanetto, Antoine Lepetit, Ørjan Robstad, Juan Rubio-Ramírez & Pȧl Ulvedal, Estimating Hysteresis Effects (Divs. of Rsch & Stats. and Monetary Affs. Fed. Rsrv Bd., D.C., Working Paper 2021-059, 2021), https://www.federalreserve.gov/econres/feds/files/2021059pap.pdf [https://perma.cc/GPP5-44J4]. If hysteresis is present, it has important implications for monetary policy:

To the extent that hysteresis is present, it implies that deviations in output from its optimal level are much longer-lasting and thus more costly than usually assumed. The implication is straightforward, namely that monetary policy should react more strongly to output movements, relative to inflation. For example, by being more aggressive early on, this would reduce the increase in unemployment, and by implication, reduce the increase in the number of long term unemployed. It also implies that stabilizing inflation is definitely not the optimal policy: to the extent that an increase in actual unemployment leads to an increase in the natural rate, the unemployment gap, and by implication inflation, will give a misleading signal about the degree of underutilization of resources in the economy.

Olivier Blanchard, Eugenio Cerutti & Lawrence Summers, Inflation and Activity – Two Explorations and Their Monetary Policy Implications (IMF, Working Paper No. WP/15/230, 2015), https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/wp/2015/wp15230.pdf [https://web.archive.org/web/20230413144519/https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/wp/2015/wp15230.pdf].
Similarly, legislators might believe that some inflationary (or disinflationary) bursts have idiosyncratic causes that will abate without leading to sustained upward pressure on overall price levels. Under these circumstances, forcing central banks to raise interest rates to dampen demand and thus relieve inflationary pressures would be unnecessary to maintain price stability, but damaging for short-term employment and growth.

As these two examples illustrate, it would be quite rational for Congress to conclude that a single-minded focus on achieving 2% inflation in all circumstances would be suboptimal policy. Further, Congress might recognize the impracticality of trying to specify in advance all situations in which deviation from the target would be desirable, or of itself revisiting the inflation target whenever economic conditions seem to be changing. But if one formulation of Justice Gorsuch’s limited view of permissible delegations is to be taken at face value, Congress would not be able to delegate this policy preference for balancing higher inflation against higher unemployment within a particular configuration of economic circumstances.73Even a single mandate with a specified inflation target may give a central bank considerable discretion. A central bank can, for example, plausibly indicate that it is focused on medium term price stability, since monetary policy operates only with variable lagged effects on the real economy, some of which are difficult to estimate with precision. A central bank might decide, for example, to begin raising rates even though current inflation is at target (or, conversely, to lower rates even though current inflation is above target). Much depends on the central bank’s analysis of where the economy is headed given current macroeconomic conditions and forces.

B.  Appointment and Removal

There are distinct constitutional issues raised by the structure of the FOMC and its constituent entities—one pertaining to the Board and others to the Reserve Bank presidents. The former is not specific to the Board, since it involves the broader question of whether the Court might abandon nearly ninety years of precedent and find traditional multi-member agencies with for-cause removal protection to be unconstitutional. The other issues, though, are very much specific to the unique status of Reserve Bank presidents in the American administrative landscape. Precisely because the status and role of Reserve Bank presidents differ so much from those of the officials at issue in the Court’s recent appointments and removal cases, the analysis here is necessarily not a straightforward application of the doctrines enunciated in those opinions. But it does not require a bold extrapolation of their analyses to conclude that, in their monetary policy capacity, the presidents are principal officers under the Constitution. If that is the case, the structure of the FOMC is unconstitutional because the Reserve Bank presidents are not nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate.

1.  Removal of Members of the Board of Governors

As with application of the delegation doctrine to monetary policy, the for-cause removal protection afforded members of the Board by the Federal Reserve Act would until recently not have been thought much of an issue at all.74The Federal Reserve Act states that Members of the Board shall serve a fourteen-year term “unless sooner removed for cause” by the President. 12 U.S.C. § 241. This language differs from the “inefficiency, neglect of duty, or malfeasance in office” language used in both the legislation creating the CFPB and in the original Federal Trade Commission Act, which was essentially contemporaneous with the Federal Reserve Act. Federal Trade Commission Act, ch. 311, § 1, 38 Stat. 717, 718 (1914) (codified at 15 U.S.C. § 41 (2018)). Jane Manners and Lev Menand suggest that, if anything, the “for cause” formulation gives the President a somewhat wider scope for removal than does “inefficiency, neglect of duty, or malfeasance in office.” Jane Manners & Lev Menand, The Three Permissions: Presidential Removal and the Statutory Limits of Agency Independence, 121 Colum. L. Rev. 1, 63 n.363 (2021). It seems unlikely that this difference would affect the current Court’s consideration of the issue. Its opinions in Free Enterprise, Seila Law, and Collins v. Yellen have certainly said nothing to suggest so. And perhaps it will prove not to be one. But, just as Justice Gorsuch’s dissent in Gundy raises the possibility that the Court may depart from its longstanding accommodating view of the delegation doctrine, so Chief Justice Roberts’s majority opinion in Seila Law75Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2199 (2020). raises the possibility that the Court may upend the traditional understanding that Humphrey’s Executor v. United States76Humphrey’s Ex’r v. United States, 295 U.S. 602, 620 (1935). This case held constitutional a provision of the Federal Trade Commission Act protecting FTC Commissioners from removal by the President prior to the end of their statutory terms except for “inefficiency, neglect of duty, or malfeasance in office.” Id. (quoting 15 U.S.C. § 41). sanctions for-cause removal protection for principals of independent multi-member agencies such as the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”).

Seila Law involved a constitutional challenge to the structure of the CFPB. Congress established the CFPB with a single director appointed for a five-year term and removable only for cause. In his majority opinion holding this structure unconstitutional, Chief Justice Roberts neither had to, nor did, address directly whether the contemporary form and authority of multi-member independent agencies raise constitutional concerns. In his opinion a decade earlier in Free Enterprise Fund77Free Enter. Fund. v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. 477 (2010). he had simply left Humphrey’s Executor aside.78Id. at 483. In fact, Chief Justice Roberts described Humphrey’s Executor as indicating that the removal power fashioned in Myers v. United States, 272 U.S. 52 (1926), was “not without limit” and “that Congress can, under certain circumstances, create independent agencies run by principal officers appointed by the President, whom the President may not remove at will but only for good cause.” Id. at 479. In Seila Law, however, he went out of his way to characterize that case as an “exception” to the general rule of broad removal authority that he believes Myers v. United States79Myers, 272 U.S. at 127. had created. While he affirmed that “we do not revisit Humphrey’s Executor or any other precedent today,”80Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2198. In his opinions in a case raising the same issue, then-Judge Kavanaugh had also characterized Humphrey’s Executor as an exception to the Myers rule. PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 164 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting); PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 839 F.3d 1, 5 (D.C. Cir. 2016), vacated, 2017 WL 631740 (D.C. Cir. 2017). his opinion suggests that the “exception” it created might be a fairly narrow one. If so, the reach of that precedent may be considerably less than has been widely assumed for decades.

In defining the scope of the Humphrey’s Executor “exception” to the Myers rule, Chief Justice Roberts emphasized what he took to be the narrow reading of the FTC’s authority given by the Court in that case. Specifically, he noted that the Humphrey’s Executor Court described the FTC as possessing legislative and judicial powers, not executive power. He went on to point out that the Court had explicitly abandoned that view in Morrison v. Olson81Morrison v. Olson, 487 U.S. 654, 690 (1988). and left readers to draw the inference that the rationale for Humphrey’s Executor is no longer valid. The Chief Justice further maintained that the Humphrey’s Executor Court had a more circumscribed view of the FTC’s authority than is associated with it (and many other agencies) today.82Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2215 (demonstrating the FTC was understood by the Humphrey’s Executor Court as acting “as a legislative agency in ‘making investigations and reports’ to Congress and ‘as an agency of the judiciary’ in making recommendations to courts as a master in chancery”). The Chief Justice dismissed Justice Kagan’s objection that the FTC in the 1930s actually had more far-reaching powers by stating that “what matters is the set of powers the Court considered as the basis for its decision, not any latent powers that the agency may have had not alluded to by the Court.” Id. at 2200 n.4. Especially since none of this was necessary to decide whether the single-headed CFPB was constitutional, one finishes reading his depiction of the Humphrey’s Executor exception with at least some doubt as to whether it covers the modern-day FTC or other influential agencies.83In his opinion concurring in the non-remedial parts of the Chief Justice’s opinion, Justice Thomas—joined by Justice Gorsuch—said as much: “But with today’s decision, the Court has repudiated almost every aspect of Humphrey’s Executor.” Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2212 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and dissenting in part). Also, in his D.C. Circuit opinions, then-Judge Kavanaugh had noted there was a “strong argument” that independent agencies violate Article II. PHH Corp., 881 F.3d at 179 n.7 (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting); PHH Corp., 839 F.3d at 34 n.15. It was only his understanding (and that of most other people prior to Seila Law) that Humphrey’s Executor established the constitutionality of the traditional independent agencies whose members enjoy for-cause removal protection that forced him—as a lower court judge—to distinguish the CFPB from those agencies.

These doubts are strengthened by the way in which the Chief Justice frames the question of the CFPB’s constitutionality. He quotes some of the broadest statements from Chief Justice Taft’s opinion in Myers on the need for the President to be able to control those executing the laws, in order to fulfill the President’s own duty to see that the laws are faithfully executed.84Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2213. Furthermore, in drawing a sharp contrast between the powers of the CFPB and those of the FTC in the 1930s—or at least those he believes the Myers Court understood the FTC to have—Chief Justice Roberts indirectly suggests there may be constitutional problems with the modern administrative agencies:

[T]he CFPB Director is hardly a mere legislative or judicial aid. Instead of making reports and recommendations to Congress, as the 1935 FTC did, the Director possesses the authority to promulgate binding rules fleshing out 19 federal statutes, including a broad prohibition on unfair and deceptive practices in a major segment of the U.S. economy. And instead of submitting recommended dispositions to an Article III court, the Director may unilaterally issue final decisions awarding legal and equitable relief in administrative adjudications. Finally, the Director’s enforcement authority includes the power to seek daunting monetary penalties against private parties on behalf of the United States in federal court—a quintessentially executive power not considered in Humphrey’s Executor.85Id. at 2200.

Had the Chief Justice wanted only to emphasize the anti-novelty principle86For a review and critique of the apparent view of a Court majority that novelty in a statute implicating federalism or separation of powers concerns is constitutionally suspect, see Leah M. Litman, Debunking Antinovelty, 66 Duke L.J. 1407, 1407 (2017). he had invoked in Free Enterprise, he need not have focused on the authorities of the agency itself, but only their concentration in a single director. It is possible that, in adding this color about the CFPB’s authority, Chief Justice Roberts was simply looking to buttress rhetorically his rather formalistic argument later in the opinion that “[a]side from the sole exception of the Presidency, [the constitutional] structure scrupulously avoids concentrating power in the hands of any single individual.”87Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2202. Indeed, the Chief Justice does not make clear whether Myers principles, novelty, and inconsistency with his political theory of American government are each sufficient grounds for the Seila holding. But, as Justice Thomas observed in his separate opinion, “with today’s decision, the Court has repudiated almost every aspect of Humphrey’s Executor.”88Id. at 2212 (Thomas, J., concurring in part and dissenting in part). Given the Chief Justice’s proclivity for step-by-step, rather than sweeping, undoing of longstanding constitutional doctrine, it is conceivable that in a head-on challenge to a contemporary “multimember body of experts, balanced along partisan lines,”89Id. at 2199 (majority opinion). he would find that the modern FTC does exercise “executive power” and thus falls outside his interpretation of the Humphrey’s Executor “exception.”

While the members of the Board of Governors in their FOMC roles may not exercise these kinds of powers, they (and not the Reserve Bank presidents) have broad statutory authority to regulate banking organizations that, if anything, exceeds the powers of the CFPB described in the above quote.90See Fed. Rsrv. Pub. Educ. & Outreach, supra note 15, at 62–82 (explaining the broad regulatory authority of the Board of Governors). Were the Court to take the step hinted at by Chief Justice Roberts and urged by Justice Thomas, and invalidate for-cause removal protection for the principals of a multi-member agency that exercises executive authority, the Board of Governors would join many other agencies in the crosshairs of ensuing constitutional challenges.91In fact, the Board may not meet one of the other apparent conditions for inclusion in the Humphrey’s Executor exception: It is not by statute “balanced along partisan lines.” Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2189, 2199. Unlike the Federal Trade Commission Act, and many other statutes creating independent Commissions, the Federal Reserve Act does not limit the number of Board members who may be from one party. Even so, the Board has not traditionally been regarded as a partisan agency. Indeed, histories of the Fed recount the unhappiness of various Presidents that the Chairs and Board members whom they had appointed were not following the wishes of the Administration. See, e.g., A. Jerome Clifford, The Independence of the Federal Reserve System 242–45 (1965) (describing that of President Truman); Stephen H. Axilrod, Inside the Fed: Monetary Policy and Its Management, Martin through Greenspan to Bernanke 44 (2009) (describing that of President Johnson); see also Burton A. Abrams, How Richard Nixon Pressured Arthur Burns: Evidence from the Nixon Tapes, 20 J. Econ. Persps. 177, 177 (2006) (describing that of President Nixon).

2.  The Status of Reserve Bank President

Up until the last several years, few would have thought there was even a modicum of doubt about the constitutionality of the delegation of monetary policy under the Federal Reserve Act, or for-cause removal protection afforded the members of the Board. In contrast, at least since the 1935 legislation that established the current structure of the Federal Reserve, both the constitutionality and the policy merits of participation by Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC have periodically become live topics for debate. Various plaintiffs have challenged their constitutional status, although no appellate court has yet reached the merits. (As discussed below, two district courts have). Although some commentators find the analysis and conclusion of unconstitutionality straightforward,92See, e.g., Peter Conti-Brown, The Institutions of Federal Reserve Independence, 32 Yale J. Reg. 257, 300–03 (2015). the unique configuration of the Federal Reserve makes application of structural constitutional precedents developed in other contexts somewhat inexact.

The basic issue, and the complexities attending it, arise from the fact that the Reserve Bank presidents are not employees of the U.S. government. They are hired as chief executives of the congressionally-created but nongovernmental Reserve Banks by the private boards of directors of those Banks.9312 U.S.C. § 341. Following a 2010 amendment to this statutory provision, the three bank directors are excluded from voting on appointing a president. Federal Reserve Act Amendments on Federal Reserve Bank Governance, Pub. L. No. 111-203, title XI, § 1107, 124 Stat. 2126 (2010) (uncodified). Yet five of them vote on the committee to which Congress has delegated monetary policy. For this arrangement to be constitutional, they must either be “officers” of the United States appointed in conformity with Article II requirements or nongovernmental actors whose participation in policymaking can pass muster under the private non-delegation doctrine enunciated in Carter v. Carter Coal.94Carter v. Carter Coal Co., 298 U.S. 238, 292 (1936). As was evident in Department of Transportation v. Association of American Railroads,95Dep’t of Transp. v. Ass’n of Am. R.Rs., 575 U.S. 43, 43 (2015). decided only a decade ago, there is not likely to be much receptivity in the current Court to the latter rationale.

If the Reserve Bank presidents are officers of the United States, they must be appointed by one of the two routes laid out in Article II. Because they are not nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate, they must both qualify as “inferior” officers and be appointed by a “Head of Department.” Because, at least since Edmond v. United States,96Edmond v. United States, 520 U.S. 651, 651 (1997). the determination of whether officers are inferior is bound up with the question of how they can be removed, the constitutional issues pertaining to appointment and removal are closely related.

A good point of reference for considering these questions is a 2019 opinion of the Office of Legal Counsel (“OLC”).97Appointment and Removal of Fed. Rsrv. Bank Members of the Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 43 Op. O.L.C. 1, 1 (2019) [hereinafter 43 Op. O.L.C.], https://www.justice.gov/olc/file/1349721/download [https://perma/cc/44K7-9QB4]. The opinion was occasioned by the introduction of a bill that would have made all Reserve Bank presidents voting members of the FOMC at every meeting. Id. at 1. A subsequent district court opinion addressed some of these issues, but much more briefly and outside the context of the FOMC and monetary policy. See Custodia Bank, Inc. v. Fed. Rsrv. Bd. of Governors, 640 F. Supp. 3d 1169, 1189–93 (D. Wyo. 2022). This opinion, which was occasioned by the introduction of a bill that would have made all Reserve Bank presidents voting members of the FOMC, concluded after careful analysis that the participation of Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC was constitutional because they were inferior officers appointed, and removable, by the Board. As we will see, reaching this conclusion took some doing. Moreover, the Court’s subsequent decisions in Seila Law and Arthrex98United States v. Arthrex, Inc., 141 S. Ct. 1970, 1970 (2021). have arguably attenuated further the weaker links in OLC’s reasoning, though it is difficult to say by how much.

i.  Reserve Bank Presidents as “Officers of the United States”

As the Court itself observed in Lucia v. SEC,99Lucia v. SEC, 138 S. Ct. 2044, 2051 (2018). the standard that an officer of the United States is an official who “exercis[es] significant authority pursuant to the laws of the United States” has not been much developed since it was enunciated in Buckley v. Valeo100Buckley v. Valeo, 424 U.S. 1, 126 (1976) (per curiam), superseded by statute, Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act of 2002, Pub. L. No. 107-155, 116 Stat. 81, as recognized in Ams. for Prosperity v. Grewal, 2019 WL 4855853 (D.N.J. Oct. 2, 2019). A much older case, United States v. Germaine, 99 U.S. 508 (1878), had established that someone must occupy a “continuing,” and not temporary, position in order to be an officer of the United States. Id. at 511–12. OLC quite reasonably concluded that, even though most Reserve Bank presidents serve as voting members of the FOMC for only one year at a time, they still meet the Germaine standard because the voting slots for Reserve Bank presidents are permanent, even though the individuals filling those slots may rotate. 43 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 7. nearly fifty years ago. OLC reasoned that the FOMC meets the Buckley standard because it “sets the government’s monetary policy by ordering open-market transactions on the government’s behalf, which is ‘the most important monetary policy instrument’ of the United States.”101Id. (quoting Fed. Open Mkt. Comm. Fed. Rsrv. Sys. v. Merrill, 443 U.S. 340, 343 (1979)). OLC also cited the FOMC’s power to issue binding rules, a factor that appeared to have influenced the Court in Buckley.102Id. (citing Buckley, 424 U.S. at 141).

On the face of it, conducting monetary policy through the power delegated to the FOMC in the Federal Reserve Act seems an exercise of authority more significant than that possessed by most other officers in the U.S. government. If anything, OLC understated its significance in pointing to the FOMC’s authority to order the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to buy or sell government securities in order to implement monetary policy.103Id. When the Federal Reserve buys Treasuries from the market in order to increase demand and thus lower the interest rate on this risk-free asset, it does not fund the transaction as a private bond trader would—by using existing assets to purchase the bonds. Instead, the Federal Reserve creates the money it uses to buy the bonds through increasing the reserve balances of the correspondent banks of the dealers that sell those bonds. Understood in these terms, the FOMC’s power to order the purchase of bonds is a direct exercise of the sovereign authority to create money.

Are there any countervailing arguments? Perhaps the Court would look differently upon the FOMC because it does not bind private parties in ways comparable to the actions of the tax court judges, administrative law judges, Federal Election Commission members, and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board members who have been treated as officers in previous decisions. Indeed, the rulemaking function of the FOMC cited by OLC mostly binds parts of the Federal Reserve System itself.104See 43 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 7. The FOMC does issue rules governing public access to its proceedings, 12 C.F.R. §§ 271.1–9, but these regulations do not “bind” third parties in the way that the Federal Election Commission’s requirements for reporting of campaign contributions binds those who have received the contributions. While this point does echo a distinction suggested in Justice Gorsuch’s Gundy dissent, there is little in any of the cases just noted to suggest that this distinction makes a difference. Nor do the alternative formulations for determining officer status suggested by the concurring and dissenting Justices in Lucia support such a distinction.105Justice Thomas, joined by Justice Gorsuch, reiterated his far-reaching position that any official “with responsibility for an ongoing statutory duty” is an officer subject the Appointments Clause. Lucia v. SEC, 138 S. Ct. 2044, 2056 (2018) (Thomas, J., concurring) (quoting NLRB v. SW General, Inc., 137 S. Ct. 929, 946 (2017) (Thomas, J., concurring)). That formulation would seem clearly to embrace all members of the FOMC. In dissent, Justice Sotomayor, joined by Justice Ginsburg, proposed refining the “significant authority” test so as to limit the universe of officers to officials with “the ability to make final, binding decisions on behalf of the Government.” Id. at 2065 (Sotomayor, J., dissenting). Narrower though her recommended standard may be, it would still seem to cover the FOMC, which makes the final decision on the open market purchases that influence interest rates. Her contrast of officers with “a person who merely advises and provides recommendations to an officer” surely does not describe Reserve Bank presidents who vote in the FOMC (though it might describe the presidents in the years in which they participate, but are not voting members). Id. It seems likely, then, that the Court would find Reserve Bank presidents to be officers of the United States.

ii.  Inferior or Principal Officers

As is already apparent, there is some uncertainty around how precedents derived in other contexts would be applied by the Court in considering the constitutionality of the Federal Reserve. The question of whether the Reserve Bank presidents are inferior officers is easily the most nettlesome of all, owing both to the idiosyncrasies of the Federal Reserve structure and to the fact that the line of relevant Supreme Court cases has generally involved officials acting in an adjudicatory capacity.106United States v. Arthrex, Inc., 141 S. Ct. 1970, 1982 (2021); Lucia, 138 S. Ct. at 2052; Edmond v. United States, 520 U.S. 651, 663 (1997). OLC references Intercollegiate Broadcasting System, Inc. v. Copyright Royalty Board, 684 F.3d 1332 (D.C. Cir. 2012), in support of its analysis of the status of the Reserve Bank presidents—which also involved an adjudicatory function. 43 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 10. OLC concluded they were, but in doing so appeared to elide some salient considerations. A recent district court case also concluded that a Reserve Bank president was an inferior officer, but outside the monetary policy context. As this section will show, there is a respectable argument that, extending the reasoning of recent opinions by members of the conservative majority, the Reserve Bank presidents are principal officers, at least for purposes of monetary policy.

OLC applied the test put forth by Justice Scalia in the first of those cases, Edmond: an inferior officer is one “whose work is directed and supervised at some level” by an officer who was nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate.107Edmond, 520 U.S. at 662–63. OLC acknowledged that “the FOMC, as a body, has final authority over open-market operations.” But, specifically citing Justice Scalia’s “at some level” language in Edmond, as well as his observation that the “power to remove . . . is a powerful tool for control,”108Id. at 664. OLC relied heavily on the statutory authority of the Board to remove Reserve Bank presidents for its conclusion that they were inferior officers.10943 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 11. OLC characterized the Board’s removal power as “at will.” Id. The relevant language of the Federal Reserve Act is at least slightly ambiguous: “The Board . . . shall be authorized and empowered . . . [t]o suspend or remove any officer or director of any Federal reserve bank, the cause of such removal to be forthwith communicated in writing by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to the removed officer or director and to said bank.” 12 U.S.C. § 248(f). It did not invoke the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act giving the Board broad authority over Federal Reserve Banks,110The Act gives the Board seemingly plenary power to “exercise general supervision over said Federal reserve banks,” 12 U.S.C. § 248(j), as well as specific powers, such as to examine “the accounts, books, and affairs of each Federal reserve bank,” id. § 248(a)(1), and suspend, liquidate or reorganize the banks, id. § 248(h). presumably because the presidents act in a different capacity on the FOMC than as chief executives of their Banks.

Before assessing whether the at-will removal power of the Board is enough to make the presidents inferior officers, we must address the threshold question of whether the Federal Reserve Act actually grants this power. As OLC noted, the same statutory provision that creates the removal authority goes on to require that “the cause of such removal [must] . . . be forthwith communicated in writing by the Board . . . to the removed officer or director and to said bank.”111Id.§ 248(f). The question is whether the requirement to communicate “the cause” should be read to restrict the Board’s discretion, just as it would be if the language paralleled that applicable to the Board— with a specified term of office “unless sooner removed for cause by the President.”112Id. § 242. OLC concluded that it did not, citing four reasons: the meaning of “cause” in the context of a reporting requirement; what OLC characterized as the “default rule that the appointing authority retains plenary removal authority”; the existence of “many statutes” that “parallel” the requirement of a communication of reasons; and the principle of constitutional avoidance.11343 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 11–12.

At the time the opinion was issued, one might have wondered whether OLC’s assertion of the default rule proposition reflected Executive Branch bias toward presidential prerogative. The Court’s subsequent opinion in Seila Law, with its full-throated reaffirmation of much of the Myers reasoning, has certainly strengthened the OLC conclusion. Given that rule, OLC’s related argument of constitutional avoidance seems fairly well-grounded. So too, the Court’s endorsement of that rule strengthens an already plausible argument that a requirement to communicate “the cause” does not carry the term-of-art meaning of “for cause” elsewhere in the statute. So, the OLC’s conclusion that clear statutory language will be required by the current Court before it recognizes “for-cause” protection seems a reasonable prediction.114Less supportive of its conclusion are the other statutes cited by OLC, insofar as they do not use the term “cause” at all. Instead, they require that in removing the officer in question, the President communicate the “reasons for any such removal” to Congress. The statutes cited by OLC are Director of Operational Test and Evaluation in the Defense Department, 10 U.S.C. § 139(a)(1); Inspector General of the State Department, 22 U.S.C. § 3929; and Archivist of the United States, 44 U.S.C. § 2103(a). The three statutes use the same formulation: “The [Officer] may be removed from office by the President. The President shall communicate the reasons for any such removal to” either “both Houses” or “each House” of Congress. These cases do not contradict the OLC conclusion, but they do not support it either. Additionally, the only court to have considered the issue read the Federal Reserve Act as providing for-cause removal protection for the presidents. Melcher v. Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 644 F. Supp. 510, 511 (D.D.C. 1986), aff’d on other grounds, Melcher v. Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 836 F.2d 561, 561 (D.C. Cir. 1987). However, the persuasiveness of that opinion is questionable, both because its judgment was upheld by the Court of Appeals on other grounds and because the district court never addressed the fact that “cause” was used in a reporting context, rather than explicitly as a qualification on removal. The Court reasoned as follows:

The statutes governing the FOMC contain no suggestion that the Governors may supervise or otherwise influence the policy choices of the Reserve Bank members. Similarly, not even a hint of a suggestion exists that the power of the Board of Governors to remove officers of the Federal Reserve Banks was meant to be used by the Board to influence the votes of those officers who sit with them as members of the FOMC. To the contrary, the power of removal granted by 12 U.S.C. § 248(f) was to facilitate only the suspension or removal of Federal Reserve Bank officers for cause, a mechanism undoubtedly meant to encompass such infractions as misfeasance in office, but not a policy disagreement.

Melcher, 644 F.Supp. at 519–20.

Turning back to the inferior vs. principal officer issue, it is not obvious that a principal’s removal power is always sufficient to establish inferior status. While Justice Scalia’s majority opinion in Edmond clearly elevated the “directed and supervised” standard above other factors that had been considered in past cases, it did not specify that the removal power was dispositive. The Coast Guard judges at issue in that case were removable by the Judge Advocate General, though not in an effort to change the outcome in any specific case, and Justice Scalia noted the importance of that fact.115Edmond v. United States, 520 U.S. 651, 664 (1997) (citing 10 U.S.C. § 866(f)). He went on to cite two other ways in which the work of the judges was “directed and supervised.” One was that the Judge Advocate General set the rules of procedure and formulated policies for reviews of court-martial cases.116Id. at 664. The other was that the judges had “no power to render a final decision on behalf of the United States” because of an explicit, if somewhat complicated, system of review within the military justice system.117Id. at 665.

The inference one might draw from Edmond that removability alone may not be enough was modestly strengthened by the Court’s ruling in Free Enterprise Fund. There the Court ruled that the members of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board were inferior officers both because it had invalidated their for-cause removal protection and because of “the Commission’s other oversight authority.”118Free Enter. Fund. v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. 477, 510 (2010).

The importance of one of Justice Scalia’s other factors for determining inferior status—the inability to “render a final decision on behalf of the United States”—has increased following the Court’s decision in Arthrex, which came nearly two years after the OLC opinion. It was precisely the “unreviewable authority wielded by [Administrative Patent Judges]” that the Court found “incompatible with their appointment by the Secretary to an inferior office.”119United States v. Arthrex, Inc., 141 S. Ct. 1970, 1985 (2021). The removal authority of the relevant principal officer was more circumscribed than in Edmond: while Administrative Patent Judges (“APJs”) could be removed from serving on future review panels, they had for-cause protection from being fired from federal service entirely.120Id. at 1982. It is not clear whether the Court would have found an unrestricted removal authority enough to offset the fact that the agency principal would still have had “no means of countermanding the final decision already on the books.”121Id. But Chief Justice Roberts’s choice of remedy suggests it would not have ruled differently. Rather than making the power to remove APJs explicitly plenary, the Court required that—contrary to the statutory scheme—the Director of the Patent and Trademark Office (the relevant principal officer) have discretion to review every decision made by the APJs.122Id. at 1986–88.

Perhaps because the Court was so closely divided, Chief Justice Roberts made clear that “we do not address supervision outside the context of adjudication.”123Id. at 1986. How much weight attaches to any part of Chief Justice Roberts’s opinion in Arthrex remains to be seen. The Court was split 5-4 on both the merits and the remedy, with the Chief Justice the sole affirmative vote for both parts of his opinion. This remark underscores the uncertainty as to how the Court might apply principles developed in an adjudicatory context to other kinds of officers. Still, it helps identify the part of the OLC opinion that was necessarily the most speculative. OLC was aware of the difference in functions between FOMC members and the officials in prior cases. It “recognize[d] that Reserve Bank FOMC members have voting power on a body that is empowered to make final decisions on behalf of the federal government.”12443 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 13. In opining that they were nonetheless inferior officers, OLC doubled down on its removal argument: “The Board’s ability to supervise Reserve Bank FOMC members through the removal authority means that Reserve Bank members would have remained inferior officers, even if H.R. 6741 had made them a majority on the FOMC.”125Id.

In support of its conclusion, OLC cited a 2012 Court of Appeals case that, like Edmond and Arthrex, involved an adjudicatory function. In Intercollegiate Broadcasting System, Inc. v. Copyright Royalty Board, the D.C. Circuit had ruled that “[w]ith unfettered removal power, the Librarian [of Congress] will have the direct ability to ‘direct,’ ‘supervise,’ and exert some ‘control’ over the Judges’ decisions,” even though “individual CRJ decisions will still not be directly reversible.”126Intercollegiate Broad. Sys., Inc. v. Copyright Royalty Bd., 684 F.3d 1332, 1341 (D.C. Cir. 2012) (citing to Edmond v. United States, 520 U.S. at 651, 662–64 (1997)). Whether this precedent remains a good one after Arthrex is at least questionable (again, the apparently dissimilar removal powers in the two cases leaves us without a clear answer). Even before Arthrex was decided, however, Intercollegiate would have been less than a complete answer to the “directed and controlled” issue in the significantly different context of the FOMC—one in which supposed inferior officers vote for final government decisions on the same committee with principal officers.

For similar reasons, a district court’s recent holding in Custodia Bank, Inc. v. Federal Reserve Board of Governors127Custodia Bank, Inc. v. Fed. Rsrv. Bd. of Governors, 640 F. Supp. 3d 1169, 1176–77 (D. Wyo. 2022). that a Reserve Bank president is an inferior officer provides at best limited support for the OLC conclusion. This case involved not monetary policy, but a determination by the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City not to grant a “master account” at the Federal Reserve to a financial institution.128Id. at 1180–81. An account of this sort is necessary for a financial institution to access the payments system, and certain other services, operated by the Federal Reserve. See Marc Labonte, Cong. Rsch. Serv., IN12031, Federal Reserve: Master Accounts and the Payment System (2022), https://crsreports.congress.gov/product/pdf/IN/IN12031 [https://perma.cc/6YP8-KMAG]. Although the Court’s analysis was brief,129For example, the Court did not explicitly address the implications of Arthrex for its conclusion, despite the fact that both sides briefed the point. Defendant Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s Memorandum of Points and Authorities in Support of its Motion to Dismiss at 43–45, Custodia Bank, Inc., v. Fed. Rsrv. Bd. of Governors, 640 F. Supp. 3d 1169 (D. Wyo, 2022) (No. 1:22-CV-00125-SWS) [hereinafter Board of Governors Motion to Dismiss]; Omnibus Memorandum in Opposition to Defendants’ Motions to Dismiss Plaintiff’s Complaint, Custodia Bank, Inc., v. Fed. Rsrv. Bd. of Governors, 640 F. Supp. 3d 1169 (D. Wyo. 2022) (No. 1:22-CV-00125-SWS). it referred both to the Board’s appointment and removal powers and to its statutory authority to “exercise general supervision over [the] Federal reserve banks.”130Custodia Bank, 640 F. Supp. 3d, at 1192 (citing 12 U.S.C. §§ 248 (a), (f), (j)). Moreover, elsewhere in its opinion, the Court had concluded that the Board was properly a defendant in the case because Custodia had plausibly alleged that the Board had “participated in or interfered with the consideration and decision of Custodia’s master account application.”131Id. at 1181. It appears, then, that the Court was under the impression that the Board’s actual influence over the Reserve Bank’s decision extended beyond its removal power.

Stepping back for a moment from the doctrine that has evolved in the cases just discussed, one is struck by the oddness of the relationship between members of the Board and Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC that is implicit in the OLC opinion: If the Board does not like the positions taken on monetary policy by one or more presidents, it can replace those presidents. Through the exercise of this power, or the threat of its exercise, the Board thereby provides the direction and control necessary to satisfy the Edmond standard. To accept this view, one would have to believe that when Congress created the FOMC in 1933, its allocation of five votes to Reserve Bank presidents was more or less for show.132For a discussion of the impact of, and possible motivations for, the change, see Clifford, supra note 91, at 131–35 (explaining that the creation of FOMC meant to enhance status of Reserve Bank presidents as against their Boards of Directors, and the powers of the Board, but not to displace the Federal Reserve’s attribute of group authority). Yet there is nothing in the historical record suggesting such an intent. Nor, in contrast to the Board’s posture towards Reserve Banks with respect to non-monetary policy issues,133My experience while on the Board was that, on essentially any non-monetary policy issue, the Board believed it had the authority to provide both generally applicable guidelines for the Reserve Banks and direction on specific matters. An example of the former is the Board’s response to controversy over the securities trading activities of certain Reserve Bank presidents: the Board adopted a set of conflict of interest rules applicable to the presidents. Nick Timiraos & Michael S. Derby, Fed Imposes New Restrictions on Officials’ Investment Activities, Wall. St. J. (Oct. 21, 2021, 6:07 PM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/fed-imposes-new-restrictions-on-officials-investment-activities-11634839207 [https://perma.cc/XD84-RBQW]. An alleged, publicly known, example of the latter is found in another suit by a financial institution seeking a master account. The plaintiff explicitly alleged that its application had been denied at the specific direction of Chair Powell. See Complaint at 3, TNB USA, Inc. v. Fed. Rsrv. Bank of New York, 2020 WL 1445806 (S.D.N.Y. 20202) (No. 11:8-CV-07978). is there anything in Federal Reserve practice during the ensuing ninety years to support the view that Reserve Bank presidents are answerable to the Board for their votes on monetary policy. Of course, when the Court starts operating under the rubric of the constitutional avoidance doctrine, it may reshape statutes in ways surely not contemplated when they were passed.134See Neal Kumar Katyal & Thomas P. Schmidt, Active Avoidance: The Modern Supreme Court and Legal Change, 128 Harv. L. Rev., 2109, 2129–53 (2015). But OLC does not appear to be relying on the constitutional avoidance doctrine to conclude that the Board must have supervisory power over the monetary policies of Reserve Bank presidents.135Elsewhere in its opinion, OLC explicitly invokes the constitutional avoidance doctrine. See infra Section II.B.2.iv. Moreover, even if we accept this view of the statutory relationship between the Board and the presidents, there may still be constitutional problems.

The votes of Reserve Bank presidents have not come close to determining outcomes on the FOMC in the last thirty years. If the Board is at full strength and of one mind on monetary policy, even a solid bloc of Reserve Bank presidents would be outvoted 7-5. True, for several periods in recent years, the Board has had as few as four Members. Even in such circumstances, however, a prevailing coalition of Reserve Bank presidents has never seemed even a remote possibility. For one thing, there have been only two dissenting votes cast by Members of the Board in the twenty years since the FOMC began announcing its rollcall vote immediately following its meetings.136Information on FOMC dissents is maintained in tabular form by the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. Daniel L. Thornton & David C. Wheelock, Making Sense of Dissents: A History of FOMC Dissents (2014), https://view.officeapps.live.com/op/view.aspx?src=https%3A%2F%2Ffiles.stlouisfed.org%2Ffiles%2Fhtdocs%2Fpublications%2Freview%2F2014%2Fq3%2FData_Appendix_Thornton_Wheelock_Dissents.xlsx&wdOrigin=BROWSELINK [https://perma.cc/EL5H-YM3R]. This change was one of many transparency measures instituted by Alan Greenspan during his lengthy tenure as Chair. My suspicion is that the greater transparency has modestly increased the threshold of disagreement that a Board Member would need to feel before dissenting from the Chair’s proposed policy decision. Especially after a prolonged period of Board unanimity—no Board Member has dissented since 2005—a dissent would itself become a big part of the story after an FOMC meeting. With the advent of another transparency measure—this one introduced by Chair Bernanke—of press conferences following FOMC meetings, a dissent by a Board member would surely become a major topic at the Chair’s press conference. Since communication is now itself regarded as an important tool of monetary policy, the resulting muddying of the waters around the Board’s views could be counterproductive, even from the perspective of a Board Member who would have preferred a different outcome. As recounted in Ben Bernanke’s reminiscence on his years as Chair, there are sometimes still quite significant differences of view among Board members. See Ben S. Bernanke, The Courage to Act 539–46 (2015). But Chair Powell and his two immediate predecessors have all taken pains to accommodate differences in forging an eventual consensus position. For another, the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has traditionally been Vice-Chair of the FOMC and, in that capacity, has worked closely with the Chair in the so-called “troika,” which formulates the proposed monetary policy action prior to each FOMC meeting.137The third member of the troika is the Vice Chair of the Board. The troika is not an official entity. At times the Chair has invited a fourth FOMC member to participate in these preparatory meetings—most recently, Chair Jerome Powell invited then-Governor Lael Brainard to join those meetings. See Nick Timiraos, Trillion Dollar Triage: How Jay Powell and the Fed Battled a President and a Pandemic—and Prevented Economic Disaster 54 (2022). Finally, as a group Reserve Bank presidents tend to have more divergent views than Board members, and thus the odds of all five voters taking the same dissonant position are low.

However, the opinions in Free Enterprise Fund, Seila Law, and Arthrex suggest that a majority of current Justices is largely uninterested in the ways in which agencies have actually functioned. Led by Chief Justice Roberts, they have focused more on theoretically possible outcomes within the structures Congress has created. In Seila Law, Roberts invoked the possibility that a single director might be less responsive to the President than a multi-member Board as part of the justification for striking down the for-cause removal protection that Congress had granted the Director of the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau. And in both Free Enterprise Fund and Arthrex he rejected arguments from dissenting Justices that the relevant principal officers had effective, though not direct, control over the decisions of officers who had not been nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate. Here, there are certainly theoretical possibilities for Reserve Bank presidents to determine the outcome of an FOMC vote. Moreover, there were at least half a dozen votes in the period 1960–1988 in which the votes of Reserve Bank presidents were significant, including one in which those votes produced a different outcome from that which would have been reached had only Board members been voters.

The first possibility has already been mentioned: a Board at less than full strength may be outvoted by the bloc of five Reserve Bank presidents at an FOMC meeting. Under OLC’s account of the Board’s control over the “inferior” presidents, the Board could respond by removing some or all of the presidents, who would be replaced as voters by the previously designated alternates.138Under current practice, the alternatives in any given year would be four other Reserve Bank presidents and the first vice president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Then the Chair could call a special FOMC meeting at which the Board’s original monetary policy preference could be adopted. If all the alternates proved recalcitrant, the Board could then remove them. Because the Federal Reserve Act specifies that only presidents and first vice presidents can represent the Reserve Banks on the FOMC,13912 U.S.C. § 263(a). at some point there would be no eligible alternates remaining and the Board would outnumber the Reserve Bank presidents.

The foregoing scenario is no way to run a central bank. The FOMC personnel drama would consume financial markets. The projection of a solid institutional footing, on which central banks rely for their credibility, would at least for a time be undermined, with potentially deleterious effects on the achievement of monetary policy aims. How would the Court assess the prospect of such a situation (fanciful as one hopes it will remain)? Perhaps the Court would find the confusion resulting from this sequence of events, coupled with the delay in implementing the Board’s preferred action, analogous to the impact of a decision by the APJs in Arthrex. That is, there would have been a final action taken on behalf of the United States that would have consequences that could not be completely undone by subsequent dismissal of the inferior officers involved. Alternatively, because the impact of the FOMC struggle would not fall on identifiable actors (such as patent holders), the Court might worry less about infringements on “liberty,” and accept the plenary removal power of the Board as adequate to establish the inferior officer status of Reserve Bank presidents. That is, the removal power might be found in this context to meet the Edmond standard of direction and supervision “at some level.”140Edmond v. United States, 520 U.S. 651, 663 (1997).

A second possible situation in which Reserve Bank votes could be determinative is where a monetary policy action favored by a majority, but not all, of the Board did not prevail because of the votes of Reserve Bank presidents. In a sense, the circumstances of this second situation present a variation on the first. As a matter of legal authority, the same majority favoring a different monetary policy action could remove one or more presidents who had taken the opposite position. If the Chair was in the minority of Board members (but the majority of the FOMC), the organizational complications in achieving this outcome could be substantial, with potential negative effects on financial markets. But, if the dissenting Board members held their ground, eventually they would probably prevail.

A third possible situation seems harder to resolve through use of the Board’s removal authority. Suppose the Board is one short of its full complement, and the Members are split 3-3 on whether to raise rates. If three or more of the Reserve Bank presidents vote to raise rates, a majority of the FOMC will have voted to raise the target federal funds rate. If only the votes of the Board Members (principal officers) counted, the target rate would remain the same. Unlike the prior hypothesized situations, the policy outcome that would have prevailed if only Board Members voted may not be achievable through use of the removal power, since the evenly divided Board could deadlock on removing the presidents who favored the rate increase.

As mentioned earlier, this last scenario is not entirely hypothetical. There are at least two instances in Federal Reserve history when the votes of Reserve Bank presidents resulted in a change of policy for which there was not majority support on the Board. At the June 1988 FOMC meeting, the Board had six Members, rather than its full complement of seven. They split evenly on whether to tighten monetary policy conditions, the position favored by Chairman Greenspan. Had only the presidentially appointed members of the FOMC been voting, the deadlock would have meant no change in policy. But because all five Reserve Bank voting members sided with the Chairman, the outcome was an 8-3 vote to tighten.141Press Release, Federal Rsrv. Bd. & Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., Record of Policy Actions of the Federal Open Market Committee (Aug. 19, 1988), https://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/files/fomcropa19880630.pdf [https://perma.cc/KS3Y-8TV3]. At the December 1961 FOMC meeting, four of the Board’s seven Members dissented from the position favored by Chairman Martin, which nonetheless prevailed because of the Reserve Bank presidents’ votes. This situation was unlike that in my second hypothetical scenario, because the four dissenting Board members had three different views—one for greater tightening of policy than the FOMC majority had voted, two who opposed any tightening, and one who disagreed with the means chosen to implement the less accommodative policy.142Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Rsrv. Sys., Forty-Eighth Annual Report of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Covering Operations for the Year 1961, 89–91, https://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/files/fomcropa19611219.pdf [https://perma.cc/TB4E-8FB7]. The last-mentioned dissenter had disagreed with the specific Treasury security whose interest rate the Committee instructed the Fed’s market operations to target.

Whatever the Court’s views of the other situations, this last possibility would presumably be more troubling. The closest thing we have to a relevant view from a member of the current Court supports that inference. Justice Alito, concurring in Department of Transportation v. Association of American Railroads,143Dep’t of Transp. v. Ass’n of Am. R.Rs., 575 U.S. 43, 57 (2015) (Alito, J., concurring). considered various constitutional issues that would need to be addressed following the Court’s unanimous decision that Amtrak was a governmental entity.144Writing for the Court, Justice Kennedy briefly noted the issues, which were to be considered by the Court of Appeals on remand. Id. at 55–56. As it happened, the D.C. Circuit did not reach the issue of interest here, having decided the case on other grounds. Ass’n of Am. R.Rs. v. U.S. Dep’t. of Transp., 821 F.3d 19, 23 (D.C. Cir. 2016), vacated, Ass’n of Am. RRs. v. U.S. Dep’t of Transp., WL 6209642 (D.D.C. Mar. 23, 2017). Among these was whether the manner of selecting Amtrak’s president ran afoul of the Appointments Clause. Eight members of Amtrak’s board were presidentially appointed and Senate confirmed. They chose the president, who became ex officio the ninth member of the Board. The president served at the pleasure of the Board.145Ass’n of Am. R.Rs., 575 U.S. at 65 (Alito, J., concurring).

Although he did not reach any definitive conclusions, Justice Alito clearly found the arrangement constitutionally suspect:

It would seem to follow that because agency heads must be principal officers, every member of a multimember body heading an agency must also be a principal officer. After all, every member of a multimember body could cast the deciding vote with respect to a particular decision. One would think that anyone who has the unilateral authority to tip a final decision one way or the other cannot be an inferior officer.146Id.

Dismissing the government’s argument that the president serves only at the pleasure of the other members of the Amtrak board, Justice Alito said “it makes no sense to think that the side with which the president agrees will demand his removal.”147Id. It is hard to know how Justice Alito would parse the FOMC. As already noted, interest rate increases are not regulatory, at least in a direct sense, and thus perhaps not the threat to “liberty” perceived by the conservative members of the Court to lurk in every administrative regulatory action.148Indeed, Justice Alito began his concurring opinion in the Amtrak case with the now customary invocation of liberty. Id. at 57. On the other hand, nothing in the logic of Justice Alito’s comment that every member of a multimember body heading an agency must be a principal officer suggests that this principle is limited to agencies that directly regulate nongovernmental individuals or entities.149There might even be a better argument for the Amtrak president’s manner of selection and presence on its board of directors than for the presence of Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC. When Congress created that governance arrangement, which was designed for what was supposed to be a profitably run government corporation, it was apparently following practice at most public corporations, where non-executive directors select the chief executive officer, who is then placed on the board. In contrast, while the Reserve Bank presidents are also chief executive officers, their participation on the FOMC is not a managerial function; it is pure policymaking. Interestingly, OLC followed a logic similar to that of Justice Alito in concluding that the Reserve Bank presidents must be officers to serve on the FOMC: “[T]he officer status of some members does not turn on the presence of others who may outvote them.” 43 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 8. As discussed in the text, however, OLC did not follow this logic in evaluating whether the presidents needed to be principal officers. Id.

iii.  Article II Requirements for Appointment of Inferior Officers

Assuming Reserve Bank presidents are inferior officers, there remains the question whether their appointments conform to Article II requirements. Free Enterprise confirmed that the “Head” of a Department may be a multi-member board or commission, so it is clearly acceptable for the Board to appoint the inferior members of the FOMC.150Free Enter. Fund. v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. 477, 512–13 (2010). There are two additional issues. First, the Board does not appoint the presidents directly; it approves selections made by the boards of directors of the Reserve Banks. Second, that approval is for the individuals appointed to be presidents of the Reserve Banks, not members of the FOMC. Under the Federal Reserve Act, the boards of directors of the Reserve Banks each year select the representatives of the Reserve Banks who will be voting members of the FOMC, with no requirement for approval by the Board of Governors.151See 12 U.S.C. § 263(a).

OLC disposed of both issues in concluding that the appointment of the presidents to the FOMC was consistent with Article II requirements. To deal with the fact that the Board approves—rather than directly makes—the selections of the Reserve Bank boards, OLC cited a 19th century case, United States v. Hartwell.15243 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 14 (citing United States v. Hartwell, 73 U.S. 385, 393–94 (1867)). In Hartwell, which was favorably cited in a footnote in Free Enterprise Fund,153Free Enter. Fund, 561 U.S. at 512 n.13. OLC also cited to a line of Attorney General opinions predating Hartwell that had reached a similar conclusion. 43 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 14–15. the Court ruled that a clerk in the office of the assistant Treasurer of the United States was a validly appointed officer, even though he had been selected by the assistant Treasurer with the “approbation” of the Secretary of the Treasury.154Hartwell, 73 U.S. at 392–93. OLC further noted that the Board appoints the Class C directors of the Reserve Banks (one of whom is designated as the chair), and has the power to dismiss the directors of all three classes.15543 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 16 (citing 12 U.S.C. § 305 and 12 U.S.C. § 248(f)). OLC reasoned that “the Board could indefinitely reject proposed candidates until the directors propose Reserve Bank presidents to the Board’s liking.”156Id. Indeed, it appears as though the Board could even short circuit that potentially lengthy process by dismissing any Class B director who was unwilling to appoint a president satisfactory to the Board and, if necessary, appointing new Class C directors, who for at least a brief time could be the only members of the Board eligible to select the president.

As to the fact that the Board’s approval authority is for selection of individuals in their roles as presidents of Reserve Banks, rather than for participation on the FOMC as such, OLC again relied on a 19th century decision whose authority has been reaffirmed in a modern case. In Shoemaker v. United States,157Shoemaker v. United States, 147 U.S. 282, 300–01 (1893). the Court ruled that Congress could place the holders of two existing offices requiring Senate confirmation on a newly created commission without the incumbents having to go through another nomination and confirmation process. The test adopted by the Court was whether the “additional duties” were “germane to the offices already held by them.”158Id. at 301. Applying this test to the Chief of Engineers of the U.S. Army and the Engineer Commissioner of the District of Columbia, the Court found that the duties of their original offices were indeed germane to sitting on a commission charged with creating what is now Rock Creek Park in Washington, D.C.159Id.

Weiss v. United States, a 1994 case considering whether commissioned military officers could be appointed as military judges without a new Article II appointment, applied the Shoemaker germaneness test.160Weiss v. United States, 510 U.S. 163, 175 (1994). The majority opinion distinguished the case from Shoemaker on the ground that Congress had clearly not tried to “both create an office and also select a particular individual to fill the office.” Id. at 174. However, the Court went on to apply the germaneness test and found it satisfied. Id. at 177. In a concurring opinion, Justice Scalia explained the rationale for the test:

Violation of the Appointments Clause occurs not only when (as in Shoemaker) Congress may be aggrandizing itself (by effectively appropriating the appointment power over the officer exercising the new duties), but also when Congress, without aggrandizing itself, effectively lodges appointment power in any person other than those whom the Constitution specifies. Thus, “germaneness” is relevant whenever Congress gives power to confer new duties to anyone other than the few potential recipients of the appointment power specified in the Appointments Clause—i.e., the President, the Courts of Law, and Heads of Departments.161Id. at 196 (Scalia, J., concurring) (emphasis omitted).

Insofar as Justice Scalia’s concerns extended beyond the potential for congressional aggrandizement, they foreshadow the Court’s construction of the President’s removal power in Free Enterprise Fund, and thus better reflect the contemporary approach to these structural Constitutional issues.

Even with this more expansive view of the germaneness test, the selection by Reserve Bank boards of the presidents who will vote on the FOMC seems to pass muster. As OLC reasoned, “[I]n approving the selection of Reserve Bank presidents to their positions, the Board of Governors has implicitly concluded that the presidents would be competent to serve on the FOMC.”16243 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 17. Indeed, the Federal Reserve Act explicitly ties the two roles together. The Board is fully aware that, in approving Reserve Bank presidents, they are effectively deciding who will be sitting around the table at FOMC meetings.

iv.  Removal of Presidents by Reserve Bank Boards

Unless one reads as a limitation the requirement that the Board notify a president of its reasons for exercising its power of removal, the Board has the plenary removal authority that is consistent with inferior officer status of the presidents. But OLC pointed out that the boards of directors of the Reserve Banks also have statutory authority to remove presidents whose appointments have been approved by the Board.163Id. at 11. The statutory provision is included among the enumerated powers of the Reserve Banks: “To appoint by its board of directors a president, vice presidents, and such officers and employees as are not otherwise provided for in this chapter, to define their duties . . . and to dismiss at pleasure such officers or employees.” 12 U.S.C. § 341. This is the one feature of the Federal Reserve structure that OLC assessed to be unconstitutional.16443 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 21.

In reaching this conclusion, OLC cited Myers v. United States for the proposition that “the power to remove inferior officers is . . . ‘an incident of the power to appoint them.’ ”165Id. at 20 (citing Myers v. United States, 272 U.S. 52, 161 (1926)). But Myers involved a statute requiring congressional approval before the President could remove a postmaster. Even a broad reading of that case does not directly support the OLC conclusion, since there is no question the Board can remove a Reserve Bank president on its own. Doubtless for this reason, OLC relied more on its own prior opinions involving removals of officers by actors other than those with the Constitutional power to appoint them.166Id. However, in asserting that “a delegation [of the power to remove a Reserve Bank president] would improperly diffuse accountability for the supervision of inferior officers,”167Id. at 21. OLC did reflect a concern that has been featured in the Court’s recent decisions. It cited Chief Justice Roberts’s complaint in Free Enterprise Fund that “[t]he diffusion of power carries with it a diffusion of accountability.”168Id. at 20 (quoting Free Enter. Fund. v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. 477, 497 (2010)). Though preceding Arthrex, OLC foreshadowed the Chief Justice’s emphasis there on the “chain of command” from the president,169United States v. Arthrex, Inc., 141 S. Ct. 1970, 1979 (2021). in whom—according to a majority of the current Court—an indivisible and complete executive power of the United States was lodged by the Constitution.

OLC apparently resolved this issue by invoking the constitutional avoidance doctrine and then reading the statutory provision giving Reserve Bank boards the power of removal as requiring the approval of the Board before exercising that authority.17043 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 21. I say “apparently” because, although OLC cited to a well-known case in which the Court applied that doctrine,171Id. (citing Edward J. DeBartolo Corp. v. Fla. Gulf Coast Trades Council, 485 U.S. 568, 575 (1988)). it also pointed out that “all classes of directors are subservient to the Board of Governors,”172Id. because of the Board’s power to remove those directors and its general supervision of Reserve Banks. OLC reasoned that the Board could, accordingly, require the Reserve Bank boards to seek approval before dismissing a president.173Id. at 21–22.

Given that these powers of the Board are explicitly set forth in the Federal Reserve Act, it is unclear why OLC felt it needed to give the directors’ removal authority provision a reading arguably inconsistent with its plain language. The alternative would have been for OLC to follow the course it did in considering the appointments process, where it emphasized that the Board could repeatedly reject individuals suggested by a Reserve Bank board until the latter sent the Board a name it liked.174See supra note 156 and accompanying text. Here, OLC could have noted that the Board’s authority to dismiss directors (and directly appoint the Class C directors) means that the Board could effectively reverse any decision by a Reserve Bank board to dismiss a president.

v.  Reserve Bank Presidents as Private Actors

Until the recent Custodia Bank case, the only court opinion addressing the merits of the constitutional status of the Reserve Bank presidents was the 1986 district court decision in Melcher v. Federal Open Market Committee.175Melcher v. Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 644 F. Supp. 510, 510 (D.D.C. 1986), aff’d on other grounds, Melcher v. Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 836 F.2d 561 (D.C. Cir. 1987). The D.C. Circuit Court affirmed on procedural grounds, leaving Judge Greene’s opinion on the merits neither validated nor rejected.176Melcher, 836 F.2d at 565. Judge Greene’s view that the authority granted Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC was a permissible delegation to private actors seems unlikely to find favor in today’s Court.177OLC expressly disagreed with Judge Greene’s reasoning. 43 Op. O.L.C., supra note 97, at 7. His opinion is nonetheless instructive in thinking about both the constitutional arguments considered in the preceding subsections and the reasons why the Supreme Court might decline to find the structure of the FOMC unconstitutional even if the logic of its recent decisions tends toward that conclusion.

Judge Greene’s conclusion rested principally on two grounds. One was his textual observation that the Appointments Clause “governs the selection of public officers—it says nothing about the exercise of public power by private persons.”178Melcher, 644 F. Supp. at 521. The other, to which I will return in closing my discussion of the status of the presidents, was that “the lessons of history . . . militate strongly against a conclusion that would rigidly exclude the private members from the FOMC.”179Id.

The first point, while literally true, elided the question of whether someone acting in an effective government capacity should be treated as an “officer of the United States” for Appointments Clause purposes.180See id. A decade before Judge Greene’s opinion, Buckley had set forth the “significant authority pursuant to the laws of the United States” test. Buckley v. Valeo, 424 U.S. 1, 126 (1976) (per curiam), superseded by statute, Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act of 2002, Pub. L. No. 107-155, 116 Stat. 81, as recognized in Ams. for Prosperity v. Grewal, 2019 WL 4855853 (D.N.J. Oct. 2, 2019). It also ignored the doctrine enunciated, if not especially well explained, in Carter Coal, which had found a delegation of federal governmental authority to private parties to be unconstitutional.181Carter v. Carter Coal Co., 298 U.S. 238, 278 (1936). Judge Greene may, in fact, have had Carter Coal in mind when he observed later in his opinion that the five Reserve Bank presidents did not have the “decisive voice” on the FOMC. Melcher, 644 F. Supp. at 523. That comment may have been an implicit allusion to a line of cases following Carter Coal that had countenanced private involvement in government decisions so long as the governmental actors had the final say. For a description of these cases, see Gillian E. Metzger, Privatization as Delegation, 103 Colum. L. Rev. 1367, 1437–45 (2003). There are unusual circumstances in which the Reserve Bank presidents could have the decisive vote(s) on an FOMC decision.

Subsequent judicial developments have further undermined the consistency of Judge Greene’s reasoning with the Court’s views. One is the persistent emphasis in structural constitutional cases over the last thirty years on the accountability of those exercising any form of executive power in the U.S. government. The other, consistent with that emphasis, is the Roberts Court’s conclusion in two cases that even entities and individuals specified as “private” by Congress can be considered parts of the government for Constitutional purposes.182See, e.g., Free Enter. Fund v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. 477, 485–86, 495–96 (2010) (“Despite the provisions specifying that Board members are not Government officials for statutory purposes, the parties agree that the Board is ‘part of the Government’ for constitutional purposes . . . and that its members are ‘Officers of the United States’ who ‘exercis[e] significant authority pursuant to the laws of the United States.’ ”) (citations omitted); see also Dep’t of Transp. v. Ass’n of Am. R.Rs., 575 U.S. 43, 55 (2015) (“[Despite] Congress’ disclaimer of Amtrak’s governmental status . . . Amtrak is a governmental entity, not a private one, for purposes of determining the constitutional issues presented in this case.”). Although the features of the Reserve Banks and their presidents might be distinguished from those of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and Amtrak—the entities at issue in those cases—the basic logic applies: entities and individuals whose positions have been created by the government, that continue to have significant links to the government, and that exercise governmental powers will be treated as part of the government.183Ironically, Judge Greene cited Amtrak as an example of a “public-private partnership” created by Congress “in lieu of execution of these responsibilities exclusively by government officials.” Melcher, 644 F. Supp. at 523.

From our vantage point, the most interesting feature of Judge Greene’s opinion is that he turned to a rationale of a permissible delegation to private actors only after he had concluded that the Reserve Bank presidents had not been selected in a manner consistent with the Appointments Clause.184Obviously, they had not been nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate. So, if they were officers, they had to be inferior officers to meet the Article II requirements. He cited three factors in reaching this conclusion: One was that they were appointed by the Reserve Bank boards of directors, rather than by the Board itself.185Melcher, 644 F. Supp. at 519. The other two factors were closely related. The first was that it “would be a distortion of language to label as ‘inferior officers’ members of a body vested with the vast powers possessed by the Federal Open Market Committee.”186Id. The other was that “Reserve Bank members sit on the FOMC with the Governors themselves, with the same opportunity to participate and vote as the Governors.”187Id. Elaborating a bit on the latter point, Judge Greene asserted that the Federal Reserve Act contained “no suggestion that the Governors may supervise or otherwise influence the policy choices of the Reserve Bank members.”188Id. He further maintained that the Board’s power to remove presidents was only for cause and, in any case, that the statutory removal provision contained “not even a hint of a suggestion” that it was “meant to be used by the Board to influence the votes of those officers who sit with them as members of the FOMC.”189Id. at 520.

As discussed earlier, some of these arguments would be dealt with by OLC thirty years later. Judge Greene did not even mention the statutory approval authority given to the Board for appointments of the presidents. And, unlike OLC, he did not parse the use of “cause” in the removal provision, but simply asserted that it was “a mechanism undoubtedly meant to encompass such infractions as misfeasance in office, but not a policy disagreement.”190Id. As we have seen, this is a contestable proposition as a textual and doctrinal matter.

Still, Judge Greene’s observations about how the FOMC actually operated were valid in 1986, and remain so today. In a sense, he was anticipating the functional analysis of inferior officer status that would be set forth a couple of years later in Morrison v. Olson.191Morrison v. Olson, 487 U.S. 654, 668–89 (1988). The fact that the Reserve Bank presidents act like, and are treated like, equals on the FOMC sits uneasily with the notion that they are subordinate to the Board. OLC followed the formalist approach to inferior status that began with Justice Scalia’s dissent in Morrison, became the Court’s position in Edmond, and was reinforced in Arthrex. While I constructed low probability hypotheticals to demonstrate the gap in OLC’s formalist analysis, Judge Greene captured the FOMC’s “tradition of operation,”192Melcher, 644 F. Supp. at 520. even as he glossed over doctrinal points that have become only more important as formalism has gotten the upper hand over functionalism in the Court’s structural Constitutional doctrines.

Judge Greene’s doctrinal argument that Congress may constitutionally delegate voting positions on the FOMC to private individuals has an awkward feel to it. As already noted, it is almost summary in its brevity and does not deal with two obvious issues. Additionally, one of the points he makes in that argument is somewhat at odds with his analysis of the inferior officer question. While he had earlier referred to “the vast powers possessed by the Federal Open Market Committee” in rejecting the notion that the presidents could be inferior officers, he suggests later that because private parties regularly buy and sell Treasury securities, Congress can establish a public-private partnership in the Federal Reserve to do just that.

An indication of what might have been motivating a smart district court judge to offer such a strained argument may be found in Judge Greene’s invocation of what he called the “deliberate, time-honored balance” of public and private representation in the regulation of the monetary system,193Id. at 522. as contemporaneously reflected in the composition of the FOMC: “Ever since the birth of this nation, the regulation of the nation’s monetary systems has been governed by a subtle and conscious balance of public and private elements.”194Id. at 521. He recounted how this balance had been variously struck in the structures of both the First and Second Banks of the United States, the original Federal Reserve Act, and finally the Banking Act of 1935 that established the FOMC as we know it today. He concluded that

[f]ew issues in the history of this nation have been as thoroughly considered and debated as central banking and the regulation of the money supply, and private participation, or even control, have been hallmarks of what was from time to time prescribed by the Congress. The current system is also the product of an unusual degree of debate and reflection within the Legislative Branch, with the participation from time to time of the Executive, and it represents an exquisitely balanced approach to an extremely difficult problem. To be sure, this background would not save the legislation if it clearly contravened the Constitution. But the Court concludes on the basis of its consideration of all the factors discussed above, that, while the composition of the Federal Open Market Committee may be unusual, it is not unconstitutional.195Id. at 524 (footnote omitted).

One can read this part of Judge Greene’s opinion as both acknowledging the force of long-established practice in determining the constitutionality of certain government arrangements and as giving at least some Constitutional role to the political branches in determining the acceptable form of those arrangements. As we will see in Part III, a variation on this theme might also affect the view of today’s Court on the constitutionality of not just the Reserve Bank presidents’ status, but of the Federal Reserve more generally.

III.  CONSTITUTIONAL AVOIDANCE

Application of the doctrines embraced by the Court’s conservative majority in recent cases raises significant questions about the constitutionality of the FOMC. Even without further steps in the Court’s revamp of the separation of powers doctrine, the presence of Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC is not easy to reconcile with the reasoning in existing opinions. If, as seems quite possible, the conservatives extend the logic of some of their opinions in future cases, other features of the FOMC could be more directly implicated. Were the Court to resurrect a meaningful non-delegation doctrine, the broad monetary policy discretion of the FOMC would obviously invite scrutiny. Similarly, were the Court to invalidate a traditional multi-member independent agency, the Board would obviously be among the many agencies whose constitutionality would be under a cloud.196Additionally, were the Court to find the non-appropriated funding mechanism for the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau unconstitutional on grounds that implicated the Federal Reserve’s independent funding, the independence of monetary policy would be threatened.

But suppose the Court wants to avoid holding that some part of the Federal Reserve’s structure or mandate runs afoul of its separation of powers doctrines. In this Part, I begin with some conjecture as to why the conservative majority may prefer such an outcome and then consider the doctrinal positions that could be available to the Court to achieve this end.197It is also possible that one or more Justices will not have a strong ex ante view on the issue and could be swayed by one or more of these arguments. Since my aim here is to support my intuition that this Court will not issue a ruling that finds the central role or structure of the FOMC unconstitutional, I focus only on potential arguments that have a fighting chance of being accepted by the current Court majority. Most obviously, I do not include in this part of my discussion a functional analysis of the sort presented in Justice Breyer’s dissents in Free Enterprise Fund and Arthrex, Justice Kagan’s dissent in Seila Law, and to a limited extent Justice Thomas’s dissent in Arthrex. Chief Justice Roberts and the other four of his colleagues have displayed little receptivity to such analyses. With respect to the participation of Reserve Bank presidents in monetary policy and the breadth of the FOMC’s delegated powers, standing requirements could foreclose a case from ever reaching the merits.198Of course, if the Court did not want to rule against the FOMC, it could use its discretion not to grant certiorari to unsuccessful challenges in the lower courts. However, were a circuit court of appeals to engage in its own extrapolation of the Court’s prior rulings and find against the FOMC, the Court could be forced to deal with such a case. Alternatively, even if standing were established and the substantive constitutional issues were taken up, the Court might find the FOMC, and perhaps the entire Federal Reserve System, to be exceptional and thus protected from the reach of generally applicable separation of powers doctrines.199It is also possible that, despite the apparent logic of some opinions of the conservative majority, the Court might ultimately not revive the non-delegation doctrine directly or extend its removal power dogma to traditional independent agencies. As evidenced by its decision in West Virginia v. EPA, 142 S. Ct. 2587, 2607 (2022), the Court might create other routes to de-fang the administrative state that could be less of a threat to the FOMC. But, as with other areas in which the Court’s failure to elaborate a standard for its doctrinal innovations, it is virtually impossible to determine how much impact the majority’s major questions doctrine will have.

A.  Reasons to Forbear

There are many reasons why at least some conservative Justices might be reluctant to invalidate either the mandate or the structure of the FOMC. As a matter of ideology, they may simply be more accepting of a powerful, operationally independent central bank than of regulatory agencies such as the EPA, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and SEC, which typify the administrative state that they hold in such low esteem. As became apparent when President Trump mused publicly about replacing Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell, there is support for an independent Fed among some Republican legislators.200Nick Timiraos & Kate Davidson, Fed Chairman Jerome Powell Draws Congressional Support, Even as Trump Bashes Him, Wall St. J. (Dec. 6, 2018, 5:30 AM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/fed-chairman-jerome-powell-draws-congressional-support-even-as-trump-bashes-him-1544092201 [https://perma.cc/VX5Z-L8N5]; see also Michael C. Bender, Rebecca Ballhaus, Peter Nicholas & Alex Leary, Trump Steps Up Attacks on Fed Chairman Jerome Powell, Wall St. J. (Oct. 23, 2018, 8:39 PM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/trump-steps-up-attacks-on-fed-chairman-jerome-powell-1540338090 [https://perma.cc/5FMY-PGQF]; Jeanna Smialek, Trump’s Feud With the Fed Is Escalating, and Has a Precedent, N.Y. Times (June 24, 2019), https://www.nytimes.com/2019/06/24/business/economy/federal-reserve-trump.html [https://perma.cc/5E7K-83XG]. And, while many—perhaps most—companies subject to the jurisdiction of those latter agencies would like to see their authority curtailed, there is almost certainly more support for an independent central bank. Indeed, while financial firms may differ with specific decisions of the FOMC and regulatory actions of the Board, they rely on the central bank to moderate inflation, promote growth, and support the financial system in periods of stress.201Additionally, as a group, Reserve Bank presidents have traditionally been inclined toward the more “hawkish” monetary policy associated with some economic conservatives than have the Board members appointed by presidents of both political parties. Of course, there are dovish Reserve Bank presidents. And perhaps no U.S. central banker is more identified with a hawkish monetary policy than Paul Volcker, chair of the Board and the FOMC from 1979 to 1987.

Another explanation, not inconsistent with the first, is that some members of the Court may share the sense that the Federal Reserve is a higher-status and more consequential agency than others.202Needless to say, there is no official ranking of the status of agencies. If, however, one is looking for some objective indicator of the status point, it is worth noting that the Chair of the Board is, by statute, an Executive Level 1 position, and the Members are Executive Level 2 positions. Those positions correlate with the Secretaries and Deputy Secretaries, respectively, of Cabinet departments. By contrast, the Chairs of most other independent agencies are Executive Level 3 positions, and the non-Chair members are Executive Level 4, the status (and salary) of, respectively, Under and Assistant Secretaries in the Cabinet departments. The Reserve Bank presidents, as nongovernment employees, have salaries roughly double those of the Board members. However, with the exception of the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, their status is decidedly lower, if for no other reason than that the other eleven do not have votes on the FOMC every year. Moreover, none of the Reserve Bank presidents share in the regulatory authority of the Board. Some of the Justices may recognize that they have very little understanding of monetary policy, other than that it is important. For both reasons, they may be reluctant to disrupt the agency to which that policy has been committed.

It is obviously hard to know whether, or how much, policy considerations of this sort would affect the Court’s predisposition toward a constitutional challenge lodged against the FOMC. The potential impact of an adverse ruling on the economy, however, would almost surely weigh on at least some of the conservative majority. This concern would be evident in the difficulty the Court would face in the more narrowly legal exercise of crafting a workable remedy.

Although the Court’s recent separation of powers decisions have been doctrinally aggressive, their immediate impact on the functioning of government has been limited. Indeed, it may be a mark of the conservative majority’s eagerness to make new law that its decisions provided little practical relief to the plaintiffs in those cases.203In Free Enterprise Fund, the Court denied the broad injunctive relief sought by petitioners, which would effectively have brought the operations of the PCAOB to a halt. All that changed was the invalidation of the for-cause removal protection that Congress had created for PCAOB members. Free Enter. Fund. v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. 477, 513 (2010). Similarly, in Seila Law the CFPB’s civil investigative demand that had triggered the case was eventually upheld, an outcome essentially unaffected by the Court’s ruling that the Director could be removed at will by the President. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau v. Seila Law LLC, 997 F.3d 837, 848 (9th Cir. 2021). As of this writing it remains unclear if the plaintiffs in Collins v. Yellen will obtain any relief. The Fifth Circuit has remanded the case to the district court to determine if any retrospective relief was appropriate, though five of the judges thought the absence of injury was sufficiently clear that no remand was necessary. Collins v. Yellen, 27 F.4th 1068, 1069 (5th Cir. 2022) (mem.) (en banc). Finally, in Arthrex the only remedy was to give the Director of the Patent and Trademark Office the opportunity to review the decision of the patent law judge. United States v. Arthrex, Inc., 141 S. Ct. 1970, 1987 (2021). Since there was never any indication that the Director was opposed to that decision, this case also made new law while giving no actual relief to the plaintiff. None produced any immediate tangible consequences of note to the general public—or, indeed, to anyone beyond the relatively small circles of parties and agency officials involved in the cases.

In contrast, a holding that either the mandate or structure of the FOMC was unconstitutional could have a major destabilizing effect on financial markets and, at least for a time, could be front page news. As in Free Enterprise Fund, Seila Law, and Collins, a holding that the Members of the Board were removable at will by the President would not in itself affect the actions of the formerly protected officials. However, the presumed independence of the Federal Reserve would have been called into question. Especially if the decision was handed down at a time when the Administration was thought to be unhappy with FOMC policy, there could be a period of volatility as market actors speculated on whether the President might use the implicit threat of removal to force a change in policy.204It is possible, perhaps likely, that the President and Secretary of Treasury would respond to the Court’s decision by affirming their intention not to interfere with monetary policy. Such a statement would likely reduce, though probably not eliminate, short-term market uncertainty. There might nonetheless be an impact on longer-term interest rates, as market actors priced in the possibility of a future president threatening, if not actually exercising, the use of the removal power. In discussing the uncertain status of the Federal Reserve chair qua chair, Adrian Vermeule has suggested that in most instances convention will deter the President from removing that individual. Adrian Vermeule, Conventions of Agency Independence, 113 Colum. L. Rev. 1163, 1196–99 (2013). The convention, in turn, is backed by the prospect of political backlash, including difficulties in naming a successor, and the alternative of waiting what has recently been only about a year after a president is inaugurated before the term of the chair lapses. Id. In a sense, Vermeule’s hypothesis was strengthened by President Trump’s ultimate decision not to attempt to remove Chair Jerome Powell, despite the President’s deep unhappiness with his own appointee. However, a President empowered by the Supreme Court to remove non-chair members may face less of a political backlash. Moreover, if the Senate is controlled by the same party that holds the presidency, the backlash may not be so significant. Market actors might also speculate on the likelihood that a new President would remove several members of the Board whose monetary policies did not align with those of the incoming Administration.

A holding that the Reserve Bank presidents were principal officers, and thus not constitutionally eligible to sit on the FOMC, would present an especially tricky remedial challenge. The cleanest option might be to sever the portion of Section 12A of the Federal Reserve Act that provides for Reserve Bank representation on the FOMC,20512 U.S.C. § 263(a). leaving just the Members of the Board. This would be a major amputation, not the neat surgical snip performed in recent separation of powers cases. Moreover, it would clearly be at odds with the congressional policy reflected in the Federal Reserve Act for more than a century, and thus hard to justify as capturing what congressional preferences would be in light of the holding that the Reserve Bank presidents were principal officers.

An alternative approach would be to give the President authority to remove the Reserve Bank presidents, thereby dodging the problem of a divided Board discussed in Part II.206An even more far-reaching remedy would be for the Court to require that Reserve Bank presidents be nominated by the President, confirmed by the Senate, and then removable by the President. Since this resolution would probably not be thought necessary by the Court in order to make the Reserve Bank presidents inferior officers, and since this remedy would almost surely reinforce a narrative that the Court is ignoring the will of the political branches in remaking the U.S. government more to its own liking, this option seems unlikely. But this remedy would require the Court not just to excise from a statute the provisions that it has found unconstitutional. It would have to write in a new provision never drafted by Congress.207In Free Enterprise Fund and Seila, the Court was able to remove the brief clauses in the challenged statutes providing for-cause removal protection. As noted earlier, in Arthrex the Court did effectively add its own provision to the statute in framing the remedy to require review by the Director of the Patent and Trademark Office. However, the Court (albeit with a fragile majority that included the Justices who had dissented on the merits) apparently believed that making the Patent Law Judges removable at will would be more at odds with the structure of the statute passed by Congress than making their decision reviewable. Arthrex, 141 S. Ct. at 1987 (“[R]eview by the Director better reflects the structure of supervision within the PTO and the nature of APJs’ duties . . . .”). In addition, this remedy would create some of the same uncertainty discussed earlier in connection with an invalidation of for-cause protection for Board Members, though probably of a lesser order, because the Reserve Bank presidents occupy fewer seats and generally have more heterogeneous views.

Finally, of course, the Court could simply invalidate the entire Federal Reserve Act, rather than changing a core structural feature of the FOMC by severing or rewriting certain offending provisions. Quite possibly—almost inevitably, to my mind—the result would be chaos in financial markets as banks, businesses, and households all scrambled to preserve the value of their money after the creator and caretaker of that money had just been put out of business. In theory, Congress could step in quickly by—for example, reenacting the Federal Reserve Act for a limited period, while leaving the Reserve Bank presidents off the FOMC. Congress would thereby calm financial markets to some degree, while giving itself time to decide on a permanent solution. Presumably, however, the Court is not oblivious to the difficulties in getting anything done across First Street in the Capitol. Even apparent no-brainers such as raising the statutory debt limit in order to pay obligations already incurred by the federal government have entailed political brinkmanship, which in 2011 led to the credit rating of U.S. government debt being downgraded for a time,208Binyamin Appelbaum & Eric Dash, S.&P. Downgrades Debt Rating of U.S. for the First Time, N.Y. Times (Aug. 5, 2011), https://www.nytimes.com/2011/08/06/business/us-debt-downgraded-by-sp.html [https://perma.cc/UF3J-KKVP]; Damian Paletta, S&P Official: U.S. Downgrade Was Due in Part to Debt-Ceiling Brawl, Wall St. J. (Aug. 5, 2011, 10:25 PM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB10001424053111903454504576491043656840536 [https://perma.cc/BM7N-WFQD]. and in 2023 caused anxiety in financial markets until an eleventh-hour agreement avoided the U.S. government defaulting on its obligations. The Court could not have confidence that Congress would expeditiously pass a temporary measure that preserved at least a recognizable status quo at the Federal Reserve.

Were the Court to strike down as an excessive delegation of legislative authority the dual mandate that gives the FOMC substantial discretion in the conduct of monetary policy, it would either have to divine a permissible congressional rule for the FOMC to implement or, as in the invalidation of the entire Federal Reserve Act scenario of the preceding paragraph, leave the country without any monetary policy until Congress (somehow) acted.

The former path seems difficult but not inconceivable. Where could the Court find an appropriate congressional rule if not in the Federal Reserve Act itself? Perhaps, as suggested in Part II.A., the Court could follow the preference of some (mostly conservative) economists and effectively read the “maximum employment” aim of monetary policy out of the Federal Reserve Act. Doing so would leave price stability as the “rule” set by Congress, which will then be assumed to have made the basic policy decision for price stability over employment. As with some other recent controversial steps it has taken, the Court might justify such an outcome by invoking the expanded canon of constitutional avoidance.209See generally Katyal & Schmidt, supra note 134 (explaining how the Court has used constitutional avoidance canon to aggressively rewrite statutes). That is, it would argue that Section 2A of the Federal Reserve Act would be an unconstitutional delegation of authority to the FOMC unless the statutory “maximum employment” goal is read to be a byproduct of achieving price stability, rather than as a goal in itself. To reach this decision, though, the Court would have to ignore not just the plain meaning of Section 2A (including the fact that “maximum employment” precedes “stable prices” in the text), but the entire purpose and history of the Federal Reserve Reform Act that added this provision in 1977.210Among other factors underscoring the significance of the maximum employment goal in the Federal Reserve Reform Act are the intense contemporary debate around the wisdom of including such a goal, see Michelle A. L. Goldberg, The Fed’s Dual Mandate: One Too Many?, 33 Rev. Banking & Fin. L. 343, 363–67 (2013), and the passage by the same Congress of the Humphrey Hawkins Act establishing full employment as a national goal, see Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act of 1978, Pub. L. No. 95-523, 92 Stat. 1887 (codified as amended in scattered sections of 15 U.S.C.). It is also worth noting that, over time, bills have been introduced (and not passed) to remove the maximum employment mandate. See, e.g., H.R. 215, 113th Cong. (2013) (proposing to strike maximum employment).

B.  Standing

One way for the Court to avoid the unattractive outcomes described in the preceding section would be simply to decline to reach the merits of a challenge to the FOMC.  There is a quartet of D.C. Circuit cases from the late 1970s to the late 1980s in which the court found that plaintiffs alleging economic harm from monetary policy actions lacked standing to challenge the constitutionality of the FOMC on grounds of excessive delegation of authority, due process, and the Appointments Clause.211The due process claim was based on the participation in selection of Reserve Bank presidents by the bankers on Reserve Bank boards. The Federal Reserve Act has subsequently been amended to prohibit the three bank representatives on each board from involvement in the selection of the president. 12 U.S.C. § 341, amended by Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. No. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1412. Those cases largely explain the paucity of judicial discussions of the constitutional status of Reserve Bank presidents.212There had been occasional constitutional challenges to the FOMC prior to the D.C. Circuit cases discussed in the text. These, too, had been dismissed on standing grounds. See, e.g., Horne v. Fed. Rsrv. Bank, 344 F.2d 725, 725 (8th Cir. 1965); Bryan v. Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 235 F. Supp. 877, 877 (D. Mont. 1964). The two questions to be addressed in this section are, first, whether enough has changed in the last thirty-five years to alter those outcomes today and, second, whether there are claims other than injury from monetary policy actions that might provide an alternative route for a structural challenge to the FOMC.

As to the first question, the best chance for a plaintiff probably lies in appealing to the Court’s recent preoccupation with accountability in the context of Appointments Clause and removal issues to argue that the special rules of separation of powers standing should apply here. As to the second question, there are several possibilities: The D.C. Circuit cases included unsuccessful claims by Members of Congress asserting harm to their position as legislators. Another possibility is an indirect route, by which a plaintiff suing a Reserve Bank or its president for a non-monetary policy harm includes a constitutional claim. Finally, there is the theoretical possibility that the President would attempt to remove a Reserve Bank president.

When both legal and practical considerations are taken into account, the chances of any plaintiff having standing to pursue a structural challenge to the FOMC are, at best, modest. However, it is important to note that the standing hurdle in past cases applied only in cases directly challenging the FOMC—the presence of the Reserve Bank presidents, the breadth of its mandate, or both. Were the Court to extend its reasoning in Seila Law and find traditional multi-member independent commissions unconstitutional, any banking organization regulated by the Federal Reserve could easily meet the standing requirements in challenging a regulation or order. If its outcome were to subject the members of the Board to at-will removal by the President, it would immediately affect the independence of the FOMC.

1.  Private Party Standing to Challenge Monetary Policy Actions
i.  The D.C. Circuit Decisions

Of the four D.C. Circuit cases, two addressed standing claims by plaintiffs suing in their private capacities. Committee for Monetary Reform v. Board of Governor of the Federal Reserve System213Comm. for Monetary Reform v. Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Rsrv. Sys., 766 F.2d 538, 538 (D.C. Cir. 1985). involved only private standing claims, while in Reuss v. Balles214Reuss v. Balles, 584 F.2d 461, 464 (D.C. Cir. 1978). Representative Reuss claimed standing both in his capacity as a Member of Congress and as a private citizen owning government securities.

In Committee for Monetary Reform, the court applied a three-part test for determining standing very similar to that used today:

Art. III requires the party who invokes the court’s authority to show [1] that he personally has suffered some actual threatened injury as a result of the putatively illegal conduct of the defendant, and that the injury [2] fairly can be traced to the challenged action and [3] is likely to be redressed by a favorable decision.215Comm. for Monetary Reform, 766 F.2d at 541. The court quoted this version of the test from Valley Forge Christian College v. Ams. United for Separation of Church & State, Inc., 454 U.S. 464, 472 (1982). Today the formulation most often used is taken from Lujan v. Defenders of Wildlife, 504 U.S. 555, 560–61 (1992), which states the first prong of the test as “injury in fact,” a phrase Judge Edwards used later in his opinion in Committee for Monetary Reform. Comm. for Monetary Reform, 766 F.2d at 542.

Although the 800 entities and individuals joining the Committee in the suit were a varied lot,216The plaintiffs included “businesses, building associations, farmers, a labor union, and private individuals.” Comm. for Monetary Reform, 766 F.2d at 542. the court did not dwell on the first prong of the test. It simply assumed that the economic injuries alleged—“serious financial damage as a result of monetary instability and high interest rates in recent years”217Id.—were sufficient to establish injury in fact. The court may have felt it unnecessary to detail economic injuries such as wealth erosion because of high inflation in the late 1970s and early 1980s, and job loss, because of the contractionary monetary policy and serious recession that followed. Alternatively, the court may simply have economized its analysis because of its conclusion that the second prong of traceability was clearly not satisfied.

On this point, the court stated that it was “entirely speculative” whether the influence of the Reserve Bank presidents was responsible for the FOMC’s pursuit of restrictive monetary policies.218Id. In addition, it was “highly uncertain whether and to what extent such policies were responsible for the adverse economic conditions that allegedly resulted in harm to the appellants.”219Id. For good measure, the court also said that the injuries could not be redressed by the court, because it was again “too speculative” whether having only members on the FOMC subject to “democratic control” would have resulted in a different monetary policy.220Id. at 543.

The plaintiffs had also argued that they had standing on “separation-of-powers grounds,” an argument based on the Supreme Court’s decision a decade earlier in Buckley v. Valeo.221Buckley v. Valeo, 424 U.S. 1, 1 (1976) (per curiam). In Buckley, the Court had allowed a challenge to the constitutionality of the composition of the Federal Election Commission without requiring the plaintiff to show that an appropriately appointed Commission would have decided the matter at hand any differently. The D.C. Circuit rejected this argument derived from Buckley, quoting its holding that “litigants with sufficient concrete interests at stake may have standing to raise constitutional questions of separation of powers with respect to an agency designated to adjudicate their rights.”222Comm. for Monetary Reform, 766 F.2d at 543 (quoting Buckley, 424 U.S. at 117) (per curiam)). Here, the court said, the plaintiffs had not alleged they were “directly subject to the governmental authority they seek to challenge, but merely assert[ed] that they [were] substantially affected by the exercise of that authority.”223Id. Judicial intervention was thus not necessary to protect individual rights. To allow standing under these circumstances would be to open up the courts to the “generalized grievances” shared by a large class of citizens and, thereby, to decide “abstract” questions better decided by other governmental institutions.224Id. (quoting Warth v. Seldin, 422 U.S. 490, 499, 500 (1975)).

The D.C. Circuit’s earlier decision in Reuss had rested on generally similar reasoning, with a few notable differences. One was the reluctance of the panel majority in that case even to conclude that the injury prong of the standing test had been met, though Congressman Reuss’ own pleadings may have led to this conclusion.225Reuss v. Balles, 584 F.2d 461, 469 (D.C. Cir. 1978). Reuss had alleged that action by the FOMC may affect the value of his bond, an injury the court found too speculative. Note that this case was litigated in the mid-1970s, before the appointment of Paul Volcker as Fed Chair and the dramatic rise in interest rates (and thus decline in value of existing fixed-rate bonds) that followed his steering the FOMC to a much more restrictive monetary policy. A second was that the panel majority distinguished Buckley not on the Committee for Monetary Reform ground that the plaintiffs must be “directly subject to the authority of the agency, whether such authority is regulatory, administrative, or adjudicative in nature,”226Comm. for Monetary Reform, 766 F.2d at 543. but because Reuss had not shown a sufficiently “personal stake”227Reuss, 584 F.2d at 465. that would “benefit” from a favorable decision.228Reuss, 584 F.2d 461, 470 (D.C. Cir. 1978). This reasoning seemed to invoke, without specifically citing, the “generalized grievance” concern. But, as Judge Wright noted in dissent, the counterargument was that Reuss’ bonds could well benefit if the FOMC did not tighten monetary policy.229Id. at 472.

ii.  Current Standing Doctrine

How, if at all, would the views of a majority of the current Court differ from those expressed in the D.C. Circuit cases decided several decades ago? The recent cases invalidating for-cause removal protection for federal officials provide a starting point for analysis. In the most recent of the three, Collins v. Yellen,230Collins v. Yellen, 141 S. Ct. 1761, 1761 (2021). Justice Alito addressed standing to bring a separation of powers challenge, in a part of his opinion joined by all his colleagues but Justice Sotomayor.231Justices Kagan, Breyer, and Gorsuch did not join in other parts of Justice Alito’s opinion. Id. at 1769. Because he concluded rather easily that the plaintiffs had standing, his discussion is not lengthy.

Justice Alito began by invoking the now-familiar three-part test of Lujan.232Lujan v. Defs. of Wildlife, 504 U.S. 555, 560–61 (1992) (alteration in original) (citations omitted):

First, the plaintiff must have suffered an “injury in fact”—an invasion of a legally protected interest which is (a) concrete and particularized . . . and (b) “actual or imminent, not ‘conjectural’ or ‘hypothetical’ . . . . Second, there must be a causal connection between the injury and the conduct complained of—the injury has to be “fairly . . . trace[able] to the challenged action of the defendant, and not . . . th[e] result [of] the independent action of some third party not before the court.” . . . . Third, it must be “likely,” as opposed to merely “speculative,” that the injury will be “redressed by a favorable decision.”
The plaintiffs, shareholders of the government-sponsored enterprises Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, claimed that actions taken by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) had diminished the value of their shareholdings. FHFA, the regulator of Fannie and Freddie, had taken these actions in its other statutory role as conservator of those two enterprises following their massive losses during the onset of the Global Financial Crisis in 2008. Justice Alito found the first injury-in-fact prong of the Lujan standard easily satisfied because plaintiffs’ claim of unnecessarily withheld dividends was the “sort of pocketbook injury [that] is a prototypical form of injury in fact.”233Collins, 141 S. Ct. at 1779.

The second prong of traceability was satisfied because FHFA had adopted a dividend formula that swept all the net worth of Fannie and Freddie to the Treasury Department, in exchange for its financial support of the two enterprises. Justice Alito found the third prong of redressability satisfied, at least in part because the case involved a claim that the President’s removal power had been unconstitutionally infringed. He quoted from Seila Law, in which Chief Justice Roberts’s majority opinion had stated that, in the context of the removal power, it was “sufficient that the challenger sustains injury from an executive act that allegedly exceeds the official’s authority.”234Id. (quoting Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2196 (2020)). Seila Law, in turn, referred back to the first of the trio of removal cases, Free Enterprise Fund. Thus there was no need for plaintiffs to allege, much less prove, that FHFA would have acted differently had the relevant enabling legislation not restricted the President’s removal power.

A claim of standing to challenge the constitutionality of the FOMC by plaintiffs such as Congressman Reuss or the Committee for Monetary Policy Reform would differ in two salient respects from that advanced by the aggrieved Fannie and Freddie shareholders in Collins. First, the existence of an injury-in-fact would not be so clear cut for today’s Court. Second, as discussed by the D.C. Circuit in those two older cases, the many economic factors affecting bond prices and interest rates more generally make tracing the putative bondholder injury back to the FOMC less straightforward. The traceability prong may also be complicated by the absence of the regulatory relationship between agency and plaintiffs that was present in Seila Law, Collins, and Buckley itself.

At first glance, an allegation that the actions of the FOMC reduced the value of a plaintiff’s bonds or resulted in a recession in which a plaintiff was laid off would seem a clear injury in fact, and thus adequate under the first prong of the Lujan test. In Collins, Justice Alito had characterized “pocketbook injury” as a “prototypical” form of injury in fact.235Id. As it further restricted standing in an even more recent case, the Court reaffirmed that “certain harms readily qualify as concrete injuries . . . . The most obvious are traditional tangible harms, such as physical harms and monetary harms.” TransUnion LLC v. Ramirez, 141 S. Ct. 2190, 2204 (2021). However, Lujan’s statement of standing requirements included not only that an injury in fact be “concrete,” but that it be “particularized.”236Lujan, 504 U.S. at 560 (citations omitted). The Lujan formulation also requires that the injury be “actual or imminent,” and not “conjectural or hypothetical.” Id. (citations omitted). This requirement is often explained as disallowing standing where plaintiffs have only “generalized grievances” shared with most or all other citizens.237See, e.g., id. at 573–74. (“We have consistently held that a plaintiff raising only a generally available grievance about government—claiming only harm to his and every citizen’s interest in proper application of the Constitution and laws, and seeking relief that no more directly and tangibly benefits him than it does the public at large—does not state an Article III case or controversy.”); see also the discussion of cases featuring the generalized grievance issue in Lance v. Coffman, 549 U.S. 437, 439–41 (2007) (per curiam). In a recent case, Justice Breyer’s majority opinion might be read as suggesting that the generalized grievance standard is distinct from a determination of an injury in fact. Carney v. Adams, 141 S. Ct. 493, 498 (2020) (noting that requirement that injury must be “concrete and particularized” is a first aspect of standing law relevant to the case and requirement that grievance must be “more than an abstract and generalized harm to a citizen’s interest in the proper application of the law,” as a second aspect of standing doctrine). Logically, though, it seems more an elaboration, or example, of the particularization (and perhaps concrete) standard. See Spokeo, Inc. v. Robins, 578 U.S. 330, 339 n.7 (2016) (discussing a generalized grievance in the context of considering the particularization requirement).

Again at first glance, the particularization—or non-generalized grievance—requirement does not seem to pose a significant problem for bondholder standing. After all, the injury any bondholder claims to have suffered will vary, obviously with the face value of the bonds they hold, but also with their maturity, since changes in the federal funds rate will normally have different effects on shorter-term bonds than on long bonds.238The difference depends, among other factors, on the degree to which market actors believe that high rates will be sustained. So, for example, if the FOMC raises rates, but most market actors believe that the economy is too fragile to absorb rate increases without falling into recession, then prices of longer-dated bonds will not change as much (and, if markets believe that the FOMC will have to reverse course, the price of longer-dated bonds may actually increase, in anticipation of lower future rates). The cases in which the Court has found a plaintiff’s grievance to be a generalized one involved quite different circumstances, usually involving “every citizen’s interest in proper application of the Constitution and laws, and seeking relief that no more directly and tangibly benefits him than it does the public at large.”239Lujan, 504 U.S. at 573–74. Thus the Court has denied standing to plaintiffs claiming that funds had not been properly appropriated or spent,240See, e.g., United States v. Richardson, 418 U.S. 166, 196 (1974); see also, e.g., Massachusetts v. Mellon, 262 U.S. 447, 488 (1923). that a member of Congress who was also an officer in the military reserves violated the Incompatibility Clause,241See Schlesinger v. Reservists Comm. to Stop the War, 418 U.S. 208, 222–23 (1974). and that a successful voter referendum had not been properly implemented.242See Hollingsworth v. Perry, 570 U.S. 693, 693 (2013); see also Lance v. Coffman, 549 U.S. 437, 439–41 (2008) (per curiam) (discussing similar cases).

The particularized injury argument of a bondholder is arguably strengthened by Justice Scalia’s explanation, offered a few years before he authored the Lujan opinion, that a “widely shared” grievance was not the same as a “generalized” grievance.243FEC v. Atkins, 524 U.S. 11, 34–35 (1998) (Scalia, J., dissenting). The explanation was contained in his dissent in Federal Election Commission v. Akins,244Id. a case that granted standing to a group of voters seeking review of a Federal Election Commission (“FEC”) decision that an organization was not a “political committee.”245Id. at 27 (majority opinion). Justice Scalia made clear that his objection was based not on the fact that many people may have been harmed by the FEC action, but that every voter had been harmed in the same way.246Id. at 35 (Scalia, J., dissenting). He explained that victims of a mass tort had standing because each suffered a different injury, and that each plaintiff in a voting rights suit had been denied his or her own statutorily protected right to vote.247Id. The differing losses to individual bondholders would seem consistent with these forms of particularized injury.

While Justice Scalia’s reasoning in Akins might be applied in a case challenging the constitutionality of the FOMC, two considerations inject at least a bit of doubt. First, in the twenty-five years since Akins, the Court has neither embraced nor rejected his approach. There is no congruent analysis to be found in any more recent majority opinion. Second, Chief Justice Roberts has subsequently suggested that the generalized grievance bar to standing might be higher than one might infer from Justice Scalia’s Akins opinion.

In a dissent in Massachusetts v. EPA joined by Justice Scalia himself, the Chief Justice included among his arguments against standing the fact that the “very concept of global warming seems inconsistent with this particularization requirement” because it is a “phenomenon ‘harmful to humanity at large.’ ”248Massachusetts v. EPA, 549 U.S. 497, 541 (2007) (Roberts, C.J., dissenting). He did not elaborate. One should perhaps not place too much emphasis on this comment, insofar as most of his dissent focused on the problems of traceability and redressability, and his objections to what he believed to be the majority’s relaxation of standing requirements based on a state’s parens patriae interests. Still, his observation about global warming is at least arguably inconsistent with Scalia’s Akins reasoning: Not everyone is harmed in the same way by global warming, or perhaps at all. Indeed, while the economic losses are likely to be very large for the country as a whole, there will be discrete winners. And the damage suffered by those owning coastal property in New England surely will be particular to each owner.

So, too, with interest rate increases—households and institutions holding mostly cash or very-short-term assets (as opposed to equities or longer-term bonds) can benefit from higher rates. The Roberts dissent thus raises the possibility that the current Court would expand the meaning of generalized grievance to include actions by the FOMC that reverberate broadly through the economy, whether or not some plaintiffs could point to injuries specific to them. How real that possibility would be is among the many imponderables encountered in the muddled world of standing doctrine. One wonders, for example, whether the Chief Justice’s view may be limited to instances where plaintiffs seek to force an agency to regulate, rather than to escape regulation.

Turning to traceability, there are two hurdles for plaintiffs attempting to satisfy this second prong of the Lujan test. First, as both D.C. Circuit panels concluded in those older cases, the action of the FOMC in raising the federal-funds target does not directly cause the harm that plaintiffs allege they suffer because of a higher-interest-rate financial environment. The second hurdle also implicates the redressability prong of the Lujan test: How can plaintiffs trace back their injury to the fact of a putatively unconstitutional FOMC, when they have no way of showing that a properly appointed (or removable) FOMC would have taken a different policy action in light of prevailing economic circumstances?

The first hurdle to establishing traceability does appear significant for many of the plaintiffs represented in the Committee for Monetary Reform case. While the historically high interest rates of the 1980s FOMC, and the recession they brought on, led to considerable economic pain, tracing any specific job loss or corporate bankruptcy to the FOMC’s actions is not straightforward. After all, not every company went bankrupt, and the vast majority of employees did not lose their jobs. Other factors, such as pre-existing vulnerabilities of certain firms and employees or changes in consumer preference, presumably played a role. At least as to holders of Treasury securities, though, the argument for traceability is much stronger, since Treasuries of the same denomination and maturity are fungible. Indeed, there is solid economic evidence linking changes in the federal-funds rate to changes in the prices of Treasuries. As one review of the economic literature concluded, “FOMC decisions affect bonds of all maturity.”249Andrea Buraschi & Paul Whelan, Bond Markets and Monetary Policy, in Handbook of Fixed-Income Securities 77, 91 (Pietro Veronesi ed., 1st ed. 2016). One important analytic challenge in isolating the impact of FOMC policy decisions on Treasuries has been to determine changes in bond prices that have occurred in anticipation of FOMC policy moves, which may limit the effect of FOMC statements on those prices. Studies demonstrate that the information content of FOMC statements as to future monetary policy also affects the prices of Treasuries. See, e.g., Samuel G. Hanson & Jeremy C. Stein, Monetary Policy and Long-Term Real Rates, 115 J. Fin. Econ. 429, 429 (2015). Recent research has confirmed that non-traditional monetary policy tools, such as large-scale asset purchases, also predictably affect the price of Treasuries. See, e.g., Eric T. Swanson, Measuring the Effects of Federal Reserve Forward Guidance and Asset Purchases on Financial Markets, 118 J. Monetary Econ. 32, 32 (2021). While intervening variables such as liquidity considerations and term premia also play a role, it is quite clear that FOMC actions have a major impact on prices.250There may be unusual circumstances in which the prices of certain maturities of bonds do not appreciably change after an FOMC change in its interest-rate target. For example, if the FOMC raises short-term rates, but markets believe that an economic slowdown will ensue, followed by a reversal of the rate increase, then the price of longer-dated bonds may not move much in response to the initial increase. The result would be a flattening of the yield curve, meaning that the slope of the line connecting short-term rates to longer-term rates had been reduced. Because plaintiffs would not be seeking damages, and thus would not need to quantify the impact of an FOMC policy change on the market value of their bonds, the argument for a traceable injury-in-fact seems a strong one.

Still, the preceding paragraph is based on financial economics analysis, not legal doctrine. There is no regulatory, contractual, or any other relationship between the FOMC and a bondholder. The loss occurs as financial markets adjust their assessment of the value of a bond in light of the effects on funding costs for financial institutions that participate in the federal funds market, hold reserves with the Federal Reserve, or transact in the repo and reverse repo facilities now maintained by the Federal Reserve.251The implementation notes issued by the FOMC to accompany its statements at the end of each meeting make clear that there is no regulatory action directed at any particular party, but instead a series of market operations and setting of interest rates to be paid by the Federal Reserve on reserves and in its ONRRP facility. Press Release, Federal Rsrv. Bd. & Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., Implementation Note: Decisions Regarding Monetary Policy Implementation (Dec. 14, 2022), https://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/pressreleases/monetary20221214a1.htm [https://perma.cc/8JLK-U4Z3]. Those institutions will face higher borrowing costs and, accordingly, will need to increase the rates they charge to households and businesses borrowing from them.252The set of direct effects of FOMC actions is now broader than it was for many years, when the principal monetary policy instrument of the FOMC was open market operations—that is, buying and selling Treasuries, which affected the level of reserves held by banks, and thus the amount they could lend. As reserves became scarcer, the price of credit extended between financial institutions in the federal funds market rose. Several developments during and after the Global Financial Crisis of 2007–2009 have complicated things. First, a 2008 change in the Federal Reserve Act authorized the FOMC to pay interest on reserves. That authority proved useful to the FOMC when it decided in late 2015 to begin raising rates following seven years near zero, because reserves were so abundant after the extraordinary FOMC purchases of bonds during and after the crisis that open market operations alone likely would have been ineffective in raising rates. The “administered rate” of interest on reserves affects bank lending because there is no reason for a bank to make a loan at a rate lower than the risk-free rate it receives from the Federal Reserve on its reserves. Similarly, the reverse repo and repo facilities created in recent years allow the FOMC to affect the rates that financial institutions eligible to directly participate in those facilities can earn or must pay. Anticipating these effects, a potential purchaser of the plaintiff’s Treasury bond will now be willing to buy it only at a price that effectively equalizes the return the purchaser could get on a newly issued Treasury with a similar term until maturity.

In a sense, the question the Court would face is whether economic traceability will suffice, or whether standing doctrine will demand legal traceability—a kind of privity between the plaintiff and the agency. This same question is raised by the second hurdle, that of demonstrating that a validly constituted FOMC would have acted differently than the current FOMC with Reserve Bank presidents as voters. This hurdle is also relevant to the redressability prong of standing requirements.

Without some doctrinal relaxation, that second hurdle would be effectively insuperable. But, as explicitly stated by the Court in its recent decisions finding that statutory constraints on the President’s prerogative to remove officials were unconstitutional, “a litigant challenging governmental action as void on the basis of the separation of powers is not required to prove that the Government’s course of conduct would have been different in a ‘counterfactual world’ in which the Government had acted with constitutional authority.”253Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2196 (2020) (citing Free Enter. Fund v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd. 561 U.S. 477, 512 (2010)). In its recent decisions the Court has not discussed this point. The excerpt from the opinion quoted in the text simply cited to Free Enterprise Fund, which in turn had cited to several much older cases in which the Court had decided such cases without requiring plaintiffs to establish the counterfactual. In Collins, Justice Alito simply cited back to Seila Law. Collins v. Yellen, 141 S. Ct. 1761, 1779 (2021).

As noted earlier, the two D.C. Circuit panels had rejected plaintiffs’ claims of “separation of powers standing,” based on their readings of Buckley. Recall that in Buckley the Court said that plaintiffs with “sufficient concrete interests at stake may have standing to raise constitutional questions of separation of powers with respect to an agency designated to adjudicate their rights.”254Buckley v. Valeo, 424 U.S. 1, 117 (1976) (per curiam). The Committee on Monetary Reform panel read the last clause of that sentence as restricting separation of powers standing to plaintiffs “directly subject to the governmental authority they seek to challenge,” and not simply “substantially affected by the exercise of that authority.”255Comm. for Monetary Reform v. Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Rsrv. Sys., 766 F.2d 538, 543 (D.C. Cir. 1985). The court seems to have concluded a lot from a single sentence in a massive per curiam opinion. The plaintiffs in Buckley were clearly subject to regulation by the FEC. Thus, the Court had no occasion to consider whether the relaxation of traceability might be permitted in other circumstances. The fact that the Court has never since cited the Buckley sentence in disposing of standing objections in its separation of powers cases reinforces the inference that the D.C. Circuit may have invested it with too much significance.

Again, the atypical characteristics of the FOMC and monetary policy, relative to those of most other federal agencies, make extrapolation of standing doctrine tricky. In most cases, potential plaintiffs fall into two groups—those who are, or might be, regulated by the agency whose action is being challenged, and those who are not. As explained by Justice Scalia in Lujan, contemporary standing doctrine erects a high barrier to those in the second group:

When . . . plaintiff’s asserted injury arises from the government’s allegedly unlawful regulation (or lack of regulation) of someone else, much more is needed. In that circumstance, causation and redressability ordinarily hinge on the response of the regulated (or regulable) third party to the government action or inaction—and perhaps on the response of others as well . . . . [A]nd it becomes the burden of the plaintiff to adduce facts showing that those choices have been or will be made in such manner as to produce causation and permit redressability of injury.256Lujan v. Defs. of Wildlife, 504 U.S. 555, 562 (1992) (citations omitted).

Many of the more controversial standing cases have involved the question of whether the Court regards the interests of beneficiaries of the regulation to be concrete and particularized enough to satisfy the Court’s view of legal harm. But the FOMC does not regulate anyone.257There is one possible, modest qualification to this statement considered. See infra note 282. The claim of bondholders would turn neither on a regulatory relationship nor on the actions of a regulated party, but instead on the well-documented reaction of financial markets to FOMC action, the motivation of which is usually to bring about that very reaction.

This distinctive circumstance appears to pit two predilections of the Roberts Court conservative majority against one another—on the one hand, a restrictive view of standing to challenge agency action (or inaction) for anyone not directly regulated or otherwise suffering injury comparable to one cognizable at common law258See Cass R. Sunstein, Injury in Fact, Transformed, 2021 Sup. Ct. Rev. 349, 350 (2022). and, on the other, an expansive view of Appointments Clause requirements and presidential removal prerogatives. While it is obviously impossible to say for sure, I suspect that the conservative majority would incline toward the former position, since the plaintiffs for which it has shown most solicitude are the subjects of regulation.259There is a slightly different note struck in Justice Alito’s opinion in Collins, as discussed in greater detail later in this Article. See infra Section IV.A.1. In rebutting the argument that the FHFA should be distinguished from the CFPB, he acknowledged that the FHFA did not wield regulatory and enforcement authority over purely private individuals. However, he noted that FHFA did regulate the two government-sponsored enterprises that dominate the secondary mortgage market and, as such, “could have an immediate impact on millions of private individuals and the economy at large.” Collins v. Yellen, 141 S. Ct. 1761, 1785 (2021). Obviously that description applies to the FOMC as well. One should probably not place too much weight on this comment for purposes of a standing determination, though, insofar as the impact of FHFA decisions on the plaintiffs in its role of conservator created the kind of direct economic injury that Justice Alito had already classified as a “prototypical” form of injury-in-fact. Apart from the Court’s abstract preferences, though, one thing is certain. If, for whatever reason, the Court does not want to take on the merits of such a case, it has a ready means for avoiding the issue by taking a narrower view of standing.

2.  Claims Other than Economic Harm from Monetary Policy Actions
i.  Congressional Standing

Three of the four D.C. Circuit cases included a claim of congressional standing.260Melcher v. Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 836 F.2d 561, 562 (D.C. Cir. 1987); Riegle v. Fed. Open Mkt. Comm., 656 F.2d 873, 874 (D.C. Cir. 1981); Reuss v. Balles, 584 F.2d 461, 464–65 (D.C. Cir. 1978). Reuss also included a claim to standing as a private citizen. Id. In the first, Reuss v. Balles, the court rejected the argument of the Member of Congress that he had standing because he was deprived of his constitutional right to initiate impeachment proceedings against a Reserve Bank president.261Reuss, 584 F.2d at 464–65. Because Representative Reuss was a member of the House, he could not rely more directly on the advice and consent role of the Senate. Reuss also claimed that his powers as a member of the Legislative Branch were usurped by an unconstitutional delegation of the Article I power to “coin money.” Id. at 465. As the court noted, that circumstance would not have been changed even had all members of the FOMC been subject to Senate confirmation. Id. In the second case, Riegle v. FOMC, the Court assumed that Senator Riegle had standing, because a violation of the Appointments Clause deprived him of his Constitutional right to advise on, and consent to, officer appointments.262Riegle, 656 F.2d at 877. I say “assumed” because, in acting on a motion to dismiss, the Court expressly construed the complaint in the manner most favorable to the plaintiff. Id. The court provided no analysis of the basis for Senator Riegle’s claim of standing. Id. However, the Court ruled that “[w]here a congressional plaintiff could obtain substantial relief from his fellow legislators through the enactment, repeal, or amendment of a statute, this court should exercise its equitable discretion to dismiss the legislator’s action.”263Id. at 881. In the third case, Melcher v. FOMC, the court simply invoked the Riegle equitable discretion ground for dismissal, without conducting its own standing analysis.264Melcher, 836 F.2d at 562. The court spent a good bit of its opinion trying to clarify that, contrary to what had been suggested in Riegle, the availability of congressional standing did not depend in any way on whether private standing to assert a similar constitutional claim was available to any plaintiff.

The Supreme Court’s decision in Raines v. Byrd265Raines v. Byrd, 521 U.S. 811, 829 (1997). very likely resolves the standing issue raised in Reuss, Riegle, and Melcher against the legislators in those cases. Raines involved a challenge by six legislators to the constitutionality of the Line Item Veto Act, which allowed the President to “cancel” specific spending authorizations or tax benefits in subsequently enacted legislation. The legislators argued that a line item veto violated the Article I bicameralism and presentment requirements and, thereby, “divest[ed]” them of their constitutionally protected role in repealing legislation.266Id. at 816. The majority opinion by Chief Justice Rehnquist rejected their claim of injury, holding that “individual members of Congress do not have a sufficient ‘personal stake’ in this dispute and have not alleged a sufficiently concrete injury to have established Article III standing.”267Id. at 830. The Court believed the injury was “institutional,” rather than personal.268The court easily distinguished the one precedent cited by the legislators, where the plaintiffs had been a group of “legislators whose votes would have been sufficient to defeat (or enact) a specific legislative Act . . . on the ground that their votes have been completely nullified.” Id. at 823. The precedent in question was Coleman v. Miller, 307 U.S. 433, 456 (1939).

The injuries alleged in the three suits against the FOMC are fairly clearly “institutional” as the Court used the term in Raines. The Court characterized any claim that is not “personal,” such as entitlement to the congressional seat itself or receipt of salary, as institutional, because it “ran” with the status of being in Congress and would not be retained when the Member left that body.269Raines, 521 U.S. at 821. The prerogatives of adopting Articles of Impeachment, or advising and consenting in connection with appointment of an officer of the United States, belong to the full House and Senate, respectively. And, for all the twists and turns in standing doctrine in the intervening years, the Court recently reiterated that after Raines, “individual members lack standing to assert the institutional interests of a legislature.”270Va. House of Delegates v. Bethune-Hill, 139 S. Ct. 1945, 1953 (2019).

Might a majority of the House or the Senate have standing under the Raines doctrine, as elaborated in subsequent cases, to complain that the presence of Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC deprives that house of its unique constitutional powers?271In an aside of uncertain significance, the Court noted that it “attach[ed] some importance to the fact that appellees have not been authorized to represent their respective Houses of Congress in this action, and indeed both Houses actively oppose their suit.” Raines, 521 U.S. at 829. Maybe, but not very likely.272The organizational hurdle to such a case has been substantially diminished, at least with respect to the House of Representatives, by the creation and progressively increased authority of the Bipartisan Legal Advisory Group, a five-member committee that is authorized to bring suit on behalf of the House based on a majority vote. See Ben Miller-Gootnick, How the House Sues, 2021 U. Ill. L. Rev. 607, 607 (2021).

In the first place, the one circumstance in which the Raines Court envisaged legislative body standing was when an action in another part of government had “completely nullified” its vote.273Raines, 521 U.S. at 823. While the Court did not explain the scope of “complete nullification,” the two cases in which it found institutional legislative standing (one before and one after Raines) involved situations in which an executive branch official determined the outcome of a tied legislative vote274Coleman v. Miller, 307 U.S. 433, 438 (1939). or a voter initiative removed the authority of a legislature to determine legislative districts.275Ariz. State Legislature v. Ariz. Indep. Redistricting Comm’n, 576 U.S. 787, 787 (2015). While one might argue that the denial of the opportunity to vote on articles of impeachment of a presidential nomination also “completely nullified” the relevant house’s vote, the absence of an intervening action by a non-legislative actor distinguishes an FOMC challenge from those prior cases.

Relatedly, Raines did not stipulate that institutional legislative standing would be found even if both houses of Congress had authorized challenges to a line item veto. The Court pointedly noted that its denial of standing did not “deprive[] Members of Congress of an adequate remedy (since they may repeal the Act or exempt appropriations bills from its reach).”276Raines, 521 U.S. at 829. In one recent D.C. Circuit case, which was later vacated as moot, the Court found institutional standing where there was the theoretical possibility of a veto-proof majority of Congress passing legislation to forbid an allegedly unconstitutional Executive Branch expenditure.277U.S. House of Reps. v. Mnuchin, 976 F.3d 1, 4 (D.C. Cir. 2020), vacated sub nom. Yellen v. U.S. House of Reps., 142 S. Ct. 332 (2021). This case involved a challenge to the Trump Administration’s transfer of funds appropriated for other purposes to supplement a congressional appropriation for building a wall on the border between the United States and Mexico. The three-judge panel did not use the language of “nullification” in applying what it deduced as the test emerging from the Supreme Court’s cases. Instead, it asked whether “the defendant’s action curtail[ed] the power and authority of the [House].” Mnuchin, 976 F.3d at 12 (emphasis added). But even this somewhat expanded view of legislative standing, assuming its acceptance by the Supreme Court, still involved an action in another part of government that “nullified” the effect of a congressional vote.278The D.C. Circuit has also granted standing to six House members on the Committee on Oversight and Reform, who sought to enforce their statutorily granted right to obtain information related to property owned by the U.S. government. The court ruled that a rebuffed request for information is a sufficiently particularized injury for a legislator that there was no requirement that the House, or even the Committee as a whole, bring the suit. Maloney v. Murphy, 984 F.3d 50, 54 (D.C. Cir. 2020), vacated sub nom. Carnahan v. Maloney, 143 S. Ct. 2653 (2023). Again, whatever the receptivity of the Supreme Court to this “informational” exception for individual legislators, it would not be helpful to a legislative challenge to the constitutionality of the Federal Reserve Act. In the FOMC context, the Court might well return to the point that Congress itself has created the situation of which one House complains, with no intervening action by anyone to undermine the original congressional vote (or a future one).279An additional point is that both of the cases in which the Court found legislative standing involved state legislative bodies. In Raines the Court cautioned that separation of powers considerations at the federal level might well make the hurdle for congressional standing higher. 521 U.S. at 824 n.8. Indeed, the point is further made by the identity of the likely defendant in such a case—the FOMC itself. The FOMC has surely done nothing to interfere with, much less nullify, congressional prerogatives.

As with so many strands of standing doctrine, Raines and its progeny have been vigorously criticized from different perspectives.280See, e.g., Matthew I. Hall, Making Sense of Legislative Standing, 90 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1, 22–23 (2016); Jonathan Remy Nash, A Functional Theory of Congressional Standing, 114 Mich. L. Rev. 339, 354–58 (2015); David J. Weiner, The New Law of Legislative Standing, 54 Stan. L. Rev. 205, 233–34 (2001); Note, Standing in the Way of Separation of Powers: The Consequences of Raines v. Byrd, 112 Harv. L. Rev. 1741, 1752–58 (1999). And there have been indications that legislative standing may be available in certain other circumstances, such as to defend the Constitutionality of a statute where the Executive declines to do so.281For a review of these other areas, see generally Wilson C. Freeman & Kevin M. Lewis, Cong. Rsch. Serv., R45636, Congressional Participation in Litigation: Article III and Legislative Standing (2019). In Maloney, the Court of Appeals found standing for a group of members of congressional oversight committees under 5 U.S.C. § 2954, which authorizes a minimum number of members of one of those committees to obtain information pertaining to its jurisdiction from any executive agency. In a split decision, the court concluded that this “informational interest” was more personal than institutional, and thus standing was not foreclosed by Raines. 984 F.3d at 54. Whatever the merits of that decision, it is not relevant to the issue of standing for individual members of Congress to contest the constitutionality of properly enacted legislation. But there has been no indication that the Court would be receptive to a claim of standing when members of Congress challenge the constitutionality of a statute validly enacted into law. A search for a nonlegislative government actor that has “nullified” a congressional voting prerogative will come up empty in a prospective challenge to any of the potential Constitutional infirmities associated with the FOMC. As a result, even if one or both houses of Congress voted to initiate such a challenge, the Court would likely find standing lacking.

ii.  Private Actions Against Reserve Banks

Recall that in Custodia Bank the plaintiff financial firm argued that the Reserve Bank president was a principal officer. Because the Reserve Bank’s denial of a master account to Custodia was a particularized harm that gave it standing, it could include this structural constitutional argument along with its administrative law claims.282While disputes over access to Federal Reserve services have occurred in the past, the emergence of financial firms involved with crypto assets and other innovative technologies has elevated the importance of this issue and, with it, the number of possible plaintiffs with standing to challenge the status of Reserve Bank presidents. David Zaring has suggested another possible plaintiff with standing to raise structural constitutional issues pertaining to the FOMC—the primary dealers with which the Federal Reserve conducts its transactions in government securities. David Zaring, Law and Custom on the Federal Open Market Committee, 78 Law & Contemp. Probs. 157, 182–83 (2015). As Zaring himself notes, it is hard to see the incentive of an existing primary dealer to challenge the hand that feeds it. In any case, there is no regulatory relationship between the FOMC and the primary dealers. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York actually maintains the relationships, since it implements FOMC directives. The Bank characterizes them as “business, not regulatory.” Federal Reserve Bank of New York Policy on Counterparties for Market Operations, Fed. Rsrv. Bank of N.Y. (Apr. 25, 2023), https://www.newyorkfed.org/markets/counterparties/policy-on-counterparties-for-market-operations [https://perma.cc/KZM3-ZR3E]:

The Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s relationships with private sector counterparties described in this policy are business, not regulatory, relationships entered into by the New York Fed for the purposes described herein. That a firm is a New York Fed counterparty is not an endorsement of the firm by the New York Fed and should not be used as a substitute for independent analysis and due diligence by other parties considering a business relationship with the firm.

Id. If a firm chooses not to continue as a primary dealer, with the benefits it brings, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York would no longer have any authority to enforce the contractual expectations it has established for its relationships with the dealers. Perhaps, though, a financial firm that unsuccessfully sought primary dealer status could, like Custodia in the master account context, claim that the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is a principal officer.
In dismissing that claim, the court found that the Reserve Bank president was an inferior officer properly appointed by the Board. But its conclusion was built on the facts of that case—the undoubted power of the Board to remove her and at least the suggestion that the Board had successfully influenced her decision. Might a similarly situated future plaintiff import the arguments for Reserve Bank presidents being principal officers in the monetary policy context, as discussed in Part II.B.2? Possibly, but there are some hurdles.

First, there is the question of whether the Reserve Bank president’s action is an exercise of “executive power” to which Article II requirements attach. In Custodia, the district court noted that the standard for deciding the case was whether granting a master account “constitutes the execution and enforcement of the Federal Reserve Act.”283Custodia Bank, Inc. v. Fed. Rsrv. Bd. of Governors, 640 F. Supp. 3d 1169, 1190 (D. Wyo. 2022). But the court made clear it was not definitely deciding that actions on master account applications are executive functions as a matter of law.284Id. Instead, it observed that Custodia had “plausibly alleged” this to be the case.285Id. at 1186. Presumably because of its view that the Reserve Bank president was an inferior officer, the Court did not believe it needed to resolve the executive power issue.

In its motion to dismiss, the Board had argued that granting a master account was incident to the taking of deposits from banks and other financial institutions, a function that Reserve Banks are authorized (but not required) by the Federal Reserve Act to perform.286Board of Governors Motion to Dismiss, supra note 129, at 4–5; 12 U.S.C. § 342 (“Any Federal reserve bank may receive from any of its member banks, or other depository institutions . . . deposits of current funds in lawful money . . . .”). The Board seemed to be arguing that the granting of master accounts—and, by extension, the provision of other services by Reserve Banks—falls on the private, operational side of the public-private hybrid created by the Federal Reserve Act. Indeed, the Board explicitly invoked the precedent of the First Bank of the United States for the proposition that a “decision on whether to open an account at a government-affiliated bank is not the type of sovereign power implicating the [Appointments] Clause.”287Board of Governors Motion to Dismiss, supra note 129, at 40. Thus, we are directed to the question of how history may be relevant for assessing the constitutionality of Federal Reserve practice. As will be discussed shortly, the answer to that question cannot readily be derived from existing Court precedents. See infra Section III.C.1. This characterization is belied somewhat by the Board’s own explanation that it was developing guidelines to promote consistency in master account decisions across the Federal Reserve System, because “access decisions made by individual Reserve Banks can have implications for a wide array of Federal Reserve System . . . policies and objectives.”288Proposed Guidelines for Evaluating Account and Services Requests, 86 Fed. Reg. 25865, 25866 (proposed May 11, 2021). This aim itself suggests that, in making decisions on master accounts, Reserve Bank presidents do “exercis[e] significant authority pursuant to the laws of the United States.”289Buckley v. Valeo, 424 U.S. 1, 126 (1976) (per curiam).

Regardless of a plaintiff like Custodia Bank’s success on the executive power issue, the second hurdle would likely prove more formidable. The very fact that its claimed injury has nothing to do with monetary policy decisions, or the FOMC as such, might well foreclose the plaintiff from arguing that Reserve Bank presidents are principal officers because of their role on the FOMC. In Seila Law, the Court stated that, “[i]n the specific context of the President’s removal power, we have found it sufficient that the challenger ‘sustain[s] injury’ from an executive act that allegedly exceeds the official’s authority.”290Seila Law LLC. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2196 (2020) (quoting Bowsher v. Synar, 478 U.S. 714, 721 (1986)). As explained earlier, this standard removes the need for a plaintiff to show that the official or agency would have made a different decision in the absence of for-cause protection. But it retains a required link between the injury and the official’s authority. A disappointed applicant’s injury is related to the Reserve Bank president’s statutory authority to accept deposits, under the general supervision of the Board, not from an FOMC monetary policy decision on which the president has voted.

The circumstance here raises a peculiar question: Can a Reserve Bank president be an inferior officer for some purposes (those in which she is acting as head of the Reserve Bank), while being a principal officer for purposes of FOMC monetary policy decisions? The possibility may seem a bit jarring. But perhaps that is a sensible way to parse the anomalous characteristics of the Federal Reserve System generally, and the Reserve Bank presidents in particular. In any case, if standing to challenge the FOMC role of Reserve Bank presidents is denied plaintiffs like Custodia Bank, chances are that courts will never need to decide the question one way or another.

iii.  Presidential Removal of a Reserve Bank President

A third possibility is that the President could attempt to remove a Reserve Bank president, much as President Roosevelt attempted to remove Commissioner Humphrey in the confrontation that gave rise to Humphrey’s Executor. While the procedure by which the President would execute this effort is not entirely clear, given that the Reserve Bank president is not an employee of the U.S. government, presumably an actual case or controversy would eventually be joined. Undoubtedly, the putatively deposed Reserve Bank president would have standing to challenge her removal, thereby bringing the Article II issues front and center. While the legal issue is clear, the circumstances under which the President might be tempted to initiate a confrontation of this sort, with its potential for economic uncertainty, are probably quite limited.

C.  The Federal Reserve as Exceptional

While a relatively low probability outcome, there is at least some chance that a bondholder could successfully argue for standing to challenge the role of Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC or the breadth of monetary policy discretion granted the FOMC in its statutory mandate. Alternatively, if the Court applies the logic of Seila Law in future cases involving traditional independent agencies, a plaintiff appealing a regulatory action by the Board would have no difficulty establishing standing to challenge the for-cause removal protection of its members. This section explores two, arguably mutually reinforcing, avenues by which the Court might nonetheless find that the FOMC’s pedigree provides it some insulation from contemporary constitutional challenge. One is quite literally the Fed’s pedigree—that is, its arguable ancestry in the First and Second Banks of the United States, which date to the earliest years of the Republic. The other is a simple denomination of the Federal Reserve as “exceptional” or an “anomaly” because of the role of a central bank. There are hints of both these arguments—though no more than that—in opinions by Justices in the current conservative majority.

1.  History

Much of the doctrine on the relevance of historical practice to separation of powers issues—if it can even be called that—predates the consolidation of the conservative majority on today’s Court.291For a review and assessment of the uses of history, see Curtis A. Bradley & Trevor W. Morrison, Historical Gloss and the Separation of Powers, 126 Harv. L. Rev. 411, 411 (2012). See also Curtis A. Bradley & Neil S. Siegel, Historical Gloss, Madisonian Liquidation, and the Originalism Debate, 106 Va. L. Rev. 1, 1 (2020); Richard H. Fallon, Jr., The Many and Varied Roles of History in Constitutional Adjudication, 90 Notre Dame L. Rev. 1753, 1753 (2015). Still, the Chief Justice’s emphasis on what he regarded as the novelty of the for-cause removal protections invalidated in Free Enterprise Fund and Seila Law raises the question whether a long-established agency structure might be tolerated even if the Court’s increasingly muscular Article II doctrines suggest constitutional difficulties. If, that is, a structure is unconstitutional in part because it is novel, then perhaps it may be constitutional if it is longstanding. It should be noted at the outset, though, that there are no examples of the current conservative majority using this reasoning to validate a practice in a separation of powers case—only examples where the purported novelty of practice is said to reinforce questions about its constitutionality.

A threshold question is whether the asserted novelty of the two-level for-cause protection in Free Enterprise Fund and the single-headed independent agency in Seila Law was, in fact, integral to the Court’s conclusions that they were unconstitutional. If the decisions ultimately rested on the Court’s textual extrapolations and its theory of the separation of powers, then the absence of novelty might not save the FOMC (or any other agency). The Chief Justice does not give a clear answer to this question.292Cf. Leah M. Litman, Debunking Antinovelty, 66 Duke L.J. 1407, 1423 (2017) (“[I]t is unclear whether the Court uses novelty as a ‘factor’ in its analysis or as an on-off switch that adjusts whether a statute is presumed constitutional or presumed unconstitutional.”). In Free Enterprise Fund, the direct discussion of novelty was relatively brief and came only after both a lengthy consideration of judicial precedent and some speculation as to the effects of the two-level protection on the President’s ability to take care that the laws be faithfully executed. His reference late in the opinion to then-Judge Kavanaugh’s assertion that the “lack of historical precedent” was “the most telling indication of [a] severe constitutional problem” appeared to “hover[] somewhere between rhetorical dressing and doctrine,” as Neal Katyal and Thomas Schmidt characterized it.293Katyal & Schmidt, supra note 134, at 2145 (quoting Free Enter. Fund v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 537 F.3d 667, 699 (D.C. Cir. 2008) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting). It may be that the Chief Justice included the novelty point in part to compensate for the shakiness of his reasoning in rejecting the view that, notwithstanding the PCAOB’s for-cause removal protection, the SEC had essentially unlimited control over the PCAOB’s actions, as was argued by Justice Breyer in dissent. Free Enter. Fund. v. Pub. Co. Acct. Oversight Bd., 561 U.S. at 477, 547–49 (Breyer, J., dissenting).

By contrast, the Chief Justice’s discussion of history and novelty is a prominent part of his opinion in Seila Law. It actually precedes his structural analysis. He again quotes the “telling indication” comment and, further echoing then-Judge Kavanaugh’s opinions in the D.C. Circuit, proceeds to distinguish or dismiss the handful of historical precedents of agencies headed by a single director with for-cause removal protection that were cited by the parties and in Justice Kagan’s dissent. But, as in his earlier invocations of an anti-novelty doctrine in Free Enterprise Fund and National Federation of Independent Business v. Sebelius,294Nat’l Fed’n of Indep. Bus. v. Sebelius, 567 U.S. 519, 549–50 (2012). In the quite different context of the constitutional support for the Affordable Care Act provided by the Commerce Clause, the Chief Justice’s discussion of novelty was remarkably brief. In perhaps his most telling comment, he acknowledged that “[l]egislative novelty is not necessarily fatal.” Id. at 549 (emphasis added). He then quoted the “telling indication” language that had also been quoted in Free Enterprise Fund, Katyal and Schmidt note that the Chief Justice used the rhetoric of novelty throughout his opinion. Katyal & Schmidt, supra note 134, at 2158–59. Whether or not one agrees with their argument that the avoidance doctrine made the anti-novelty doctrine possible, they are manifestly correct that the Court did not “define it carefully . . . defend it with any kind of rigor, or . . . face its full consequences.” Id. at 2149. he does not explain why the absence of historical precedent is problematic. Nor does he specify how, exactly, the purported novelty of the CFPB’s single-director structure fits into his conclusion that it is unconstitutional. He begins his structural discussion by saying that “[i]n addition to being a historical anomaly, the CFPB’s single-Director configuration is incompatible with our constitutional structure.”295Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2202 (2020) (emphasis added). And he certainly gives no indication that a well-established practice might help save an agency structure.

In truth, there is little in the Seila Law opinion to suggest that congressional and executive practice matters to the Chief Justice, except insofar as it confirms his view of far-reaching presidential prerogatives. On the contrary, the trouble he took to narrow the conventional understanding of Humphrey’s Executor might be read to suggest that he attaches little constitutional significance to historical practice by the politically accountable branches of government.296For Chief Justice Roberts, unlike some of his conservative colleagues, past Supreme Court practice does matter, at least to some degree. As the Chief Justice made clear in dismissing Justice Kagan’s argument that the FTC’s authority in 1935 had been quite broad, its actual authority did not matter to him.297Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2200 n.4. All that mattered was the characterization of the agency provided by the Humphrey’s Executor Court.298Id.

One might conclude from Seila Law that novelty matters because it identifies a practice falling outside the narrow bounds of the reinterpreted Humphrey’s Executor (or Morrison, the other “exception” to Myers), but that non-novelty in itself has no validating force.299This is the conclusion Gillian Metzger had reached even before Seila Law. See Gillian E. Metzger, Forword: 1930s Redux: The Administrative State Under Siege, 131 Harv. L. Rev. 1, 19 (2017) (“[N]ovelty can condemn an administrative arrangement, but lack of novelty can’t save it . . . .”). The issues for Chief Justice Roberts may be limited to whether a practice runs afoul of his conception of the Myers “general rule” and, if so, whether the Court deigns to extend the two narrow exceptions created by those two cases. Indeed, the discussion of novelty may be little more than a rhetorical device to help mask what might otherwise seem a rather aggressive judicial restructuring of the government to the Court’s liking.

Still, as already noted, Chief Justice Roberts does not address the issue of historical practice head-on. And there is a single, tantalizing hint in Seila Law—albeit only in a footnote—that history might carry some significance after all. In rejecting the argument that any prior agencies are relevant precedents for the CFPB, Chief Justice Roberts references Justice Kagan’s point that “financial regulators” have historically enjoyed some insulation from the president.300Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2202 n.8. He responds that “even assuming financial institutions like the Second Bank and the Federal Reserve can claim a special historical status, the CFPB is in an entirely different league.”301Id. He does not endorse the point, but he apparently admits of the possibility.

To supplement the limited inferences on the relevance of historical precedent that can be drawn from recent separation of powers cases, we can turn to another fairly recent case—one that offers a more extensive look at the constitutional relevance of historical practice. National Labor Relations Board v. Noel Canning302NLRB v. Noel Canning, 573 U.S. 513, 519 (2014). relied substantially on past practice in concluding that the Recess Appointments Clause covered vacancies that had arisen prior to a congressional recess.303The appointments at issue were nonetheless voided because the Court found that the Senate was truly “in session” during its pro forma sessions and that a three-day recess was to be too short a time to bring them within the scope of the Recess Appointments Clause. Id. at 549–53. However, with the change in composition of the Court since 2014, Justice Breyer’s majority opinion is likely of limited value in predicting how history might influence the disposition of the constitutional issues raised by the FOMC’s structure and mandate.304It is perhaps noteworthy that when Chief Justice Roberts in Seila Law and then-Judge Kavanaugh in PHH Corp. cited the Noel Canning majority opinion, it was not to the lengthy part of the opinion in which Justice Breyer found that historical practice had validated the use of the recess appointment power for vacancies occurring before the recess commenced, but for the holding that practice also established that three days was too short a period for the power to be operative. Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2201 (2020) (noting that a “few scattered examples” shed little light on the question); PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 182 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting). Justice Scalia’s stinging concurrence in the judgment, joined by the Chief Justice and Justices Thomas and Alito, is almost surely more relevant in projecting when and how the current Court may credit history and practice.305One would expect that Justices Kavanagh, Gorsuch, and Barrett will align much more closely with the Scalia view than with Breyer’s.

A good portion of Justice Scalia’s opinion addressed disagreements with the majority that are not especially salient for present purposes—whether the Recess Appointments Clause is ambiguous and whether there was any textual basis for the majority’s conclusion that a three day intrasession congressional break was not a “recess.”306Noel Canning, 573 U.S. at 575–83 (Scalia, J., concurring). Addressing the cases cited by Justice Breyer to support the weight he gave to historical practice, Justice Scalia countered that “[n]early all involved venerable and unchallenged practices, and constitutional provisions that were either deeply ambiguous or plainly supportive of the practice.” Id. at 574 n.1. He did, however, also spend considerable time contrasting the majority’s approach with his own high threshold for historical practice to affect constitutional interpretation:

Of course, where a governmental practice has been open, widespread, and unchallenged since the early days of the Republic, the practice should guide our interpretation of an ambiguous constitutional provision . . . . ‘But [p]ast practice does not, by itself, create power. . . . That is a necessary corollary of the principle that the political branches cannot by agreement alter the constitutional structure. Plainly, then, a self-aggrandizing practice adopted by one branch well after the founding, often challenged, and never before blessed by this Court—in other words, the sort of practice on which the majority relies in this case—does not relieve us of our duty to interpret the Constitution in light of its text, structure, and original understanding.307Id. at 572–73 (citations omitted).

He went on to note, among other things, that no “[p]residential legal adviser” had opined until 1921 that intrasession recess appointments were constitutional,308Id. at 589. and that it was only after this opinion was delivered to President Harding by his Attorney General “did the flow of intra-session recess appointments start.”309Id. at 590. His observation that “[i]t is necessary to skip over the first 13 decades of our [n]ation’s history”310Id. at 589. underscored his “early days of the Republic” standard. Indeed, to support his narrowly drawn characterization of when historical practice might argue in favor of its constitutionality, he invoked INS v. Chadha,311INS v. Chadha, 462 U.S. 919 (1983). in which “[w]e did not hesitate to hold the legislative veto unconstitutional even though Congress had enacted, and the President had signed, nearly 300 similar provisions over the course of 50 years.”312Noel Canning, 573 U.S. at 572 (Scalia, J., concurring). The Court does not defer to accommodations between the President and Congress, because the structural features of the Constitution were “designed first and foremost not to look after the interests of the respective branches, but to ‘protec[t] individual liberty.’ ”313Id. at 571.

Justice Scalia did not explain why historical practice meeting his fairly demanding standard should receive deference from the judiciary. This omission is unfortunate, because an understanding of the rationale might help in assessing the FOMC’s historical case. Justice Breyer’s majority opinion invoked Madison’s “liquidation” theory in explaining why practice could be relevant to constitutional interpretation—that is, that the “difficulties . . . in expounding terms & phrases necessarily used in such a charter . . . might require a regular course of practice to liquidate & settle the meaning of some of them.”314Id. at 525 (majority opinion) (quoting James Madison’s letter to Spencer Roane of Sept. 2, 1819). Then-Judge Kavanaugh apparently agreed with the liquidation explanation, since he quoted this part of the Breyer opinion in his D.C. Circuit opinions on the CFPB single-director structure.315PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 179 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting); PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 839 F.3d at 1, 24 (D.C. Cir. 2016).

In his Seila Law opinion, Chief Justice Roberts does not use the term “liquidation,” but does nod in its direction by citing the famous debate on removability in the First Congress.316Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2197 (2020). He appears, though, to be nodding toward a narrow view of liquidation, which values the non-judicial explication of ambiguous Constitutional text only when it was “contemporaneous” with the drafting of the Constitution and is thus presumed to reflect its original meaning.317Id. For an explanation of narrow and broader understandings of liquidation, see Bradley & Siegel, supra note 291, at 39–59. Again, though, insofar as the Chief Justice reads that decision of the First Congress to accord with his view that the Constitution gives the President far-reaching removal power,318For criticism of the Chief Justice’s historical reading, see Daniel D. Birk, Interrogating the Historical Basis for a Unitary Executive, 73 Stan. L. Rev. 175, 187–89, 194–97 (2021); Jane Manners & Lev Menand, The Three Permissions: Presidential Removal and the Statutory Limits of Agency Independence, 121 Colum. L. Rev. 1, 21–27 (2021); Jed Handelsman Shugerman, Presidential Removal: The Marbury Problem and the Madison Solutions, 89 Fordham L. Rev. 2085, 2097–98, 2105–08 (2021). it remains unclear whether this history has independent significance or is simply a helpful gloss on his structural analysis.

Assuming that Chief Justice Roberts might grant some relevance to history that cuts against his doctrinal instincts on separation of powers issues, his comments in Seila Law on the prior practice cited by Justice Kagan and the parties appear consistent with the Scalia standard: “[T]hese isolated examples [of agencies with single heads who have for-cause removal protection] are modern and contested.”319Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2202 (emphasis added). While Roberts did not say that a practice had to date back to “the early days of the Republic” to be relevant, he did observe that the Office of Special Counsel, the “first enduring single-leader office,” had been created in 1978, “nearly 200 years after the Constitution was ratified.”320Id. at 2201. He tracked the “unchallenged” component of Justice Scalia’s standard in asserting that President Carter had raised a Constitutional objection, that President Reagan had vetoed a renewal of the office on constitutional grounds, and that President Clinton had “questioned the constitutionality” of the Social Security Administration’s new single-director structure when signing the relevant legislation in 1994.321Id. at 2202. It is not clear that all those constitutional objections by three Presidents actually related to the feature of a single Director removable only for cause. See Sasha W. Boutilier, Simplistic Structure and History in Seila Law, 96 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 1582, 1610–15 (2021). It is certainly true, however, that the Office of Legal Counsel had, without ultimately resolving the issue, noted that the removal restriction for the Commissioner of the Social Security Administration presented a serious constitutional question. See Constitutionality of the Commissioner of Social Security’s Tenure Protection, 45 Op. O.L.C. 1, 1 (2021), https://www.justice.gov/olc/opinion/constitutionality-commissioner-social-security-s-tenure-protection [https://perma.cc/4XMQ-2YYS] (referencing Letter to Lloyd N. Cutler, Counsel to the President, from Walter Dellinger, Assistant Attorney General, Office of Legal Counsel from July 29, 1994). In any case, for purposes of projecting Chief Justice Roberts’s assessment of the FOMC, the accuracy of his history is less important than the point he is making by invoking it.

Although Chief Justice Roberts did not explicitly embrace the “early years of the Republic” norm, his recasting of Humphrey’s Executor suggests that actual congressional practice in creating the Federal Trade Commission Act in 1914 is not dispositive of anything. As noted earlier, all that matters is the characterization of an agency whose principals enjoy for-cause protection that he understands the Humphrey’s Executor Court to have validated. Since the Federal Reserve was created less than a year before the FTC, it seems increasingly unlikely that the early twentieth century lineage of an agency would in itself buy anything with the current Court.322Readers wondering if the nineteenth century Interstate Commerce Commission (“ICC”) provides a hoarier, and thus potentially more convincing, precedent for independent agencies should remember that the ICC as created in 1887 was essentially subordinate to the Secretary of the Interior. Only after the amendments passed by Congress in 1905 was it recognizable as a workably independent agency.

Indeed, one could argue that, for constitutional purposes, the salient characteristic of today’s Federal Reserve—its more or less exclusive, independent authority and discretion to make monetary policy—is even more recent. It did not take shape for two or more decades after passage of the Federal Reserve Act. Both directly and indirectly, Presidents and their Secretaries of the Treasury played a role under the original Federal Reserve Act. It was only in the Banking Act of 1935 that the Secretary of the Treasury and Comptroller of the Currency were removed from the Board.323Banking Act of 1935, ch. 614, Title II, § 203(b), 49 Stat. 684, 704 (1935) (current version at 12 U.S.C. § 241). The story is complicated by the fact that the 1935 legislation also made the Federal Reserve more governmental and less private by clarifying the authority of the Board over the Reserve Banks, see id. §§ 203(a), 204, 49 Stat. 684 at 704, 705 (1935) (current version at 12 U.S.C. §§ 241, 347b(a)), and formally creating an FOMC dominated by the Board. Id. § 205, 49 Stat. 684, 705 (1935) (current version at 12 U.S.C. § 263(a)). This shift might be argued to somewhat mitigate the Article II issues discussed earlier, but it is almost surely not enough to change the basic analysis. President Roosevelt’s roughly contemporaneous decision to take the United States off the gold standard removed what had initially been a notable, if variable, constraint on the Fed’s policy discretion.324For the text of the April 19, 1933, press conference at which President Roosevelt announced that the nation was off the gold standard, see 2 Franklin D. Roosevelt & Samuel I. Rosenman (Compiler), The Public Papers and Addresses of Franklin D. Roosevelt 137–40 (1938). For a more detailed discussion of the various steps taken by President Roosevelt to effectuate the elimination of the gold standard, see Craig K. Elwell, Cong. Rsch. Serv., R41887, Brief History of the Gold Standard in the United States 8–10 (2011); Kenneth W. Dam, From the Gold Clause Cases to the Gold Commission: A Half Century of American Monetary Law, 50 U. Chi. L. Rev. 504, 509–14 (1983). The practical impact of the gold standard on monetary policy varied with macroeconomic conditions. For a thorough treatment of the effect of the gold standard on U.S. economic performance, including monetary policy, see Barry Eichengreen, Golden Fetters: The Gold Standard and the Great Depression, 1919–19­39 (1996), especially at 118–19, 295–97, 324, 326, 346–47, 392–93. Moreover, as a political and institutional matter, as in the early years of the Fed coinciding with the First World War, the Federal Reserve felt compelled through the end of the Second World War to support the Administration’s demand for keeping interest rates low in order to facilitate financing of the war effort. This de facto subservience ended only with the so-called Treasury-Fed Accord of 1951. See Robert L. Hetzel & Ralph F. Leach, The Treasury-Fed Accord: A New Narrative Account, 87 Fed. Rsrv. Bank Richmond Econ. Q. 33, 33 (2001); Clifford, supra note 91, at 229–70. But even then, the Federal Reserve did not have full legal, much less practical, autonomy in setting monetary policy. Two provisions included in 1933 legislation—the Thomas Amendment to the Agricultural Adjustment Act325Agricultural Adjustment Act of May 12, 1933, ch. 25, § 43, 48 Stat. 51 (1934) (codified as amended in 31 U.S.C. § 821). and the Emergency Banking Act326Emergency Banking Act of March 9, 1933, ch. 1, § 4, 48 Stat. 2 (codified as amended in 12 U.S.C. § 95).—gave the President and the Treasury Department authority to make open market purchases of Treasury securities and to regulate all member banks of the Federal Reserve System. Although the Administration did not exercise either of these authorities, they “remained at hand to make the wishes of the Treasury forceful in the councils of the Federal Reserve System.”327Clifford, supra note 91, at 144. For a description of both statutory provisions and their use, see id. at 142–46. On June 12, 1945, Congress terminated the authority of the President and the Secretary of the Treasury, under section 43(b)(1) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act in 1941, to issue United States notes and use such notes to purchase and retire Unites States bonds and other obligations, absent an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board. Act of June 12, 1945, ch. 186, § 4, 59 Stat. 238 (1945).

Assuming that congressional practice from the first half of the twentieth century is not old enough to affect the current Court’s constitutional analysis, do the Banks of the United States nonetheless ground the Fed in practice from the “earliest days of the Republic”? After all, the First Bank was incorporated on February 25, 1791,328An Act to Incorporate the Subscribers in the Bank of the United States, ch. X, 1 Stat. 191, (1791) [hereinafter First Bank Charter]. in the waning days of the very same First Congress whose debates over the removal of presidential appointees loomed so large in the reasoning of Chief Justice Taft in Myers v. United States329Myers v. United States, 272 U.S. 52, 117–19 (1926). and, by extension, Chief Justice Roberts in Seila Law. The answer to that question may depend on how broadly or narrowly the antecedent “practice” is characterized for purposes of deciding if it created a relevant precedent.

If the history is framed narrowly, then the precedents of the Banks of the United States are likely immaterial. So, for example, if the Court asks whether there is an unchallenged practice for two centuries or more of having a mixed committee composed of both government and nongovernment employees with unlimited capacity and discretion to inject fiat money into the economy, and to withdraw it in order to restore price stability, then the answer is clearly no. Both Banks of the United States were chartered directly by Congress as private entities in a way similar to the chartering of corporations by state legislatures at the time—through special acts of incorporation that sought to achieve a public purpose while setting forth many specific powers, constraints, and governance provisions.330For a discussion of the use of such charters by Massachusetts, see Oscar Handlin & Mary Flug Handlin, Commonwealth: A Study of the Role of Government in the American Economy: Massachusetts, 1774–1861 (rev. ed. 1969). Those acts contained neither the mandate nor the authority to conduct monetary policy as we know it today.331There is disagreement among Fed historians as to whether some proponents contemplated the First Bank of the United States conducting quasi-monetary policy. See infra p. 180. The disagreement is described in Richard H. Timberlake, Monetary Policy in the United States: An Intellectual and Institutional History 28–29 (1993). Whatever the intentions of proponents however, it is clear that neither Bank’s charter contained any such mandate. Unlike the Federal Reserve, both Banks competed with state-chartered banks for lending business.332See David Jack Cowen, The Origins and Economic Impact of the First Bank of the United States, 1791–1797, in Financial Sector of the American Economy 50–54 (Stuart Bruchey ed., 2000); see also Bray Hammond, Banks and Politics in America: From the Revolution to the Civil War 199, 283–­85 (1957). Unlike shares in Federal Reserve Banks, shares of the banks of the United States could be (and were) held by non-bank individuals and entities, and could be alienated more or less freely. Both banks had statutory limitations on the size of their balance sheets, in contrast to today’s Federal Reserve, which as a legal matter has no constraints on the amount of its borrowing, lending, or purchases.333Moreover, the directors of the Banks could be held personally liable for violations of this and certain other charter provision. First Bank Charter § 7; An Act to Incorporate the Subscribers in the Bank of the United States, ch. XLIV, § 11, 3 Stat. 271 (1816) [hereinafter Second Bank Charter]. The Second Bank was also subject to an explicit requirement that it not refuse payment in specie (i.e., gold or silver) to any noteholder or depositor, thereby restraining its ability to create money.334Second Bank Charter § 17. For the importance of this provision, see Timberlake, supra note 331, at 32–33.

In short, while the congressional acts of incorporation of the banks did provide for a board that combined shareholder-selected and presidentially-appointed directors, in a manner that roughly foreshadowed the structure of the Federal Reserve, the authority of that board was, to borrow Chief Justice Roberts’s phrase, “in an entirely different league.”335Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2202 n.8. (2020). Interestingly enough, in light of recent Supreme Court decisions, among President Andrew Jackson’s ideas for an alternative to a straightforward rechartering of the Second Bank of the United States was the feature that all directors of the Bank would have to be renominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate each year. See Edward S. Kaplan, The Bank of the United States and the American Economy 111 (1999). Obviously, this would have substantially increased Administration influence over the Bank’s policies and practices. Finally, while the Supreme Court famously held in McCulloch v. Maryland336McCulloch v. Maryland, 17 U.S. 316, 316 (1819). that Congress could constitutionally charter a banking corporation, the Court gave no indication that it was endorsing the delegation of monetary policy to any actors, governmental or nongovernmental. Indeed, the Court assumed that the purpose of the Second Bank of the United States was to facilitate the “fiscal operations” of the government.337Id. at 422.

On the other hand, a broader—but, as a factual matter, equally accurate—characterization of the history could readily lend relevance to the legacy of the Banks of the United States in applying separation of powers doctrines as they are remade by the current Court. Starting less than two years after the country began operating under the Constitution, the objective of ensuring a stable, national currency has periodically led the political branches to create institutions to pursue that objective with a significant measure of operational autonomy from those same political branches. In part to reinforce this autonomy, these institutions have always been public/private hybrids, combining certain government features with contributions of private capital and with a governance structure that includes individuals who are not employees of the government.

When the Banks of the United States were incorporated in 1791 and 1816, respectively, there was no conception of monetary policy as we think of it today to be found anywhere in the world.338See Hammond, supra note 332, at 128. But, as has been regularly noted by economic historians, both Banks engaged in activities to expand or contract the amount of credit being extended in the economy. With the government’s deposits and the Banks’ own capital, they were the dominant financial actor in the country. Like any bank, they could, and did, increase the amount of credit in the economy through their own lending. They also could, and sometimes did, exercise restraint in the interests of a more stable economy by declining to extend more credit, even where profitable opportunities may have been available.339See, e.g., Cowen, supra note 332, at 104–05, 199–­209. At times, though, the Bank might take action designed to protect its own position, rather than serving the needs of the economy more generally. See Timberlake, supra note 331, at 38. The existence of examples of the Banks acting in both their private and the public interests underscores the availability of facts supporting multiple narratives of the Banks’ relationship to modern day central banking. In a rudimentary way they also “regulated” credit creation by the growing number of private, state-chartered banks. This they accomplished not by means of legally binding rules, but by either presenting the notes of those banks with a demand for payment in specie (a credit constraining activity) or by forbearing from doing so, and thereby allowing higher levels of credit in the economy.340See Hammond, supra note 332, at 198­–99, 301, 304–­06; Jane Ellen Knodell, The Second Bank of the United States: Central Banker in an Era of Nation-Building, 1816–1836, 158–60 (2017). By statute, both Banks of the United States were granted the critical privilege of having their bills and notes declared legal tender for “all payments to the United States.”341First Bank Charter § 10; Second Bank Charter § 14. This provision enhanced the money status of the Banks’ notes across the country by sparing them the discounting to which the notes of state banks were frequently subject, especially in locales far removed from the banks.342See Knodell, supra note 340, at 89–92. Finally, it is worth noting the contemporary references to the Banks as “public” banks and the fact that the basis for Chief Justice Marshall’s opinion in McCulloch was that Congress had created the Second Bank as a “necessary and proper” adjunct to the exercise of its governmental powers.343In Osborn v. Bank of the United States, 22 U.S. 738, 861 (1824), a later case involving the jurisdiction of the federal judiciary to hear cases involving the Bank, Chief Justice Marshall elaborated on his reasoning in McCulloch and stated explicitly that the Bank was a “public,” not a “private” corporation, “created for public and national purposes.” Id. at 860. Of course, neither McCulloch nor Osborn described the Bank in terms we would recognize as describing a modern central bank.

The governance of both Banks was even more weighted to the private side than the original Federal Reserve, and certainly than today’s Federal Reserve. In the First Bank, the twenty-five directors were elected annually by a plurality of shareholders, with no more than three-quarters eligible for re-election the following year. The U.S. government had the right to,344First Bank Charter § 11. and did, acquire twenty percent of the ten million dollars in stock that was set by statute as the capital ceiling for the Bank. With the reduced weighting of votes for owners of larger numbers of shares required by the Act of Incorporation,345Id. § 7. The Act specified that the stockholders obtained progressively fewer votes for the number of shares they held (e.g., one vote for every two shares up to ten shares, but then only one additional vote for every four shares between ten and thirty shares). There was an absolute limit of thirty votes per stockholder (including any government stockholders). the government would not have been able to dominate formal governance of the Bank in any case. However, the government waived its voting rights,346See Edwin J. Perkins, American Public Finance and Financial Services 1700–1815, in Historical Perspectives on Business Enterprise 236 (Mansel G. Blackford & K. Austin Kerr eds., 1994). thereby ceding any formal governance role altogether (though economic historians have argued that the influence of the Secretary of the Treasury on the Bank’s operations was nonetheless significant).347This argument is especially put forward with respect to the early years of the First Bank of the United States. See Cowen, supra note 332, at 143–53. The Act of Incorporation of the Second Bank required, rather than simply authorized, the government to acquire twenty percent of the shares.348Second Bank Charter § 6. It also provided for the President to appoint five of the twenty-five directors annually, with the advice and consent of the Senate.349Second Bank Charter § 8.

In short, the legacy of the Banks of the United States can be characterized as establishing an American practice of using a public-private hybrid financial institution to manage the monetary affairs of the country, in accordance with the needs of the day. If the Court were to choose this relatively broad framing of the history of the Banks, it would probably have already decided against finding the FOMC unconstitutional. Still, it is worth asking how historical “practice” as so understood measures up against the Scalia formulation in Noel Canning.

Scalia’s limitation of history’s value to cases involving an “ambiguous constitutional provision”350NLRB v. Noel Canning, 573 U.S. 513, 572 (2014) (Scalia, J., concurring). does not seem especially problematic here. There is no constitutional text defining inferior officers or addressing delegations of congressional authority or granting the President the power to remove officials. All are judge—or, more accurately, Justice—made doctrines whose specifics can be refined as the Justices choose, perhaps in part because of the significance of history. The Appointments Clause, of course, is a part of the Constitution. But that text presents no difficulties for the FOMC so long as the Reserve Bank presidents are considered inferior officers.

The requirement that the practice have been “open” seems less applicable to statutory enactments, which are by definition publicly known. Nor does a requirement that a practice be “widespread” apply to legislation in the same way that actions by the Executive such as recess appointments do.351In Noel Canning, Justice Scalia was concerned with the potential for presidential aggrandizement through practices that were constitutionally questionable but perhaps difficult for Congress collectively to resist. Id. at 593. Obviously, that is not the concern where the issue is the extent of the President’s removal power. Once legislation is passed, it is law. But might the Court translate “widespread” from the context of Executive practice into a requirement that a legislated practice have been in effect more or less continuously since its implementation in the early years of the Republic? The charters of both Banks were allowed to lapse, one by congressional inaction and the other by presidential veto. There was an interval of three quarters of a century between the demise of the Second Bank in 1836 and the passage of the Federal Reserve Act in 1913.

Moreover, neither the Banks nor the FOMC have been “unchallenged.” The controversy over the constitutionality of the First Bank gave rise to the famous debate among the Founders, pitting Madison and Jefferson against Hamilton as all three vied to influence President Washington’s decision whether to veto the Bank bill. Controversy over the Second Bank produced one of the landmarks of constitutional history. Later, in his message vetoing the Second Bank, President Jackson argued it was unconstitutional not only by indirectly relitigating the Court’s decision in McCulloch,352As Jerry Mashaw has pointed out, Jackson did not directly question the validity of the Court’s holding in McCulloch. Rather, he argued that the Court had held the Bank was constitutional because Congress had concluded it was a necessary and proper adjunct to exercise of a power explicitly granted in Article I. Jackson went on to enumerate the reasons he (in wielding his veto as part of the Article I legislative process) did not regard a renewal of the Second Bank’s charter as necessary and proper. See Jerry L. Mashaw, Administration and “The Democracy”: Administrative Law from Jackson to Lincoln, 1829–1861, 117 Yale. L.J. 1568, 1592–93 (2008). but also by asserting that the Congress had unconstitutionally delegated its own authority to the Bank by granting it an effective monopoly.353This is not to say that President Jackson is necessarily persuasive. He essentially argued that the Constitution provides in only a few cases—such as patents and trademarks—for Congress to grant a monopoly over restrictions on “trade or exchange.” Since Congress, in Section 21 of the Act of Incorporation of the Second Bank, had forbidden itself from establishing any other bank during the term of the Second Bank’s charter, Jackson urged that Congress had thereby exceeded its constitutional powers by restricting its own action. This is obviously a different kind of non-delegation argument from those advanced in the last hundred years—one that arises from the act of granting an exclusive privilege through an act of incorporation. However, as President Jackson himself demonstrated in withdrawing U.S. government deposits from the Second Bank, it is not at all clear just how much Congress had restricted the prerogative of the political branches. As discussed earlier, the FOMC itself has been challenged in litigation by legislators.

Even as some of Justice Scalia’s requirements are not germane to legislation, so there may be qualifications on the significance of historical practice that apply only to legislation. Most relevant here is that the “monetary policy” function of the Banks of the United States, as described earlier, was not authorized in either Bank’s Act of incorporation. It was the heft and reach of the Banks that enabled them to permit or restrain credit growth by state banks. While Congress had enabled this rudimentary credit regulation practice through providing for a large capitalization and by allowing branching, it had neither asked nor authorized the Banks to fulfill that function. Accordingly, one might argue, whatever monetary policy power the Banks might have possessed de facto was of no consequence for deciding constitutional practice, which is determined by the formal pronouncements and actions of the three branches of government established by the Constitution.

There are, in turn, rejoinders to these qualifications on the strong legacy account: As to a reformulation of “widespread” as “continuous,” James Madison himself eventually came to believe that the creation and existence of the First Bank had liquidated the question of its constitutionality. Extending this acknowledgement, one might argue that once the constitutionality of a governance device or delegation is established through practice, subsequent congressional choices for other means of achieving policy aims do not remove the precedential value of that practice. Congress is free to return to it as circumstances change. Similarly, with respect to the “unchallenged” point, it would be odd if constitutional objections by political actors themselves fatally undermine a piece of legislation, especially one that the Court itself has found constitutional. Under the logic by which standing was denied to some of the congressional challengers in the cases discussed earlier, their objections do not carry any constitutional weight beyond that which would apply in a private party’s challenge. Finally, while neither Act of incorporation of the Banks called upon them to regulate the credit practices of state banks, the issue of ensuring sound money—in part through exercising control over state bank note issuance—was central to the debate over (and support for) the Second Bank.354See Hammond, supra note 332, at 233–43.

2.  The Federal Reserve as Anomalous

A second route by which the Court might find the FOMC exceptional is to declare it so. Peculiar as that might seem as the stated basis for a judicial conclusion, consider then-Judge Kavanaugh’s possibly revealing aside in his dissent from the en banc decision of the D.C. Circuit in PHH Corporation v. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.355PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 75 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc). Responding to the CFPB’s argument that the Chair of the Federal Reserve is not removable except for cause, Judge Kavanaugh first correctly noted that the matter is not at all clear from the language of the Federal Reserve Act.356While the Act specifies the term of Members of the Board as fourteen years “unless sooner removed for cause,” the following sentence specifies the four-year terms as Chair or Vice Chair for officials who are also members of the Board. 12 U.S.C. § 242. That second sentence neither contains a similar for-cause provision nor indicates explicitly that the President has plenary removal power. Id. He then went on to say that, even if the CFPB were correct, that attribute of the Federal Reserve Board Chair was not pertinent to a decision on the CFPB:

But even assuming the CFPB’s assertion is correct, such an exception would simply reflect the unique function of the Federal Reserve Board with respect to monetary policy. The Chair of the Federal Reserve Board would be akin to what Justice Breyer in Noel Canning referred to as an historical anomaly—here, an anomaly due to the Federal Reserve’s special functions in setting monetary policy and stabilizing the financial markets.357PHH Corp., 881 F.3d at 192 n.17 (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting).

So, the Federal Reserve may be an “anomaly.”358Id. Given that this comment was in a footnote, it is perhaps not surprising that Judge Kavanaugh did not explain it any further. It seems unlikely that, in upholding the constitutionality of the FOMC, the Court would simply declare it anomalous without further explanation. But his remark is a good starting point for projecting what this escape route might look like.

To begin with, of course, the fact that an agency feature is an anomaly does not in itself validate that feature. A law authorizing the Senate Finance Committee to choose the Secretary of the Treasury without the involvement of the President or the rest of the Senate would certainly be anomalous. It would equally certainly be held unconstitutional. So what is it about the Federal Reserve that might make its anomalous status acceptable?

Judge Kavanagh did refer to the Federal Reserve, or at least the possible status of its chair, as a “historical anomaly.”359Id. It is not altogether clear if Judge Kavanaugh meant that the Federal Reserve is, historically, an anomaly or that it is an anomaly because of its history—in the sense of longevity or pedigree. If the answer is that banking and credit played an unusually prominent role in constitutional and policy debates in the early days of the Constitution, then we revert to the analysis in the preceding section. But because he says that the Federal Reserve is an anomaly due to its “special functions in setting monetary policy and stabilizing the financial markets,”360Id. he may be implying that something about those functions could justify agency features that would be struck down elsewhere.

One possibility is that Judge Kavanaugh, and perhaps other conservative colleagues, simply regard the Federal Reserve as too important to mess with, as suggested earlier. Whatever its utility as a realist explanation of why the Court may forbear from finding the FOMC unconstitutional, however, the perceived importance of the Federal Reserve is not an argument carrying much doctrinal weight. A rationale more easily grounded in the Court’s conservative doctrines has already cropped up several times in my discussion of recent separation of powers cases: the FOMC does not regulate any private actors. Judge Kavanaugh began his dissent with the same appeal to liberty that we saw in Justice Gorsuch’s Gundy dissent.361“This is a case about executive power and individual liberty.” Id. at 164. Again, “liberty” to these Justices means not just what most people think of as liberty, but also corporate property and profits. That same invocation of liberty appears in Justice Scalia’s Noel Canning concurrence (arguing that separation of powers doctrine is not principally a matter of protecting the prerogatives of the three branches of government, but of guarding liberty).362NLRB v. Noel Canning, 573 U.S. 513, 571 (2014) (Scalia, J., concurring). It is also echoed, albeit with less rhetorical flourish, in some elements of standing doctrine.

If the Court opts to maintain a fairly restrictive standing doctrine for anyone not directly regulated by an agency, perhaps it would extend the rationale for that position to its treatment of a removal, Appointments Clause, or delegation issue that unexpectedly reached the merits. That is, the Chief Justice’s emphasis on accountability and liberty interests in finding removal restrictions unconstitutional in Free Enterprise Fund and Seila Law, and in his somewhat ambiguous Appointments Clause opinion in Arthrex, might lead the Court to give Congress more constitutional latitude in structuring agencies where those interests are not at stake—at least as the Court seems to understand them. Similarly, as noted in Part II, Justice Gorsuch’s suggested non-delegation doctrine appears more permissive where Congress does not empower an agency to “regulate” or “govern” private conduct.363Va. House of Delegates v. Bethune-Hill, 139 S. Ct. 1945, 2139 (2019) (Gorsuch, J., dissenting).

However convincing this approach might be to the Court in considering the FOMC as a monetary policy body, it does not apply to the Board in its non-monetary policy roles. The Board has far-reaching regulatory powers over banking organizations and certain financial market utilities,364For a description of the Board’s regulatory powers, see Fed. Rsrv. Pub. Educ. & Outreach, supra note 15, at 62–82. which as an economic matter are much more significant than those of the CFPB. The Board alone exercises these powers, without the participation of the Reserve Bank presidents. Were Seila Law to prove a forerunner to a broader invalidation of traditional multi-member independent commissions, the non-regulator logic would hardly save the Board and, by extension, its independence as the more important of the two groups that constitute the FOMC. Indeed, insofar as the Chief Justice’s cryptic reference in Seila Law to the Second Bank of the United States and the Federal Reserve contrasted those institutions with the CFPB,365Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2202 (2020). he may have been referring only to their monetary policy and credit extension roles.366It is also possible that the Chief Justice was not aware of the complexities of the Fed’s structure. In academic legal literature, one sometimes sees references to the “Federal Reserve Board” as the entity conducting monetary policy. His description of the CFPB—“a mini legislature, prosecutor, and court, responsible for creating substantive rules for a wide swath of industries, prosecuting violations, and levying knee-buckling penalties against private citizens,” mostly describes non-monetary policy roles of the Board as well.367Seila Law, 140 S. Ct. at 2202 n.8. One might not characterize the Federal Reserve as regulating a “wide swath of industries,” but its scope of powers to set prudential and other requirements for all banking organizations reaches to the heart of those firms’ financial and business models, not just to their relationships with retail customers.

There is a basis for distinguishing the Board from the CFPB and most other agencies. The Board’s regulatory authority over banking organizations is in some sense an extension of its monetary policy authority. If the Court accepts a rationale for the exercise of monetary policy independent of the President, then there may be a derivative rationale for the independence of the Board’s regulatory functions. Moreover, the authority to pay interest on bank reserves held at the Federal Reserve, which has become a principal tool of monetary policy, is lodged solely in the Board.36812 U.S.C. § 461(b)(12). A greatly simplified explanation of how banks “create” money may be useful for understanding this argument.

When, as is usually the case, private banks extend loans to households and businesses by crediting the transaction accounts of those borrowers, they are creating money—“inside money” as it is described in economics.369See N. Gregory Mankiw, Principles of Economics 611–16 (8th ed. 2016); Ricardo Lagos, Inside and Outside Money, Fed. Rsrv. Bank of Minneapolis (May 1, 2006), https://www.minneapolisfed.org/research/staff-reports/inside-and-outside-money [https://perma.cc/CTU4-V6UY]. The borrowers receive in their checking accounts the amount of the loans, which are now available to spend. Meanwhile, no other party (for example, the bank or any of its depositors) has seen a reduction in the amount available for immediate expenditure. Hence the aggregate supply of money in the economy has increased. However, the banks know that the borrowers will spend some or all of their loans, and that other depositors will in the normal course of business be drawing funds as well. So the banks’ money creation function is at least somewhat constrained by its need to maintain sufficient reserves to meet the demands for payment as they are presented in the form of checks and electronic transfer instructions by account holders.370Vault cash is of course a reserve asset as well, but the non-cash transfers that dominate the contemporary financial system are ultimately grounded in the “outside” money (i.e., outside of banks) created electronically by the Federal Reserve.

Traditionally, banks have been regarded as the “transmission belt” for monetary policy. The Federal Reserve used open market operations to increase or decrease the amount of reserves in the banking system by, respectively, buying or selling government securities. The variation in available reserves, in turn, affected the amount and pricing of credit that banks could make available. Up until very recently, the Federal Reserve also imposed minimum reserve requirements on banks to help constrain the growth of the money supply.371With the shift to an ample reserves monetary policy, see infra note 372. The Federal Reserve eliminated minimum reserve ratios in March 2020. Press Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Rsrv. Sys., Federal Reserve Actions to Support the Flow of Credit to Households and Businesses (Mar. 15, 2020), https://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/pressreleases/monetary20200315b.htm [https://perma.cc/E7CQ-BW8G]. For years beforehand, the Federal Reserve’s required reserve ratios had remained unchanged and were not regarded as an important tool for monetary policy. The Federal Reserve’s response to the Global Financial Crisis of 2007–2009 included a massive increase in the amount of reserves, and thus significantly reduced the efficacy of open market operations in influencing the amount and pricing of bank lending.372Once the acute phase of the Global Financial Crisis (“GFC”) began in the fall of 2008, the FOMC quickly reduced interest rates very close to zero in an effort to make liquidity available and borrowing as cheap as possible under severely adverse conditions. However, the FOMC found that monetary stimulus at the “zero lower bound” was still inadequate in the face of the financial and economic disruptions that followed the collapses of Lehman Brothers, AIG, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac. The FOMC therefore undertook to purchase very large amounts of government securities in an effort to ease financial conditions further. As a result, the reserves in the banking system (which the Federal Reserve created in order to purchase the outstanding securities) increased enormously. This “quantitative easing” and its aftermath have moved monetary policy from the traditional “scarce reserves” condition to one of “ample reserves.” When, in late 2015, the FOMC increased its target rate for the first time since the onset of the GFC, it would not have been able to achieve that target with the traditional “modest size” of securities sales. Fed. Rsrv. Pub. Educ. & Outreach, supra note 15, at 38. Instead, it used its relatively new authority to pay interest on reserves to influence banks’ lending behavior. Since reserves are by definition risk-free, a bank has no incentive to use its reserves to back lending at less than the Federal Reserve pays on those reserves. Still, the now preferred monetary policy tool of paying interest on reserve balances held by banks at the Federal Reserve has not changed the basic situation: the Federal Reserve uses its reserve policies to affect lending—and thus the creation of money—by banks.373The Federal Reserve has also established an Overnight Reverse Repurchase facility (“ONRRP”), which allows some non-bank financial institutions—principally money market funds—to engage in what is essentially a short-term, interest-bearing deposit with the Fed. Adjustment of the ONRRP rate and changes in the rate paid on bank reserve balances together constitute the “administered” rate approach to monetary policy that has emerged following the GFC.

Through its discount window lending programs, the Federal Reserve makes liquidity available to solvent banks unable to obtain funding from depositors or other private sources.374The Federal Reserve’s description of the discount window explicitly ties the discount window to the purposes of monetary policy:

Federal Reserve lending to depository institutions (the “discount window”) plays an important role in supporting the liquidity and stability of the banking system and the effective implementation of monetary policy. By providing ready access to funding, the discount window helps depository institutions manage their liquidity risks efficiently and avoid actions that have negative consequences for their customers, such as withdrawing credit during times of market stress. Thus, the discount window supports the smooth flow of credit to households and businesses.

The Discount Window, The Fed. Rsrv. Disc. Window (Aug. 28, 2023), https://www.frbdiscountwindow.org/pages/general-information/the%20discount%20window [https://perma.cc/RDW4-3WND].
The provision of liquidity to banks under stress was a principal motivation for the creation of the Federal Reserve—this is what was meant by the phrase “to furnish an elastic currency” in the purpose clause of the original Federal Reserve Act.375Federal Reserve Act, Pub. L. No. 63-43, Ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251 (1913). The classic formulation of lender-of-last-resort policy is that the central bank should make credit freely available to solvent firms upon presentation of good collateral, but at a penalty rate. The penalty referred to, however, is customarily understood to be relative to terms available under normal circumstances—that is, the rate should be such as to disincentivize banks from accessing the discount window when private funding is available. Theoretically, a central bank could make a solvency determination even if it (or other government agencies) did not regulate the specific financial intermediary. In practice, however, a de novo solvency determination in the midst of a financial squeeze would be exceedingly difficult. But this access to liquidity is tied to the far-reaching prudential regulatory authority of the Board. That is, only financial institutions that have been subject to regulations designed to keep them responsibly supplying credit to businesses and households are entitled to the favorable terms of the discount window.376In “unusual and exigent circumstances,” the Board does have authority to provide liquidity to institutions and markets it does not regulate. 12 U.S.C. § 343(3)(A). Exercise of this authority now requires agreement by the Secretary of the Treasury. Id. § 343(3)(B)(iv).

More generally, this prudential authority is important to ensure the stability of the banking system, because problems such as bank runs will disrupt the flow of sustainable credit and thus the aims of monetary policy. The purpose clause of the original Federal Reserve Act included the aim of “establish[ing] a more effective supervision of banking in the United States.”377Federal Reserve Act, Pub. L. No. 63-43, Ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251 (1913). The Act imposed detailed reserve requirements for member banks,378Id. § 19, 38 Stat. 270. which the Board was authorized to temporarily suspend.379Id. § 11(c), 38 Stat. 262. The Board was empowered to examine “the accounts, books and affairs” of each member bank.380Id. § 11(a), 38 Stat. 261. Any state bank that became a member was to be subject to the various statutory requirements already imposed on national banks “and to such rules and regulations as the Federal Reserve Board may, in pursuance thereof, prescribe.”381Id. § 9, 38 Stat. 259.

The prudential authority of the Federal Reserve granted in the original Act was, in effect, a price of membership for banks wishing to benefit from the Federal Reserve’s exercise of its “elastic currency” authority (though any bank wishing to acquire or maintain a national banking charter was required to be a member of the System). In the succeeding decades, both prudential regulation and access to lender-of-last-resort facilities ceased to be a choice for depository institutions. All state-chartered banks became subject to the reserve requirements promulgated by the Board and also gained access to the discount window.382Monetary Control Act of 1980, Pub. L. No. 96-221, § 103, 94 Stat. 133 (1980) (amending § 19(b) of the Federal Reserve Act, codified at 12 U.S.C. § 461(b)). Since passage of the Bank Holding Company Act in 1956,383Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, Pub. L. No. 511, 70 Stat. 133 (1956). the Board regulates and supervises at a consolidated level all holding companies that own insured depository institutions. In the wake of the GFC, Congress gave the Board additional authority, and instructions, to regulate large banking organizations in order to promote financial stability.384Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act § 165, Pub. L. No. 111-203, § 165, 124 Stat. 1376, 1423 (2010) (codified at 12 U.S.C. § 5365) (requiring the Board to develop and apply enhanced prudential standards on large bank holding companies).

In short, one could plausibly argue that the function of the Board in regulating private banking organizations is inextricably related to the monetary policy function of the entire FOMC. The banks create money. The Board’s prudential regulation of the banks is thus an indirect regulation of the supply of money and credit. The fact that the Board also provides advantages to regulated banks (for example, interest on reserves and discount window access) further demonstrates that monetary policy, liquidity assistance, and bank regulation are all components of the same enterprise. To subject the Board to discretionary presidential removal would, accordingly, compromise monetary policy independence.

Whatever its policy and economic merits, this argument might well vex the conservative Justices, who may be inclined toward the presumed view of many bankers that prudential regulation is just as much an intrusion on their “liberty” as EPA regulation is on the liberty of chemical plants. There are also some complications internal to the argument itself. For one thing, prudential regulatory authority is shared among several federal agencies. While the Board’s authority over bank holding companies gives it, as a practical matter, regulatory power over the vast majority of U.S. banking assets, a small national or state non-member bank would be regulated only by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, respectively. So the Court might ask whether recognition of a special status for the Board under evolving separation of powers doctrines would need to extend to those other banking agencies. Second, the sustained and substantial growth of non-bank lending has led to a situation in which many institutions outside the prudential regulatory perimeter extend credit, and in some cases effectively create “money” through their lending activities.385For example, retail money market funds are a significant enough source of money creation to be included in the Federal Reserve’s calculation of M2, which is the broader of its two standard measures of the money supply. Money Stock Measures—H.6 Release, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Rsrv. Sys., https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h6/about.htm [https://perma.cc/WVT9-QN8N]. Yet money market funds are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, not the Federal Reserve or the other federal banking agencies. The Board’s regulatory authority is not coincident with the range of private activities that implicate the aims of monetary policy by affecting credit growth and financial stability.

IV.  CONSTITUTIONAL CHOICES

To recap what we have seen thus far: The logic of opinions of conservative Justices in recent separation of powers cases suggests there may be one or more constitutional infirmities in the structure and mandate of the Federal Reserve. At the same time, there are various ways by which the Court could nonetheless avoid a decision that such an infirmity does indeed exist. The working assumption in this paper is that the Court would likely opt for an avoidance route. This last Part details the implications for the conservatives’ separation of powers jurisprudence of each avoidance route, as well as the less likely alternative of deciding that the structure or monetary policy mandate of the Federal Reserve is in action unconstitutional.

A.  Doctrinal Restraint

As should be clear by now, it would take further evolution in one or more existing separation of powers doctrines to place the structure or mandate of the Federal Reserve at significant risk. If none but a very unlikely plaintiff has standing to challenge the FOMC, then the relatively strong argument on the status of Reserve Bank presidents and a potential argument on non-delegation grounds will not reach the merits. And if the Court forbears from holding traditional multimember independent agencies unconstitutional, then the standing readily available to any regulated banking organization cannot undo the removal protection of the Board. The independence of the Federal Reserve would be preserved.

1.  Standing

Long before any of the current Justices were on the Court, the D.C. Circuit applied standing doctrine to preclude challenges to the FOMC from reaching the merits, as recounted in Part III. Thus, even as the current Justices have further restricted standing in other contexts,386See TransUnion LLC v. Ramirez, 141 S. Ct. 2190, 2198 (2021) (holding that a right created by Congress may create standing only if it is one for which there is “a close historical or common-law analogue”) (emphasis omitted). For assessments of the cumulative effect of the Court’s restrictions on standing, see Erwin Chemerinsky, What’s Standing After TransUnion LLC v. Ramirez, 96 N.Y.U. L. Rev. Online 269, 282–86 (2021); Sunstein, supra note 258, at 362–73. they need not break new doctrinal ground to avoid deciding constitutional issues related to the FOMC. However, in most other contexts, regulated entities will have standing to challenge an agency’s constitutionality when regulatory beneficiaries and interested members of the public do not. Here it is very possible that no one has standing to launch such a challenge, absent the unlikely scenario of the President attempting to remove a Reserve Bank president.387Of course, were the Court to permit a plaintiff such as Custodia Bank to challenge the status of a Reserve Bank president on the FOMC as part of its suit against a Reserve Bank that had denied it access to certain Federal Reserve services, then a much more likely route to an adjudication on the merits would exist. With the concept of a unitary executive, and the associated norm of presidential accountability that is integral to the Chief Justice’s justification of recent separation of powers decisions, it might seem odd for the most powerful independent agency in the U.S. government to be insulated from presidential control solely because no likely plaintiff has standing.

The Court might try to reconcile these two doctrinal strands by embracing the position the D.C. Circuit inferred from that single sentence in Buckley—that is, by holding special separation of powers standing is limited to stating “a regulated entity with sufficiently concrete interests.”388See supra pp. 53–54, 60. The justification for choosing traditional, restrictive standing doctrine over more recent concerns with political accountability of independent agencies is suggested by the argument we have already seen in the removal cases—that separation of powers principles are important only, or at least principally, to protect the “liberty” interests of regulated companies. Here, though, there is some latent tension between statements in the Seila Law and Collins majority opinions.

In Seila Law, Chief Justice Roberts had dismissed the argument that the single-headed Social Security Administration was a precedent for the CFPB by, among other things, noting that “unlike the CFPB, the SSA lacks the authority to bring enforcement actions against private parties. Its role is largely limited to adjudicating claims for Social Security benefits.”389Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2202 (2020). As with so much in in that opinion, this point echoed then-Judge Kavanaugh’s opinions in the earlier CFPB case, in which he had distinguished the Commissioner of Social Security’s for-cause removal protection because that official lacked the unilateral authority to bring enforcement actions against private citizens, “the core of the executive power and the primary threat to individual liberty.”390PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 174 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting).

But in Collins, Justice Alito—who himself is certainly not ill-disposed to the “liberty” argument—observed that the FHFA “could have an immediate impact on millions of private individuals and the economy at large,” even though it does not directly regulate any private individuals and businesses, as the CFPB does.391Collins v. Yellen, 141 S. Ct. 1761, 1785 (2021). Because of the unusual circumstances of that case, the criterion of sheer economic impact was not essential to his conclusion on removability of the FHFA director. Nonetheless, it may fit more comfortably with the formalist notion reflected in the Chief Justice’s opinions that the Constitution requires all exercises of executive power to be subject to some form of direct presidential oversight. Indeed, it was relied on in the Office of Legal Counsel opinion that, despite his statutory for-cause protection, the Commissioner of Social Security could be removed by the President.392See supra note 11 and accompanying text.

There is, of course, no necessary congruence between standing doctrine and the Article II doctrines at issue in these recent cases. Still, a standing decision today would be made against the backdrop of a very different separation of powers jurisprudence from that which prevailed four decades ago when the D.C. Circuit ruled on the challenges to the FOMC. A denial of standing to the hypothetical bondholder in Part II would have the substantive effect of limiting the Court’s Appointments Clause and removal doctrines.

Such a decision would align with the special solicitousness of the current Court for regulated entities, as opposed to beneficiaries of regulation. In that sense it would reflect the Court’s ideological leanings. As a practical matter, it would be of much greater importance for the Federal Reserve, precisely because most other statutorily independent agencies do regulate private actors. But it would not require a break with precedent. Furthermore, in the specific context of the FOMC, the de facto substantive character of restrictive standing would not obviously favor either end of the political spectrum. One can readily imagine a more permissive standing doctrine producing challenges from the left seeking more presidential control over inflation-fighting central bankers, and from the right seeking to remove the discretion of the FOMC to balance employment growth and price stability in making monetary policy decisions.

2.  Independent Agencies

Unlike a continuation of restrictive standing doctrine, the Court’s reaffirmation of the traditional understanding of Humphrey’s Executor would be received as very significant. Against the experience of the last decade and the changes in the Court’s composition, such a development may seem unlikely. A declaration that today’s multimember independent agencies violate Article II would permit the Court’s conservatives to pursue their goal of a unitary executive, but to do so through decisions that generally will have limited immediate impact, and thus elicit less popular blowback. The day after the Court’s decision, the agencies would function as they did before, except that they would labor under the tacit—and at times perhaps not so tacit—threat of removal if they do not follow the President’s wishes in their rule-making, programmatic, enforcement, and adjudicatory activities.

For the Court’s conservatives to pass up this opportunity, the Chief Justice and at least one other Justice would need to see good reasons not to apply the logic in parts of Seila Law in deciding a head-on challenge to a traditional independent agency. What reason or combination of reasons might they find convincing? A premonition that condemning those agencies to Executive subservience might indeed produce a significant public reaction, despite the absence of immediate policy change? Second thoughts about undoing nearly a century and a half of settled practice, and substituting their own views for those of so many Congresses and Presidents? A bit of uneasiness at the prospect of the jurisprudential gymnastics that might be needed to save the Board, and perhaps a few other favored agencies, for which a finding of unconstitutionality would produce significant economic or political repercussions?

Whatever its possible motivation, a decision reaffirming Humphrey’s Executor would signal, if not quite a cease fire, then at least a pause on one front of the Court’s campaign against the administrative state. It might be accompanied by an escalation on the other front, resulting in more “major questions” limitations on agency authority and perhaps a straightforward application of the non-delegation doctrine to strike down part of an agency’s statutory authority. But, at least with respect to the structure of government, it would be an accommodation to the transformation that took place in the first third of the twentieth century. In that sense, it would at least somewhat echo the accommodation by the Court’s conservatives in the 1930s.

This stance might well be interpreted in the way Professors Randy E. Barnett and Larry Solum interpreted the first stirrings of the Court’s anti-novelty sentiments—as an embrace of a “this far and no further” approach to evaluating congressional experimentation with agency independence.393Randy E. Barnett, No Small Feat: Who Won the Health Care Case (and Why Did So Many Law Professors Miss the Boat)?, 65 Fla. L. Rev. 1331, 1348 (2013); Lawrence B. Solum, How NFIB v. Sebelius Affects the Constitutional Gestalt, 91 Wash. U. L. Rev. 1, 52 (2013). Their suggestion, grounded in a version of originalism, was that novelty in and of itself was not a constitutional argument, but that decisions of the Court such as National Federation of Independent Business v. Sebelius, 567 U.S. 519 (2012), instead were premised on the inconsistency of a congressional enactment with the original meaning of the Constitution. They further suggested that the Roberts Court had more or less accepted the expansions of congressional power during the New Deal (and later, as sanctioned by the Warren Court), but that it would not countenance any further expansion inconsistent with the original meaning—an “originalist second best,” as Solum termed it. Id. at 54. This was a very plausible reading of the Roberts Court in 2013 and may turn out to be plausible still. However, the reasoning in Seila Law and the change in composition of the Court inject some doubt as to the continuing viability of their interpretation. It may limit the range of options to those exercised by Congress through the 1930s but would pull up short of a complete imposition of the Court’s favored organization of government.

B.  Federal Reserve as Exceptional

Were the Court unexpectedly to liberalize standing or open the door to challenging traditional multi-member agencies, it would need to address the merits. In that event, as discussed in Part III, it might distinguish the Federal Reserve from other agencies in applying its evolving separation of powers doctrines. This section considers the implications of a decision upholding the mandate and structure of the Federal Reserve.

1.  History

The discussion of the history-based avoidance strategy in Part III explained how the Court can effectively determine the outcome of its analysis by the way it defines the practice for which historical validation is sought. By defining the practice in general terms—such as seeking a stable national currency through creating institutions with significant operational autonomy—the Court could vindicate the structure and mandate of the Federal Reserve. By defining it more narrowly—a mixed committee composed of both government and nongovernment employees with unlimited capacity and discretion to inject fiat money into the economy, and to withdraw it in order to restore price stability—the eighteenth and nineteenth century experience with the Banks of the United States becomes irrelevant. In fact, that narrow characterization of the Federal Reserve’s structure and mandate is not even a description of the original Federal Reserve in 1914 and arguably does not become so for decades following passage of the Federal Reserve Act.394See supra pp. 10–12.

Faced with a decision on the constitutional merits, the Court might well opt for the broader characterization of the “practice” that was arguably liquidated by the creation of the Banks of the United States. But doing so, while producing the sensible outcome in that case, would raise a different question: Might the congressional practice not be fairly characterized even more broadly—as insulating additional recipients of extensive delegated statutory authority from full control by the President? If the two Banks provide precedent for today’s Federal Reserve because, despite all their differences, they were congressional creations with substantial autonomy, why do they not also serve as precedent for other such institutions, including today’s agencies such as the FTC and FCC? In creating those agencies, Congress endorsed the proposition that they too needed some degree of insulation from presidential politics and favoritism.

Of course, the early Congresses did not create independent regulatory commissions; they successively chartered two independent Banks that served public functions, including an early form of what today is called monetary policy. So perhaps the relevant precedent is limited to that substantive area—“monetary policy and stabilizing the financial markets” as then-Judge Kavanaugh expressed it.395PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 192 n.17 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting). Again, though, why? It would be one thing if, during that same era, Congress had legislated on other economic issues and uniformly delegated regulatory functions to entities wholly subservient to the President. But that is not what happened. The forms of economic regulation pioneered by Congress beginning in the late nineteenth century just did not exist in 1789 or 1816.396While there were no other entities we would recognize as independent regulatory agencies, Congress had in fact endowed various agencies performing other functions with considerable independence. See Jerry L. Mashaw, The American Model of Federal Administrative Law: Remembering the First One Hundred Years, 78 Geo. Wash. L. Rev. 975, 984–85 (2010). There was no railroad system to be regulated, no awareness of a radio spectrum to be allocated, no internal combustion engine to pollute the air and overheat the planet. There were not even monopolies, except perhaps those created by the states.397The only other contemporaneous governmental economic regulation that even approaches the importance of money was the tariff, a key subject of another of Alexander Hamilton’s seminal commentaries on the economic circumstances of the new nation. See Alexander Hamilton, Alexander Hamilton’s Final Version of the Report on the Subject of Manufactures, Founders Online (Dec. 5, 1791), https://founders.archives.gov/documents/Hamilton/01-10-02-0001-0007 [https://perma.cc/RK4Z-E6VF]. Administration of the tariff was lodged in the Treasury Department and thus fully subject to political control. See Carl E. Prince & Mollie Keller, The U.S. Customs Service: A Bicentennial History 35–67 (1989). But the history of the tariff is no more compelling as a supposed precedent for what came later than the Banks. In the first place, although the tariff was from the start bound up with debates over the protecting U.S. industry from foreign competition, its most important function was as the dominant source of revenue for the federal government. Second, presumably because of its importance as a revenue measure, Congress itself made all policy decisions in periodic tariff legislation that set specific tariffs in great detail. Third, the early decades of customs administration were characterized by extreme patronage politics and corruption, which eventually produced a measure of insulation for customs employees (though they remained within Treasury). Id. Fourth, there is certainly nothing in the history of the early tariff acts and the creation of tariff districts to suggest that Congress considered, and rejected on constitutional grounds, an independent customs service.

The history of the regulation of money, and the various institutional arrangements created by Congress to perform this task, is indeed a complicated one. One can discern broad trends, especially since the founding of the Federal Reserve, whose authority has become decidedly more governmental and mostly more independent over time. The very complexity of that history—from Alexander Hamilton’s proposals, to the Banks, to the experiment with congressionally created currency during the Civil War, to the formation of the Federal Reserve, to the removal of the gold standard, to the New Deal overhaul of the Fed’s structure, to the addition of the dual mandate—suggests how reactionary it would be for the Supreme Court to override the decisions Congress and the President have made. Those decisions, as included in the Federal Reserve Act and updated most recently in 2010, have been made as prevailing economic and political concerns changed. For the Court to impose its view on the basis of a separation of powers theory nowhere stated in the text of the Constitution would seem the height of judicial imperialism.

As compelling a reason as this complex story of money regulation is for deferring to the political branches, the position of the Federal Reserve relative to other agencies is an accident of history. Even in a predominantly agricultural economy, the development of a reliable and uniform currency was an important issue for the fledgling national government. The only reason Congress could grant a measure of autonomy to money-related institutions and not to the other agencies we know today was that those other problems associated with the economy were either unknown or of such trivial importance in 1800 as not to be worth Congress’s time. So, yes, the pedigree of the Federal Reserve is unusual, if not unique. But that distinction from other agencies is not necessarily a good reason to parse the scope of congressional authority under the Necessary and Proper Clause in a qualitatively different way.

Noel Canning involved the interpretation of a discrete constitutional text—the Recess Appointments Clause. Both Justice Breyer’s opinion for the majority and Justice Scalia’s concurrence in the result were focused on the history of a well-defined practice that was recognized as such from the outset by the Presidents who made the appointments and by the Congresses that acquiesced in them (or did not, depending on your perspective). The Congresses that chartered the Banks of the United States had no idea that their actions could be relevant to the constitutionality of an independent commission to allocate the radio spectrum. The demarcation of the precedent—or liquidation, for those who prefer the Madisonian term—that was created by those Congresses is thus necessarily a task for those participating in today’s debates. As such, whether the Court defines the practice in need of historical precedent narrowly, somewhat more broadly, or very broadly is itself a policy choice.

2.  Nature of Central Banking

In discussing removability doctrine, Justice Kavanaugh characterized the Federal Reserve as anomalous because the Fed has “special functions in setting monetary policy and stabilizing the financial markets.”398PHH Corp., 881 F.3d at 192 n.17. Well, yes, and the FCC has special functions in regulating access to the airwaves. The FTC has special functions in protecting consumers. The Securities and Exchange Commission has special functions in protecting investors and assuring the smooth operation of capital markets. And, in fact, the CFPB itself has the “special functions” of ensuring that consumers understand financial commitments and protecting them from unscrupulous lenders.

So why might the Federal Reserve’s “special functions” be more special than those of these other agencies, so as to justify agency features that would be struck down elsewhere? Here, the fact that the FOMC does not regulate any private actors, which we have seen multiple times as a possible distinction, does not really fit with the concept of “special functions.” Additionally, of course, the Board does regulate private actors. Some academics who favor more independence for the Federal Reserve than for other agencies offer what has become the standard argument for central bank independence—that a central bank subject to political control will be pushed toward accommodative monetary policy when helpful to the incumbent Administration’s electoral or other political needs, regardless of possible medium term effects in the form of high inflation.399Sunstein & Vermeule, supra note 9, at 98; Lawrence Lessig & Cass R. Sunstein, The President and the Administration, 94 Colum. L. Rev. 1, 107 (1994); Geoffrey P. Miller, The Unitary Executive in a Unified Theory of Constitutional Law: The Problem of Interpretation, 15 Cardozo L. Rev. 201, 216 (1993). Sunstein and Vermeule extend their point about the dangers of over-concentrating power in the President beyond the Federal Reserve, suggesting—as I have—that the allocation of broadcast licenses by the FCC raises similar concerns. Sunstein & Vermeule, supra note 9, at 98. That is a good argument, to be sure, though it leaves open the question of just how to strike the balance between operational independence and accountability in a democracy.

Whatever the policy merits of this argument, however, it is not grounded in the Constitution. There is nothing there stating, or even implying, a different separation of powers principle for central banking. On the contrary, the constitutional controversy over the two Banks of the United States, those early avatars of a central bank, was resolved in a Supreme Court decision that rested on the Necessary and Proper Clause, a part of the Constitution that today’s conservative majority often glosses over. There was no reason to think the congressional discretion derived from that Clause applied any less to its implementation of any other explicit Article I power. Nor does anything in Article II suggest otherwise. There is no textual basis to conclude, for example, that Congress may grant independence to the Federal Reserve because of the importance of keeping near-term politics out of monetary policy, but that it may not grant independence to the FCC if it believes that near-term politics should be kept out of allocating broadcast licenses.

In her Seila Law dissent, Justice Kagan noted that, up until recently, the Court has nearly always left issues of agency structure and relative independence to the Congress.400Seila Law LLC v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 140 S. Ct. 2183, 2224 (2020) (Kagan, J., dissenting). She made that point in the context of arguing that the Court should similarly have refrained from finding a separation of powers problem in the single-headed structure of the CFPB. As Sunstein and Vermeule argue, in doing otherwise and striking down the for-cause protection of the Director, the Seila Law majority opinion reflected a set of ideas and preferences about government that cannot be derived from the originalist approach to which the conservative justices say they subscribe. Were the Court later to exempt the structure or mandate of the Federal Reserve from the doctrines it has been crafting, its policy preferences would be more obviously on display. While that would be true of any decision giving the Fed special treatment, one that carved out the Board—despite its extensive regulatory powers—from an otherwise applicable prohibition on traditional multimember independent agencies would highlight the Court’s policy preferences in especially sharp relief. In finding historical precedent for allowing, for example, the Federal Reserve but not the FCC to be insulated from presidential control, the Court will be picking favorites from among the creations of Congress.

C.  Finding of Unconstitutionality

Although my expectation is that at least two of the Court’s conservatives would refrain from finding the structure or mandate of the Federal Reserve to be unconstitutional, one cannot have full confidence in that assumption. Given the scope of some of its recent decisions and the limited regard of at least some Justices for stare decisis, one cannot rule out entirely such a finding. To the degree that the non-disruptive approach described above was attributable to Chief Justice Roberts’s status as the swing vote on the Court prior to Justice Ginsburg’s death, rather than to congruent views of the other conservative Justices, it is obviously less secure. The divergence between the approaches of incrementalism and sweeping change was on full view in the Court’s decision in Dobbs v. Jackson401Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Org., 142 S. Ct. 2228 (2022). In Dobbs, five of the conservative Justices voted to overturn Roe v. Wade. Chief Justice Roberts concurred only in the judgment; he would have found the Mississippi statute at issue in the case to be constitutional, but he would not have gone so far as to overturn Roe completely. Id. at 2310–11 (Roberts, C.J., concurring). overruling Roe v. Wade.402Roe v. Wade, 410 U.S. 113 (1973), overruled by Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. 2228 (2022). Still, one or more other conservative members of the Court may be more concerned with the immediate impact on the economy associated with a ruling against the Federal Reserve than they were to the upending of abortion rights in many states. Justice Kavanaugh, in particular, comes to mind, both because of the pains he went to in Dobbs, 142 S. Ct. at 2309­–10 (Kavanaugh, J., concurring) to confine the implications of his vote and because of his specific reference to the “anomalous” character of the Federal Reserve in his D.C. Circuit opinions in PHH. PHH Corp. v. Consumer Fin. Prot. Bureau, 881 F.3d 75, 174 (D.C. Cir. 2018) (en banc) (Kavanaugh, J., dissenting). So too, the possibility of an escalation of the offensive against the administrative state has likely increased. Accordingly, it is worth noting the implications of a negative outcome for the Federal Reserve.

The implications for the Court’s separation of powers doctrine would vary depending on the specific basis for a ruling of unconstitutionality. They would be least significant if the ruling was based on the Appointments Clause issue with Reserve Bank presidents. Even if the ruling disrupted the economy,403Even the economic impact of a finding against the Reserve Bank presidents might be manageable. As noted in Section III.A., a decision invalidating the participation of Reserve Bank presidents on the FOMC would surely create some uncertainty in financial markets. But if it left the Board intact and independent, market actors might conclude after some reflection that there would be substantial continuity in the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy. This outcome is particularly likely if, as has been true for some time, a solid majority of the Board supports the Chair’s policy direction. the Court could craft an opinion with few implications for the rest of the government. The circumstance of nongovernmental employees sitting on a powerful policymaking committee is unique to the Federal Reserve. While the decision might have an impact on policy roles for government corporations, as in the Amtrak case, it would have little relevance for traditional multi-member independent regulatory agencies. Indeed, the most consequential part of this hypothesized decision might be the expansion of the special standing rules for separation of powers cases that might be necessary in order to reach the merits.

On the other hand, a decision that the mandate of the FOMC or the for-cause removal protection of the Board was an unconstitutional delegation would have broad legal, as well as economic, repercussions. It would effectively signal that there were no limits to the Court’s redesigning of the federal government in accordance with its own views of the best relationship among the branches.

A finding that the Fed’s dual mandate for monetary policy was an unconstitutional delegation would either follow or presage the invalidation of a host of statutory authorities—not just of independent agencies, but probably of agencies within the Administration as well. Any delegation that requires an agency to balance different policy aims could be at risk. In addition, the Court would be faced with the remedial dilemma of either effectively terminating the FOMC or rewriting the Federal Reserve Act. The former option would produce economic chaos. The latter is certainly possible. As discussed in Part II, the Court might elevate price stability to a single mandate, requiring no balancing of inflation against growth. In that event, the Court would have overtly adopted the policy preference of some economic conservatives, thereby reinforcing suspicions that the Court has become an essentially political institution.404Were the Court disposed to invalidate the dual mandate, an alternative path would be to interpret the statutory language in a way that effectively read out the distinct goal of maximum employment. That is, the Court would invoke the substantive canon of constitutional avoidance in declaring that only by reading the statute this way could it be upheld as constitutional. The FOMC would be left with the single goal of price stability. In either case—a finding of unconstitutional delegation or a distorted reading of the Federal Reserve Act—in practice the outcome might nonetheless leave the FOMC with de facto discretion to take employment and growth considerations into account. In such circumstances, assuming liberalized standing, private actors might challenge FOMC decisions as inconsistent with the Court’s ruling. At that point, the Court would have to decide if it would get into the business of reviewing monetary policy decisions, something that Judge Augustus Hand, on behalf of the eminent panel including his cousin Judge Learned Hand and Judge Thomas Swan, shunned nearly a century ago. Raichle v. Fed. Rsrv. Bank of N.Y., 34 F.2d 910 (2d Cir. 1929). Additionally, of course, the Court would need to liberalize non-separation of powers standing doctrine in order to permit challenges to monetary policy decisions.

A decision holding that the Board cannot constitutionally be given for-cause removal protection would, again, either follow or presage similar decisions pertaining to other agencies. The Court would have negated well over a century of practice and realized its vision of a unitary executive, eliminating at least the rulemaking functions of independent agencies and perhaps their adjudicatory and programmatic functions as well. As already seen in the cases of the CFPB and FHFA, the impact on most agencies might not be immediately noticeable in policy terms. One would expect, though, that agency principals whose policies were disagreeable to the current President would eventually be removed. Their replacements would presumably be of one mind (the Administration’s) and significant policy changes could ensue. This impact would be even greater if the Court simultaneously struck down partisan balance requirements as a further infringement on unitary executive authority. The result, as Professors Cass R. Sunstein and Adrian Vermeule put it well, would be a “Madisonian nightmare”—a “discretion-wielding, immensely powerful set of administrative authorities concentrated in a single person.”405Sunstein & Vermeule, supra note 9, at 98.

CONCLUSION

Some of the most important opinions authored by Chief Justice Roberts disclaim any intention to set forth rules that could be applied in future cases. Of course, it is nothing new for important Supreme Court cases to raise more questions than they answer. But this result is often the product of opinions whose reasoning is tied closely to the facts of the case, as to which competing principles or values are explicitly balanced. The uncertainty about the implications of those decisions for future cases arises because it is hard to predict how the Court will balance these principles and values in different factual circumstances.

Chief Justice Roberts’s opinions are different. They often articulate broad principles that do not appear actually or potentially offset by other principles of equal importance to the Court. Thus, the peculiar feel of cases like Seila Law and Arthrex, whose sweeping logic can readily be understood to threaten many other agency arrangements established by statute, but whose conclusions rather unpersuasively state that the reasoning is confined to specifics of the case.406Similarly, in West Virginia v. EPA, 142, S. Ct. 2587 (2022), Chief Justice Roberts invoked the potentially far-reaching “major questions doctrine” while declining to give any meaningful guidance as to when that doctrine might be invoked in the future. For early criticisms on this and other grounds, see Natasha Brunstein & Richard L. Revesz, Mangling the Major Questions Doctrine, 74 Admin. L. Rev. 217, 217 (2022); Daniel T. Deacon & Leah M. Litman, The New Major Questions Doctrine, 109 Va. L. Rev. 1009, 1015 (2023). Justice Gorsuch’s dissenting opinion in Gundy also expressed a sweeping principle and left considerable uncertainty as to how it might be applied. Of course, precisely because he was writing a dissent, he did not have the same obligation to address the implications of his reasoning that might be felt by the author of a majority opinion. Moreover, Justice Gorsuch did try to provide at least some guidance as to how his principle would work. The substantial uncertainty that nonetheless results from his opinion is perhaps mostly a function of the inherent difficulty of drawing even a fuzzy non-delegation line, as Justice Scalia had noted two decades earlier. See supra Section II.A. We can only guess as to the reasons for this approach. Perhaps the Chief Justice is trying to move the Court’s doctrine forward in a politically less provocative fashion, while still getting his more uncompromising colleagues to sign on to his opinions. Perhaps he hopes to recapture some legitimacy for the Court by pulling up short of full realization of those controversial principles in future cases. Perhaps he himself does not know how far he is willing to extend the doctrines.

Precisely because the Chief Justice’s principles can capture so much more than the facts of the cases that expressed them, their potential reach can be at least generally extrapolated. In this Article I have used the Federal Reserve to explore the limits of those principles, taking into account other relevant doctrines in opinions written or joined by Justices in the Court’s conservative majority. As a practical matter, a challenge to the constitutionality of the mandate or structure of the FOMC may never be decided on the merits. Yet, even if that remains the situation, working through the implications of the conservative majority’s evolving doctrines is valuable heuristically.

This exercise has revealed the choices from which the Court may need to select in applying its new separation of powers doctrines over time: One is to confine the principles already embraced through introduction of additional, moderating principles. A second is to apply doggedly the logic of those principles by invalidating congressional grants of authority and independence for many agencies. A third is to fashion ad hoc arguments that limit the reach of the new doctrines in particular cases. The first would, in essence, be a welcome retreat from the Court’s campaign against the administrative state. The second would lay bare a judicial appropriation of power from the other two branches of government that might (or might not) produce a destabilizing political reaction. The third would rest not on recognizable judicial standards but on the Court’s own preferences for certain agencies and functions of the U.S. government over others.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1

Download

* Nomura Professor of International Financial Regulatory Practice, Harvard Law School.